FIRST YEAR BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

1/52

Name of Course :-Engineering Chemistry I 1 Water Treatment Hard and soft water, Hardness- types, units, estimation by EDTA. Softening of water (principles of external and internal treatment), Boiler problems, Numericals to calculate hardness from analytical data and EDTA estimation. Polymers, Plastics and Elastomers Introduction and definition of Polymers, Classification of polymers, Functionality, Amorphous polymers, Crystallinity in polymers, Structure & technological functions of polymers, Structure property relationship in polymers, Applications of polymers, Miscellaneous polymers –sponge rubber, foam rubber, laminated plywood, laminated plastics, thermocole. Resins and plastics, classification, compounds of plastics, common thermoplastics & thermosets – polyethylene, polypropelyne PVC, polytetra fluoro ethylene, polysterene, polyamide, polyster, UF, bakelite. Strucural requirements of elastomers, natural rubber, cis and trans isomer, Properties and drawbacks, vulcanization, synthetic rubbers – polyurethane, styrene & silicone rubber Lubricants Functions of lubricants, Mechanism of lubrication, Classification, Properties and testing of lubricating oils. Transition & inner transition elements & their compounds Electronic configuration of transition elements, spectral and magnetic properties, complex formation tendency, Chelation and its applications, application of transition elements Analytical chemistry Introduction, experimental techniques, spectrophotometry PRACTICALS: Determination of Total Hardness of water Determination of Chloride in water Determination of Soponification value of an oil Determination of Viscosity by Red Wood Viscometer Determination of flash point by Abel’s apparatus Determination of flash point by Pensky – Martins apparatus REFERENCE BOOKS: Engineering Chemistry, Jain and Jain. Text Book of Engineering , M.M.Uppal Engineering Chemistry , S.S.Dara

2

3 4

5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

2/52

Name of Course :Engineering Physics I 1 Crystal Structure Space lattice, atomic basis, crystal lattice and unit cell, Bravais lattices, coordination number, atomic radius, packing factor, monoatomic cubic crystal system-SC, BCC and FCC, diatomic crystals,CsCl2,, NaCl, Diamond, Barium Titanate, Miller Indices, Miller Planes and directions, Ligancy and critical radius ratios of ligancy 3-12. Semiconductors The band theory of solids, energy gap, classification of solids the energy band structure of some typical solids, electron distribution function, Fermi-Dirac distribution function, energy band structure of –conductor, insulator and semiconductor, intrinsic semiconductor at 0 K and at room temperature, intrinsic carries, electron and hole concentration, Fermi level in intrinsic semiconductor, intrinsic density, intrinsic conductivity, bipolar junction transistor.. Acoustics and Ultrasonics Elementary acoustics, acoustics of building echo and reverberation time absorption of sound, Sabine’s formula-- derivation, and drawbacks, cring’s equation, measurement of absorption coefficient-by single double source method, acoustics planning of the auditorium. Ultrasonics: magnetostriction and piezoelectric effects, production of ultrasonics by production by magnetostriction and piezoelectric method, properties of ultrasonic waves, cavitations effect, flaw detection ultrasonic emulsification, depth sounding, ultrasonic soldering, ultrasonic drilling. Electricity and Magnetism Concept of potential gradient, equipotential surfaces Lorentz force, motion of electrons in uniform electric field – parallel, perpendicular, and inclined fields, electrostatics deflection, motion of electrons in the uniform magnetic fields— parallel, perpendicular, and inclined fields, magneto static deflection, electric and magnetic fields in cross field configuration, velocity filters, electron optics, electron diffraction- Bethe’s law, electrostatic lenses, electron gun, cathode ray tube, electrostatic and magneto static deflection system, cathode ray oscilloscope (CRO)-construction working and applications. PRACTICALS: Study of crystal structure – 1 (Unit Cell) Study of crystal structure – 2 (Miller Indices) Characteristics of PN Junction Diode Characteristics of transistor Ultrasonic Interferometer Ultrasonic Flaw Detector Ultrasonic processor and cleaner Cathode Ray Oscilloscope 3/52

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

1 2 3 4

RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Engineering Physics , R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta Material Science and Engineering , V. Raghavan A Textbook of Engineering Physics, M.N.Avadhanulu, P.G.Khirsagar Solid State Physics , Kittle

Name of Course :Engineering Mathematics 1 Complex Numbers Argand diagram, Cartesian, polar and exponential form of complex number, De’Moivres theorem, Power and roots of exponential and trigonometric functions, Hyperbolic and logarithmic functions, inverse trigonometric functions. Vector Algebra and Vector Calculus and Solid Geometry Vector triple product and product of 4 vectors, Differentiation of a vector function of a single scalar variable. Theorems on derivatives of sum and product, Curves in space, Serret Frenet formulae curvature, torsion, osculating plane, normal plane and rectifying plane. Equation of plane angle between two planes. Equation of straight line angle between two lines, shortest distance between two lines. Sphere, section of sphere by a plane, tangent plane. Cone cylinder and quadratic surfaces or conicoid. Differential Calculus Successive differentiation of nth derivatives of function such as (ax + b) m , (ax + b) -1 eax, Sin (ax + b), cos (ax + b), log (ax + b), e ax sin (bx + c), eax cos (bx + c), Leibnitz’s theorem, Mean value theorems, Rolles theorem, Lagrange‘s and Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Idea of convergence and divergence series, Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series, Indeterminate forms and L Hospital rule. Partial Differentiation Partial derivatives of first and higher order, total differentials, composite functions and implicit functions, Euler’s theorem on homogeneous functions with two and three independent variables, Errors and approximations, Maxima and minima of a function of two variables. REFERENCE BOOKS: Higher Engineering Mathematics, Dr.B.S.Grewal-Khanna Publications A Text Book of Applied mathematics, P.N & J.N.Wartikar - Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erurin Kreyszing – Wiley Eastern Limited Applied Mathematics 1, G.V.Kumbhojkar-C.Jamnadas & Co. Applied Mathematics 1, Dr. U.B.Jungam, K.P.Patil

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 5

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

4/52

Name of Course :Engineering Graphics-I 1 2 3 Introduction Drawing instruments, symbolic lines, lettering, dimensioning system as per I. S. conventions, geometrical constructions and tangential arcs (01) Engineering Curves Ellipse, parabola and hyperbola, by Focus directrix Method & Rectangle Method, Cycloid, Involute by various methods including their tangents and normals (02/20) Projections Projections of points and lines to both the reference planes including HT and VT ( excluding application problems), Projection of planes inclined to both the reference planes( excluding H.T and V.T) Projections of Right Regular Solids Cube, prism, pyramid, tetrahedron, cylinder & cone with inclined to both H.P and V.P.( excluding spheres, hollow and composite solids) Orthographic Projections Multi-view orthographic projections of simple machine parts by first angle method of projection( 02/20) Sectional View Sectional view of simple machine parts ( full section, half section, offset section, partial section, removed and revolve sections) (01/10) Isometric Views PRACTICALS All the drawings should be prepared during the practical class hours using half imperial drawing sheets. Engineering Curves (01) Projections of solids (01) Sections of solids (01) Development of Lateral Surfaces (01) Orthographic Projections & Sections (02) Isometric Views (01) Reading of Orthographic Projections & Sections (02) Building Plan & Section (01) Recommended Text Books: Engineering Drawing – Plan & Solid Geometry by N.D.Bhat, Charotal Pub. House Machine Drawing by N.D.Bhat Engineering Drawing by M.B. Shah & B.C. Rana. Pearson Education Engineering Drawing 1 & 2 by N.H. Dubey Nandu Book House REFERENCE BOOKS Engineering Graphics by Glesecke & others Macmilan Publishers Engineering Graphics by Thomas E. French & others – McGraw Hiel Publishers Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing by Warren J Luzadder. Prentice Hall of

4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

5/52

India.

Name of Course : Elements of Engineering -1 1 Introduction Effect of temperature on resistance, Resistance temperature coeff, Work, Power energy and relationship between Thermal, mechanical and electrical units. ( problems based on above topics) D.C. Networks Star-delta transformation, series-parallel combination of network, Kirchoff’s law, Loop and nodal analysis, Superposition Theorem, Thevenin’s & Noratons theorem, maximum power transfer theorem. Magnetic Circuits BH Curve, expression for eddy current loss, series-parallel magnetic circuits, Inductance, self inductance, mutual inductance and emf induced due to self and mutual inductance, coeff of coupling energy stores. A.C. Circuits Sinusoidal voltage and current waveforms , RMS and average value, R-L,RC,RLC series parallel circuits, phaser diagram, power & power factor, series and parallel resonance Three Phase Balanced System Three phase voltage generators and waveform, star and delta balanced systems. Relationship between phase and line quantities, phase diagram power in a three phase circuit Generation of Electricity Basic concepts about thermal, hydro & nuclear power stations Single phase transformer Construction, principle of operation, emf equation Three phase induction motor Construction, principle of operation PRACTICALS Verification of Kirchoff’s Current and Voltage Law Verification of Superposition theorem Verification of Thevenin’s Theorem and Norton’s Theorem Study of Single Phase series and parallel circuits Verification of voltage and current relationship of Balanced Star and Delta networks Study of series Resonance REFERENCE BOOKS Principle of Electrical Engineering , A.Vincent Deltoro PHI Principles in Electrical Engineering, S.Parker Smith. Oxford university

2

3

4

5

6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

6/52

Name of Course :Computer Programming-1 1 Programming paradigms Role of programming languages, Programming paradigm, Algorithm, Programming constraints: Selection, Looping, Sequence. Language evaluation criteria, Practices and attributes of good programming languages Data Types Character set, variable names, data types, constants and declaration. Operators Operators & expressions, precedence of operators. Basic input and output Basics input and output, formatted input and output Control Structure Concept of a block statement, if, if –else, switch, looping structures – For, Do, While Functions Parameter passing, Use of pointers, Recursion Arrays One dimensional, Two dimensional and multi dimensional arrays, their limitations, their initialization & manipulation Strings String processing Structure and Unions Basic of structures, initialization File Management Low level file access error handling PRACTICALS Each candidate shall submit a journal in which the candidate has recorded at least 15 programs based on the topics given below. The programs can be implemented in Turbo C/Microsoft ANSI C. Algebraic problem – Newton Raphson, quadratic roots etc. Array based searching sorting – binary search, bubble sort. Matrix manipulations using real and complex elements. Banking applications – fixed deposit interest calculations, loans repayments. Text processing – extracting of words, searching sorting of words. Enumerated data types and sets. Recursion – factorial calculation, quick sort algorithm. Study of internal and external Dos commands. REFERENCE BOOKS Programming Language, B.W.Kernighan, D.M.Ritchie - PHI Computer Programming UNIX &C , M.P.Bhave, S.A.Patekar, Nandu Programming With C , Schaum’s - TMH

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

7/52

4

Fundamentals of Programming Language, V.Rajaram, PHI

Name of Course : Workshop Practice I and II 1 Fitting Use and setting of fitting tools for marking, center punching, chipping, cutting, filing, drilling, tapping Term work to include one simple job involving above mentioned operations Carpentary Use and setting of hand tools like hack saw, jack plane, chisels and gauges for construction of various joints Term work to include one simple job involving a joint Demonstration for wood turning and report writing Forging (smithy) At least one job for change of cross sectional area like round into rectangular or making a ring from a round bar Welding Edge preparation Term work to include one simple job having lap or butt welding of plates or fillet welding Plain turning Operations: simple turning, step turning, taper turning Term work to include one simple job involving above mentioned operations Electrical board wiring House wiring, staircase wiring, go-down wiring, three-phase wiring Printed circuit boards Layout drawing, +ve and -ve film making, PCB etching and drilling, tinning and soldering techniques Sheet metal and brazing Use of sheet metal working hand tools, cutting, bending and spot welding Plumbing Use of plumbing tools, spanners, wrenches, threading dies, demonstration of preparation of a domestic plumbing line involving fixing of a water tap and use of coupling, elbow, tee, tee and union etc. Masonry Use of mason's tools like trowel, hammers, spirit level, square, plumb, line and pins etc. Demonstration of mortar making, single and one and half brick masonry, english and flemish bonds, block masonry, pointing and plastering

2

3 4

5

6 7 8 9

10

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

8/52

Name of Course :Engineering Chemistry - II 1 Corrosion and its Control Introduction to corrosion, cause & effect of corrosion, chemical or dry corrosion, electrochemical or wet corrosion, types of electro chemical corrosion (galvanic corrosion, pitting, soil, crevice corrosion, differential aeration corrosion, water line corrosion, under ground corrosion, microbial corrosion), Corrosion control: Prevention of corrosion by material selection and design, cathodic protection, use of protective coatings (metals & paints) 2 Fuels Definition & classification of fuels, characteristics of good fuel, calorific value: high and low C.V. Units, Dulong’s formula with numerical problems Coals, analysis of coal: proximate and ultimate with significance, carbonization of coal, types of carbonization of coal Gaseous fuels: composition and properties of natural gas, LPG and coal gas Other sources of energy: wind power, water power, geothermal power, tidal power 3 Petroleum & PetroChemistry Petroleum, refining of crude petroleum oil, fuels for IC engines, Petrol, Diesel, Octane Number, Cetane number, Aviation gasoline, Cracking – thermal & catalytic Petrochemicals Alkanes – Alkenes, Cycloalkanes, benzene & its homologous derived from petroleum & its fraction and their important related uses 4 Electro Chemistry Electrolytes, Industrial Insulators, electric Cells, primary Cell, Secondary cell (battery) , fuel cells 5 Metallurgy & Alloys Ore concentration, smelting, refining, metal extraction by electrolysis, metals as reducing agents in extraction process Alloys: Steel & alloy steels, duralumin, magnalumin, Solder alloys 6 Environmental Chemistry Air pollution, water pollution, radio active Pollution, Solid waste materials, pollution by motor cars and air crafts, pollution by noise, e - waste PRACTICALS: 1 Estimation of iron in plain carbon steel 2 Determination of zinc in brass 3 Nickel in steel alloy 4 Determination of lime in cement 5 Nitrogen in fuel 6 Transport fuel adulteration RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1 Engineering Chemistry, Jain and Jain 2 Text book of Engineering Chemistry, M M Uppal 3 Engineering Chemistry, S S Dara

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

9/52

Name of Course :Engineering Physics – II 1 Interference Superimposition of waves, constructive & destructive interference, general conditions of interference, interference at parallel thin films – reflected and transmitted light rays, antireflection coating, highly reflective coating, interference at wedge shaped film – reflected & transmitted rays, Newton’s rings, testing of optical flatness of surface 2 Diffraction: Fraunhofer and Fresnel, Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit, double slit and multiple slit, diffraction grating, characteristic of diffraction grating and its application 3 Optical fiber :Total internal reflection, importance of total internal reflection, acceptance angle & acceptance cone, numerical aperture, Single mode fiber, step index multimode fiber, graded index multimode fiber, applications 4 X Rays Production of x rays, properties of x-rays, Characteristics and continuous rays, continuous spectrum. Characteristic of x- ray spectrum, origin of the continuous xrays, origin of the line spectra, Moseley’s law, Bragg’s law, Bragg’s x- ray spectrometer, determination of crystal structure, applications of x – rays 5 Laser Induced absorption, spontaneous emission, stimulated emission, Active medium, population, thermal equilibrium, Einstein coefficient, condition for light amplification, requisite for laser system, properties, population inversion, condition for laser action, pumping & lasing, solid state laser, ruby laser, helium – neon laser, holography 6 Nuclear Physics Isotopes, the nuclear force, Nuclear density, atomic mass unit, mass defect, binding energy, natural radioactivity, activity of radioactive substance, radiation detector, artificial radioactivity, Q value, nuclear fission & fusion PRACTICALS: 1 Newton’s rings 2 Wedge shape method 3 G M Counter – I (inverse square law) 4 G M Counter – II (optical activity) 5 LASER diffraction 6 Study of fibre optics RECOMMENDED BOOKS 1 A text book of optics, N Subramanyam and Brij Lal 2 A textbook of engineering, M N Avadhanulu and P G Kshirsagar 3 Fundamental of optics, Jenkins and White 4 Nuclear Physics, Kaplan

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

10/52

Name of Course :Engineering Mathematics – II Improper integrals 1 Beta and gamma functions Error function Differentiation under integral sign Integral calculus Curve tracing, Rectification of plane curves Double and triple integration Jacobian, properties of Jacobian Uses of Jacobian for evaluating integrals with transformation Evaluation of double integration by changing order of integration, changing to polar form Applications of double and triple integration to area, mass and volume computations Differential equations Differential equations of first order and first degree, exact differential equation and those that can be reduced to exact by use of integrating factors. Linear differential equation, Bernoulli’s equation and equations reducible to liner equations, linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients, complimentary functions, particular integrals Generalized rule and P.I. for equation of type f(D)y = X where X = eax, sin(ax +b), cos(ax+b), xm, eaxV, xV where V is a function of x only. Cauchy’s linear homogeneous equation and Legendre’s differential equation. Method of undetermined coefficients and variation of parameter method. Partial Differential equations Formation of partial differential equation Methods to solve the first order partial differential equations of the type: F(p,q)=0, F(p,q,z)=0, F1(x,p)=f2(y,q), Lagrange’s form Pp+Qq=R Transformation of variables, Method of multipliers, method of grouping, Homogeneous linear equations, short method to find P.I., (1/F(D,D’)(eax+by), (1/F(D2,DD’,D’2), cos or sin( ax+by), (1/F(D,D’)(xryr), Non homogeneous linear equation RECOMMENDED BOOKS: Higher Engineering Mathematics, B S Grewal A Text book of Applied Mathematics, P N Wartikar and J N Wartikar Applied Mathematics, G V Kumbhojkar, -C.Jamnadas & Co. Applied Mathematics, Dr U B Jangam, K P Patil and N M Kumthekar Advanced Engineering Mathematics, H.K. Das, S. Chand Publications

2

3

4

B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08

11/52

Name of Course :Engineering Mechanics 1 System of Coplanar Forces Resultant of Concurrent force system. Area Moment of Inertia and mass Moment of Inertia. 5 Kinematics of particles Rectilinear motion. center of gravity of wires bent in different shapes. Simple harmonic motion. General force system. distributed forces in plane. 2. centroid of plane area. moment of force about any point. Couple. (without internal hinge). 2. pure rotation and plane motion of rigid bodies Instantaneous center of zero velocity and zero acceleration for bodies in plane motion 7 Kinetics of particles and rigid bodies D’Alembert principle. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 12/52 . Analysis of pin jointed plane truss by method of joints and method of sections. semi-elastic impact. plastic impact Work done by force. Resultant of Parallel force system and General force system 2 Equilibrium of System of Co-planar Force Condition of equilibrium for 1. introduction to Graphic static’s. Forces in Space – 1. displacement time. Resultant and equilibrium of concurrent force system. Parallel force system. tangential and normal components of acceleration. impulse momentum principle. principle of conservation of energy PRACTICALS 1 Simple Roof Truss 2 Bell Crank Lever 3 Simple Beam 4 Simple Jib Crane B. 4 Principle of Virtual Work and Forces in Space Principle of Virtual Work – application to link systems with single degree of freedom only. Relative velocity 6 Kinematics of rigid bodies Translation. 3. motion along a plane curved path. Moment of force about a point and about an axis. acceleration time and velocity time curves and their applications Velocity and acceleration in Cartesian and polar co-ordinate system. non-uniform acceleration. Type of supports. uniform acceleration. Projectile motion. Application to problems involving wedge and ladders. Determination of reactions at supports for various types of determinate structures. equation of dynamic equilibrium in linear and curvilinear motion Linear momentum. elastic impact. 3 Friction Laws of friction. Principle of conservation of momentum Impact of solid bodies. potential and kinetic energy and work-power energy equation. equilibrium of bodies on inclined plane.Concurrent force system. screws and belt friction – only simple problems involving tension on both sides of pulley to be covered. Varignon’s theorem.

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 13/52 . Concept of internal energy & enthalpy. hydraulic. temperature & temperature scale. rotary compressors. A K tayal. Units & dimensions. first law of thermodynamics. biomass. continuity equation. wind. Umesh 5 Engineering Mechanics. Joule’s experiment. reciprocating IC engines. McGraw Hill 2 Engineering Mechanics. blowers. R C Hibbeler. study of household refrigerators & window air conditioners using schematic diagrams (elementary treatment only.5 Link Chain 6 Screw Jack (Friction) 7 Shear Leg Apparatus 8 ‘g’ by falling weight method 9 Plane motion of bodies 10 M. Pearson Education 4 Engineering Mechanics. geothermal. Macro & microscopic approach Laws of Thermodynamics Principles of conservation of mass & energy. McGraw Hill 6 Engineering Mechanics.. gas turbines. Schaum Outline Series 3 Engineering Mechanics. no numerical) Conventional & non conventional energy sources Thermal. Applications of steady flow. no numericals) Power absorbing Devices Reciprocating pumps & compressors. energy equation to nozzles. application of first law of flow & non flow processes & cycles. work. biogas. energy. compressed air motor (theoretical study using schematic diagrams. hydraulic turbines. turbines & pumps Power producing Devices Boilers & Steam turbines. thermodynamic properties. tidal waves. heat. power. of fly wheel 11 Compound pendulum 12 Torsional pendulum 13 Principle of conservation of energy (connected bodies with flywheel) 14 Stiffness of spring REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 Mechanics for Engineers. surroundings & boundary. ocean thermal energy. Singer. centrifugal pumps. solar. Mclean and Nelson. nuclear. McGraw Hill Name of Course :Elements of Engineering II 1 Fundamental Concepts and Definitions Thermodynamics system. Timoshenko and Young. Beer and Johnston. Zeroth law of thermodynamics. processes & cycles.I. fuel cells (schematic of plant layout) Heat Transfer 2 3 4 5 6 B.

introduction to NC / CNC machines Introduction to metal joining processes Welding.7 8 9 10 Basic modes of heat transfer. Dhanpat Rai & Co Name of Course :Computer Programming – II 1 2 C++ fundamentals (moving from C to C++) Data types. member functions. Fourier’s law of heat conduction. friend functions and friend classes 14/52 B. arrays. rope. heat transfer. Tata McGraw Hill 2 Basic Mechanical Engineering. control structures. setw(). gear. description of type of heat exchangers Introduction to metal cutting processes Lathe. center lathe (basic elements. belt. conduction. lathe machine. study of pillar drilling machine (operation only). axles. keys. gear drives & friction clutches & brakes (types & applications only) Machine elements: power transmission shafts. K Venugopal. soldering & brazing methods and applications Mechanical Devices Drives: Individual & group drives. input and output. bush & ball bearings. couplings. drilling. shaft RECOMMENDED BOOKS: 1 Basic Mechanical Engineering. working principles & types of operations) drilling machine. chain. accssing class members. private and public members. emissivity & its value for practical interpretation. convection & radiation. G Shanmugam. functions. preprocessor directives. New Age Publication 3 Elements of Mechanical Engineering. setprecision). manipulators (endl. difference between C and C++ Objects and classes Data hiding and encapsulation. grinding & power saw machines. static data and member functions. Mathur S B and Domkundwar S. flywheel & governor (types & applications only) Impact of environment on engineering activities. concept of sustainable development PRACTICALS: 1 I C Engine 2 Domestic refrigerator 3 Window air conditioner 4 Shell and tube heat exchanger 5 Solar water heating system 6 NC / CNC machine 7 Power transmitting elements: coupling. Newton’s law of cooling. Conducting & insulating materials & their properties. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . object as function parameters. Stephen – Boltzmann law of radiation.

3 Object installation and cleanup Constructors. inline functions. graphic mode graphics. New and Delete operators. unary operator overloading. pointers and memory management. protected and public inheritance. colors and pallets. 5 Inheritance Derived and base class. default constructors and copy constructors 4 Function and operator overloading Function overloading. constructor overloading. constructors with default arguments. overriding functions. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 15/52 . void pointers. THIS pointer. M A Ellis and B Stroustrap. types of heritance. pointer to functions and objects. pure virtual functions. animation using Getimage and Putimage functions. functions with default arguments. design and implementation. dynamic memory allocation. use of setting. private. Pearson Education REFERENCE BOOKS: 1 The annotated C++: reference manual. filling and text functions. destructors. need for virtual functions. M P Bhave and S A Patekar. relational and assignment operators. case study PRACTICALS: 1 Simple programs to implement object passing and returning object 2 Class for complex variables 3 Data manipulation classes 4 Matrix manipulation class with operator overloading 5 String class 6 Programs on inheritance and its types 7 Programs on graphics and animated graphics TEXT BOOK: Object Oriented Programming with C++. Pearson Education B. ANSI base document. dynamic or late binding 8 Graphics Text mode graphics. drawing. referencing and dereferencing. text and binary files 10 Object oriented system development Programming language before object orientation and advantages of object oriented analysis. linked lists. address operator. (single block and many small blocks of memory) 7 Virtual functions and polymorphism Polymorphism and its types. parameterized constructors. operator returning value. opening and closing a file. pointer to derived class object. protected members. binary operator overloading such as arithmetic. derived class constructors. virtual base class and inheritance relationship 6 Pointers Pointer concepts. pointer variable. abstract classes. drawing various shapes. overloading of insertion and extraction operators. storing image on the disk 9 File handling Files and streams.

2 3 Programming with C++. Schaum’s outline series. E Bslguruswamy. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 16/52 . McGraw Hill Object oriented programming with C++. Tata McGraw Hill B. J R Hubbard.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING B. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 17/52 .

S. divergence theorem and its applications Recommended Books: Higher Engineering Mathematics. Tata McGraw Hill Matrices. erf(t). Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. L {dn / dtn f(t)} Change of scale property: Unit step functions. B. Even and Odd functions. partial fractions and convolution theorem. Line integral and its properties. Inverse of a matrix. cosat. L {f(t)/t} L{ o∫t f(u) du}. 3 Fourier series and integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions. Dr B S Grewal. Fourier integral. P N & J N Wartikar. B. coshat.based on methods and instruments. rank of a matrix. Parseval’s relations. T Veerrajan. L {tn f(t)}. Elementary transformations of matrix. classifications. Adjoint ( Adjugate) of a matrix. Dirac delta functions. various types of venires. Irrotational and Solenoidal field. second shifting theorem. A R Vasishtha Course Name:-Geomatics – I 1 Introduction Various types of surveying. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of square matrix. Erurin Kreyszig. uses and necessity of geodetic surveying. Half range expansions. Dirchlet’s theorem. Grren’s theorem. Cayley Hamilton’s theorem and functions of square matrix. Semester III Course Name:-Applied Mathematics – I 1 Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation. photographic. Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 18/52 . Inverse Laplace Transform using linear property. Application to solve ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. tn eat. theorems. Directional derivative Curl and Divergence. Tech. Complex form of Fourier series. Consecervative. sinat. System of Homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations. First shifting theorem. L {f ’(t)}.Y. Dirchlet's Conditions. sinhat. Heaviside. Khanna Publications A text book of Applied Mathematics. Stoke’s theorem. micrometers on surveying instruments. Partitioning of matrix. 2 Matrices Types of matrices. Periodic functions and their Laplace Transforms. Linear property of Laplace. Fourier series of Periodic function with period 2π and 2l. astronomy and hydrographic surveying Diagonal scale. Reduction to a normal form. Wiley Eastern Limited Engineering Mathematics for Semester III. 4 Vector calculus Scalar and vector point functions.Transform. Laplace transforms of standard functions such as1. their consistency and solution.

setting out in field Computation of volume by trapezoidal and prismoidal formula. reduction of levels. temporary adjustments Different methods of plane table surveying Two point problem Errors in plane table survey. setting out with theodolite Setting out of sewer line. technical terms. Gales’ traverse table. instruments required for linear measurement. different types of levels such as dumpy. methods of interpolation Grade contour. technical terms. slope and grade stakes. methods of repetition and reiteration Different methods of running a theodolite traverses. use of planimeter B. area of zero circle. volume from contour plan Plane table surveying Definitions.Various parts and axis of transit. equivalent. compass – prismatic. corrections and precautions to be taken in leveling work Contour – definitions. balancing of traverse by Bow-Ditch’s transit and modified transit rules Problems on one-plane and two-plane methods. setting out of foundation plan for load bearing and framed structure. various co ordinate methods Planimeter: types of planimeter including digital planimeter. average ordinate rule. batter board. uses and characteristics of contour lines. auto Temporary and permanent adjustments of dumpy and auto level Different methods of leveling. horizontal and vertical angles. volume from spot levels. precise. cross section. temporary and permanent adjustments of a transit. quickset. surveyor. omitted measurements Precautions in using theodolite. errors in theodolite survey Use of theodolite for various works such as prolongation of a straight line. whole circle.2 3 4 5 6 principles of surveying Chain surveying. minor instruments for setting out right angle Leveling and contouring Definitions. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 19/52 .different types. uses and advantages. transfer of levels to underground work Project / route survey for bridge. setting out an angle Setting out works General horizontal and vertical control. reduced bearings. L section. use of laser for works Setting out center line for tunnel. Simpson’s 1/3 rule. direct and indirect methods of contouring Running a level line.definition. use of telescopic alidade Traverse Surveying Compass: Bearings. problems Difficulties in leveling work. dam and canal Checking verticality of high rise structures Areas Area of a irregular figure by Trapezoidal rule. use. Local Attraction Theodolite:. culvert. contour interval.

Use of optical theodolite / Electronic theodolite for one plane and two plane methods Simple and compound leveling by using Dumpy / Auto Level. aesthetical and other complex properties like durability. mortars and concrete. Intersection and Traversing Setting out a simple foundation plan in the field Recommended Books: Surveying and Leveling. Kanetkar & Kulkarni. face bricks and tiles. aesthetical and economic Study of properties of materials: physical. Khanna Publishers Course Name:-Building Materials and Construction 1 Introduction Types of structures – framed. Pune Vidyarthi Griha. cement. ceramic tiles. and economic characteristics 3 Surface finishes Pointing: types. reliability. Pune Surveying and Leveling. paving blocks Brick masonry. load bearing and composite. R Agor. Vol I & II. Gale’s traverse table A two day project on theodolite traversing and plane table detailing. Paints and Varnishes: types and uses 4 Masonry Construction Structural Clay products. Classification. chemical.Radiation . Building facia. mechanical. plaster of paris. gypsum. plastering: materials and types. Common clay brick. hydraulic lime. biological. suitability and economic aspects of each type 2 Building materials Classification of Building materials. Materials and products based on mineral binders. functional. booking methods Methods of plane tabling:.Practicals: Use of Amslar polar planimeter for finding the area of irregular figures and certifying it by using Digital Planimeter Use of optical theodolite / Electronic theodolite for measurement of horizontal and vertical angles Theodolite traverse. lime. requirements of building materials and products. Tata McGraw Hill Surveying. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 20/52 . gypsum-concrete products. N N Basak. compatibility. painting. stone masonry and block masonry B.

Pile Foundation 7 Concrete construction Batching and mixing. Mackay. PASCAL’s law. 2 Fluid Statics Measurement of Pressure: Pressure variation in a static fluid. B. continuous and raft. C M Kale. dynamic viscosity and kinematics viscosity. Rangwala Materials of Construction. strip. vapour pressure. curing Pre-cast concrete – advantages. wooden and steel trusses.C. floor covering. capillarity. tars and asphalt: Properties and uses Recommended Books: Building Construction. materials used. roof coverings. roof drainage Synthetic Polymer resins and resins based materials. specific volume.5 Doors and windows Types. Method of Fixing. Basic concept applicable to fluid mechanics. materials for formwork. wall facing. centering and staging. suitability Roofs – materials used. Tata McGraw Hill Publications Relevant IS Codes Course Name:-Fluid Mechanics 1 Properties of Fluid: Mass density. Punmiya Building Construction. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 21/52 . preservative treatments. manufacturing – storage – curing and erection methods for pre-cast componentsFormwork – design of simple form work. Aluminum alloys. Newton’s law of viscosity. specific gravity. S Y Patki. types. shoring and strutting. manufacture Metal and metal alloys: Products made of ferrous and non ferrous metals. specific weight. and wood composites. Vol I to VII Building Drawing. scaffolding 8 Damp proofing and water proofing materials and methods Bitumen. Anticorrosive treatment Glass Types and uses Wood varieties and uses. Types and Uses. transportation and placing. surface tension. elasticity. heat insulating and sound proofing plastics. Units and scales of pressure B. Khanna Publishers Engineering Materials. defects in timber. Ghosh. classification of fluids. compressibility. V K Jain. 5 Floors and roofs Floors – types of floors. 6 Excavation and foundations Excavation in soils and rocks. floor finishes. dewatering Simple foundations like isolated. manufacture of doors and windows. variation of viscosity with temperature. fixtures Grill work – materials used. M G Shah. water proofing and sealing resins. suitability. Tata McGraw Hill Services in Building Complex.

Time of emptying a tank with notch or weir. Trajectory of free –jet. Archimedes Principle. Liquid containers subjected to constant rotation Fluid Kinematics Fluid flow Methods of analysis of fluid motion. B.U-Tube Differntial Manometer . Rotometer. Nozzle meter.U-Tube Manometer.Venturi meter. Subcritical . Velocity of approach. Energy correction factor Flow Measuring Devices Measurement of discharge. Proportional Weir or Sutro Weir Compressible flow: Basic equations of flow (elementary study). Inverterd U-Tube Differntial Manometer. Ventilation of weir. Gauge Pressure and Vacuum Pressure. Discharge over a stepped notch. Mach cone. Hydraulic Coefficients. Transitional and Turbulent flow Reynolds number. Mach number. Orifice meter. Flow net Fluid Dynamics Euler’s equation. Small and large orifice. Mechanical Pressure Gauges.Classification. Principle of Floatation Metacentre and Metacentric Height. Orifice . Borda’s mouthpiece Notches and Weirs -Discharge over a rectangular notch and a triangular notch. Experimental determination of hydraulic coefficient. Total Pressure on Plane Surfaces and Depth of Center of Pressure. Orifice. Equilibrium of Floating bodies and Submerged bodies Evaluation of Metacentric Height –Theoretical Method and Experimental Method Oscillation of Floating Body Fluids in Relative Equilibrium: Static fluid subjected to uniform linear acceleration Liquid containers subjected to constant horizontal acceleration and constant vertical acceleration. Pressure Diagram. Measurement of velocity-Pitot tube. Time of emptying a tank with orifice Mouthpieces-Classification.3 4 5 6 measurement –Atmospheric pressure. Hydrostatic force on plane and curved surface: Total Pressure and Center of Pressure. Flow through a Reservoir Opening i. Streamlines. Reynolds Experiment. Convergent – divergent mouthpiece. External cylindrical mouthpiece. Single Column Manometer. Velocity potential and Stream function. Bernoulli’s equation. End contractions.e. Streaklines and Streamtubes. Laminar. Bend meter. Pathlines. Rotational and Irrotational flow. Compressible and Incompressible Flow . Critical and Supercritical flow. One . Piezometer. Buoyancy and Center of Buoyancy. Micromanometers. Cippoletti Notch. Total Pressure on Curved Surfaces. Absolute Pressure. Types of fluid flow Steady and unsteady flow. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 22/52 . Two and Three dimensional Circulation and vorticity. Practical applications of Total Pressure and Center of Pressure Buoyancy and Flotation: Buoyant force. Uniform and non-uniform flow. Hydrostatic Paradox.

tee. Fluid Mechanics.. 5 Simple theory of torsion Torsion of circular shafts – solid and hollow. K. Modi and Dr. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Composite sections. Bulk Modulus. involving lateral loads. core of a section. Shear stress. close-coiled helical springs under axial load. shear connectors. Jain. 6 Bending moment combined with axial loads Application to members subjected to eccentric loads. Shear Force and Bending moment Diagram Axial force. Standard Book House Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics. Stagnation Properties 7 Ideal fluid flow Uniform flow. moments of inertia about principal axes. A. Khanna Publishers Engineering Fluid Mechanics. product of inertia and polar moment of inertia of plane areas. Temperature stresses. 3 Theory of Pure Bending Flexure formula for straight beams. bending of unsymmetrical sections. problems on chimneys. free vortex. Dr.K. source and sink. Shear center of thin walled sections such as angle. Ultimate stress. doublet. Unsymmetrical bending. Kumar. Modulus of elasticity. stresses in shaft when transmitting power. Strain.Chand & Company Ltd Course Name:-Mechanics of Solids 1 Axial Force. S. Modulus of Rigidity.M. P. List of Experiments: Hydrostatics Calibration of Flowmeter Measurement of viscosity Calibration of Orifices Study of Pressure Measuring Devices Calibration of Mouthpieces Stability of Floating Body Calibration of Notches Hydrostatics Force on Flat Calibration of Weirs Surfaces/Curved Surfaces Flow Visualisation -Ideal Flow Bernoulli’s Theorem Recommended Books: Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics.L. Poisson ratio. Yield stress. Subramanya. 2 Simple Stress & Strain Definitions of Stress. retaining walls etc.Area – Velocity relationship. flitched beams. Flexural stresses due to bending in two planes for symmetrical sections. Transfer theorem. channel and I sections. Seth. S. Stress due to self weight. principal axes of inertia. Dr. 4 Shear Stress in Beams Distribution of shear stress across plane sections. Factor of safety.M. K. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 23/52 . moment of inertia. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams and frames. B. Ltd. Bars of varying sections.

Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co. Gere. mix design for flexural strength. test on admixtures. principal stresses in shafts subjected to torsion. Strength of Materials. bending and axial thrust. 53 Grade ordinary Portland cement. preservative treatments. 2 Grades of concrete: Concrete for ordinary work. physical properties of 33 Grade. Popov. high density concrete. 5 Admixtures: Plasticizers. hydrophobic cement. effect of w/c ratio. Ltd.. P. Timoshenko & Young.S. accelerators and other admixtures. Schaum’s Outline Series. durability and strength requirements. transit mixer details. road note method and British method. Ltd. 3 Concrete mix design: Mix design for compressive strength by I. Ryder. 8 Principal stresses General equations for transformation of stress. Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co. retarders. Course Name:-Concrete Technology 1 Properties of Ingredients: Properties of coarse and fine aggregates and their influence on concrete. Mechanics of Materials. principal stresses in beams. Nash. mix B. maximum shear stress. McGraw Hill Books Publishing Co. Peter & Singer. Engineering Mechanics. Charotar Publishers.B. codes Stone types and properties. 43 Grade. types of cement and their use. various tests and application of high performance concrete.. acceptability criteria.7 Stresses and strains in thin cylindrical and spherical shells under internal pressure. McGraw Hill Book Co. 6 Ready mix concrete: requirements of ready mix concrete. light weight concrete.. stone aggregates. E. Portland pozzolana cement. Mechanics of Structures. Junnarkar. Mechanics of Materials. laboratory testing of fresh and hardened concrete. methods.. rapid hardening Portland cement. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 24/52 . determination using Mohr’s circle. G. McGraw Hill. MacMillan. Strength of Materials. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments. Beer & Johnston. low heat Portland cement and sulphate resisting Portland cement as per relevant I. workability.S. S. Mechanics of Materials. principal planes and principal stresses. Recommended Books: Mechanics of Materials. Ltd.H. 4 High performance concrete: Constituents of high grade concrete. James M. Brooks/Cole. William A. Ltd. chemistry and compatibility with concrete. Timoshenko & Gere. Mechanics of Materials.

theory and practice. I. List of experiments: Effect of w/c ratio o workability (slump cone. Permeability test on concrete Tests on polymer modified mortar / concrete Tests on fiber-reinforced concrete Flexture test on beam (central point load and two point load) (plotting of load deflection curve and finding value of E) Recommended Books: Plain & reinforced concrete. Relevant I. Special Publication of ACI on Polymer concrete and FRC.  initial & final setting time. 7 Concrete for repairs and rehabilitation of structures: Polymer concrete.P. Mix design in laboratory Non destructive testing of concrete – some applications (hammer. Jain & Jaikrishna. Proceedings of International Conferences on Polymer Concrete and FRC. ultrasonic pulse velocity test. El. half cell potentio-meter. Shetty.Construction Materials Laboratory Following experiments to be performed as per relevant IS standards: Physical properties of Cement :  Consistency.design of RMC. Modulus of rupture of concrete. Neville. V-B test. Vol.S. corrosion of steel. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 25/52 . 8 Non-Destructive testing of concrete: hammer test. core test and relevant provision of I.S. codes. Concrete technology. O. ultrasonic) Secant modulus of elasticity of concrete & indirect tensile test on concrete. flow table) Effect of w/c ratio on strength of concrete. Society & Pub. M. polymer modified cement concrete and Ferro cement. carbonation test.S. Study of admixtures & their effect on workability and strength of concrete. polymer impregnated concrete. Course Name:. compaction factor. codes. Properties of concrete. fiber reinforced concrete. different tests.  soundness. Bricks:  water absorption  compressive strength Wood:  Tension  Compression B. load test.  compressive strength.

confidence internal. method of least square B. Semester IV Course Name:. Tech. Poisson and Normal distribution. interval estimation. sampling distribution. measure of variation and probability. ‘t’ test and ‘F’ test. B. Chi-square test Correlation and regression. Curve fitting.Y.II 1 Statistics Review of measures of central tendency. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 26/52 . Testing of Hypothesis. Young's modulus determination)  Test on tour steel bar ( tension. Large sample and small sample tests. Coefficient of correlation and Rank correlation. cast iron bar  Brinell hardness test  Rockwell hardness test  Izod impact test / charpy test Aggregates:  sieve analysis  crushing value  shape test  impact test  abrasion test  crushing test  Los angels abrasion test  soundness test Bitumen:  Penetration test  Ductility test  Softening point test  Viscosity test  Flash & fire point test S.Applied Mathematics. Estimation of parameters. tension)  Shear test on mild steel bar / cast iron bar  Torsion test on mild steel. Regression analysis. Standard error. Random sampling. Central limit theorem.bend & rebend)  Test on cast iron (transverse. point estimation. Discrete and continuous Random variable Binomial.Tiles:  transverse test  water absorption test Steel:  Tension test on mild steel bars (stress-strain) behavior.

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 27/52 . Schaum’s Series Numerical Methods for Engineers. Kinematics of G. S K Gupta Introductory methods of numerical analysis. sight distance on a vertical curve. advantages.P.. Satellites.S.P. self compensating instrument . Segments: Spaces Segment.: Methods of observations. stadia formula. linear methods of setting out of curves Angular methods for setting out of curves. Gauss Seidal and jacobi iteration Differential equation . necessity of curves and types of curves Simple circular curves and compound curves. User Segment Features of G. differential G. error and accuracy in tacheometry survey work 4 Global Positioning System (G. their properties and their advantages. corrections for field observations Electronic digital theodolite – types. difficulties in setting out curves and solutions for the same 2 Modern surveying instruments Electronics in surveying. Kapur & Saxena Statistics. S S Sastry Course Name:. office and field work. Rungakutta method.S) G.P. stadia diagram and tables. uses and applications. Gauss Elimation. Euler method Recommended Books: Mathematical Statistics. Picard method. two theodolite and Rankine deflection angle methods Reverse and transition curves. geometry and types. concept of total station Use of computer in survey work for level computation and plotting contour plan 3 Tacheometric surveying Principles and uses. Digital Level Electronic distance measurements . composite curve problems Vertical curves – definitions. applications of Total Station in surveying.S. different methods of tacheometer.S. design of transition curves. subtense bar method.Geomatics. Control Segment.S. general principles used in the instruments Auto levels.S. Absolute Positioning.P. setting out of curve by angular method. shift. Relative Positioning. tangent correction and chord gradient methods.P. Gauss Jordan. principles.II 1 Curves Definitions of different terms.P.Taylor Series method. B. Crout’s (LU) method. location details by tacheometer. Principle of Operation Surveying with G. spiral angle Composite curves – office and field work.Statistical quality control and control charts Analysis of variance 2 Numerical Methods Solutions of systems of linear algebric equations.types.

G. Computation of Co.S. Heights and mean sea level Heights Applications of G. Tata McGraw Hil Surveying. sloping and vertical distance between any two points by using Total Station Geo-registration of map and its digitization by using suitable GIS software. data entry through keyboard. Basic component of GIS Commercially available GIS hardware and Software Field data. advantages of GIS. preprocessing of data rectification and registration . B. points .Yeung A K W.P. vector and raster data. digitizer and scanners. N N Basak. 5 Remote Sensing: Electromagnetic remote sensing process Physics of radiant energy: Nature of Electromagnetic radiation.ordinates . III. block contouring and tacheometric survey Height and distance problems in tacheometric surveying Study of satellite images and its interpretation Determination of horizontal. maps. Geodetic Receivers. spatial and non. Image resolution Image Interpretation Application of Remote Sensing 6 Geographical Information System: Information systems. Geodetic Coordinates to map co.C. Surveying Receivers.spatial information.Punmiya . Laxmi Publication Surveying and Leveling. Scattering Energy interaction with Earth Surfaces: Spectral reflectance Curve Image Acquisition: Photographic sensors. Map editing. Lo C.P. Khanna Publishers Concepts and Techniques of Geographical Information System. vector and raster analysis of digitized map by using suitable GIS software Collection of field data like point data. statistical data. Prentice Hall India Introduction to Geographical Information System. Receivers: Navigational Receivers.ordinates:. interpolation techniques Practicals: To find the constants of a tacheometer and to verify field distances A project for preparing L section and cross section. Electromagnetic spectrum Energy Source and its Characteristics Atmospheric influences: Absorption.S. R Agor. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 28/52 . and areas features. lines. Digital Data.S. Tata mcGraw Hill B.P.Transformation from Global to Local Datum . Vol I & II.G. Earth Resource satellites. aerial Photographs. line data and area data by using surveying and mapping GPS receiver Recommended Books: Surveying and Leveling. satellite data. geographical concept and terminology.P. Kang-tsung Chang.

mode of formation. faults and folds. geological time scale. study of weathering & its significance in physical & engineering properties of rocks like strength & water tightness. classification. construction and working of seismographs.as prescribed under Practicals 4 Petrology Study of igneous. Anjali Rao . outliers & inliers. Hatch’s scheme of classification. characteristics of shallow water deposits like lamination. rock forming minerals. study of common ore minerals . structures & textures in metamorphic rocks. wind & glaciers. importance of geological studies in various civil engineering projects 2 General geology Internal structure of the earth & use of seismic waves in understanding the interior Agents modifying the earth surface. agents and types of metamorphism. products of volcanoes Earthquakes... strike. rock cleavage. current bedding etc.mode of formation.Engineering Geology 1 Introduction Branches of geology useful to civil engineering.Remote sensing and Geographical information sysytem.central type & fissure type.mode of formation. distinguishing properties between igneous. chemically formed and organically formed deposits. metamorphic minerals. types. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 29/52 . textures. outcrop patterns.study of formations occurring in peninsular India 7 Geological investigations Preliminary geological investigations & their importance to achieve safety & B. residual deposits. Geological action of river. BS Publications Course Name:. true clastic deposits. sedimentary and metamorphic rocks to identify them in field Igneous petrology. commonly occurring sedimentary rocks Metamorphic petrology. durability etc. K. study of common igneous rocks Sedimentary petrology. megascopic identification of common primary & secondary minerals.dip. physical properties of minerals. importance of structural elements in engineering operations 6 Stratigraphy Principle of stratigraphy & co-relation.earthquake waves. textures. commonly occurring metamorphic rocks 5 Structural geology Structural elements of rocks. transport & depositional landforms created by them Volcanism. earthquake zones of India Geological aspects for earthquake resistant structures 3 Mineralogy Methods of mineral identification. unconformities. sedimentary rocks. bedding. study of joints. physiographic divisions of India. structures etc. classification of secondary rocks. erosion.

Laterite. quarrying methods and quarrying operations Practicals: Study of physical properties of the minerals Identification of minerals. Mica. Dr Kesavalu B. Basalt and its varieties. Trachyte. Marbles & quartzite Structural geological maps Study of core samples. Dr R B Gupte A Text Book of Engineering & General Geology. Pyrite. Volcanic Breccia. Parbin Singh A Text Book of Engineering Geology. Slate. Biotite. RQD. Dolomite. Microcline. Phyllite. Bauxite. Magnetite. Galena. Shales. Plagioclase. Synite. Gabbro. Actinolile. Orthoclase. unconfined & perched aquifers. their types. geological logging. supporting case histories of dams and tunnel projects in Maharashtra state Methods of surface & sub-surface investigations. Chromite. Dionite. Asbestos. Granite gneiss & its varieties. study of different building stone from various formation in Indian peninsula. Hematite. Gypsum. Talc. significance of faults. resistivity method & seismic methods Use of aerial photographs & satellite imageries in civil engineering projects Ground water Sources & zones. Corundum. Sedimentary: Conglomerate. Graphite. favorable & unfavorable conditions in different types of rocks in presence of various structural features. Pumice. Sandstone & its varieties. Limestone. Kyanite Identification of rocks – Igneous: Granite and its varieties. inclined drill holes. Hornblende. Augite. geological factors controlling location of quarries. Pegmatite.crystalline.trial pits. water table. Rhyolite. crypto-crystalline and amorphous silica & their varieties. Augen gneiss. tail channel erosion Tunneling Importance of geological considerations while choosing sites and alignment of the tunnel Ideal site conditions for tunneling. Breccia. dykes & fractures on the dam site and treatment giving to such structures. folds. Muscovite. Dolerite. causes and preventive measures for landslides Building stones Geological factors controlling properties of good building stones. springs Factors controlling water bearing capacity of rocks. Porphyry. trenches. Natrolite. Tourmaline. Olivine. consideration of common rocks as building stones. crushed zone. Volcanic Tuffs. percentage recovery. drill holes. Recommended Books: A Text Book of Engineering Geology. Schists. Melliolite. Chalcopyrite. Hornblende schists. pervious & impervious rocks. core logging. Calcite. Beryl. precautions to be taken to counteract unsuitable conditions. ideal geological conditions for dam and reservoir site. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 30/52 . Garnet.8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2 economy of the projects. cone of depression & its use in civil engineering Geology of dam and reservoir site Importance of geological conditions while selecting the type of dam. Fluorite. geological conditions to be avoided Stability of hill slopes Land slides.

S Y Patki. Hotels. 4 Flow Past immersed bodies: B. momentum & energy thickness. annulus and parallel plates. Measurement of viscosity. staircases.Applied Hydraulics – I 1 Laminar Flow Laminar flow through: circular pipes. displacement. Causes of turbulence. M Chakraborty Course Name:.C. Reynolds stresses. Dispensaries. Y. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 31/52 . Tata McGraw Hill Building Drawing . Moody’s diagram. master plan. Concept of built environment & its application in Planning. Green Belt. College.Rules 7 Recommended Books: Building Drawing. doors and windows. Rest Room 3 Preparation of constructional details and drawings of foundations. layout. scale and intensity. 3 Boundary Layer Analysis: Assumption and concept of boundary layer theory. mechanism of turbulence and effect of turbulent flow in pipes. universal velocity distribution equation. Libraries Buildings for Health: Hospitals. instability. Recommendations of National Building Organisation 2 Planning of Buildings such as: Building For Residence: Bungalows.Course Name:. beams and slabs 4 Staircase: Types. Zoning. Road Systems. Row Houses. size and location. Sport Clubs Other Structures: Offices.Sane Civil Engineering Drawing. plumbing items. laminar and Turbulent boundary layers on a flat plate. Slums . Local and average friction coefficients. Resistance to flow of fluid in smooth and rough pipes. Definition of turbulence. Club House. Prandtl’s mixing length theory. materials for stair case construction 5 Perspective Drawing: One point Perspective and Two Point perspective 6 Town planning : Objectives and principles.S. semi-empirical theories of turbulence. Boundary-layer thickness. Separation and Control. Apartment Houses Building for Education: Schools.Building Planning & Graphics – I 1 Principles of modular planning. M G Shah. D. smooth and rough boundaries. 2 Turbulent Flow: Reynolds experiment. Cinema Hall. Health Centers. Stokes law. Transition from laminar to turbulent flow. Sanatoriums Industrial Structures Buildings for Entertainment: Theaters. Laminar sub-layer. design considerations. massing & composition. Maternity Homes. floors. C M Kale. columns. Hostels. Architectural Planning . roofs – flat and pitched.

Application of dimensional analysis and model studies to fluid flow problem. length and height of jump.applications and location of hydraulic jump.Development of lift on immersed bodies . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 32/52 . Measurement of Velocity.flat plate and Airfoil.Magnus Effect and Circulation. Parshall Flume . classification of open channels. Computation of Uniform flow Normal depth . Computation of water surface profile by graphical. cylinder . Positive and negative surges. Rayleigh method. Hydraulic Jump Theory of hydraulic jump.5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 Drag and lift . Classification of surface profile. effect of free surface and compressibility on drag . lift characteristics of airfoils . Classification of channel bottom slopes .Currentmeter . Standing Wave Flume . Standard Book B. Direct Step method. Velocity Distribution of channel section. Types of models. Hot-wire anemometer. Floats. Gradually Varied Flow Dynamic Equation of Gradually Varied Flow. Characteristics of uniform flow .Broad Crested Weir. numerical and analytical approaches. Uniform Flow Continuity Equation . List of Experiment Length of establishment of flow Uniform Flow Velocity distribution in pipes Velocity Distribution in Open Laminar Flow channel flow Flow Visulisation Venturi Flume Studies in Wind Tunnel Standing Wave Flume Boundary Layer Gradually Varied Flow Flow around an Aerofoil / circular cylinder Hydraulic Jump Flow under Sluice Gate Recommended Books Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics.Types of drag . Types . Seth.Channel Transitions . geometrical parameters of a channel. Elements and characteristics of hydraulic jump in a rectangular Channel. Drag on a sphere. Characteristics of surface profile. Buckingham’s Pi method and other methods. Similitude. Energy dissipation and other uses. Specific energy curve. Introduction to Open Channel Flow Comparison between open channel flow and pipe flow. and Critical depth . Measurement of Discharge and Velocity – Venturi Flume.M.M. Dimensionless groups. polar diagram. S. Most economical section of channel. Chezy’s formula . critical flow. discharge curve Specific force Specific depth . Graphical Integration method and Direct integration method. P.Lift . Dimensional Analysis and Hydraulic Similitude: Dimensional homogeneity. Non-Uniform Flow Specific energy.Energy Equation and Momentum Equation . surge as a moving hydraulic jump. Modi and Dr. Karman Vortex Street. classification of open channel flow. Manning’s formula Factors affecting Manning’s Roughness Coefficient ‘ n ’. Dr. Model studies. location of jump.

Influence lines for normal thrust. concept of buckling. Intermediate Structural Analysis. Moment area and Conjugate beam methods. D. Structs subjected to eccentric and lateral loads. Reddy. Elementary Structural Analysis. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. shear force and bending moment for parabolic and segmental three hinged arches.S. K. Fluid Mechanics. Deflection of determinate pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed frames by principle of virtual work (unit load method) . Laursen. Subramanya. influence line diagrams for horizontal tension in the cable. Principle of virtual work (unit load method) and Castigliano’s theorem. Tata McGraw Hill Book Publishing Co..Structural Analysis – I 1 General theorems : Theorems relating to elastic structures. Structural Analysis. Betti’s and Maxwell’s reciprocal theorems. shear force and bending moment at any section of the stiffening girder. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Open channel Hydraulics . Structural Mechanics Vol I & II. K. Euler’s and Rankine’s design formulae. B. Neal.K. Junnarkar S. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. S. Ltd. Ven Te Chow . overhanging beam and pin jointed trusses. Vikas Publishers. H.B.. shear force and bending moment for three hinged parabolic arch. Recommended Books: Basic Structural Analysis.G. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. 2 Deflection of statically determinate structures: Deflection of determinate beams by Double integration Macaulay’s. F. criteria for maximum shear force and bending moment under moving loads for simply supported beams. Ltd.. 6 Struts : struts subjected to axial loads. Strain energy in elastic structures. 5 Suspension bridges : Suspension cable with three hinged stiffening girder. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 33/52 . K. Khanna Publishers Fluid Mechanics and fluid pressure Engineering. C.I. simply supported beam. complementary energy. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Jain. Subramanya.Starin Energy and Castigliano’s theorem. Dr. B. Bhavikatti. McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Timoshenko & Young. Kumar. Theory of Structures. C. Castigliano’s theorem. Ltd. Principle of virtual work. A. Charotar Publisher. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Course Name:. absolute maximum bending moment 4 Elastic arches : determination of normal thrust. Kotharia and sons. Wang. Euler’s formula for strut with different support conditions. Ltd.House Theory and Applications of Fluid Mechanics. 3 Influence lines for statically determinate structures : Influence lines for cantilever. Norries & Wilbur. Structural Analysis. Structural theorems and their application. Open channel Flow . struts with initial curvature.K. Pergaman Press.

mass specific gravity etc. 2.3 Relationship between volume. rotate. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 34/52 . soil engineering. mirror and extend. To produce sectional drawings. treatment T. torsional balance method radioactivity method.Y. pycnometer method.1 Moisture content by oven dry method. radius symbol. B. diameter symbols. porosity. dimension line. 2. leader. 1. and porosity. delete.Course Name:. To use various view controls. 2. arcs.2 Definitions: moisture content. void ratio. to create multi-view drawing using orthogonal projections Practical: Typical wall section of LB and framed structures Door and Window section Roof Section – flat and sloping roofs Staircase sections D. moisture content.specific gravity etc. unit weightpercent air voids. specific gravity. copy. volume. pycnometer.weight. to change colors . rock mechanics.moisture content. curves and polygons) in the file 2 To manipulate elements in the file by using manipulation tools like: move.moisture content. saturation. types and weights of existing elements.3 Comparison between soil and rock. 2 Basic Definitions and Relationships: 2. geotechnical engineering.Computer Aided Drafting 1 To create CAD files and draw basic elements (lines. aligned and unidirectional dimensioning 4 To draw title block. circles.4. void ratio.4. measuring flask method. unit weights. sand bath method. 1. voids ratio.1 Definitions: soils. 2.2 Specific gravity by density bottle method.P. styles. Tech.1 Soil as three-phase system in terms of weight. to print / plot drawing/s at different scales 5 To draw objects to an exact size and combining the same to create different shapes. soil mechanics.4 Determination of various parameters such as: 2. degree of saturation. Semester V Course Name:-Soil Mechanics 1 Introduction: 1. 3 Terminology: extension line. and alcohol method.C. arrowhead. B.2 Scope of soil engineering.

consistency limits-liquid limit. effect of water table. unconfined compression test. relation between major and minor principal stresses. Darcy’s law. vane shear test. effective stress in soils saturated by capillary action. characteristics of flow nets. final settlement of soil deposits. test behaviour of UU. Classification of Soils: 4.2 Determination of coefficient of permeability 5.2.2 Compaction in field. textural classification. initial. laboratory determination of optimum moisture content and maximum dry density. comparison between compaction and consolidation. sands replacement method. pumping.1 Introduction to definitions of: plasticity of soil.4. general characteristics of soil in different groups. seepage pressure. 8. merits of direct shear test. consolidation test results. graphical method to plot flow nets.3 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 0 1 1 1 Unit weight by water displacement method. falling head method. effective stress principle. 4.2 Fluctuations of effective stress. Terzaghi’s theory of consolidation. 3. definitions of activity and sensitivity.3 Permeability aspects: permeability of stratified soils. spring analogy for primary consolidation.1 Introduction. shrinkage limit. basic definitions. plastic limit and shrinkage limit.2 Identification: field identification of soils. Plasticity Characteristics of Soil: 3. unified soil classification. Mohr-Coloumb theory. submerged weight method. theory of compaction. quick sand condition.3 Use of consistency limits.in test.2 Determination of: liquid limit. consolidation settlement: one. Seepage Analysis: Introduction. plasticity. 3. Stability of Slopes: B. Shear Strength: Principle planes parallel to the coordinate axes.2.1 Laboratory method: constant head method. types of shear test: direct shear test. nature of effective stress. important characteristics of Mohr’s circle.2 Field method: pumping. 5. compaction specifications and field control. Consolidation of Soil: Introduction. Mohr’s circle. Permeability of Soil: 5.1 Introduction. CU and CD tests.dimensional method. Indian standard soil classification system. Compaction of Soil: 8. 5. factors affecting permeability of soil.2. liquidity and consistency indices. validity of Darcy’s law. Effective Stress Principle: 7. stream and potential functions.1 Introduction to hydraulic head.1 Introduction of soil classification: particle size classification. flow & toughness indices. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 35/52 . primary & secondary consolidation. 5. 7.out test. core cutter method. plastic limit. triaxial compression tests. secondary consolidation.

New Age International. 4. 12. Compaction test: Standard Proctor test. Text Books: 1. Punmia. Murthy. Grain size distribution by Hydrometer Analysis. Terzaghi. geophysical methods. number and deposition of trail pits and borings. Field identification of Fine Grained soils. Arora. 13. 3. friction circle method. analysis of finite and infinite slopes. 8. Consistency limits by Plastic limit 10. John Wiley & Sons.2 Introduction. 11. Specific gravity of Soil grains. Geotechanical Engineering by C. & Whitman R. soil 3 samplers and sampling. types of slope failures. References: 1. Soil Mechanics by Craig. R. Fundamentals of Soil Engineering by Taylor. Consistency limits by Shrinkage limit. Soil Engineering in Theory and Practice by Alam Singh. 4. 15. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications & Codes. Theoretical Soil Mechanics by K. Field Density using Sand replacement method. An Introduction to Geotechanical Engineering by Holtz. wedge failure Swedish circle method. New Jersey. Field Density using Core Cutter method. Soil Mechanics by Lambe T. Practicals: List of tests : 1. Natural moisture content using Oven Drying method. 5. B. 6.. Standard Publishers and Distributors. 1 Soil Exploration:Introduction. New Delhi. Standard Publishers and Distributors. 14. 5. Prentice Hall.S.N. Grain size distribution by Sieve Analysis. borehole logs. methods of investigation. Venktatramaiah. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by K.D. Saitech Publications. R. Relative density. 4. different factors of safety.C.F. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by B. Chapman & Hall. 6. stability numbers and charts. 7. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by by V. Permeability test using Constant Head test method.W. Compaction test: Modified Proctor test. John Wiley & Sons. 3. 5..V.R. Permeability test using Falling Head method. penetrometer tests. 2. Laxmi Publications 2. methods of boring. Consistency limits by Liquid limit 9. 2. 3. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 36/52 . New Delhi.

cost of owning and operating equipment. economic life.S.1 Standard types of equipment . sections foundation plans furniture arrangement . David S Course Name:. industry . factors affecting selection of construction equipment. scrapers . Y. trucks B. foundation plan 2) Front Elevation . restrooms by using suitable Computer aided drafting Software The detailing Should include:1) Typical floor plan . shovels. auditorium 3. bathrooms and toilets 4) Furniture arrangements of a typical Room 5) Site layout 6) Schedule for doors and windows 7) Area statement Practicals: Plan. S Y Patki. side elevations 3) Sectional elevation passing through rooms . Guest house Recommended Books: • Building Drawing. M G Shah. draglines. factors affecting their performance 1. site plan and area statements for 1. residential buildings 2. investment and operating costs. office 5. elevation. Tata McGraw Hill • Building Drawing .Construction Equipment and Techniques 1 Construction Equipment:1. dozers and rippers. special equipment. depreciation costs. staircase. hotels .Tractors and attachments. M Chakraborty • Introduction to AutoCAD 2005 : 2D and 3D Design . buildings for entertainment and other structures like offices .Sane • Civil Engineering Drawing. clamshell. C M Kale. roof plan . trenching machines. sources of construction equipment. buildings for health. balancing of equipment 1. hoes.2. primary health center 4. Alf Yarwood • AutoCAD : The Complete Reference : Cohn.Course Name:-Building Planning & Graphics – II Preparation of Constructional Details and drawings of residential buildings. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 37/52 .1 Earthmoving Equipment :.2 Study of equipments with reference to available types and their types and their capacities.

rollers and compactors 1. portable plants 1. Mgraw hill iii) Jagdish Lal .Geo-technical investigations. gyratory and cone crushers.Concreting under water. Erection of Steel structures v) Stubbs. concrete pumps shotcrete 1. Purushothama Raj. 1. jackhammers. aggregate screens and screening plants. tunnel boring machines. mass concreting.3 Pile driving equipments:. P. cofferdams .7 Air Compressor 1. safety measures during fabrication and erection Concrete Construction:.2 Drilling and blasting equipments :. Launching of bridges by incremental launching. Reinforced earth technology Information related to special equipments and their application to Off-shore construction. ventilation of tunnels. vibratory drivers 1. tools and methods of cutting and joining . hammer mills.L. transporting and handling of explosives. mixers. sequence of lining operation.2. diaphragm & centrifugal pumps.Construction Equipment and its Planning .Types. Construction Equipment and its Planning & Applications ii) R. drilling patterns. Site selection . types of tunnel supports. lining with pneumatic placers and by pump crete method. methods of tunneling in soft soils and in hard rock. rock anchors . stone column.Sand drains .5 Stone crushing equipment:. pile driving hammers. rod and ball crushers. pavers. mechanical moles.2. blasting material. transport.2. ropeways Tunneling:. mucking.jaw. diaphragm wall . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 38/52 . differential acting hammers.4 Pumping equipments:. balanced cantilever construction method Steel Construction :. forklifts . sequence of operations for drilling and blasting method. central batching and mixing plants. drifters. boomers. selection of equipments and erection tools and method of welding.2. beltconveyors.Bits. Ground Improvement Techniques . using false work .2.2. Self Compacted Concrete . vaccum concreting . cableways. hydraulic and diesel hammers. electric blasting caps. Laxmi Publications B.8 Equipments for moving materials. Foundation grouting Reference books:i) Varma Mahesh . Roller Compacted Concrete Ground Improvement Techniques:. well point system 1. safety fuse.2. transit mixers. handbook of heavy construction vi) Dr.Reciprocating. single acting and double acting. cranes. dumpers. drills. selection of alignment. Construction Equipment iv) Thomas baron .Geo-technical investigation . placing and compacting equipment. Purifoy & Ledbetter . concreting in different weather conditions. dust control.2 3 4 5 6 7 and wagons. Bridge Construction:. roll crushers.Planning for field operations. builder’s hoists.6 Concrete manufacture. firing charge.

4 Airport layout: runway orientation. 2. 3. 2. railway gauges and gauge problems 2.vii) viii) ix) Punnoswami. blast considerations. Hanger: general planning considerations. imaginary surfaces. special measures for high speed track. 3. Concrete Construction Handbook Journals of Civil Engineering and Construction Engineering Course Name:.2 Cross section of permanent way and track components: Sleepers-functions and types. holding aprons. different types of modes. 2.3 Rails: Coning of wheels and tilting of rails. interlocking of signals and points. Correction of runway length.5 Airport marking and lighting: marking and lighting of runways. material requirements. taxiways and approach areas 3. location of terminal buildings. planning & co-ordination of different modes for Indian conditions 2 Railway Engineering 2. 3.6 Terminal area and airport layout: Terminal area. and basic runway length. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 39/52 . sleeper density. runway configuration. airport capacity. turning zones. approach zones. geometric design. number of gate position.8 Construction and maintenance of railway track. Objectives of transportation system.1 Merits of rail transportation. classification of obstruction. methods of construction. geometric standards.7 Signalling and interlocking: classification of signals. B.4 Geometric design: Gradients.6 Yards: details of different types of railway yards and their functions. 2. factors affecting airport site selection. transition curves. and development of new airports. wind rose diagrams. taxiway design. control of train movements.3 Airport obstruction: Zoning laws. cant and cant deficiency. maintenance of tracks and traffic operations 3 Airport Engineering 3. exit taxiways. widening of gauges on curves.Transportation Engineering – I 1 Introduction Role of transportation in society. ballast functions and different ballast materials. rail cross sections. planning of terminal building. Bridge Construction Wadell . rail fastenings.5 Point and crossing: Design of turnouts and description of track junctions. wear and creep of rails. airport classification. aircraft hangers and parking. air traffic characteristics. aircraft parking system.2 Airport planning: topographical and geographical features.1 Aircraft characteristics and their influence on airport planning. 3. 2. 2. Apron: size of the gate position.

M.C. statical and kinematical determinacy and indeterminacy of structures. continuous beams. fixed beams. and Arora S. layout and handling equipment Recommended books: 1. pin jointed frames and rigid jointed frames 3 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures by Flexibility Method: Flexibility coefficients and their use in formulation of compatibility equations. entrance and channel requirement. types and construction. subsurface drainage design 4 Water Transportation 4.1 Harbours: Selection of site.4 Port facilities: docks. transit sheds and warehouses.V. Rao G. Sachdeva Press. containers and container yard. distinction between linear and non linear behavior. application to determinate beams. Agarwal. Symmetrical and anti symmetrical loads. berthing facilities. 4... Nemchand Bros. Castigliano’s theorem of least work. Dhanpat Rai and sons.3. P.3 Navigational aids: buoys and lighthouses etc. Planning & design of Airport 2. Design and construction of ports and marine structures. piers. Enroute aids. 4. absolute and relative deflections caused by loads. Airport planning & design. landing aids. material and geometric non-linearity 2 Deflection of Statically Determinate Structures: Review of general theorems based on virtual work and energy methods. Course Name:-Structural Analysis – II 1 General: Types of structures occurring in practice and their classification. M. simple rigid jointed frames and two-hinged arches 4 Analysis of Indeterminate Structures by Stiffness Method: Stiffness coefficients for prismatic members and their use for formulation of B. (1991)..P. Indian Railway Track. Bindra S.7 Air traffic control: Air traffic control aids. Tata McGraw Hill References: 1.2 Harbour layout: harbour works. A course of railway engineering. simple pin jointed frames including effect of lack of members. break waters. Docks & Harbour engineering. Airport engineering. New Delhi 2. Roorkee 3. Dhanpat Rai and sons. Khanna and Arora. symmetric structure. wharves. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 40/52 . R Shrinivasan.8 Airport Drainage: requirement of airport drainage. Horonjeff &Mcklerey. Quinn A D. 5. Mayapuri. introduction to the concept of complimentary energy. ship characteristics and their influence on ports management and operations. dolphins. New Delhi 4. surface drainage design. temperature changes and settlement of supports. 3. application of above methods to propped cantilevers. harbour maintenance. 4. design data. general layout. Saxena S. Harbour dock and tunnel engineering 6. Stable and unstable Structures. jetties.

Prentice Hall. 2. Negi & R. Thadani & Dr. Pandit & Gupta. applications of the above methods to indeterminate beams and simple rigid jointed frames. I & II. pipes in parallel. 9. Charotar Publishers. moment distribution method. 3. Tata McGraw Hill. inclined and perpendicular flat plates. 2. minor losses. Pipes in series.equilibrium equation. J. equivalent pipes. Basic Structural Analysis. water hammer in pipes and control measures . total energy equation. branching of pipes .S. II. direct stiffness method slope deflection method. flows in dead end pipes. Course Name:-Applied Hydraulics – II 1 Dynamics of Fluid Flow: Momentum principle. Elementary Theory of Structures. Yuan Yu Hsieh. siphon. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Chajes A. Structural Analysis. Reddy C. Dr. Universities Press.B. Analysis of Framed Structure. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 41/52 .N. 4. rigid jointed frames with inclined member but having only one translational DoF in addition to rotational DoF’s. Gare & Weaver.S. 3 Analysis of pipe networks : Hardy Cross method. 5 Turbines: General layout of hydroelectric power plant. 8. hinged flat plates. curved vane. Intermediate Structural Analysis. Pelton wheel. applications: Force on plates. impact on stationary. 6. B. including the effect of settlement of supports 5 Text Books: 1. Prentice Hall.K. Francis and Kaplan turbine.P. heads and efficiencies of turbine.S. series of curved vanes . Wang C. Sarwar A. three reservoir problem 4 Impact of jets and jet propulsion: Jet striking stationary. Modern Methods in structural Analysis. Prakash Rao D. Junnarkar S. L. 7. flow through laterals. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Tata McGraw Hill. nozzles. Draft B. hydraulic gradient line. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Structural Mechanics Vol. Darcy-Wiesbatch equation. New Age International Publishers. Reaction turbines. Gupta & Pandit. Raz. Matrix method in Structural Analysis. Jangid. Recommended Books: 1. 3. 5. Weinall Book Corporation. power transmission through pipes. moving. Analytical Methods in Structural Engineering. S. pipe bends. classification . Structural Analysis Vol. Structural Analysis – A Unified Approach. moments of momentum equation 2 Flow through Pipes: Loss of head through pipes. Structural Analysis. Desai.

heads and efficiencies. accumulator. Standard Book House 2. Unit quantities. Modi P. D. Introduction to inviscid incompressible flow .Introduction to Artificial Neural Network . Introduction to different software in fluid mechanics . Computational Fluid Dynamics :Basic equations of fluid dynamics. List of experiments Flow through pipes Turbulent flow through pipes Flow visualisation Laminar flow through pipes Major losses / Minor losses in pipe Impact of jets Centrifugal Pumps Performance of Centrifugal pumps Performance of Pelton Wheel Performance of Francis Wheel Hydraulics ram Text Books : 1. Introduction to multi criterion decision support system .. Subramanya K. Submersible pumps – components.Heads and efficiencies of pumps .M. cavitation.D. selection of pumps . Kataria and sons B. components for modeling software . minimum speed series and parallel operation. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 42/52 .Kumar.F. Tata McGraw Hill 3. press. Hydraulics machinery: Hydraulic ram.K. Fluid Mechanics and fliud pressure Engineering. crane and lift. characteristics curves. specific speed. . Theory and applications of fluid mechanics.K. Boundary layer flow as applicable to C. specific speed. F. multistage pumps. Khanna Publishers 4. Jain A. priming. and Seth S. working and applications Centrifugal Pumps : Work done.S. Fluid Mechanics. Governing of turbines. Dr. Grid generation.M. characteristics curves. cavitation. Simulation techniques . Hydraulics and fluid mechanics.Genetic Algorithm Hydro informatics :Concept of hydro informatics –scope of internet and web based modeling in water resources engineering. model testing. Pumps : General classification .6 7 8 9 1 0 tube theory. intensifier.

plumbing. productivity of workmen. Earth work for dam or transport project viii. i. Ready mix concrete plant and ready mix asphalt plant vii. The student shall prepare and submit detail report for every site visited during Semester V and semester VI at the time of Oral examination to be conducted at the end of Semester VI. The sites should be selected in such a way that during various visits. tools used. gang size. air conditioning. Cassion foundations and piling v. painting. Asphalt laying and concreting of roads vi. Pre-stressing The students are expected to observe method of work. B. concreting of slab. Mass concreting (roller compacted concrete / hot weather concrete / cold weather concrete / under water concrete) x. Tunneling by conventional method or by TBM iv. plastering. rehabilitation works xii. cladding. bar bending. concreting of footings and columns. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 43/52 . flooring.Course Name:-Site Visits The students should visit at least six project sites in all during Semester V and VI taken together. Mechanized canal construction (excavation. equipment used etc. site layouts. operations involved. leveling and lining) xi. ii. they should be able to observe / study: Most of the activities related to building construction like. false ceiling. The report should clearly indicate observations made during such visits supplemented with ample sketches / drawings. Repairs. quality checks. And at least four of the following: Structural steel fabrication and erection Ground improvement methods (Grouting / geosynthetics / reinforcement) iii. Fabrication and erection of pre-cast concrete elements ix.

types of shallow foundations modes of failures. Semester V Course Name:-Foundation Engineering 1 Lateral Earth Pressures Theories: 1.2 Pile capacity based on static analysis. coloumb’s passive earth pressure. dynamic methods and their limitations. in. negative skin friction.Y.situ penetration tests and pile load test as per IS 2911 specifications. stability analysis of retaining walls. allowable bearing pressure. different types of earth pressure at rest. concept behind derivation of equation. 4. construction methods of bored piles. 3. bearing capacity equations for square and circular footings. piles in sand. ultimate bearing capacity in case of local shear failure. 2 Earth Retaining Structures: Rigid and flexible retaining structures. apparent pressure diagrams. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 44/52 . 1. B.2 Rankine’s Earth Pressure Theory: Rankine’s earth pressure theory. active earth pressure and passive earth pressure for horizontal and inclined backfill including the direction of failure Planes for cohesionless and cohesive soils. imperfect ditch conduit. load on a ditch conduit. bearing capacity based on Standard Penetration Test. active and passive pressure. 1. Wedge Method. classification of piles. construction details. net and safe pressures. expression For active pressure. general bearing capacity equation.2 Bearing capacity theories: Rankine’s approach.1 Introduction: applications of earth pressure theories. ditch condition and projection condition. 4 Axially Loaded Pile Foundations: 4. performance of footings in different soils.4 Rebhann’s Construction for Active Pressure.1 Definitions of ultimate bearing capacity. 6 Open Cuts: Difference in open cuts and retaining walls. settlement of pile groups in sand and in clay as per IS 2911 and critical depth method. 1. 3. settlement ratio. concrete bored piles. necessity of pile foundation.3 Coloumb’s Wedge Theory: coloumb’s active pressure in cohesionless soils. average B. 5 Underground Conduits: Classes of underground conduits.1 Plate load test in detail with reference to IS1888 and its applications and estimation of settlements. driven cast insitu piles. cantilever retaining Walls. Culmann’s graphical solutions for active soils. drainage and wall joints.1 Introduction to pile foundations.3 Pile groups ultimate capacity of groups. Tech. factors influencing bearing capacity.T. piles in clay. 3 Bearing Capacity of Shallow Foundation: 3. 4. gross. Prandtl’s approach and Terzaghi’s approach. passive pressure by friction circle method for cohesionless and cohesive Soils. Vesic’s chart.

Unconfined Compression Strength Test. highway alignment in hilly areas. grade compensation on B. Course Name:. Saitech Publications. analysis of overtaking sight distance.B. Tata McGraw Hill. Direct Shear Test. New Delhi. Dhanpat Rai Publications. Terzaghi & R. Peck. vehicular characteristics. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by B. Practicals: List of Tests: 1. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by K. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 45/52 . Design Aids in Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by S. road patterns. highway alignment: basic requirements for an ideal alignment. design of super elevation and its provision. drawings and reports. brief history of road development in India. 4. highway location surveys and studies. • Relevant Indian Standard Specifications & Codes. Peck II Edn. Foundation Engineering by R. saturation systems. factors governing highway alignment. Triaxial Test (UU) 3. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice by K. 2. Arora.H. Wiley Eastern 3. widening of pavements at horizontal curves. Laxmi Publications 2. 5.apparent pressure diagrams for sand and stiff clay. highway project preparation 2 Geometric design of highways Terrain classification. Murthy. W. design speed. Standard Pub.S. highway cross-section elements Sight distance: introduction to sight distance.Transportation Engineering – II 1 Highway Planning Classification of roads. New Delhi. reaction time. Application of the test performed to foundation problems should be demonstrated by solving at least two problems using data from the tests. 4. Nayak. Thornburn.N. Kaniraj. References: 1. California Bearing Ratio. present status of roads in India. estimation of loads on struts. Text Books: 1.R. Consolidation Test. 2. Foundation Design Manual by N. Hansen & T.C.B. analysis of safe sight distance. analysis of transition curves Design of vertical alignment: different types of gradients. radius at horizontal curves. Punmia. intersection sight distance Design of horizontal alignment: horizontal curves. New Delhi. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering by by V. and Distributors.V. 3.R.E.

design of flexible highway pavement as per IRC approach. use of geotextiles and geo-grids Highway maintenance and rehabilitation Pavement failures: flexible pavement failures. methods of discernment. types of lamps. necessity of understanding the behaviour of road user and vehicle characteristics. strength characteristics of pavement materials. equivalent wheel load factors. construction of different Types of roads: water bound macadam. methods. various available methods. tests. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 46/52 . rumble strips etc.. miscellaneous traffic control aids like roadway delinators. fillers and sealers Highway Construction Equipment used for construction. climatic variation. cement concrete pavements. presentation of data Parking surveys: needs and types Study of various photographic techniques available for traffic studies Traffic signs and marking: types. planning and designing Pavement materials Stone aggregates: desirable properties. embankment design and construction. location. definitions. relative merits and demerits. laws of illumination. planning of traffic counts. vehicle occupancy surveys Origin: destination surveys. speed breakers. need and uses. repetition of loads.3 4 5 6 7 curves. comparison of different types of pavements. different types of bituminous pavements. valley curves Intersection: at grade and grade separated intersections. Construction of soil stabilized roads: different soil stabilization methods. functions of pavement components. various available methods. height etc. design wheel load. longitudinal joints. analysis of vertical curves. speed change lanes. light lantern arrangement. object marker. Design of rotary intersection and mini roundabout Traffic Engineering and Control Traffic engineering definitions: functions. combined loading and temperature stresses. critical load positions. desirable properties. tests on bitumen. Stresses in rigid highway pavements. organization and importance. glare problem. relative merits and demerits Vehicular volume counts: types. Canalization.power performance and other vehicular characteristics Traffic studies and surveys: Speed studies: presentation of data. Joints in rigid pavements: transverse joints. journey time and delay studies. human factors governing the road user behaviour. selection of grade of bitumen Bituminous mix design: principle. pavement B. stresses due to loads. summit curves. equivalent single wheel load. hazard markers.. requirements of aggregates for different types of pavements Bituminous materials: types. design of flexible airport pavements. stresses due to temperature change. pavement design factors. modified binders Design of pavements Types of pavements. rigid pavement failures. uses and various methods. Street lighting: needs. maintenance of different types of pavements: assessment and need for maintenance. checks for accuracy.

Khanna Tech Publications • S E Sehgal. individual and group reports. Highway engineering.. piers and abutments. New York. S Chand & Co • D R Phatak. • Hay. . defining objectives and scope. S. upward and downward. Introduction to Transportation Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill • Morlok. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 47/52 . consideration of loads and stresses in load bridges. 2nd Ed. C. New Delhi. Course Name:-Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 1 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. McGraw Hill Kagakusha International Student Edition. functional evaluation of pavements.internal and external. types and design of simple culverts 9 Highway drainage and drainage structures Necessity. design of different types of overlays 8 Bridge Engineering Importance. John Wiley • Ponnuswamy. formal and informal. organizing and interpreting information. investigations. scour depth. evaluation of pavements: structural evaluation of pavements. economic span. Principles and practice of highway engineering.media. audience recognition. culverts: classification. determination of flood discharge. 4 Technical proposal 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral B. (1970). highway sub drainage. sentences and paragraphs. importance. choosing words. Prentice Hall of India. site selection. job application and resumes 3 Report Writing: types. collection of data. nonverbal. John Wiley and Sons. An Introduction to Transportation Engineering and Planning. E. formal and informal reports. K L Bhanot. Bridge Engineering.management system. principles of Business correspondence. draining of city streets Recommended Books: • L R Kadiyali. afflux. Bridge Engineering. (1987). qualities.. strengthening of existing pavements: object of strengthening. waterway. Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering. A text book on highway engineering and airports. W. R. W. • Papacostas. types of overlays. qualities. surface draining. Satya Prakashan References: • Oglesby & Hicks. (1988). bearings and joints in the bridges. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition.

Krishnamachar B. Arya & Ajmani. Lin & Scalzi.Design of Steel Structures 1 Joints: Introduction to riveted connection . main beams and columns. Design of Steel Structures.S. 2 Roofing System: Imposed loads on flat and sloping roofs and floors. Design of Steel Structures. Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press Course Name:. Design of Steel Structures. Kent L. Prentice Hall of India. curtailment of flange plates. New Chand & Sons. Ramchandran. design of lacing and battens.E. Vol. design of web splices. Kazimi S. computation of design forces in members. Breslar.K. Meenakshi Raman . 3 Flooring System: Concept of floor system with secondary beams.One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: 1. Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill 2. Recommended Books: 1. supported on columns. Dayaratnam.jointed trusses under various loading cases.S. Design of Steel Structures. axially and eccentrically loaded joints. Tata McGraw Hill. wind bracing for roof system. 10. design and detailing of connections and supports. beam to beam and beam to column connections. & Ajitha Sinha D. Structural Steel Work. columns subjected to axial load and bending. Design of bolted and welded connections. analysis of pin. 5 Columns and Bases: Design of columns under axial loads using single or multiple rolled steel sections. 3. Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures.. wind loads on sloping roofs and vertical cladding including effect of degree permeability and wind drag.M. 4. I & II. Jain & Arun Kumar B. design of simply supported beams using rolled steel sections.J. 2.W.A. simple connection of bracket plates to columns. design of built-up sections. Punmia. 5. 8. design of slab and Gusseted base. Design of Steel Structures. Negi L. design of framed. Reynolds T. unstiffened and stiffened seat connections. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 48/52 . 7. 9. Ginley T. Mac. design of stiffeners.S. Design of Steel Structures. A. 6. & Jindal R. Design of Steel Structures. Design of Steel Structures. 4 Welded Plate Girder: Proportioning and design of section and connections. & Lazenby D.

double entry book keeping system. budgeting & implementation. demand forecasting 2 Cost socepts.Engineering Economics 1 Fundamental concepts . price and income. ecological. appraisal.Introduction Water:Water Supply systems: Need for planned water supply schemes. net present value. rate of return 5 Market structure: pricing and output decisions under different market conditions. Tata Mcgraw Hill Course Name:. Codes. tropic levels. payback period.. Standard Publishers & Distributors. scouting for ideas. Design of Steel Structures. I. Relevant I. organizational. limiting factor. food chain. Engineering Economics and financial accounting ( ASCENT SERIES): Aryasri. Course Name:. project identification. V V. value of time. A Ramana Murthy. preliminary screening. social cost-benefit analysis Recommended books: 1. Ltd. Sayal & Satinder Singh. financial. tools of analysis: profitability. Tata Mcgraw Hill 2. Components of water supply system Quality of water: Water quality standards B.C.Environmental Engineering Ecology and Environment: Basic principles. project development cycle 7 Project appraisal: market. Important stable and unstable ecosystems Environmental Pollution :. technical. profit and loss statement and balance sheet 4 Engineering economy: equivalence. Prasanna Chandra . break even analysis and its applications to decision making 3 Importance of good accounting and audit practice. cost and revenue. consumer behavior: demand. Projects: Preparation. technological considerations under competitive economical and global business environments 6 Investment decisions : identification of investment opportunities. 12. social. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 49/52 . present value and annual equivalence cost. elasticity of demand. government regulatory framework. food web.S. Bio geo chemical cycles. 11. Laxmi Publications Pvt. economic.demand and supply. Eco systems.Jain. cost-volume-profit analysis.

River pollution Sewage treatment: aims. Ambient Air Sampling 2. B. Hussain. Plumbing Demonstration of accessories. history –episodes.Collection.D. debris Commercial : wastes from offices. treatment and disposal. measurement and various control methods Solid waste management:Definition of solid waste: Domestic. Sewage pumping:: Characteristics of sewage: Composition. fittings. Industrial Sources of solid wastes: Household wastes. composition and properties of solid wastes . shapes design parameters. Effects of air pollution on human beings. Vesilind. stables. PWS Publishing B. rubbish. legal aspects of solid waste disposal Building Plumbing and services: Introduction to various types of house plumbing systems for water supply and waste water disposal. shops and markets etc. S. Ministry of Works & Housing. natural and manmade Noise:. high rise building plumbing. Measurement of Noise Level 3. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment. C.Introduction to hazardous waste. 3.O. Hazardous waste : Household. primary.Basic concept. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering.Composition and properties of air Air pollution : Definition. generation. plants and materials. solid waste from construction activities. Reference Books: 1. storage and transportation of solid waste. soil.D.). dust. ashes. hospital wastes. operation and maintenance of sewers. animals. methods of treatment and various flow-sheets for preliminary. Aerobic and anaerobic decomposition Sewage Disposal: Introduction . and fish and meat markets. secondary and tertiary treatment Industrial waste waters: Introduction and properties Air : .K.Treatment of water : Impurities in water – processes for their removal – typical flow-sheets Water Pollution Sewage: Conveyance of sewage: Sewers. waste from commercial establishments. chemistry of sanitary sewage. segregation. Solid waste: Determination of organic matter 6. New Delhi. dead animals Quantity . and fixtures. Sources of air pollution. various kinds of fixtures and fittings used Practicals: 1. 2. (latest Ed. . offices and vegetable markets. water surface and ground health hazards Disposal of solid waste: segregation.O. . Solid waste: Determination of moisture content 5. garbage. Introduction to Environmental Engineering. Solid waste: Determination of pH 4. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 50/52 . reduction at source. Effects of solid waste on environment: effects on air. recovery and recycle Disposal methods Hazardous waste:. minimization at source. sources of air pollution.

Odum 10. Tchobanoglous. The sites should be selected in such a way that during various visits. 7. Eugene P. E. Water Supply and Sewerage. Sundaresan 13. flooring.J. C S Rao. rehabilitation works B. concreting of slab. McGhee 6. Theory and Practice. they should be able to observe / study: Most of the activities related to building construction like. 12. Manual on Municipal Solid Waste Management – Ministry of Urban Development. Clark. 8. Steel 5. Bhide& B. And at least four of the following: 1. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering. 6. McGraw Hill Publication. Plumbing Engineering. painting.M. 2. T. New Age International Course Name:-Site Visits The students should visit at least six project sites in all during Semester V and VI taken together. S. Prentice Hall of India 15. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications. plumbing. Veisman. Integrated Solid Waste Management. CPHEEO Manual on Water Supply & Treatment 9.W. W. plastering. Ecology. leveling and lining) 11. Nathanson J A.D. false ceiling. New Delhi 14. Hammer 7. 9. 3. cladding.W. 5. 8. bar bending. A. Repairs. Structural steel fabrication and erection Ground improvement methods (Grouting / geosynthetics / reinforcement) Tunneling by conventional method or by TBM Cassion foundations and piling Asphalt laying and concreting of roads Ready mix concrete plant and ready mix asphalt plant Earth work for dam or transport project Fabrication and erection of pre-cast concrete elements Mass concreting (roller compacted concrete / hot weather concrete / cold weather concrete / under water concrete) 10.B. J. Theissen & Vigil. 4. Solid Waste Management in Developing Countries.J. Patil. Water Supply and Pollution Control.Company. Water Supply and Sewerage. M. 4. concreting of footings and columns. Basic Environmental Engineering. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 51/52 . 11. Mechanized canal construction (excavation. air conditioning.

1 2 3 4 Course Code 301240 301250 301260 - Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Quantity Surveying Estimation 5 0 5 10 15 15 70 3 & Valuation Design & Drawing of R.CIVIL ENGINEERING) (FINAL) Semester VII Sr.I Elective . .C. site layouts.TECH. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 52/52 . operations involved.C 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Construction Management 5 0 5 10 15 15 70 3 Elective – III 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Course Title B. gang size. Pre-stressing The students are expected to observe method of work.12. No. Course Code Course Title Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T 3 5 4 3 2 0 2 0 5 5 6 3 8 15 10 15 10 15 6 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (The ory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 301200 301210 301220 301230 - Water and Waste Treatment Theory of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Irrigation Engineering Entrepreneurship and Management Elective . No.II TOTAL 3 2 3 2 21 8 5 8 15 5 8 15 29 50 Semester VIII Sr. [for record 2007-08] B. equipment used etc. quality checks. The report should clearly indicate observations made during such visits supplemented with ample sketches / drawings. productivity of workmen. The student shall prepare and submit detail report for every site visited during Semester V and semester VI at the time of Oral examination to be conducted at the end of Semester VI. tools used.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Course Code 401010 401020 401030 401040 401050 401060 401070 Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T Advanced Structural Analysis 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Plastic Analysis of Steel 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Structures Structural Dynamics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Advanced Foundation 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Engineering Advanced Engineering Geology 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Rock Mechanics 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 Course Title ESE (Theory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 53/52 B. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. No. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. Electives: GROUP I (For Elective I and Elective III) Sr. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. The project shall carry 08 credits.5 - Elective – IV TOTAL 3 2 20 6 5 8 26 4 6 15 15 70 3 Project: Sr. Course No. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. interest. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 401900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage.

Structures Earthquake Engineering 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 GROUP II (For Elective II and Elective IV) Sr.C. Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 301200: Water and Waste Water Treatment B. No.8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 401080 401090 401100 401110 401120 401130 401140 401150 401160 401170 Soil Dynamics Digital Photogrammetry Space Geodesy Terrain Data Analysis Geographic Information System Advanced Design of Steel Structures Prestressed Concrete Bridge Engineering Advanced Design of R. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 54/52 .C. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Course Code 401180 401190 401200 401210 401220 401230 401240 401250 401260 401270 401280 401290 401300 401310 401320 401330 Course Title Advanced Construction Engineering Building Maintenance & Repairs Building Services Rehabilitation of Structures Construction & Law Pavement Design and Construction Traffic Planning & Design Pavement Management System EIA and Audit Project Appraisal Risk & Value Management Solid and hazardous waste Management Air Pollution Industrial Waste Treatment Water Resource Engineering & Management Systems Approach to Civil Engg.

physical.5. sludge disposal.3. odour and colour.7. 1. 1. impurities in water-processes for their removal . mode of action. Treatment of water. chemistry of chlorination. design values of various parameters.9. taste. ozone.1. operational difficulties. tube settlers. 1. B. 1.10. chlorine residual. basic design consideration. dual media filters. pressure filters: construction and operation. super chlorination. rapid mixing and flocculating devices. ultra filtration . 1. reverse osmosis. Sedimentation: factors affecting efficiency. Quality of water: Wholesomeness and palatability.6. cleaning. slow and rapid sand filters. principles and methods.Detailed Syllabus: Water: 1. gravel and under-drainage system. limitations. Filtration: classification. design considerations. 1. coagulant aids polyelectrolyte etc. ultraviolet rays and chlorine dioxide as disinfectants.typical flow-sheets. chemical. performance. principle reactions.4. 1. Disinfection: chlorination. common coagulants. bacteriological standards. G and GT values. Nan filtration. free and combined chlorine.2. kinetics of disinfection. 1.8. de-chlorination. Water softening: lime soda and Base Exchange methods. Coagulation and flocculation: mechanisms. floatation . Man's environment: Importance of environmental sanitation. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 55/52 . Jar test. use of iodine. sand. microfilteration. well water disinfection 1. Miscellaneous treatments: removal of iron and manganese. Introduction to advanced treatment methods : reverse osmosis. electro – dialysis. de-fluoridation. chlorine demand. break point chlorination.

Residual chlorine 7. volatile solids 9. disposal of treated effluent. S. Jar test 6. pH 4. operational problems in activated sludge process and trickling filters. Most probable number (MPN) Text books: 1. operation and suitability. design of sludge digestion tanks.7 Low cost sanitation: septic tanks and Anaerobic Filter . total solids. New Delhi.5 Biological treatment methods. activated sludge process and its modifications. recirculation. 2.O. Hardness 3.D. Chemical oxygen demand (COD) 11. C. sludge volume index. Ministry of works and Housing. Turbidity 5. Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) 12.principles. drying beds 2.2 Sewage: 2. 2. Sludge volume index (SVI) 13.. 2. dissolved solids.. aerobic and anaerobic decomposition. primary and secondary clarifiers. principles. Manual on sewerage and sewage treatment (latest ed. 2. quantity and characterizations of sludge. trickling filter operation. sewage farming. chemistry of sanitary sewage. primary. secondary and tertiary treatment.4 Sewage treatment: aims.3 Self purification of streams: oxygen economy. disposal of screenings and grit. stabilization ponds.6 Sludge digestion: principles of anaerobic digestion. hydraulic design of trickling filter and activated sludge process. disposal of digested sludge. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 56/52 . standards for disposal of raw and treated sewage on land and water. 2. grit chambers. methods of treatment and various flow-sheets for preliminary.O. design values.D.2 Sewage Disposal: discharge of raw and treated sewage on land and water.Hussain 2. Water supply and sanitary engineering .K.8 Tertiary Treatment methods – general description Practicals: List of experiments on water and sewage samples: 1. Chlorides 8. Dissolved oxygen 10. limits of dilution. Alkalinity 2. Solids: suspended solids. screens.1 Characteristics of sewage: composition. B.) and Manual on water supply and treatment. 2. B.

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 57/52 .J. Steel • Water supply and sewerage.W.Viesman.J. E. compressive stress block. design of beam subjected to bending and torsion 3 Pre-stressed Concrete 3. • Relevant Indian Standard Specifications.2 Brief introduction to fundamentals of ultimate strength theory: curved stress distribution. characteristic loads. singly reinforced. design of members in shear and bond. partial safety factors for loads and materials.Hammer.W. efficiency of the section. ultimate moment of resistance of singly reinforced section 2 Limit state method of design as per IS 456 (latest edition): concepts of probability and reliability. simplified rectangular stress block as per Whitney's approach. design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and T sections for flexure.McGhee • Water supply & pollution control. design of one-way and two-way slabs. principal tension in pre-stressed concrete members B. analysis of sections subjected to bending and axial forces( tension or compression) 1. stress strain characteristics of concrete and steel reinforcement . balanced section. T. kern of a section. M. methods and systems of pre-stressing.1 Basic principles of pre-stressed concrete: materials used and their properties.2 General design principles: concepts of center of compression. losses in pre-stress. • CPHEEO Manual on Water supply and treatment • CPHEEO Manual on Sewerage and sewage treatment 301210: Theory of Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Detailed Syllabus: 1 Reinforced Concrete Fundamentals (working Stress Method): Concept of reinforced concrete.Clark. W. elastic theory. design of axially loaded columns. shear and limit states of serviceability in deflection and cracking. shear and bond stresses and design for shear and bond. introduction to limit states of collapse in flexure. characteristic strength.Reference books: • Water supply and sewerage. analysis and design of singly reinforced doubly reinforced rectangular and Tsections. J. design of one way and two way slab as per IS-456( latest). pressure line and safe cable zone. analysis of various types of sections subjected to pre-stress and external loads 3. design of axially loaded columns. direct compression. under reinforced section and over reinforced section.

Shah & Karve. I. water resources in India. Reinforced Concrete. 12. V. 4. equilibrium equations for confined and unconfined aquifers. Lin T Y & Ned Burns John Wiley.Reinforced Concrete. H. consumptive use. command area development 2 Hydrology: hydrologic cycle. sub-surface. S-hydrograph 3 Water requirement of crops: 3. Charotar Publisher. Ultimate Strength Design for Structural Concrete. Pitman. Limit State Design . 10. Illustrated Reinforced Concrete Design. Krishna Raju. Huges B P.1 Ground water resources. 8. 13. irrigation requirement. runoff computations.4 Methods of applying water to the fields: surface. Pvt Ltd 6. Design of Pre-stressed Concrete Structures. 5.1 Crops and crop seasons in India. Shah. 2.Reinforced Concrete. 7. Prestressed Concrete. Limit State design . cropping pattern.2 Well hydraulics: steady state flow in wells. Chapman & Hall. aquifer tests. Plain and Reinforced Concrete. flood discharge calculations. Karve. Structures 301220: Irrigation Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction: irrigation. 9. Dayaratnam P. methods of ground water exploration. Rangan B C & Hall A S. infiltration. irrigation systems: minor and major. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures. occurrence of ground water. Arthur P D & Ramkrishnan V. sprinkler and trickle / drip irrigation 4 Ground water and well hydrology 4. Shah & Dr. root zone soil water. design of water wells B. Shina & Roy 11.L. Prestressed Concrete. Jain & Jaikrishna.2 Quality of irrigation water 3. factors affecting runoff. 3. duty and delta 3. Jain A K. Vol. Oxford & IBH. well irrigation 4. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 58/52 . S. Warner R F.3 Soil-water relationships: soil characteristics significant from irrigation considerations.J.R. Reinforced Concrete. Pitman.Text books: 1. Limit State Theory for Reinforced Concrete Design. frequency of irrigation 3. Tata McGraw Hill. need of irrigation in India. Evans R H & Benett E W. Dr. Wheeler & Co. unit hydrograph method. rainfall – runoff process. impact of irrigation on human environment. runoff hydrograph. Nemchand Brothers. Theory of Reinforced Concrete. development of irrigation in India.

5 6 7 8 9 Distribution system: 5. alignment of canals. types of weirs. irrigation Engineering and Water Power Engineering.1 Canal systems.3 Arch and buttress dams: types 8. selection of suitable site. types. outlets 8.1 Surface and sub-surface flow considerations for design of canal structures: hydraulic jump. Theory and Design of Irrigation Structures. Khanna Publishers 3. Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures. yield of reservoir. Irrigation Engineering & Hydraulic Structures.3 Canal outlets: non-modular. structural joints.2 Theories of seepage for design of weirs: Bligh’s creep theory. Varshney. causes of failure. cross regulator. types. keys and water seals. design considerations Canal headworks: 7. Reference books: 1.1 Embankment dams: Classification.2 Gravity dams: forces on gravity dams. flood routing Text books: 1. selection of site for dam. seepage forces. components and design considerations 6. uplift forces 6. Wiley eastern 2.3 Cross drainage works: need. methods Canal structures: 6. S K Garg.6 Drainage of irrigated lands: necessity. design considerations. distributary head regulator. effects and remedial measures 5. types of gates for spillway crests Reservoirs: Types. reservoir regulation. Irrigation.2 Design of channels: rigid boundary channels carrying clear and sediment laden water. Gupta & Gupta. estimation of design discharge 5. Lane’s weighted creep theory. terminal structures. Khosala’s method of independent variables Dams and spillways: 8. semi-modular and modular outlets 5.4 Waterlogging: causes. different units of headworks. economic height of dam. river training for canal headworks 7. stress analysis.5 Lining of canals: economics of lining. sedimentation. John Wiley & Sons 2.2 Canal falls. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 59/52 . P N Modi. galleries. types of lining 5. J D Zimmerman. canal losses. Laxmi Publications B. Kennedy’s and Lacey’s theory of regime channels 5. slope protection 8.4 Spillways: components of spillways. elementary and practical profile. Nem Chand & Bros 3. estimation and control of seepage. alluvial channels carrying clear and sediment laden water. Punmia B C & Pande B B lal. capacity of reservoirs.1 Weir and barrage. sediment control in canals. canal escapes: types. G L Asawa. Irrigation Engineering.

McGraw Hill. Entrepreneurship and Management . partnership. marketing plan. Tata McGraw Hill 4 5 6 B. 2 Creating and starting a venture : Creativity and business idea. Peters 2. . Business plan. Forms of Organization: Proprietorship. joint stock company. organizational plan. starting a SSI . financial plan. co-operatives. individual entrepreneur. Recommended books: 1. Govt.301230: Entrepreneurship and Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 Entrepreneurial perspective : Nature and importance of entrepreneurs. entrepreneurial and intrapreneurial mind. Management. S. Management Definition. Financing the venture: 3 Sources of capital. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 60/52 . Tata McGraw Hill . R. Hisrich and M. Henri Fayol and Gilbreath. role and performance of SSI in India . legal issues for entrepreneur. institutional assistance and finance to entrepreneurs. Koontz 3. D. P. Vipul Prakashan . Mascarenha References : Entrepreneurship Development. R. policies on small scale industries . evolution of small scale / ancillary sectors . Entrepreneurship . functions of management Development of management Contribution of Fredrick Taylor.

minor bridges and industrial structures 5 Rate analysis: Purpose. Settlement of disputes. Easement rights B. comparison of different alternatives. Arbitration. importance and necessity of the same. prequalification. detailed specifications for the buildings.A. relative merits. Contracts. R. Payment of advance . cost sensitive index. 7 Introduction to acts pertaining to : Minimum wages. purpose. roads. factors affecting. complete set of Estimate. importance of inviting tenders. insurance. Bar bending schedules. factors to be considered. penalty and liquidated charges. requirements and importance. Industrial Shed 2 Measurements for various items: Use of relevant Indian Standard Specifications for the same. Workman's compensation. percentage breakup of the cost. contract types. Earthwork Calculations 3 Material survey: Thumb rules for computation of materials requirement for different materials for buildings. Approximate estimates: importance. Mass haul Diagrams . Estimation & Valuation Detailed Syllabus: 1 Estimates: Various types. different methods. extra work and items. daily output from different equipment 6 Tender: Preparation of tender documents. Use of CBRI Equations for the same.. water storage tank. etc. Culvert iii) Irrigation and iv) Water supply and sewerage: miscellaneous works like Manhole. market survey of basic materials 4 Specifications: Types.C. Bill & Final Bill. Load bearing ii) Road . general and special conditions. claims. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 61/52 . termination of contracts.C. septic tanks v) Trusses of steel . their relative importance. price variation.301240: Quantity Survey. task work. Methods of preparation of estimates for projects such as i) Building R. taking out quantities from the given requirements of the work.

v. To find out the approximate estimate of a multistoried building by approximate method. Contract. Detailed estimate of minor structure vi Bar bending schedule Text Books: 1. a. a factory building d. a cross drainage work f. FIDIC contract conditions 4. a ground plus three storied building (RCC) b. Patil . Estimating. Joy P K. Costing Specifications & Valuation 2. Macmillan 3.S. Bare Acts related to Minimum wages. Purpose of valuation Different methods of valuation for i. iv. M Chakravarty. a bridge with minimum 2 spans c. World Bank approved contract documents 3. types of values. and Arbitration.8 Valuation: Different terms used. ii. Years purchase . 9 B. a load bearing structure iii. a road work e. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 62/52 . ii. Assignments on rate analysis. Building & Engineering Contracts References: 1.sinking fund. purpose and necessity of the same. specifications and simple estimates. Detailed estimate of the following with the required material survey for the same. Preparation of valuation report in standard Government form. depreciation. open plots. B. Relevant Indian Standard Specifications 2. lease hold properties Use of valuation tables and formulae Use of computers in quantity surveying Termwork Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) i. Workman’s compensation. Handbook of Construction Management. Capitalised Value. open plots with existing residential & commercial structures iii. the role of a valuer.

P. S. H.S. There shall be a sketching examination of 30 minutes duration followed by oral examination. 7. relevant and latest IS codes of practice should be followed. Limit State Theory for Reinforced Concrete Design. Shah & Karve. Shah. Charotar Publisher Relevant I. office or industrial building including staircase and foundations (limit state method of design) 4 Design of retaining walls: (limit state method of design) Cantilever. S. 5. F. Pitman Limit State Design – Reinforced Concrete.both by IS coefficient and approximate methods. 6. Structural Publishers Reinforced Concrete. supporting structure for overhead water tanks. Sinha Reinforced Concrete. Recommended Books: 1. & Hall A.C.. Rectangular foundations and simple raft 2 Design of staircases: (limit state method of design) Doglegged. Huges B. Warener R. Jain A. For all topics. Rangan B. J. at ground level. Term work: A design report and at least four A1 (imperial) size drawings sheets for three projects covering the above syllabus shall be submitted as term work.301250: Design and Drawing of Reinforced Concrete Structure Detailed Syllabus: 1 Design of Foundations: (limit state method of design) Isolated square and rectangular footings subjected to axial load and moments. N. Counterfort type 5 Design of water tanks: (working stress method) Circular and rectangular. Reinforced Concrete. Open well type 3 Complete design of residential. All drawing work is to be done in pencil only. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 63/52 . K. Exposure to design by available software for design is to be provided. 4.. Illustrated Design of G+3 Building. Design of combined foundations. codes B. 2. underground and overhead. 3.

record keeping. start to finish. start to start. allocation. motivation. role of client and contractor. calendering networks Resource Scheduling: Bar chart. organizing. role of inspection. Materials: concepts of planning. their causes and effects. types of precedence relationships: finish to start. time cost trade-off in construction projects. activity lists. calculation of probability of completion Planning and organizing construction site and resources: Site: site layout. phases of a project. staffing. Equipment: basic concepts of planning and organizing. Manpower: planning. critical and semi-critical paths. pre-construction planning. activity utility data 3 Techniques of planning: Bar charts. developing site organization. periodical progress meetings Updating of plans: purpose. occupational health problems in construction. types and features. smoothening and leveling PERT: Assumptions underlying PERT analysis. detailed construction planning. construction project. determining three time estimates. Funds: cash flow. slack computations. costs of accidents. resource constraints and conflicts. preparation of CPM networks: activity on link and activity on node representation. work break-down structure. basics of statistical quality control Safety and health on project sites: accidents. agencies involved and their methods of execution. periodic progress reports. procurement and inventory control.301260: Construction Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 Construction: Unique features of construction. estimating durations. Process of development of plans and schedules. sources of funds 4 5 6 7 8 Construction costs: Classification of costs. computation of float values. line of balance technique. finish to finish. analysis of single relationship (finish to start) networks. level of detail. record keeping at site. use of manuals and checklists for quality control. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 64/52 . Networks: basic terminology. resource aggregation. frequency and methods of updating Common causes of time and cost overruns and corrective measures Quality control: concept of quality. sequence of activities. quality of constructed structure. compression and decompression Monitoring & control: Supervision. Construction project planning: 2 Stages of project planning: pre-tender planning. assessment of work content. analysis. organizing for safety and health B.

stiffness matrix in local and global co-ordinate axes system. Construction Hazard and Safety Handbook. 5 Use of Muller Breslau’s Principle: For drawing influence line diagrams for statically indeterminate structures. assemblage of structure stiffness matrix and application of boundary conditions. modification of stiffness and carryover factors for symmetric and antisymmetric loads 3 Flexibility Method in Matrix Form: Review of concepts of flexibility coefficients. B. Butterworths 5. pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed plane frames 4 Conventional Form of Flexibility Method: Elastic centre method and its application to rectangular box. Construction Project Management. Handbook of Construction Management 4. properties of stiffness matrix. Tata McGraw Hill 3. computation of internal forces and jointed displacements. selection of primary structure. Antill J M & Woodhead R W. McGraw Hill 2. carry over factors and fixed and moments for non prismatic member. equivalent joint loads. 2 Conventional form of Stiffness Method. Wiley 401010: Advanced Structural Analysis Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction to Stiffness Method in Matrix Form: Basic concepts of stiffness coefficients. and fixed arches. determination of collapse load for single and multiple span beams. application of stiffness method to beams. fixed beams and continuous beams. & Paulson B C. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 65/52 . Barrie D. member stiffness matrix for truss and beam elements. consideration of symmetry and antisymmetry of loads on symmetrical structures. P K Joy. cantilever and portal methods 7 Introduction to Plastic Analysis of Steel Structure: Concept of plastic hinge and plastic moment carrying capacity. Chitkara K K. introduction to column analogy method and its application to the determination of stiffness coefficients. King & Hudson. pin jointed trusses and rigid jointed plane frames.Recommended books: 1. rigid jointed portal frames. concept of structure flexibility matrix. Professional Construction Management. Influence line diagrams for propped cantilevers. Critical Path Methods in Construction Practice. compatibility equations and solution for redundant forces. 6 Approximate Methods for Analysis of Building Frames: Substitute frame. co-ordinate transformation matrix. applications to continuous beams. Moment Distribution Method: Application to frames involving sideways. shape factor. method of solution for displacements and computation of internal forces in members.S.

. Use of statical and mechanism methods for calculation of collapse load. 3. Neal. Reddy. 8. Intermediate Structural Analysis. carrying various types of loads. Analysis of Framed Structure. C. Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis.K.G. Tata McGraw Hill. 7. Hodge. Analytical Methods in Structural Analysis. 401030: Plastic Analysis of Steel Structures Detailed Syllabus: 1 Plastic Analysis. Publishers. Livesley R. 10.S. stress strain relations .M. Plastic hinge. 2. Recommended Books: (i) (ii) (iii) Timoshenko S. Plastic Analysis of Structures. 5. various types of failure mechanisms. Single/multiple span rigid jointed portal frames and single bay gabble frames. Tata McGraw Hill. Gere J. Elementary Structural Analysis. Theory of Elastic Stability. Baker and Hayman. 2 Shape factors Plastic modulus. Laursen. 66/52 B. Structural Analysis. I & II.A. 9. Matrix Method in Structural Analysis. Wang C. Structural Analysis.K. 4. McGraw Hill Book Co.. B.Recommended Text Books: 1. moment curvature relations. New Age Int. & Weaver W. Cambridge University Press. fully plastic moment. Effect of axial force and shear force on the fully plastic moment of a section Design of beams and single span rigid jointed frames subjected to a system of proportionate loading as per Indian code provisions. Concepts of plastic analysis of steel structures. Plastic Methods of Structural Analysis. Gupta & Pandit. Elementary Structural Analysis. Vol.N. McGraw Hill Book Co. Plastic Design of Steel Frames. Pandit & Gupta. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 . S. Lower and upper bound theorems. Tata McGraw Hill. B. 3 4 5 6 7 Determination of collapse loads Single and multiple span beams. Raz. 6. 11. Modern Methods in Structural Mechanics. Collapse load analysis of pin jointed frames. Thadani. Wilber.

). Asphalt Institute method 5. Roughness measurement. Triaxial compression. design of overlays. AASHO method. embankment design and construction 4. Use of geotextiles 7.1 Airport pavement: PCA methods. basis for comparison. Benkalman Beam deflections. ESWL load coverage 3 Stresses in rigid pavement: load and temperature stresses. FAA Method. FAA classification. types. 2-layers.1 Drainage: importance.3 Highway pavement: current British procedure.(iv) B. period of analysis. skid-resistance and its measurement 9 Economics of pavement types.2 Culverts. types of wheel loads for highways and airports. factors affecting pavement design. condition and evaluation surveys. IRC(1984) guidelines.2 Highway pavement: Empirical methods using no soil strength criteria.2 Grading requirements for aggregates. 4 4. corps of engineers method.1 Airport pavement: Corps of Engineers (CBR) method. cost of initial construction. Empirical method based on soil strength-CBR.2 Joints and reinforcement requirement 6. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 67/52 . cost of vehicle operation. CDOT method. development of design method for highway and airport pavements. subsurface drainage.K. cost of maintenance. IRC method 7 7. Dynamic/ Resilient modulus.1 Evaluation of subgrade and pavement materials: group index. Asphalt Institute method 6 Rigid pavement Design 6. Net present value method. CBR. EWF. 2 Stresses in flexible pavements 1-layer. 3-layer theories. Design procedure in Road Note 29(U. combined stresses. role of shoulders. Causeways. internal rate of return method B. selection of bases and subbase materials (including stabilized materials). selection of different grades of bitumen. Benefit/cost ratio method. equivalencies in thickness. principles of good drainage. Importance. present serviceability index. 10 Economic evaluation of highway scheme basic principles of economic evaluation. types of bituminous surfaces. FAA method 6. surface drainage. skid qualities.G Neal Plastic Analysis of Steel Structures 401230: Pavement Design and Construction Detailed Syllabus 1 Pavement structure and functional attributes. design aspects of paving concrete 5 Flexible Pavement Design 5. site selection 8 Evaluation and strengthening: Flexible and rigid pavement distresses. bituminous mix design.

Toxicology origin. Transportation Disposal of Solid waste – materials separation and processing. quantity and quality parameters. closure of landfills Hazardous Wastes – Fundamentals. biological and chemical conversion. physical. recycling of material in municipal solid wastes. Land Disposal Site Remediation : Site & Subsurface Characterization. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 68/52 . Processing. chemical. Solid waste generation and collection. Handling. Treatment and Disposal Hazardous Waste Management Practices : Environmental Audits. & Transport of contaminants. and biological properties of solid wastes / sources and types of hazardous and infectious wastes in municipal solid wastes. Biomedical / infectious Waste: Composition. Composting. Stabilization & Solidification. Landfilling. gas generation. Handling and Disposal Legal aspects of Hazardous Waste Management : Collection.Recommended Books: 401290: Solid & Hazardous Waste Management Detailed Syllabus 1 2 3 Solid Wastes – sources. composition. types. thermal conversion. Pollution Prevention Treatment and Disposal Methods Physicochemical processes. fate. Collection. Conveyance. Remedial Technologies 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B. Thermal Methods. Biological Methods. Storage.

2 Excavation for heavy engineering projects Excavation in various types of soils. nuclear power stations. safety measures during fabrication and erection 6 Specific issues related to planning. nuclear power plant. airports and ports. bridge erection. safety measures during erection 5 Steel construction Planning for field operations. underground utility construction 8 New materials and equipment for construction 9 Case studies of heavy construction projects B. equipment selection and preproject activities for large size construction projects like earthen dams. drainage in excavation 3 Concrete construction for heavy engineering projects Selection of equipment for batching. methods statement for major activities like excavation. refineries and other industrial projects etc. concrete dams. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 69/52 . grouting 4 Prefabricated construction Planning for pre-casting. bridges 7 Information related to special equipments and their applications to Off-shore construction. hydropower projects. Special concretes and mortars: preplaced aggregate concrete. safety measures during concreting. site layouts. quality measures. concreting. light houses. tools and methods of cutting and joining . transporting. placing and compacting for various types of jobs. selection of equipment and erection tools. quality measures. transport and erection. mixing.Recommended Books: 401180: Advanced Construction Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Large and heavy engineering projects: characteristics and complexities. steel fabrication and erection for projects like earthen dams. safety measures in excavation. thermal power stations. roller compacted concrete. selection of equipment. selection of equipment for fabrication. tools and methods of welding.

handbook of heavy construction 3. Erection of steel structures 2. Journals of Civil Engineering and Construction Engineering 401100: Space Geodesy Detailed Syllabus:1 INTRODUCTION 1.12 Gravity Measurements 2.3 Geodetic Boundary Value Problem 1.1 Basic Mathematical Formulae 3.7 Organisation of Geodesy 2 PHYSICAL (GRAVIMETRIC) GEODESY .6 Gravity Acceleration 2. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 70/52 .9 Normal Gravity Field 2.2 Gravity Field of Earth 2.3 Co-ordinate Systems 3.THE GRAVITY FIELD OF THE EARTH 2.5 Temporal Variations 1.7 Level Surfaces 2.10 Gravity Anomaly 2. Thomas baron.6 Deflection of Vertical 3.4 Geodetic Reference Surfaces 1.1 Classical Definitions 1.14 Reduction of Gravity to Geoid GEOMETRIC GEODESY 3. Divergence and Curl 2.4 Gradient.6 Historical Developments 1.11 Temporal Variations 2.13 Gravity Reference System 2.3 Gravitational Force and Potential 2.2 Ellipsoid of Revolution 3. Stubbs.2 Branches of Geodesy 1.5 Spherical Excess 3.8 Height Systems 2.Reference Books: 1.4 Computation of Co-ordinates & Datum Transformations 3.5 Centrifugal Force 2.7 Derivation of M and N 3 B.1 Applications 2.

Zakatov.4 Space VLBI 5. Satellite Geodesy : 1.. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 71/52 . 1966 2. Reference Books:A. 1962 4.4 SPACE GEODESY & GEODETIC ASTRONOMY 4.Theory & Practice. Germany 2. General : 1. Satellite Doppler Positioning. GPS . Venacek & E. 1957 B. 5th 5 B. de gruyter. Earth Rotation. 1962 3. Plane & Geodetic Surveying.6 Lunar Laser Ranging (LLR) 5. 2001 (3rd Revised Edition). The Global Positioning System. Mueller. P.8 New Global Navigation Satellite Systems Developments and their impact on Geospatial Industry.M.2 Reference Systems in Space Geodesy & Geodynamics 4. an Introduction. Torge. 1928 C. 1980 (4th Edition) 3. H. The Earth & it’s Gravity Field. The Ohio State University. Geodesy. Rapp. Geodetic Astronomy : 1.2 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) 5. Geodesy. Bagratuni. G. David Clarke. 1977 3. Lichtenegger. vol. Krakiwsky. Geodesy.M.2.7 Satellite Altimetry 5. Introduction to Satellite Geodesy. Ashkenazi.1 Doppler Satellite Surveying 5. Jordan’s Handbook of Geodesy. Sykes. Jordan . A Course in Higher Geodesy. Course in Spheroidal Geodesy.5 Satellite Laser Ranging (SLR) 5.1 Introduction 4.3 Very Long Baseline Interferometry (VLBI) 5. Royal Society of London 4. Smart 3. 1964 2. 1958 C. Mueller. Geometric Geodesy. Geometric Geodesy : 1. Gravimetric Geodesy : 1. Part I & II. 1982 4. 1984 2. Collins. Geodesy. the Concept. & J.3 Theory of Satellite Geodesy SPACE GEODETIC TECHNIQUES 5. 1986 D. Mueller & Moritz. Physical Geodesy. Heiskanen & Meinesz. Anderle. Tobey W. Heiskanen & Moritz. W.Wellenhof. Bomford. 1964 2.Eggert. Hoffmann . B. Spherical & Practical Astronomy. Gough. W. 1953 5. Textbook on Spherical Astronomy.

Sydney 3. CASTLE. R.C. Westergard’s theory. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 72/52 .drained and undrained behavior of sand and clays. Subsurface soundings – static and dynamic methods. Group capacity. Failure criteria.Edition.C. Estimation of single pile capacity by static and dynamic methods. UK 401050: Advanced Foundation Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Planning of subsurface investigation: Purpose and scope. Field consolidation curves. Separation of skin friction and end bearing capacity. Ideal. Settlement of single and group of piles B. Choice of factor of safety. Ottawa 4. eccentricity in loading. Effect of shape. Interpretation of field and laboratory data 2Consolidation: Terzaghi’s theory of one-d consolidation – derivation of equation (solution in detail need not be covered). Planning of subsurface investigations. Type and sequence of operations. practical applications 3Stress and strain behavior of soil: Triaxial test . Prandtl Reissner solutions. Quasi preconsolidation and secondary consolidation. design of isolated and combined footings 6 Pile foundations: Use of load tests. Estimation of Pc by various methods. Geodetic Journals : 1. plastic and real soil behavior. 2001. Newmarks charts 5 Bearing capacity and settlement analysis of shallow foundations: Modes of failure. Washington 5. embedment of footing. Buisman – Terzaghi solution. The Canadian Surveyor. Geodesy. Influence of soil conditions and type of foundation on exploratory programme. Estimation of Cc and Cv from laboratory tests. Mapping & Photogrammetry. Foundations on collapsing and swelling soils. Assumptions in estimates of ultimate loads. Journal of Geodesy 2. compressibility (including critical rigidity index). non-uniform soils. Lateral extent and depth of exploration. New York 6. compressible soils and on rock. New York E. Marine Geodesy. The Australian Surveyor. Failure criteria in soils – only Mohr – Coulomb’s criteria. Survey Review. Shear strength of sand and clays 4 Estimation of stresses: Boussinesq’s theory. Settlement of foundations on sand – Schmertmann method. Spriner Wien.

N. correction of adverse feature by grouting. effect of weathering and hydrothermal alteration on engineering properties of rocks. purpose of consolidated and curtain grouting. Principles of Foundation Engineering. Volume I and II. volcanic bracias. groutability of rocks. determining depth and zones of grouting. fractures. case histories illustrating economies made possible by proper geological studies 2 Engineering geology of Deccan Trap basalts Factors affecting strength and water tightness. PWS Publications 4. significance of features like gas cavities.7 Ground improvement: Improvement of deep cohesionless soils and cohesive soils (including stone columns). V. relation of zones of grouting with height of dams. Winterkorn and Fang. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering. causes of rapid erosion from side spillways. geological conditions leading to erosion Case histories B. foundation treatment for fractures having different manifestation. Instrumentation – mainly pore pressure gauges and settlement gauges and their applications. of basalts. Das B M. S. B. K. stratigraphic sequence of flows etc. techylytes. Galgotia Publications 401060: Advanced Engineering Geology Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction Importance of geological studies in engineering investigations. hydrothermal alteration. dykes. physical properties such as compressive strength. Wiley International Edition 3. determination of foundation levels / cutoff levels for dams. Saitech Publication 2. stability of cuts and ability to stand without support. Terzaghi and R. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice. Recommended Books: 1. and their significance in civil engineering projects 3 Dams Strength and water tightness of Deccan trap rocks from foundation point of view. jointing. Foundation Engineering Handbook. jointed racks. water absorption etc. precautions to avoid misleading conclusions likely to be drawn while interpreting drilling data with particular reference to RQD. waeathering. Murthy. tachylytes and dykes Erosion of tail channel as a factor in selecting site for spllway. geological properties of reinforced soils. deterioration of rock masses on exposure to atmosphere and suitable treatment for such rocks Investigations for determining the foundation treatment for adverse geological features. Peck – Second Edition. field structures of flows. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 73/52 .

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 74/52 . calculation of RQD and joint frequency index. hydrothermal alteration. concreting and contact grouting above steel supports depending on geological conditions. volcanic breccias. Difficulties introduced by tachylytes.4 5 6 7 8 Tunneling Methodologies of investigations for different types of tunnels for different purposes. influence of climate on residual and transported soils in the deccan trap area. computing SBC for bridge foundation based on nature and structure of rock. Engineering Geology. M E Krishnan B. tuffs. rock bolting. Use of compact basalts and amygdaloidal basalts as rubble for masonry. Effect of deposition of calcium carbonate. lagging. metal for concrete making Practicals: • Logging of drill core. dykes. joint frequency index. RMR values. intertrappean beds. PVG Prakashan Geology of India. D H Wadia Geology of India and Burma. fractures. RQD. 4. steel fibre shotcreting. standup time. spacing. shotcreting. permanent steel supports. Government of Maharastra Textbook of Engineering Geology. 2. foundation settlements Case histories Geology of soil formation Residual and transported soils. Rock weathering conditions favourable for decomposition and disintegration. 3. Suitability of TBM for tunneling. Computing structural discontinuities in rock masses. difference in behaviour of basalts because of jointing as exemplified by compact basalts and amygdaloidal basalts. flow contacts and unfavourable field characters. Preparing geological crosssections from drill hole data and using them for designing of civil engineering structures • Use of electrical resistivity method for determining depth of bed rock • Study of geological aspects of an engineering projects and writing a report based on studies carried out during visits to civil engineering projects Reference books: 1. angles and depths of drill holes for different types of tunnels. Case histories Bridges Investigations for bridge foundations. Q system. location. Nature of alluvium of deccan trap rivers and its engineering character. Selection and provision of protective measures such as guniting. Scarcity of sand in the rivers in deccan trap area Geophysical investigations Seismic and electrical resistivity methods of explorations Construction material Deccan trap basalts as construction material. R E Gupte. PWD handbook. preparation of lithologs and interpreting drilling data.

N J Smith . function analysis. sources of risks. risk classification. probability – Impact matrix. Monte. the people and the risks. Risk and construction project time. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 75/52 . risk allocation in contracting 2 Human Aspects Personnel attitude towards risk. Thompson P A and Perry J G. Reasons of poor value in constructed facilities. B. breakeven analysis . 3 Risk management system Risk identification. uncertainty and risk. R Flagnan R and G Norman. Delphi method. individuals and groups . processes and risks. habits. risk analysis. Engineering Construction Risks. money and technology. communication in risk management. road blocks and attitudes 7 Value management: Value Engineering job plan. purpose and implications of life cycle costs. documenting disaster recovery plan. avoidance 4 Qualitative and quantitative methods in risk management Qualitative risk assessment . concept of utility and risks. influence diagrams . L W Zimmerman and G D Hart. transfer. Impact of energy on cost of constructed facilities. types. Thomas Telford 4. risks and clients. consultants and contractors. Managing Risk in Construction Projects 2. managing value engineering study 8 Disaster recovery plan: basic requirements. possible effects. risk response: retention. rehearsing the disaster recovery plan. value Engineering. Risk management and Construction. Sensitivity analysis. dynamic and static risk. perceptions and risks. CBS Publishers.Carlo technique. cost benefit analysis.401280: Risk & Value Management Detailed Syllabus 1 Project Risks Definition.scenario analysis. project appraisal. decision trees 5 Disasters: Natural and manmade. example disaster recovery plan Text books: 1.A guide to Project risk analysis and risk management. portfolio theory . risk register. Blackwell Scientific 3. reduction. impact and consequences of risk. Disaster recovery plan 6 Value Engineering : Value.

Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 76/52 . Design Of R. Special detailing requirements of flat slabs.C. Silos and Bunkers: Lateral Pressures in bunkers as per Rankine’s and Coulomb theories.C. analysis and design umder wind and earthquake loads. Design OF Deep Foundations : Design considerations for piles and pile groups. I. principles of design under various types of loadings. Chimney: I. 2 Large Span Roofs.Whitney’s Method .S. Truss Analogy method for the analysis of pilecaps. design based on IS codes of practice. behaviour of chimneys and stack structures under wind. Codal provisions.S code Provisions for the design of simple and continuous flat slabs. Lateral pressures in silos as per Janssen’s and Airy’s theories . circular and triangular pile caps for group of piles. I. Simpson’s Method and Design of single and multibay folded plate roofs. I. Codal provisions for the design of pilecaps. Codal Provisions for design of Silos and Bunkers. design of hoppers and supporting structures of bins.C. Codal provisions for the design. design considerations for square.401060: Advanced Design of R.C. Rectangular. Circular Cylindrical Shell Roofs: Beam theory of cylindrical shells. Structures Detailed Syllabus:1 Design of Flat Slabs: Modes of failure of flat slabs. 3 4 5 6 7 B.S. single and multiple bays with various edge conditions. rectangular and circular shapes of silos . Design of Cooling Towers: Principles of design of various types of cooling towers. Folded Plate Roofs . S.

and Jaikrishna . Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 77/52 . damping in structures. 3 Generalized Single-Degree of Freedom System: Generalized properties: Assemblages of Rigid Bodies. Structures Publishers.. Wheeler Publishimg Co. Karve S. natural frequency and period of vibration. response to pulsating forces. Jain O. static v/s dynamic loads. response to periodic loading. II. G. Dulhamel’s integral.Ramakrishna and P. Vol. forced vibration. Systems with distributed mass and elasticity. McGraw Book Co.S. Design of Reinforced Cement Concrete Structures using Limit State Approach. response of SDOF system subjected to ground motion. Arthur. Markfintel Hand Book Of Concrete Design 401040: Structural Dynamics Detailed Syllabus: 1 Introduction: To structural dynamics. introduction to vibration isolation.C. numerical evaluation of dynamics response of SDOF systems. effect of damping on frequency of vibration and amplitude of vibration. and Shah V. use of complex frequency response function. use of Fourier Series for periodic forces.D. use of Rayleigh’s method. logarithmic decrement.R. Plain and Reinforced Concrete . Ramaswamy . response of structure subjected to general dynamic load. distributed mass system idealized as SDOF system. dynamic load factors.P. 2 Introduction to single degree of Freedom (SDOF) systems: Undamped vibration of SDOF system. different types of dynamic loads. Ultimate Strength Design for structural Concrete. expressions for generalized system properties. viscous damping and coulomb damping. B. Nemchand and Bros. definition of basic problem in dynamics. response to periodic loading. response of structure in frequency domain subjected to general periodic and nonperiodic/impulsive forces of short duration. Design and Construction of Concrete shell Roofs.RECOMMENDED BOOKS: V.

probability distribution for maxima and extreme values. stationary and ergodic processes. response characteristics for narrowband systems B. superposition of stationary processes. Energy methods and use of Lagrange’s method in writing equations of motions. relationship between input and output autocorrelation functions. free vibration analysis of single span beams with various boundary conditions. relationship between input and output power spectral density functions. application to multistorey rigid frames subjected to lateral dynamic loads. decoupling of equations of motion. stationary Gaussian processes. Tech (Civil Engineering) Sem VII & VIII / 07 – 08 78/52 . modal equation of motion. determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. Random Vibrations: Random processes. relationship between power spectral and autocorrelation functions. autocorrelation function.4 5 6 7 Lumped mass multidegree of freedom (MDOF) system: Coupled and uncoupled systems. direct determination of frequencies of vibration and mode shapes. forced vibration of MDOF system. Stochastic Response of Linear SDOF Systems: Transfer functions. power spectral density and autocorrelation functions for derivatives of processes. forced vibration of single span beams subjected to the action of specified dynamic loads. approximate methods of determination of natural frequencies of vibration and mode shapes-vector iteration methods. stationary white noise. modal analysis. Structure with distributed mass system: Use of partial differential equation. vibration of MDOF systems with initial conditions. power spectral density function. concept of modal mass and modal stiffness. orthogonality principle.

Structural Dynamics. Prentice Hall. Chopra. 79 . Anil K. 4. 3. John Wiley & Sons. 2. Biggs. India. Tata McGraw Hill.Experimental Work: Experimental determination of frequency of vibration and damping coefficient using simple displacement pickups. Structural Dynamics-An Introduction to Computer Methods. Tata McGraw Hill. Cloguh & Penzein. Dynamics of Structures. Dynamics of Structures. Recommended Text Books: 1. John M.

seismogram. pseudo-acceleration response spectra. applications to multistoried rigid frames subject to lateral dynamic loads 3 Seismological background: Seismicity of a region. translational excitation. torsional response of symmetric plan building. natural frequency and periods of vibration. different types of dynamic loads. . code method of seismic analysis: seismic co-efficient method and its limitation. factors influencing response spectra. earthquake faults and waves. distributed-parameter elastic systems. response to general dynamic load. structure of earth. design response spectra for elastic systems. approximate methods for determination of frequencies and mode shapes. plate tectonics. translational excitation time history analysis. undamped vibration of SDOF system. elastic-rebound theory of earthquake. measurement of ground motion. multistoried buildings with unsymmetric plans. SRSS and CQCC combination of modal responses 6 I. use of fourier series for periodic forces 2 Direct determination of frequencies and mode shapes. lumped MDOFelastic systems. 7 Review of damages during past earthquakes and remedial measures. combining maximum modal responses using mean square response of a single mode. S. code provision for seismic analysis of buildings and water towers. lumped SDOF elastic systems. response to periodic loads. 4 Characterization of graund motion: earthquake response spectra. multistoried buildings with symmetric plans. deformation. forced vibration of MDOF system. ductility capacity. response of structure subject to gravitational motion. reinforcement detailing for members and joints 80 . pseudo-velocity. Richter scale. translational excitation. S. peak structural response from the response spectrum. modal analysis. static v/s dynamic loads. allowable ductility demand. response spectrum characteristics 5 Deterministic earthquake response: types of earthquake excitation. response spectrum method.401170: Earthquake Engineering Detailed Syllabus: 1 Definitions of basic problems in dynamics. damping in structure. I. seismic design considerations. orthogonality principle. peak ground acceleration. modal error of . response spectrum shapes.

Pattern texture etc Geology. Earthquake Engineering. Craig. Roy R. 2. satellite Images Digital Terrain Modeling and Analysis: Sources. Earth Works. Shape and 3-D Views Applications of DEMs: Alignment Selection. Land use . Humidity. (all latest codes) 401110: Terrain Data Analysis Detailed Syllabus:1 Terrain Attributes and Their Significance Topographic Relief. 13920. 4326. London. Blume. Dynamics of Structures. 1989 8. Drainage. Rosenblueth. 1956-2000. Prentice Hall. Structural Dynamics. Tata McGraw Hill 5. 10. Chopra. 2nd Edition. Representation and interpolation Products of Digital Elevation Models( DEMs) and their use: Profiles. soil erosion potential Etc. 1988. Programming and utilization 3 4 5 6 7 81 . John M. M. codes No. Anil K. Topographic and other maps. Flow and sediment measurement etc Data Base Development : Principles. Sections. L. Sunshine. 3. Thomas Telford. Fundamentals of earthquake engineering.density. R. I. S. N. Wiegel. 6. Prentice Hall. Newmarks & E. Tata McGraw Hill 4. Design of Multistoried Buildings for Earthquake Ground Motions. Meteorological / Hydrological data: Rainfall. Prentice Hall. India. Portland Cement Association. Water resources potential. 1961 9. Slope. 1893. A. lithology and Structure Soil and their Properties 2 Sources of Terrain Data: Field Surveys. Structural Dynamics-An introduction to Computer Methods. 7. Slope and Aspects.Recommended Books: 1. Contours. Proceedings on World Conference on Earthquake Engineering. Wind speed etc. Earthquake Design Practice for building. Biggs. Chicago. Dynamics of Structures. Key. London. Cloguh & Penzien. D. Arial Photographs. J.

Distress surveys & Benkelman Beam ●Functional evaluation of pavements: Serviceability Concepts. Rehabilitation and Feedback Systems. U. Evaluating Alternate Strategies and Decision Criteria. and Safety Aspects. Visual Rating. LO Albert K. ●Bituminous Thin Surface Cources: Seal Coat. Edition 1986 Oxford science Publications. Major Steps in Implementing PMS. Highway Financing. Bituminous Concrete. Maintenance alternatives including recycling Pavement Management/ Maintenance Management System Components of PMS and their Activities. Prediction Deterioration Models(5) ●Factors that affect performance. Design. information analysis systems: Principles and applications Reference Books: 1.W. ●Visual Surface distress survey procedures and techniques. Examples of HDM package. Modified bitumen & geo-fabrics. New Delhi. Routine. Ruts & undulations. 401250: Pavement Management System Detailed Syllabus:1. Interface treatments. Concept and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems .8 Compilation of Thematic maps: Visual Interpretation and Digital analysis. ●Types of prediction models.C. Burrough P. ● Method to assess the precision and accuracy of the developed model 3 4 82 .A.K. . Inventory System 2 Maintenance operations/alternatives ●Classification of maintenance operations. 2. Periodic. Digitisation and Rasterisation. Pavement Serviceability Index. Fund Generation. Construction and Maintenance. Skid Resistance. Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources Assessment. Skid tester. Cracked surface. Special.P. Inputs. and Bitumen Mastic. Roughness. Micro asphalt concrete (MAC) ●Bituminous Surface Cources: Semi-Dense Bituminous Concrete. Choice of materials. ●Prediction deterioration model development. Roughness Measurements. Edition 2002. Mixed seal surfacing. Surface Dressing. Pavement distresses ●Distresses in flexible/rigid pavements causes & remedies. ●Road maintenance in high rainfall areas. ●Serviceability Indicators for roads ●Measurement of Serviceability Indicators using various equipments like Bump Indicator. ●Common types of maintenance: Potholes. Prentice – Hall of India. Premixed carpet.Yeung. Resurfacing.

Epoxy Injection. Allen and Harold Roper. R. Sulphur Infiltrated Concrete. Polymer Concrete. 2. Corrosion Resistant Steels. Allen and S. Preventive Measures on Various Aspects.C. Cathodic Protection. repair and rehabilitation. Longman Scientific and Technical UK. 4. Edwadrs. vacuum concrete. 1987 83 . Methods of Corrosion protection. “Repair of Concrete Structures”. Ferro Cement. Special Elements for accelerated strength gain. Corrosion Mechanism. Design and Construction errors. 2. Temperature. Assessment Procedure for Evaluating for Damaged Structures. marine exposure. Permeability. Importance of Maintenance. Fibre Reinforced Concrete 5. Blakie and Sons. Wear and Erosion. deflection. Maintenance and Repair Strategies Definitions: Maintenance. Concrete chemicals. 1991. shoring and underpinning 6. Expansive cement. Dennison Campbell. Recommended Books: 1. Examples of Repair to Structures Repairs to overcome low member strength. fire. leakage.5 6 Pavement Structural Design and Economic Analysis Emerging Technology in Pavement Management Systems References: 401210: Rehabilitation of Structures Detailed Syllabus 1 General Quality Assurance for concrete construction as Built Concrete property Strength. Coatings.T. UK. Mortar Repairs for cracks. Thermal Properties and Cracking. mortar and dry pack. Effects of Cover thickness and Cracking. 7 Engineered demolition techniques for dilapidated structures – case studies. “Concrete Structures – Materials. weathering wear. foamed concrete. Gunite and shotcrete. Maintenance and Repair”. chemical disruption. Corrosion Inhibitors. Inspection. 3. Facets of Maintenance. Influence on Serviceability and Durability Effects due to climate. Techniques for Repair Rust Eliminators and polymers coating for rebars during repair. Causes of Deterioration. Materials for Repair Special Concretes and Mortar. Chemicals. Testing Techniques. cracking.

1992 5. Legal Requirements Insurance Bonding – Laws Governing Sale. Anna University. Shetty. “Construction Contracts” Second Edition. N. Labour Administration. July 1992 3.References: 1. Lakshmipathy. Raikar Bhavan. 1987 4. Construction and Service – R & D Centre (SDCPL). 2. Metal Lecture Notes of Workshop on “Repairs and Rehabilitation of Structures”. Gajaria G.R. 1992. Bockrath 84 . S.S. McGraw Hill. Chennai. “RHDC – NBO” Santhakumar A. Laws Relating to Wages. Palaniappan. M. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design”.T. McGraw Hill. Bonus and Industrial Disputes. “Training Course Notes on Damage Assessment and Repair in Low Cost Housing”. Excise and custom duties and their influence on construction costs – Legal requirements for planning – Property Law – Agency Law – Local Government Laws for Approval – Statutory regulations 4. Ltd. Anna Institute of Management”. Contractual and commercial points of view – contract formation and interpretation – Potential contractual problems – World Bank Procedures and Guidelines 3.N.. Sales Tax. Labour Regulations Social Security. 29 – 30 October 1999 401220: Construction & Law Detailed Syllabus 1. Bombay. Welfare Legislations. Insurance and safety regulations.Raikar. “Concrete Technology -Theory and Practice” M. New Delhi. R. Workmen’s Compensation Act. Purchase and use of Urban and Rural Land – Land Revenue codes – Tax Laws. Jimmie Hinze “Contracts and Legal Environment for Engineers and Architects” 6th Edition. Mumbai. Tenders Prequalification-Bidding-Accepting-Evaluation of Tender from Technical.. Triphati Pvt. Joseph T.Chand and Company. other Labour Laws Recommended Books: References • • • “Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India” M. “Estate Management. Construction contracts Indian Contracts Act-Elements of Contracts-Types of contracts-FeaturesSuitability-Design of Contracts Documents-International contract documentstandard contract Document-Law of Torts 2.

Tata McGraw Hill 7. equalization. Pulp & paper . segregation. Pergamon Press 5. Distilleries vii. (Ed). E F Gurnham. Waste Water Treatment. Rao & Datta. McGraw Hill 9. Industrial Water Pollution Management. Eckenfelder & 'Connor. L E C Publishers Inc 8. Textiles: cotton. W Rudolfs. Tanneries Provisions of various acts pertainng to industrial wastes / effluents. treatability study 3 Stream sanitation: effects of industrial wastes on self-purification of streams and fish life. Recommended Books: 1. river standards and effluent standards 2 Sampling and analysis of industrial wastes. Biological Waste Treatment. Indusrial Wastes. Sugar .401310: Industrial Waste Treatment Detailed Syllabus 1 General: liquid wastes from industries . 2. R D Ross. McGraw Hill 3. sewers and land.their volumes and characteristics. Electroplating iv. statement and significance of the parameters of Streeter and Phelp's equation and BOD equations. reuse-recovery i. deoxygenation and reaeration. rayons. Industrial Waste Disposal. W W Eckenfelder Jr. filter press Detailed considerations of wastes produced from following industries: processes normally followed. John Wiley 4. Industrial Water Pollution Control. Dairy v. Dewatering and disposal of sludges . Oxfoord & IBH Publishing Co. wool. Theories and Practices of Industrial Waste Treatment. The Treatment of Industrial Wastes. treatment methods.sugarcane vi. introduction to environmental impact assessment and environmental audit Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a report comprising design criteria and flow sheet of the proposed treatment scheme including laboratory analysis for any one industrial waste.sulphate process iii. Demonstration of available software for design of effluent treatment plant is to be done. effect of disposal into natural water courses. municipal sewers and on land. ii. E D Besselievre. volume and effects of raw and treated effluents on streams. Addisoon Wesley 6.flotation. Modification of conventional aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment methods. (Ed). vacuum filtration. oxygen sag 4 General treatment of industrial wastes: neutralization. centrifugation. Pollution Control in Process Industries. Reinhld Bok Corp 5 6 85 . S P Mahajan.

Water Resources Systems Planning and Management. conjunctive surface and ground water development Multipurpose developmental issues: flood management.ecological objectives and evaluation criteria. levels of planning and objectives. Design of Water Resources Systems. Water resources engineering. reservoir systems. Arthur Mass et. hydrologic forecasting computer simulation of basin. erosion and sedimentation. conjunctive use of surface water and ground water. water conveyance and distribution systems. James W P. rainwater harvesting Text books: 1. K N Duggal. Multi-objective analysis Hydrologic input analysis: surface sub-system (watershed) functional analysis. Wurbs R A. wash and Clark model. Water Resources Systems Engineering. environmental . Soil subsystem analysis.el. project formulation and evaluation. Tata McGraw Hill 5. demand projections and policy formulation for various demands System elements and sub-system planning. Macmillan 2. conjunctive flood mitigation and water resources enhancement. hydro-electric development and the power sector.401320: Water Resource Engineering & Management Detailed Syllabus: 1 2 3 Planning for water resources development. W A Hall & J A Dracup. J P Soni. water shed management. McGraw Hill 3. Prentice Hall (India) 4 5 6 86 . inland water transportation. M C Chaturvedi. stream flow generation Demand analysis: categories of demand. practical project appraisal. micro-level planning. ground water subsystem. hydrograph and IUH. McGraw Hill 4. Economics of Water Resources Planning. trends in water resources development Objectives and evaluation criteria: Technological objectives. System analysis in planning. social benefit-cost analysis. Elements of water resources engineering.. New Age India 6. L D James & R R Leo.

IC Sayal & Satinder Singh. Reynolds T. staging for circular tanks. Design of steel structures. Mac. Negi L. 11. D. 10. Term Work: The term work shall consist of a design report and detailed drawings on three projects as indicated below: 1. Each student is to appear for at least one written test during the term. Steel Chimney: Forces acting on chimney. codes. Krishnamachar B. Design of steel structures. New Chand & Bros.S. 2. 7. 8. 6. 6. A. 3.S. 87 . Prentice Hall of India. 5. Analysis and design of lattice tower including welded or riveted connections for members. Design of steel structures. Punma.. Vol I & II. 4. Design of flexural members.. 2. A. Design of self supporting welded chimney including design of foundation. Design of foundation for columns. Standard Publishers & Distributors.S. Design of lattice tower or steel chimney. Relevant I. Design of steel structures. The drawings should be drawn with pencil only on minimum of A-1 (Imperial) size drawing sheets. Dayaratnam. Design of elevated circular tank with conical bottom or rectangular steel tank. Lin and Scalzi. Ramchandran. & Lazenby. The graded answer paper of test shall be submitted as term-work. Design of steel structures. Design of steel structures. Laxmi Publications Pvt. Tata McGraw Hill. Moment Resistant Beam End Connections: Design of moment resistant riveted and welded beam end connections. Breslar. Design of welded connections.W. Design of steel structures. Design of tension and compression members.. Jain & Arun Kumar Jain. 2. Note : Relevant provisions of IS codes shall be referred in design of aforesaid topics. 3. Recommended Books : 1.S. 3. 12.K.401130: Advanced Design of Steel Structures Detailed Syllabus: 1. Round tubular structural members: Properties of steel tubes.J.E. Arya and Ajmani. Lattice Tower : Loads acting on lattice towers. Structural steel work.M. & Jindal R. Ltd. Kazimi S. Design of steel structures. Gantry Grider : Loads acting on gantry girder. & Ajitha Sinha D. 4. supporting ring beam. 5. Design of tubular trusses. Elevated steel tanks and stacks : Loads acting on tanks including wind and earthquake. Design of circular tanks with conical bottom.. Analysis and design of gantry girder. Design of steel structures. Ginely T. Analysis and design of tubular trusses including purlins and supports. Comprehensive design of steel structures. Kent L. Design of rectangular steel tanks.. 9.

Inspection 88 . 3. Mechanics of Solids. Structures and their characteristics with reference to maintenance: Buildings. T. Five Star Hotels. pavement maintenance management. 2 Bending of beams: With initial curvature loaded in their plane of curvature. Macmillan. Theory of Plates and Shells. Bridges. High Rise Commercial Buildings. Jagar. chain links etc. semi infinite length and beam of finite on elastic foundation 6 Classification Plate Theory: Naviers solution. Vanadan & K. High Rise Residential Buildings. Timoshenko. Bhaskars. application to the analysis of hooks. simply supported and continuous curved beams. Hetency M. 6. maximum distortion energy theory. Tunnels 2. Heritage Structures. 4. Beams on Elastic Foundation. Flyovers. maximum strain energy density theory. Roads – Concrete Asphalt. Timoshenko. Recommended Text Books: 1. Maintenance Management: Terms. 2. flexural stresses due to bending in two planes. Shames I. 5. Analysis of Plates. Narosa Publishers 401190: Building Maintenance & Repairs Detailed Syllabus 1. Theory of Problems. Educational Institution with Hostels. 4 Theories of Failure: Maximum stress theory. Strength of Material Part I & II.401020: Advanced Structural Mechanics (Course Code – 401020) Detailed Syllabus: 1 Unsymmetrical Bending: Principal axes of inertia. shear centre. bending of unsymmetrical section. 3 Beams Curved in Plan: Loaded perpendicular to their own plane. Pipeline – Water. Theory of Plates. Sewer. Hospitals.K. Von Mises & Tresca’s yield criteria. functions. 5 Beams on Elastic Foundation: Beams of unlimited length. maximum strain theory. maximum shear stress theory. finite difference method.

drawing inferences. 9.3. costs Non Destructive Testing of Structures Equipments. Organization Structure Repairs & Rehabilitation of structures: estimating costs Use of Construction Materials: Chemicals used in Repairs. 4. 7. Maintenance: Periodic one time. 5. 89 . methods of application. procedures. Long Span Routine. cost Case Studies of various types of structures Specifications and detailing for important items of work in restoration Investigation of structures and report on proposed restoration procedure Post occupancy evaluation References: 3. 8. 6. Cost Preventive Maintenance.

Fire fighting – Basis requirement for the work fighting system. planning for safety in design stage. tanks. various components of fire fighting system. Basements. Do’s and Don’ts for water pipe networks. Quality.401200: Building Services Detailed Syllabus: 1 Planning norms for various Services & Utilities. checking of materials. operation and maintenance of fittings and fixtures of w/s. Landscaping and Horticulture: Building maintenance and management. Requirement of Plumbing works. various types of lifts. The Comprehensive Scheme. Captive power. Schools. Use of chemicals for water proofing treatment. commercial / industrial complexes. Activity Flow Chart for plumbing work. Air conditioning and Heating: Flowcharts of air conditioning & heating. organization structures of services management. type of services required to keep the facility usable. Hospitals. checklist of inspection. Centralized systems. Township facilities. Causes and precautions for Dampness. Agency. maintenance required of the system. Plumbing services: Basics of plumbing systems. monitoring working of the equipments. H. Importance of building services. Performance testing.T. Sloping roof. Terrace. public buildings. Single phase and 3 – phased circuitry. planning of services. cabling. Substations. working mechanisms of lift and escalators. Waterproofing. L. Role of consultants. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 90 . Indian standard codes for planning and installations of elevator. Commercial Complexes etc. Water supply system : Water supply distribution system in high rise builders and other complexes. Permissions and procedures in the system. Damp proofing & Termite proofing: Working procedure & stages of work of water proofing for bathrooms. pumps and pumping mechanism. Modern Sewage Treatment Plants. Firefighting – Statutory requirements. Lifts/ Elevators. fire fighting in high rise buildings. Sewerage Networks – norms for drainage and manholes. Damp proof course. escalators: legal formalities for Elevators. Electrical system – norms. Housing. Role and administrative functions of supervisors. inspection and maintenance of lifts. check list for fire safety. Septic tanks. cabling.T.

Treatment. “Building Estate Maintenance Administration”. 1984 2. Sandeep.C. permeability and modulus of elasticity of rocks Term Work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report covering the selection of design parameters. 2001 2. design analysis including drawings if any on any aspect of rock mechanics included in the theoretical course above. Panchadhari.Oxley. 1994 401070: Rock Mechanics Detailed Syllabus: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sub-surface investigations in rocks and engineering characteristics or rocks masses Structural geology of rocks Classification of rocks Field and laboratory tests on rocks Stress . & Gobert E. A. New Delhi.. Oxford. Mantri Projects and Consultancy Pvt. New Delhi. London. R. Instrument” . 1983.Text Books: 1. Brazilian tensile test. Ltd. Milne. 2000 References: 1. pressure tunnels and tunnels for other purposes Friction in rocks – time dependent properties of rock masses Rock bolting and grouting Practicals: Practicals shall include confined and unconfined compression test. point load test..A..O. National Building Code of India.. E & F.. Pune. “The A to Z of practical building construction and its management”. N. Indian Standard institution. 91 . “Dampness in building: Diagnosis. Ltd. New Age International Pvt. Butterworth. BIS. Heinmann Ltd. Mantri.G.deformation of rocks Failure theories and shear strength of rocks Bearing capacity of rocks Stability of rock slopes Opening in rocks – lined and unlined tunnels. 3. “Maintenance of Buildings” . Spon. T..

5 Vibration isolation and screening methods. spring constant damping modulus of elasticity typical values of soils.G. harmonic vibration. I & II 401080: Soil Dynamics Detailed Syllabus 1 Vibration of elementary system. V. design criteria for satisfactory machine foundation. wave generated by surface footing.Duvall. 4 Principles of machine foundation. Rock mechanics Vol. liquefaction studies in oscillatory simple shear. 92 .Cock. Fundamentals of Soil mechanics by B. Rock mechanics and design of structures in rock 3. mass of soil participating in vibration. Das. free and forced vibrations with and without damping. Recommended Books: 1. and in semielastic half space.C. Rao.Recommended Books: 1. Engineering properties of rocks 4. Degrees of freedom. design analysis including drawing if any aspect of soil dynamics included in the theoretical course above. Zienkiewicz. Leon and and W. Fundamentals of rock mechanics 2. Jumikis. Brakan. D. types of damping. C. Rock mechanics in engineering practice 5.W. Jagger and N.Farmer. improvement of distressed machine foundation. natural frequency. uniform circular motion. McGraw-Hill Book Co. laboratory and field studies on liquefaction.W. 4.Stag and O. Soil Dynamics by Shamsher Prakash 2. Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics by N. in an elastic infinite medium. evaluation of liquefaction potentials. S. Elsevier 3. M. coefficient of elastic uniform shear. 3 Liquefaction of soils.I. coefficient of elastic uniform compression. 6 Field and laboratory tests for evaluation of dynamic properties of soil under vertical vibration. 2 Wave propogation in elstic rods. I. criterion and factor affecting liquefaction of soil. Wheeler Publishing.G. Dynamics of Bases and foundations by D. liquefaction of clay. spring-mass system. degrees of freedom of a block foundation analysis of vertical and sliding vibration of a machine foundation. 7 IS code method of design and IS code provisions for dynamic analysis of buildings Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report covering the selection of design parameters. Obert. K. Analysis of system with one degree of freedom.

Government of India's air pollution laws. gradient wind. Natural and man made. Methods and instruments for sampling and analysis of air for stack and ambient air monitoring. Design criteria for filters. Modified Holland equation for small source. Emission factors Effects of air and noise pollution on human health . ESP. Major pollutants from different sources in Greater Bombay area (or any metropolis of Maharashtra). Modification of Gaussian model to predict particulate dispersion. cyclones. stability conditions. Topographic effects. Turner's stability categories and graphs for dispersion estimates. Simple numerical problems based on COH. absorption towers and incinerators. cyclone. Gaussian model for predicting concentration. 3 4 5 6 7 8 93 . Definition of air. Simple hoods and ducts. absorption towers and incinerators. CoHb. Brigg's equation for momentum plume rise. History of air pollution. Settling chambers. filters. Concept of fractional and overall efficiencies. electrostatic precipitators (ESP). properties and visibility.401300: Air Pollution Detailed Syllabus: 1 Composition of dry ambient air. Control Devices: Principles. Plume patterns. operations and types. Properties of air. scrubbers.general. scrubbers. Maximum ground level concentration. ASME equation for large source. particle cut size for cyclone. global and national. diffusion coefficients. urban. inversion effects. plants. Functions of air. Definition of air pollution. distance touching ground. Plume rise. rural and specific. wind velocity profile. Brigg's equations for buoyant plume rise. downwind from a single source. animals. Lapse rate. 2 Sources of air pollution. Classification of air pollutants. Collection efficiencies for laminar and turbulent flows for settling chambers. planetary boundary layer. Units for quantification of air pollution. anticyclone.emission and air quality standards. indoor air pollutin and personal exposure to air pollution. Plume dispersion. Meteorological aspects of air pollution: Large scale wind circulation: geostrophic wind. Indian standards . Scope of the problem . maximum mixing depth.

3. P. Recommended Books: 1.. McGraw Hill Publication Government of India's publication of laws related to air pollution. Air Pollution Handbook. M N Rao. Srivastava A. Air Pollution: Part A . (editor).Liptak (ed. Indian Standards relevant to air pollution monitoring. Ledbetter. Martin Crawford. 2.Prevention and control.K. McGraw Hill Publications. Air pollution Control Guidebook for Management.). 4. Edited by A.Term Work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one of the following: i.. 5. Air Pollution.II: Air Pollution. 9.T. New Delhi. Chilton Book Co. Rao M N & Rao H V N. Ashish Publication House. 3. New York.G. Environmental Engineers' Handbook Vol. USA. Wark and Warner. 7. J. a report on ambient air quality survey of a particular location. Rossano. Industrial Air Pollution Handbook. Maharashtra Pollution Control Board's (MPCB) Publication of standards. 2. Air pollution. ERA inc.. definitions. Air Pollution. Tata McGraw Hill 94 . New Delhi.Analysis and Part B . New York.K. USA Air Pollution Control Theory. Tata McGraw Hill Publication. 6. New Delhi.L.. B. Journal of Air & Waste Management Association (formerly known as Journal of Air Pollution Control Association) published from USA 5. 4. Air Pollution Vol.Perkins. Air Pollution (biopollutants in air). Magill and others. 8. Handbooks & Journals: 1..O. Air Pollution. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Henry C. Tripathi A. Environ Science Service Divn. McGraw Hill Publication. Mace Dekker Inc. Ashish Publication House. H V N Rao.1. A Parker. a stack monitoring report of at least one stack describing the methods of sampling and analysis used ii. standards etc.

cost and financing. References: “Environmental Impact Analysis”. cash flow statement 95 .Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. Capital expenditure: Importance and difficulties. Rapid EIA Environmental Impact Statement Environmental Auditing Post Audit reviews of EIA Case studies Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one aspect of EIA. sociological impacts. Urban. plans and works schedules Market analysis. sources and uses of funds. govt policies. project development cycle. Environmental assessment. financial projections – balance sheet. 1997 3 4 5 6 401270: Project Appraisal Detailed Syllabus 1 Projects. Stacay . demand forecasting techniques Project estimates. present and future. sources of financing.K. past.401260: EIA and Audit Detailed Syllabus 1 Environmental Impact Environmental inventories. Jain.V. evaluation. Role of EIA in Planning and Decision making Processes.S. aspects of appraisal 2 3 4 5 Project Conception. selection of site. demand. Preliminary screening Technical appraisal materials and other resources. Phase of capital budgeting. scouting for ideas and alternatives. and G. R. L. increase in user charges. 2 Socioeconomic Impact Assessment Financing of capital expenditure. choice of technology.

New Delhi. limit state of collapse in flexure. different approaches. kern points.. UN • UNIDO . UN 401140: Prestressed Concrete Detailed Syllabus 1 Introduction to prestressed concrete: basic concept and general principles. Controller of Publications. critical sections under working load for pretensioned and post tensioned members. • UNIDO .rationale. Guidelines for Project evaluation . OECD Paris • Planning Commission: Guidelines for the Preparation of Feasibility reports of Industrial Projects. net present value. cable profiles and layouts. sensitivity and scenario analysis. accounting rate of return. Social cost benefit analysis . critical conditions for design. methods and techniques of prestressing. load balancing method of analysis of prestressed concrete beams. payback period. mathematical analysis of cash flows. Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on at least one aspect of appraisal. prestressing systems. decision tree analysis.6 7 Financial appraisal . Tata McGraw Hill. loss of prestress Analysis of prestressed concrete sections: loading stages and computation of section properties. Project Preparation. budgeting and implementation. choice and efficiency of sections. measures of risk. appraisal. materials used and their properties. Guide Practical Project Appraisal. • OECD : Manual of Industrial Projects analysis in developing countries – methodology and case studies. Reference Books:• Prasanna Chandra. deflections of prestressed concrete members 2 3 96 . design approaches in working stress method and limit stress method. permissible stresses in concrete and steel. Urgency. cable zone. internal rate of return Risk analysis. Design of prestressed concrete sections for flexure: general philosophy of design.

Y. Prestressed Concrete. N. end block of post-tensioned members Design of prestressed concrete beams: design of simply supported pretensioned and post tensioned slabs and beams. Lin & N.W. Design of lattice girder railway bridge 3 97 . load distribution among longitudinal beams of a bridge Design of superstructures Design of balanced cantilever concrete bridge. introduction to application of prestressing to continuous beams. prestressed concrete and box girder bridge. aesthetics. Naaman. Plain and Reinforced Concrete Vol. 2. 3. 8. introduction to design of RC arch bridge. Dayaratnam P. 7. Oxford & IBH. Evans & E. Prestressed Concrete. permissible principle tension. 6. selection of suitable type of bridge Design loads and their distribution IRC loads. Krishna Raju. analysis of deck slab and IRC loads. 9. Jain & Jaikrishna. James Libby. railway loading. I. Antoine F. Modern Prestressed Concrete. H. Sayal & Goel. Vol. I. Nemchand Brothers. Y. Recommended Books: 1. Burns 5. Reinforced Concrete Structures.4 Design for shear: calculation of principle tension under working load. Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures. R. Guyon 5 6 7 401150: Bridge Engineering Detailed Syllabus 1 2 Introduction Types of bridges. linear transformation and concordancy of cables Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on design of a post tensioned prestressed concrete beam with one imperial size drawing sheet on design. Wheeler. shear strength calculation under limit state of collapse for both sections cracked and uncracked in flexure End zone stresses in prestressed concrete members: pretension transfer bond. economic spans. 4. Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures. transmission length. Prestressed Concrete Analysis and Design. Prestressed Concrete. T. H. I. Bennet.

Oxford & IBH Raju N K. various types of bearings and their design Construction methods Erection of bridge superstructures. their choice and method of construction. design of well foundation. Tata McGraw Hill 5 401090: Digital Photogrammetry Detailed Syllabus 1 Image Acquisition: Mathematical model of the geometry of the aerial image – Radiometric effects of the atmosphere and the optics Colorimetry – Geometry of aerial and spatial pictures – Digital Images acquisition with airborne CCD Cameras – Radar images in Photogrammetry – Use of airborne laser ranging systems for the determination of DSM Use of Scanners for the digitization of aerial Pictures – Relations between radiometric and geometric Precision in digital imagery 2 Techniques for plotting Digital Images: Image Improvements – Compression of Digital images – Use of GPS in Photogrammetry – Automationzation of aerotriangulation – Digital Photogrammetric workstations Generation of Digital Terrain and Surface Models Overview of Digital Surface models – DSM Quality: Internal and External validation – 3D data acquisition from Visible images – from the digital surface model ( DSM) to the digital terrain model ( DTM) – DSM reconstruction – Extraction of characteristic lines of the relief – from the aerial image to orthophotography:.different levels of rectification – Production of digital orthophotographics – Problems relating to orthophotoraphies . Tata McGraw Hill Raina V K.production Metrological applications of Digital Photogrammetry Architectural Photogrammetry – Photogrammetric metrology 3 4 98 . Bridge Engineering. Concrete Bridge Practice. Oxford & IBH Ponnuswamy S. Design of Bridges. essentials of Bridge Engineering. cantilever construction Text books: Victor D J. design of piers and abutments.4 Design of substructure Different types of foundations.

6.Reference Books: Digital Photogrammetry Michel Kasser and Yves Egles – Edtion 2002 . category analysis 2.1 Introduction to the process of urban transport planning. 401240: Traffic Planning and Design Detailed Syllabus: 1 Traffic Engineering and control 1.2.7. 1. recording system.2. methods of trip distribution. advantages. various available alternatives. Statistical methods for traffic engineering and their applications : Distributions. modal split models with behavioral basis. Capacity restraint assignment.3. 1. 1. 2. alternative methodologies for calculation.1 Review of various traffic surveys and traffic studies 1. traffic flow characteristics. Grain – Lowry model. rotary design. selection of Land-use transport models.4 Traffic Assignment: purpose of traffic assignment. 2. Fratar method. 2. influence of mixed traffic. 1. Diversion curves. Accident and road safety: accident causes. factor affecting capacity and level of service. analysis and preventive measures. co-ordination of signals. delay at signalized intersection. The Gravity model. The Book Syndicate .2. 2. types. trip classification. traffic signals: types of traffic signals.3 Land-use transport models: Introduction. Intersection design: Principles. area traffic control. multiple regression analysis. 2 Transportation Planning and management 2.3 Trip distribution analysis: introduction. Hyderabad. Multiple route assignment. determination of optimal cycle time and signal setting for an intersection with fixed time signals. 99 .4. accident cost. Rout building algorithms. Applications of Lowry model. Furness method. Highway capacity: passengers car units. Linear programming approach to trip distribution.2. Intervening and competing. earlier modal split models. The Lowry model. mini roundabout. level of service.1 Trip generation analysis. relative merits and demerits. Assignment techniques: All or nothing assignment.2 Modal split analysis: introduction. 1. Regression and Correlation. uniform and average factor method. sampling theory and Significance testing.2.5.2 Travel demand forecasting: 2. Traffic management: various measures and their scope.

McGraw-Hill. Khanna publishers Delhi 2. Indian Road Congress 1 . Term work: Term work shall include (in addition to other work assigned by instructor) a project report on One of the following: Traffic studies. Carfollowing theory and its application to traffic engineering. Hutchinson. need for economic evaluation. Economics of Transportation. Transport Economics 4 Economic evaluation of highway schemes. 1983. review of flow density speed studies. A Course in Traffic Engineering and Design. Planning. Economic Analysis for Highway . Introduction to Urban Transport Systems. Traffic System Analysis for Engineering and Planners. 3. 6.3 Theory of traffic flow Scope. cost and benefits of transportation projects. Winfrey. benefit/cost ratio method. Mc Graw-Hill. Partha Chakraborty and Animesh das. Public Transportation Mass transit systems: Bus and rail transit.J.G. USA. internal rate of return method. Robley. characteristic capacities etc. hydrodynamic analogies. Net present value method. Wohl and Martin. Pennsylvania. Dhanpat Rai & sons 9.. 1969. Application of hydrodynamic analogy. 4. Mc Graw Hill. Fair and Williams.data collection and analysis. Value of travel time saving.R. Harperand Brothers. probabilistic description of traffic flow. Traffic engineering and transport planning by L. proposals for new facilities or improvement to existing facility OR Project work based on transportation planning or economic analysis of a highway project. Prentice Hall (India) 8. Recommended Text / Reference Books: 5 6 1. simulation studies. Publishers. New York. 1970. 1970. Manual of Economic Evaluation of Highway PRojects in India (SP30). Principles of Traffic Engineering. basic principles of economic evaluation. Pingnataro. 1959. Introduction to intelligent transportation systems.International Textbook Co. G. 5. definitions and basic relationship. Accident costs. 7. Subhash Saxena. Principles of Transportation Engineering. Vehicle operating costs. Introduction to advanced computational techniques for transportation planning. B. Kadiyali. an introduction to queuing theory as applied to traffic flow problems for study state conditions.

archeology. land use. agriculture. various data models. soil erosion. data overlay and modeling. Tata mcGraw Hill 1 . run-length encoding. digitizers and scanners. aerial photographs. At least 10 assignments based on above syllabus and the graded answer paper for the term test shall be submitted as term work.401120: Geographic Information System Detailed Syllabus 1 Basic concepts of GIS Information systems. vector and raster data. preprocessing of data-rectification and registration. data processing: raster based and vector based. data analysis-data layers. Recommended Books: Lo C P. extraction of metric and descriptive information from remotely sensed images. Maps. analysis of spatial and non-spatial data. advantages and disadvantages. yeung A K W. Introduction to Geographic Information Systems. change detection Term Work: Each student is to appear for at least one written test during the term. statistical data. quadtrees. water resources. organization of data in GIS GIS data Field data. advantages of GIS. data entry through keyboard. municipal geology. interpolation techniques Data management 2 3 DBMS. Kang-tsung Chang. imaging characteristics of remote sensing systems. Prentice Hall India. commercially available GIS hardware and software. lines and areas features. basic components of GIS. Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems. data presentation –hardcopy devices. forestry. integration of remote sensing and GIS Application of GIS 4 4 Map revision. land suitability analysis. points. spatial and non-spatial information. geographical concepts and terminology. satellite data. digital data. softcopy devices Remote sensing and GIS integration Principles of electromagnetic remote sensing.

Shenoy & Sharma. sensitivity analysis Distribution models: transportation and assignment problems and their solutions Queuing models: various situations. “Quantitaive techniques for managerial decisions”. Wiley Eastern 6 7 8 1 . goals and objectives. mathematical models. constructing index numbers: using relatives. solution techniques.401340: SYSTEMS APPROACH TO CIVIL ENGINEERING Detailed Syllabus: 1 Concept of systems approach: system. Harper & Row Ossenbruggen P J. Monte Carlo simulation. objective function and constraints. queue discipline and customer behavior. sub-optimization. Mc Graw Hill Jewell T K. problem solving mechanism. “ A systems approach to civil engineering planning and design”. statistics and decisions for civil engineers”. modeling / problem formulation. “Systems analysis for civil engineers” Shrivastav. criteria for decision making under certain. dual. types of problems. boundaries of system. simple problems using hand calculations Reference Books: • • • • Benjamin J R & Cornell C A. graphical method of solution. “Probability. regression and curve fitting Decision theory: classification of decision situations. sensitivity analysis 2 Basic concepts of probability and probability distributions. decision tables and decision tree. using aggregates 3 4 5 Linear programming: general nature of problem. uncertain and risk conditions Index numbers: basic requirements of index numbers. optimality. simplex method. single server model Simulation: general approach.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 1 .

Second Year B. Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. Solenoidal fields. Heat Equation. eat. deductions. coefficient of Correlation. Regionsand paths in the z-plane. divergence. Directional derivative. Vector Calculus Scalar and vector point functions. sin (at).Applie Mechanics 1. Binomial and Poisson’s distributions. (Statement of sufficient conditions) Cauchy Riemann equation in polar co-ordinates. Test of significance. Measures of variability. Moments. cosh (at). 5. Normal distribution. related identities. Properties of Normal distribution. Percentiles. Level surfaces. Gauss’s divergence theorem. Use of operator. Discrete random variables and their probability distributions. Conservative. 3. Partial different equations Partial differential equation governing Transverse Vibrations of an elastic string. Regular function. orthogonal trajectories. its solution using Fourier Series. irrotational. Skewness. Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation (statement only) Laplace transforms of 1. Median and Mode. tn. Statistics Frequency distribution. Laplace transform of periodic functions. Inequalities conditions for the path integral to be independent of the path joining two points. green’s theorem for plane regions and properties of line integral in a place. Necessary conditions for the function to be analytic. Definitions of curl. Sinh (at). Continuity (only statement) derivability of a function Analytic. Range. Lines of Regression – Rank Correlation. Harmonic functions. shifting properties Expressions (without proofs) for unit step functions and their Laplace transform. 4. Path/Line integral of a function. Complex Variable Functions of complex variable. Steady-state configuration for heat flow and Laplace equation in two and three dimensions. Tech. Statements of Stoke’s theorem. Surface and volume integrals. Mean. 2. Cauchy’s theorem for analytic function with continuous derivative. ( Mechanical). Measures of central tendency. continuous random variables. gradient. Semester : III Course Name:. Theory of Probability and reliability 1 . Standard Deviation. Contour integral. Variance.

Basic Mathematics for College students by Allen Tussy – Thomson Learning. I / Vol. College Mathematics through Applications – John C Peterson William J. 3. II: S. 5. Laplace transforms: (Schaum’s outline series). III TERM WORK.N. Complex Variable: Churchil. Wartikar & J.S. 4. Theory of function of complex variables: Shanti Narayan. Assignments. Matrices: Vasistha. II: P. REFERENCES. IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . 6.Sastry Prentice Hall of India Second Edition: 1994 2.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Elements of Applied Mathematics Vol. 7. Matrices: Shanti Narayan. Wagner Stephen S Willoughby – Delmar Publications.N. Wartikar Engineering Mathematics Vol.

flexural stresses in beams subjected to oblique bending. Product of inertia and Polar moment of inertial of plane areas. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams including beams with internal hinges for different types of loading. bending of unsymmetrical sections. Moment of inertia. transfer theorem. leaf springs. 1 . Shear Stress in Beams Distribution of shear stress across plane sections used commonly for structural purposes. shear stresses and flow in beams of thin walled open cross sections. bars of varying sections. stresses in shaft when transmitting power. moment of resistance of a section. beams of uniform strength. 6. shear connectors. 2. Simple Stress and Strain Stress. M. factor of safety. Poisson ratio. principal axes of inertia. relationship between rate of loading. shear stress. Tee channel and I – section. in Beams Axial force. composite sections.Cousrse Name:-Steength Of Material 1. close-coiled helical springs under axial load. 3. moments of inertia about principal axes. modulus of rigidity. S. simple problems involving application of flexure formula. Simple Theory of Torsion Torsion of circular shafts – solid and hollow. Bending moment combined with Torsion and Axial Loads Application to members subjected to eccentric loads. Simple Theory of Bending Flexure formula for straight beams. and B. ultimate stress. yield stress. problems on chimneys. temp stress. shear force and bending moment. section modulus. 5. core of a section. bulk modulus. 4. shaft etc. F. shear centre of thin walled sections such as angle. strain modulus of elasticity.

7. Bonding of curved bars Flexural stresses in beams with initial curvature. Charotar Publishers REFERENCES 1. determination using Mohr’s circle.S Ramamarutham 1 . Theories of failure Maximum principal stress theory. stresses in axial members and simple beams due to impact loading.S B Junnakar. Mechanics of Materials 3. Tata McGraw Hill . E Russell . 12. chain links and rings.Timoshenko & Gere.E P Popov. 10. 3. maximum shear stress. Tata McGraw Hill . Stress and strain in thin Cylinders and Sphere subjected to internal pressure 11. 4. 9. Strain Energy Strain energy due to axial force and bending moment. Deflection of Beams Deflection of cantilevers. Application to crane hooks. Mechanics of Materials Theory of Elastic Stability Engineering Mechanics Mechanics of Structure . 8. Prentice Hall of India .James Gere – Thomson Learning . maximum distortion strain energy theory.Ferdinand P Beer. simply supported and overhanging beams using double integration and Macaulay’s methods for different types of loadings. 2. Strength of Materials III TERM WORK • Assignments • Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST . Principal Stresses General equations for transformation of stress. Mechanics of Materials 2. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. strain theory. maximum principal and maximum shear stress theory of failure. principal planes and principal stresses.Timoshenko & Young. Maximum shear stress theory.

Limits. protected. types of pulleys like flat. Types of keys – Parallel. Solid. Jigs and fixtures 4. A text book on Machine drawing by Laxminarayan and M. ? chain. expansion joint etc. Clutches and Brakes: Single and multiple clutch. New Delhi) 1 . Mathur. ( Jain Brothers. duplex chain. needle valve. projections of simple machine parts. Types of bearings: Simple.D. Machine Drawing by N.L. 3. Machine Drawing Free hand sketches of Machine Elements Nuts. synchromesh gearbox etc. nipples. circlips etc. Oldham.Course Name :. bushed. Oil seals. crankshaft etc. saddle feather etc. conventional representation of ball and roller bearings. S. elbows. gland and stuffing box. foot step bearings etc. internal shoe brake. crosses etc. connecting rod. V belt. rope brake etc. stop valve. Types of Valves: Gate Valve. Tees. ropes etc. cylinder or cone. non return valve. I. locking arrangements of nuts. Power transmission elements – Flat belt. universal. O rings. woodcut. Power transmission elements II: Fast and loose pulleys. bends. sprockets.Machine Drawing 1. sunk. built up pulley Types of Couplings: Simple. as applicable to assembly and detailed drawing covered above. spigot and socket joint. Primary Auxillary views. 2. Fits and Tolerances Dimensioning with tolerances indicating various types of fits. bolts studs washers with different types. helical gearbox. IC Engine parts: Piston.Bhatt 2. plugs. mutt flanged. both solids in simple position. Pipe Joints: Different types of pipe fittings like sockets. Solid Geometry Intersection of surfaces and solids: Intersection of prisms or cylinders with prism. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. V etc. Detailed and Assembly Drawings Types of bearings II: Plummer block. Conventional representation of threaded parts in external and internal views with sections and assembly. Pipe Joints II: Flanged joints. Types of Pumps: Centrifugal and gear pumps Mechanism for Types of Gear Boxes: worm and worm reduction gear box.

Core Boxes. Pattern Making. 2. Metal spraying. Resistance. Plastic and Ceramic coating. Modernization of foundries. Molding problems. Molding Sand – types. Riveting. Wire Drawing. Weld ability. Metal Surface Treatments Electroplating. Solid state. properties testing and use . Nitriding and Carburizing. Ferrous. Inert Gas. Spinning Forming and Powder Metallurgy. Molding Processes – Injection. 4. Machine drawing by M. Arc. additives. Electron Beam. Soldering. 5. IS-Representation of welds. preparation and testing. Casting defects – Inspection and testing. Non-ferrous metals and Alloys Composition. Welding & Joining Welded Joints – types. Position. Cores.Shah 5. Galvanizing. 7. 1 .B. Blow. Transfer. contents. Furnaces – types. Foundry Pattern Materials. Normalizing. Extrusion. Liquid Dye Penetrant and Magnetic Particle Test. Molding Methods. A text book of machine drawing by R. Mechanical Working of Metal Rolling. Heat Treatment of Metals and Alloys Annealing. 3. properties and uses. Construction and Operation. 6. Edge preparation. Ultrasonic. Anodizing. Brazing. 4. Molding of Plastics Engineering Plastics – types. Laser Beam.B. III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Production Process I 1. welding equipment. Core Making. Fastening and Adhesive Bonding. Forging. practices.Destructive and Non-destructive tests Radiographic. Welding processes – Gas. Solidification of castings. Thermit. Die – casting methods. Calendaring and Thermoforming. Types of Patterns. Extrusion. Hardening.Gupta ( Satya Prakasham Tech India Publictions) REFERENCE BOOKS Machine drawing by Parkinson. Molding Tools and Equipments.3. Machine Drawing by Kamat and Rao. welding defects – inspection and testing.

Vertical. 2. accessories. tools and operations. Manufacturing Processes by Roy A. Grinding Wheel – Specifications. tools. Elements of workshop Technology (Vol I & II) by Hajra & Choudhary. Honing and Super finishing. Lindenburg. operations. 4. Universal Tools. 3. 9. Lathes Types. parts. Lapping. Grinding Machines Parts. Production Technology (Vol I & II) by Lal & Prakash – Dhanpatrai Publications. working and operations. construction. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. accessories. Chand Publishers. Accessories and operations. Manufacturing Technology by P. Sharma . 3.S. REFERENCES 1. C. Milling Machines Types – Horizontal. Lathes. Simple and Compound Indexing. 10. truing and dressing. Rao – TMG. working and operations. 11. III TERM WORK • Assignments • Industry visit: Report on industrial visit to factory and machine shop IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Types. N. 12. Drilling Machines Types. Manufacturing Processes and Materials for Engineers by Doyle and others. working. 2. Boring Machines Horizontal. Operations. attachments and accessories. C. selection. construction. N. tools. 13. Vertical and Jig Boring Machines – Parts. Fundamentals of C.8. Capstan and Turret Lathes. tools. Shaping and Planning Machines Parts. specifications. Text Book of Production Technology by Jain & Gupta – Khanna Publishers. Text Book of Production Technology by P. construction.

shunt motors using Thyristor-technology Over-voltage Protection of DC. Solid State Control of DC. K. by James Humphries. 2. Choppers. and AC. by Biswanath Paul PHI Industrial Electronics for Technicians – by J. A. Thyristors and Their Applications Introduction Applications Symbolic Representations Specifications Thyristor Ratings Thyristor Construction Principle of Operating of an SCR Two – Transistor Analogy of SCR DIAC TRIAC UnInjunction Transistor (UJT) Solid State Switching Circuits using Thyristors 2. III TERM WORK • • Assignments . Dual Converters and Cycloconverters Controlled single phase and three phase rectifiers Inverters Choppers Dual Converters 3. Sam Wilson Joseph Rissi.Course Title:. motors An AC. Industrial Electronics. Tata McGraw Hill :Publishing Co. Prompt Publications. S. Inverters. motor control Speed control of Types of motors Principal of stepper motor and control II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 4e – Delmar Industrial Electronics. 4. motor speed control Speed Control of DC. Leslie Sheets. 3. motors Overload Protection of DC.C. Ltd. motors Introduction Advantage of Electronic Control of Devices D. Laboratory experiments 1 . Bhattacharya / S Chatterjee.Electrical Machines 1.

and constant temperature. state. Area ratio. Availability Available and unavailable energy. work done in steady flow processes in terms of pressure and volume. constant pressure. surrounding. property. Normal shock. reversed heat engine. condenser compressor. Application of continuity. temperature. Kelvin – Planck and Clausius statements and their equivalence. 7. Thermodynamics of ‘One Dimensional’ Fluid Flow Propagation of sound waves through compressible fluids. zeroth law of thermodynamics. path. flow work. T-S diagram. Application to non flow processes viz. Availability of closed system and steady flow system. Sonic velocity and Mach number. Reversible and irreversible process. thermal efficiency. Air Standard Cycles Thermodynamics of Otto. nozzle. 3. 4. Carnot cycle. coefficient of performance. internal energy and entropy. Throttling process. Properties of Steam Dryness fraction. thermal equilibrium. enthalpy. Heat and work calculations. Modified Rankine cycle (Reheat . momentum and energy equations for steady state conditions. 2. Second Law of Thermodynamics Limitations of first law of thermodynamics. heat. First Law of Thermodynamics Statement. Diesel. Carnot’s theorem. Steam table and Miller chart. irreversibility. Entropy of isolated system in real processes. Application of first law to open systems. Entropy – Clausius inequality. etc. Effect of varying back pressure on nozzle performance. cycle thermodynamic work. steady flow energy equation. Thermodynamic Concepts System.IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. SFEE applied to boiler. Entropy changes for an ideal gas during reversible processes. Heat engine. First law applied to steam processes and representation on P – V and T – S diagrams. Joule’s porous plug experiment. turbine. First law applied to cyclic and non cyclic process. AE when heat is withdrawn from a finite reservoir and when heat is withdrawn from infinite reservoir. constant volume. 6. Carnot and Rankine cycle. Regeneration). Steady flow energy equation applied to nozzles. basic 1 . adiabatic and polytrophic processes.Thermodynamics I 1. 5. Comprision and representation on P-V. semi-Diesel and Brayton cycle. Thermodynamic temperature scale. Critical pressure ratio. Joule – Thomson coefficient. Principle of increases of entropy. internal energy. Isentropic flow through ducts of varying cross sectional area.

II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Engineering Thermodynamics . Laxmi Publications Fundamentals of Compressible Fluid Flow – S.Data Structure Introduction to C or C++ Basic language. K.Y. change of properties across normal shock. Engineering Thermodynamics M. 4. Saad.M. Rayleigh and Fanno lines. Linked Lists ADT Dynamic Representation: Insertion and deletion of nodes. III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. Macros. Nag – McGraw Hill REFERENCES 1. C. McGraw Hill Engineering Thermodynamics – P. Achutan. 4. P. V. Files. 3. V. Functions ( recursive and non recursive ) User defined data. Jones & Dugan Engineering Thermodynamics Through Examples – Y.Ballaney Engineering Thermodynamics – J. Rao A course in Thermal Engineering – Domkundwar Thermodynamics & Heat Engines – R. M. Other lists and their implementations.A. Double ended queue. PHI Thermal Engineering . Linked stacks and q queues Linked list as data structure. P. operations on the link list Comparison of dynamic and array representation 1 . 2. Examples. B. 6. Adiabatic flow through constant area duct with friction. II. Rajput . Yahya Thermodynamics – J. Rao Theory and Problems in Thermodynamics . C. Holman. Operations. 1. 2. Yadav Vol. 3. McGraw Hill Engineering Thermodynamics – R. Lists Abstract data types Stacks: ADT. Applications. 5. 2. Dynamic memory allocation.equations of normal shock. Representation. K. 7. 5. circular and priority queues. Pointers.

3. Tata McGraw – Hill.Langsam. Second Edition.Brassard and P. R.Kruse. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. M. III TERM WORK • Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST 1 .D.J. M. Addision Wesley Longman.E. R. “Fundamentals of Algorithmics” Prientice Hall India. Prientice Hall India.Ullaman. “ Data Structures and Program Design in C”. Aho. “Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C “ .M. Prentice Hall India.Gilberg. G. conversion of inorder expression to post / pre order expression Evaluation of expression II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.Weiss.3.Tannenbaum. J.A. Sparse Matrix: Sparse matrix representation Sparse matrix in doubly link list Matrix operations on sparse matrices keeping them in doubly link list 4. Addision Wesley.F. “Data Structures Using C and C++”. 2.Augustein and A.Brately. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. Tremble and Sorenson. REFERENCES 1. International Student Edition. 4. 2. Thomson Learning.Hopcroft and J. Y. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++. 3. Binary Tree Binary tree operations and applications Binary tree traversal Application of trees Expression trees. Low Price Edition.

Norm. orthogonality. Partition of matrices. Elementary transformation rank of a matrix. Numerical Interpolation Neuton’s Forward and Backward interpolation methods Lagrange’s Interpolation formula Numerical Integration Simpsons Rulee. Fourier Series and Integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. Since and cosine functions and their orthogonally properties. 2. Only application level study is required) 1 . Periodic function with Even and odd functions. Adjoint of a matrix. Half range sine and cosine series. Numerical Methods Solution of simultaneous equations Guass sidel and Gauss elimination methods Solution of differential equations Solution of Partial Differential equations Runga Kutta 4th order and Eulers modified rule. Trapezoidal rule. Matrices Type of matrices. Characteristic values and vectors. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations their consistency and solution. Reduction to a normal form. Inverse of a matrix. Dirichlet’s theorem (only statement). Fourier series.Semester IV Course Title :-Applied Mechanics II 1. Brief revision of vectors over real field inner product. and their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. 3. Linear independence. Characteristic polynomial. Gauss quadrature Double Integration techniques Solution of lenear and transcendental equations Neuton Rapson method Bisection method Secant method Numerical differentiation Neuton’s Forward and Backward difference formula (No derivation is expected. Complex form of Fourier series introduction to Fourier Integral.

Spiege. quick return property. Special Mechanisms Straight line generating mechanisms 1 . N.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.P. 5. Link and its types Kinematics pair: Lower pair and higher pair. non Grashoffian). Sandra L Harris 2. helical.Kinematics of machinery 1. Form closed pair and force closed pair. N. Limitations of grubler’s criteria. II – J. dead positions. non uniform. 3. globular Kinematic chain and mechanism Grublers criteria for movability of chains and mechanisms as Locked. non – SHM). Based on relative motion permitted such as revolute. motion modification. constrained. Unconstrained based on grubler’s criteria. prismatic. 4. Wartikar A text book of Vector Calculus – Shanti Narayan. Double slide crank chain. Single slider crank chain. Wartikar A text book of Applied Mathematics Vol. 6. Schaum’s Series Matrices – Shanti Narayan Theory of functions of complex Variables – Shanti Narayan REFERENCES 1. limiting positions. Kapur Vector Analysis – Murray R. Chapra Raymond P. 3. J. A text book of Applied Mathematics Vol. Machine. 2. Numerical Analysis – Richard L Burden J Douglas Faires 3. quality of motion transmission (uniform. SHM. Four bar chain (Grashoffian. Applied Numerical Methods For Engineers Using Matlab & C – Robert J Schilling. Canale III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title. applications. cam. I . Basic Kinematics Structure. Inversion of chain Study of various mechanisms derived from inversions of following chains with regard to motion of links of mechanism. 2. N. Numerical Methods for Engineers with programming and Software Applications – Steven C.

jerk-time graphs for uniform velocity. Interference in involute gears. 4. Hart Approximate straight line generating mechanisms – Watts. mechanical advantage (graphical approach). Roberts.Exact straight line generating mechanisms – Mechanism – Peueillier. Evans. UARM. chordal action. ( mechanisms upto 6 links) 5. Velocity Analysis of mechanisms Velocity analysis by instantaneous centre of rotation method (Graphical approach) Velocity analysis by relative velocity method (Graphical Approach). SHM and Cycloid motions (combined motions during one stroke excluded) Motion analysis of simple cams – R-R cam. chain length 7. Construction of involute profile Path of contact arc of contact. Critical Numbers of teeth for interference free motion. velocity time. slip. Tchiebicheff. Cam Mechanism Cams and its Classification. Velocity Acceleration analysis by relative method (mechanism upto 6 links) including pairs involving coriolis acceleration (Graphical approach) Velocity acceleration analysis of mechanisms (upto 4 links) by complex variable method (Analytical approach) Velocity acceleration analysis of mechanism (upto 6 links) by Equivalent Methods (Graphical or analytical approach) 6. Flexible connector mechanisms Belt – Types of belts. contact ratio for involute and cycloid tooth profile. Analysis is extended to find rubbing velocities at joints. D-R-R and D-R-D-R cam operating radial translating follower Pressure angle and methods to control pressure angle II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1 . variation in velocity ratio. Offset slider crank mechanism Pantograph Hook joint single and double Steering gear mechanisms – Ackerman. length of belt Chains – Types of chains. acceleration time. Velocity and Acceleration analysis of Mechanism. Devis. 8. velocity ratio. Methods to control interference in involute gears. Spur gear mechanism Law of gearing Conjugate profile and its graphic construction Involute and cycloid gear tooth profile. Followers and its Classification Motion analysis and plotting of displacement – time.

Derivation of basic hydrostatic equation. Differential equations of the control volume: Conservation of mass (two and three dimensional). Navier – Stokes equations (without proof) for rectangular and cylindrical co-ordinates. Theory of Machines and Mechanism by Shigley 3. Types of fluids Newtonian and Non – Newtonian. Hinckle . N. concept of continuum. 4. Kinematics by V. I .McGraw Hill 3. 3. Mechanism Design: Analysis and Synthesis Vol.TEXT BOOKS 1.Prentice Hall Inc. Sander – Prentice Hall 4.Jeremy Hirsihham – McGraw Hill. Fluid Kinematics Understanding of Eulerian and Lagrangian approach to solutions. M. Forces on surfaces due to hydrostatic pressure.A. Fluid Dynamics Equations for the control volume Integral equations for the control volume. Fluid Definition and Properties Definition of a fluid. Definition of a control volume and control surface . static pressure. types of control volumes. 1 .. uniform / non-uniform. Buoyancy and Archimedes’ principle. Fluid Statics Definition of body forces and surface forces. energy and momentum transport (linear and angular). 2. T. Theory of Machines – Ballaney REFERENCES 1. one two and three dimensional flows. Definition of steady / unsteady. Pascal’s law. Reynold’s transport theorem with proof. 2. Ideal and Real fluids. Understanding of differential and integral methods of analysis.Fluid Machinery 1. Fairs . III TERM WORK Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. Erdman and G. application to mass. Definition of streamlines. Kinematics and Dynamics of Planer Mechanisms . Velocity and acceleration in an Eulerian flow field. Kumar Mallik 2. Theory of Mechanisms and Machines by A. path lines and streak lines. Newton’s law of viscosity. Kinematics of Machines by R. Ghosh and A.

rotational and irrotational flows in two dimensions. Flow Meters: Classification of flow meters. body and Rankine half body. Turbine type flow meters. Real Fluid Flows Definition of Reynold’s number.Exact solutions of Navier – Stokes equations: viscous laminar flow of a fluid through a pipe. flow past cylinder with and without circulation. lift and drag on aerofoils. definition of source. one plane moving with a uniform velocity). Moody’s diagram. vortex. Aerofoil theory: definition of an aerofoil . displacement thickness. finite volume method of analysis. Ideal Fluid Flow Theory Definition of stream functions and velocity potential functions. analysis of laminar and turbulent boundary layers. Boundary Layer Flows Concept of boundary layer and definition of boundary layer thickness. pipes in series and parallel. Darcy’s equation foe head lost in pipe flows. Nozzle. VonKarman momentum integral equations for the boundary layers. Kutta – Joukowsky law. Head type flow meters: Orifice. Velocity profiles for turbulent flows: one – seventh power law. Mechanical flow meters Positive displacement vane and impeller type meters. laminar sub-layer.. viscous laminar flow of a fluid through planes ( both stationary. Variable area flow meters: Rotameter. Eddy viscosity theory. Combination of simple flow patterns – eg. k – epsilon theory. Electromagnetic flow meter and Hot wire Anemometer 4. induced drag. Turbulence and theories of turbulence – Prandtl’s mixing length theory. momentum thickness. laminar and turbulent boundary layers. sink. concept of streamlined and bluff bodies. solutions to simple flow problems. energy thickness. Venturi. Euler’s equations in two. three dimensions. separation of the boundary layer and methods to control it. Pitot tube. hydraulic gradient line. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1 . calculation of drag. Growth of boundary layer. circulation. velocity profiles for smooth and rough pipes. universal velocity profile. Bernoulli’s equation. Flow past Rankine full Doublet.6 Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics: Basic concepts.

4. Tool life equations. Wylie Fluid Mechanics – B. Fluid Mechanics – Streeter. M. materials. 3. properties and tool geometry. types. dynamometer power calculation and efficiency of machine tools. 2. Blanking and Piercing Die Design. Et Al. orthogonal and oblique cutting. Advanced Fluid Dynamics – Muralidhar and Biswas Applied Hydrodynamics – Valentine Fluid Mechanics – Douglas. Mechanism of chip formation. selection. chip flow direction in turning. drilling and milling with force analysis. Design principles of Bending Dies. Press Tool Design Press – Types. mechanisms and measurement. Effect of machining parameters on tool life. Economics of Machining 1 . Cutting Tools types. construction. Metal Cutting Theory Features of commonly used machining processes and machining parameters. Cutting Action in shearing of metals in Press Tool operations. stability and handling. tool life and Machinability Tool wear – types. III TERM WORK • • Assignment Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. 2. operations. Coolants – functions. Principles of Jigs and Fixture design location. Cutting force calculations. Effect of clearance. 4. Compound and Combination. effect on cutting forces. Measurement of cutting forces. Design of Jigs and Fixture of simple components. Massey Fluid Mechanics – F. Kumar REFERENCES 1. 2. Machinability criteria and its measurement. White Fluid Mechanics – K. classifications. shaping. Tool Wear. clearance. 5. Progressive. M.Production Process II 1. Computational Fluid Dynamics – Anderson. Methods of reducing cutting forces. 3.1. tool life and surface finish. Jigs and Fixtures Parts. 4. specifications and selection. 3. L. Blanking. Press tool components. Types of Dies – Piercing. types and operations on Jigs and Fixtures. clamping.

S. Types of gauges. A. reamers. Introduction to Production Engineering by P. surface plates. cutting of spur. LBM. measurements of gear parameters. C. Juneja & Sekhon – New Age Intl. S. L. Production Technology Handbook by H. Metrology Concept of precision and accuracy. Introduction to linear measurement – rules. 8. helical and straight bevel gears. milling cutters. and I. grinding. bench centres. MRS and NRS systems. 2. clinometers and optical dividing heads. Tool geometry of drills. Gear finishing operations – shaving. Tool Design by Donalson – Tata McGraw Hill 4. K. 2. Form and generation methods of gear cutting – milling. Pacawin Introduction to Jigs and Total Design by M. 4. planning and ?. T. Types and sources of errors. B. gear hobs. vee blocks. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 1 . 3. Tool Geometry Tool signature of single point cutting tools – ASA. ECM. Sharma – S. Jain – Khanna Publishers REFERENCES 1. Metrology screw threads. AJM and Ultrasonic machining.Costs associated with machining operations. 7. lapping and honing. operations and applications of EDM. slip gauges. Fundamentals of Metal Cutting and Machine Tools by B. Calculation of optimum cutting for minimum cost and maximum production rate. flatness and surface finish. micrometers. shaping. 6. Principles of gauge design. Gear Manufacturing Gear materials and methods of gear manufacture. broaches. ORS. H. M. Kempster III TERM WORK • • • Assignments Experiments Industrial Visit: Industrial visit to Press shop and Machining centre. Non conventional Machining Processes Principles. EBM. Properties of measuring instruments. Engineering Metrology by R. Use of comparators. 3. Metal Cutting Theory and Practice by Amitabha Bhattacharya Die Design Fundamentals by J. Chand & Co. specifications of limits and fits. vernier calipers. Use of angular measurements – sine bars. R.

Ductility transition. Crystallographic notations – Methods for planes and directions. Critical stress and crack propagation velocity for brittle fracture. unit cell. 3. Growan’s modification. 4. dislocation climb. Strain Hardening Definition and importance of strain hardening. Dislocation theory of strain hardening. Motion of dislocations and their significance. Lattice structure. Conditions of ductility transition and factors affecting it. Solid Crystalline Structure Crystallization of liquid into solid state. Their formation and effects. Point defects. Recrystallization temperature. Dislocations: Edge and screw dislocations Burger’s reactor. Critical stress for deformation. Frank Reed source. Surface defects. Dislocation jog. Deformation in single crystal and polycrystalline materials. Mechanisms of deformation. Formation of polycrystalline and single crystals. Brittle fracture. elastic and plastic deformation and their significance in design and shaping. Classification of crystal structure. Fracture toughness. Nucleation and growth in metals and alloys. Griffth’s theory of fracture. Hot and cold working theory. Their advantages. 5. Recrystallization Annealing. FCC. Dislocation theory of fracture. Deformability of FCC. Ductile fracture. sub-angle grain boundary and stacking faults. 1 . limitation and applications. Deformation Definition. Elimination. 2. Theory and stages of recovery. HCP and BCC lattice. Grain boundary. slip systems. BCC and HCP lattice. effects of strain hardening on engineering behaviour of materials. Their importance. classification and significance of imperfections. Dislocation pile up. conditions of multiplications and significance. Lattice Imperfections Definition. Factors affecting recrystallation. packing density and co-ordination number. vacancy. Fracture Definition and types of fracture.IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Metallurgy 1. Dislocation interactions. Definition and significance. inerstitialcy and impurity atom defects. Notch effect on fracture. multi-component dislocation. Recrystallization and grain growth. Their significance Generation of dislocation.

annealing defects and their remedies. maraging and austoforming processes. subzero treatment.6. Mechanism of fatigue and theories of fatigue failure. tungsten. 1 . Iron-iron carbode diagram and its analysis. 8. Effect of pre-stressing. Classification of heat treatment process. Analysis of classical creep curve. Heat treatement Process Technology of heat treatment. such as manganese. Alloy cast irons. Theory of Alloys and Alloy Diagrams Significance of alloying. Influence of carbon in iron-carbon alloying. 11. Normalisisng. Creep testing and data presentation. Mehanite iron. properties and applications of steels. properties and applications of full annealing. Mechanisms and types of creep. Bainite and Martensite transformations. Influence of important factors on fatigue. Definition and signification of creep. Different types of alloy diagrams and their analysis. process annealing and cyclic annealing. Annealingprincipal process. Importance of iron as engineering material. 10. Nodular and malleable irons. Thermal fatigue. Time temperature Transformation (TTT) diagram Isothermal Austenite decomposition. 7. 9. 12. hardening media. Definition. 13. salt baths. Fatigue testing. hardening baths. hardening heat treatment. Curve and its interpretation. nickel. hardenability. Notch effect surface effect. Creep Effect of temperature on mechanical behaviour of materials. chromium. Alloy Steels Effect of alloying elements on the structures. Graphitisation of Iron Grey Iron. molebdenum and silicon steels. Test data presentation and statistical evaluation. Classification of steels and cast irons. corrosion fatigue. equilibrium and non equilibrium transformation of austenite. Classification and properties of different types of alloys. White iron. Allotropic forms od iron. martempering. Mechanism of Pearlite. properties and applications. Tempering. S. their microstructure. N. Theory of Heat treatement Definition of significance of heat treatment. Creep Resistant materials. austempering. diffusion annealing. Fatigue Failure Definition of fatigue and significance of cyclic stress.

5.14.by Y. 16.A. McGraw Hill International New Delhi. Hinggins. Clarke and Wibur R. J. M. London. 6. 2.Van Nostrand Co. Effect of oying elements on ferrite. their significance and applications. ELBS nad Holder Stoghton.W. effect of alloying elements on phase transformation.D. 9. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 10. Mechanical behaviuor of materials.Wulff. McGraw Hill International New Delhi. Lakhtin. austenite. by Raymond A. 4. Mir publishers. Classification of tool steels and metallurgy of tool steels and special steels.Azaroff. 2.Packner. 1 . And Edward Arnold.F.. London. Engineering Physical Metallurgy.E.. Strengthening mechanism Theory and applications of strain hardening. Physical Metallurgy for Engineers.Baily. Surface Hardening and diffusion coating processes Hardening and surface hardening methods.. A text book of metallurgy.Rollason. carbide.V. D. – R. 3. Brick. decomposition. Willey.L.Macmillan & co. Diffusion coating processes of calorising. G. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.G.Courteny.Eastern Pvt Ltd.C. Effect of alloying elements in steels Limitations of plain carbon steels. structure and Properties of Alloys. Strengthening of metals.E.Moffet. Robert B. New Delhi.Hinggis. Varney.Dieter. Structure and properties of Engineering Alloys. Mechanical metallurgy : G.C. English Language Book Society & Edward Arnold Publisher Ltd.Wulff. Pearsall and J. ELBS Soc. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 4. New York.R. hardening and tempering. Reinhold Publishing Corp.W. Metallurgy for Engineers by E. INC 8. Cyaniding. Nitriding.W. 15. London. The structure and properties of Materials Vol I: M. chromosong. by Robert M. Carbonitriding.Smith. McGraw Hill International New Delhi 5.Moffet.Rollason. Gordon.A. Introduction to solids. Carburising. Moscow. Engineering Metallurgy Part I AND II. Ltd. induction hardening and flame hardening processes. significance of alloying elements.G. 3.Hayden. The structure and properties of materials Vol III: Mechanical BehaviourH. engineering metallurgy Part I & II. REFERENCES 1. Metallurgy for Engineers. Age hardening.T. Effects of major and minor constituents. 7. siliconizing and boron diffusion. by Donald S. English Language Book Society & Hodder & Strangton. precipitation hardening and disperson hardening.

perfect inter-cooling. and volumetric efficiency. power input factor. Introduction to Engineering Materials. 1 . 2. by Donald R. calorimeters to measure the calorific values – bomb and boys calorimeter. Layout of a modern HP boiler. Multistaging of compressors. Work. Boiler performance. Ideal inter cooler pressure. Fuels and Combustion Types of Fuels. 12. Free air delivered. nozzle efficiency. examples. by B. isothermal and adiabatic efficiency. inter-cooling. Low pressure and high pressure boilers. A. polytropic work. Askeland. The scoence and Engineering of Materials. Steam Generator Fire tube and Water tube boiler. stoichiometric air fuel ratio. Input work. important features of HP boilers.: Seminar: Group seminar reports based on topics from above syllabus IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :-Thermodynamics II 1. volumetric efficiency. Steam Turbine: Flow through steam nozzle – velocity at exit and condition for maximum discharge. Effect of clearance volume on F.11. Higher Calorific value and Lower Calorific value.Agrawal. Mountings and accessories. Exhaust Gas Analysis – Orsat Apparatus and Gas Chromatography.PWS Publishing co.K. Representation as area under curve on T-S diagram. III TERM WORK • • • Assignments: Experiments. Tata McGraw Hill Publications Co. Gravimetric analysis and volumetric analysis. 3. Equivalent evaporation of boilers. Minimum work. Tow stage air compressor. D. Ltd. Boiler efficiency. Classification. Relation between stage efficiency and compressor efficiency. Compressors Single stage reciprocating compressor neglecting clearance. power and efficiency calculations. Calorific value at constant pressure and constant volume. Application of one dimensional flow equation. Combustion reactions. Multistage compression. Basic of steam turbine. Actual A/F ratio. once through boiler. Rotary – Centrifugal and Axial flow compressor. isentropic work.

Arora – Dhanpatrai & Sons 3. degree of reaction. condition for max efficiency. Reaction turbine – velocity diagram. Effect of operating variable on thermal efficiency and work ratio. Best case. Steam and Gas turbine by R. Condition for maximum efficiency. II by R. Thermal Engineering by Kothandraman. bucket sort. Thermal Engineering by Ballaney – Khanna Publishers 2. Rajput 4. insertion sort. Yadav – Central Publishing House REFERENCES 1. Gas Turbine: Application of gas turbine. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol. merge sort. Yadav 5. reheat. Applied Thermodynamics foe Engineers and Technologists 3. Parson’s turbine. worst case and average case calculations of difference sorting methods. shell sort. Principles of Thermodynamics 2. and regeneration. Nag – Tata McGraw Hill 6. 2. heaps and heap sort. Sorting Methods Efficiency considerations in sorting Different sorting methods: Bubble sort. Searching Methods Efficiency considerations in searching 1 . open and closed cycle gas turbine. Thermodynamics – Holman – McGraw Hill III TERM WORK • • Assignments Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TESTS Course Title :-Analysis of Algorithms 1. impulse turbine – velocity diagram.compounding of turbine. Thermodynamics by P. open cycle with intercooling. Thermal Engineering by R. Air standard and Actual Brayton cycle. Domkundwar. K. Khajuria. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. methods to improve efficiency and specific output. quick sort. K. selection sort.

6. III TERM WORK • Assignments IV MID SEMESTER TESTS 1 .J. 6. resolving clashes. Second Edition.Hopcroft and J. Addision Wesley Longman.Brassard and P. International Student Edition. NP – hard code generation problems. hashing in external storage. Low Price Edition. 7. 8.Ullaman. J. Algorithms Greedy method Divide and conquer method Dynamic programming Back tracking method 0/1 Knapsack problem Traveling salesman problem NP – hard and NP – complete problems. searching ordered table. Adjacency list. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. Y. NP – ha d scheduling problems. Binary search. NP – hard graph problems. M.D. 3.Langsam. Index sequential search. Interpolation search.A.Gilberg. Graph traversal Minimum spanning tree Shortest path problem Connectivity in graph 4. “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++. Tata McGraw – Hill. REFERENCES 5. Prientice Hall India. “Data Structures Using C and C++”.M.Kruse. Thomson Learning. “ Data Structures and Algorithms”. 5.E. Prentice Hall India. “ Data Structures and Program Design in C”. M.Brately.Basic searching techniques: Sequential search.Weiss. Analysis of all above algorithms II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 4. Hashing: Hash function. Aho. dynamic hashing. Graph as Data Structure Graph representation: Adjacency matrix. “Fundamentals of Algorithmics” Prientice Hall India. G. Addision Wesley.Tannenbaum. R. “Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C “ .F.Augustein and A. R. Tremble and Sorenson.

milling. Precision turning & Screw cutting. grinding. one each of the following subgroups Turning. Shaping. screw-cutting Shaping. Duration: 3 hours each Marks: 100. milling. Precision turning. & grinding. 1 . Practical Examination: End Semester Examination Two jobs.Course Title :-Machine Shop II Assembly job/s involving following specifications: • • • • • • Turning.

Static force analysis in gears-spur. Gyroscope Introduction Gyroscopic couple and its effect on spinning bodies. Two wheeler and four wheeler on curved path– effect of gyroscopic and centrifugal couples. 4. all wheels on level and inclined roads. Study and analysis of transmission type dynamometers. Hunting.Wilson Hartnell Force analysis of spring gravity loaded governor. epicyclic gear trains with spur or bevel gear combination. fluctuation in energy . function of flywheel estimating inertia of flywheel for reciprocating prime moves and machines. rear wheels. 2.Watt. Static and Dynamic Force Analysis. maximum permissible speeds on curve paths. Gyroscopic effect due to lateral misalignment of rigid disc mounted on shaft.front wheels.hartung. coefficient of insensitiveness. Study and analysis of absorption type dynamometer. Types-centrifugal governors. Band and block brake. helical worm and worm gear.external and internal. 6. 1 . Centrifugal Clutches. Clutches Clutches Positive clutches friction clutches. Turning moment diagram. static and dynamic force analysis in slider crank mechanism neglecting mass of connecting rod and crank.Absorption and transmission dynamometers. governor effort and governor power. Brakes and Dynamometers Types of Brakes. Power loss in Friction in single plate.Harnell. inertia governors.Semester V Course Title :. 3. reverted gear trains. working. Gyroscopic effect on naval ships during steering .stability. power transmission. Friction Cluthces-Analysis of frictional torque . Band Brake simple and differential . 5. Performance characteristics of governors. compound gear trains. bevel . Governors Comparison between governors and flywheel. Proell Force analysis of spring loaded governors.Porter.pitching and rolling. Ship stabilization with gyroscopic effect.Dynamics of Machinery I 1.Proney brake.construction. isochronisms. Force analysis of gravity loaded governors. Analysis of Block Brakes.simple and differential Braking of vehicles. Rope brake dynamometer. Types of dynamometers. Gear Trains Kinematics and dynamic analysis of – simple gear trains.Belt transmission Epicyclic torsion dynamometrs. multiple clutch and cone clutch.

New Delhi.Green –Bluckie & Sons Ltd. • Theory of Machines R.Norton • Theory of Mechanism and machines – A Ghosh and A. centrifugal tension. Elements of hydro power plant. slip and creep of belt. v belt.G.S.S.Malik – Affiliated East –West Press Pvt.K.C.velocity ratio. Hydro Turbines General Advantages of a hydro power plant over other types of power plants.B. Eulers equation applied to a turbine.L. length of belt for open and crossed belting dynamic analysis .Static and dynamic force analysis – in linkage mechanism(upto – 4 links) by virtual work method. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS • Theory of Machines. expression for work done..Bansal • Mechanics & Dynamics of Machinery – J. 7.Khurmi J.J Hannah and R. Belt and Rope Drive Types.S.Publishers • Theory of machines. 1 . • Theory of Machines. • Mechanics of Machines.Ratan Tata McGraw Hill • Theory of Machines – P.driving tensions.by J. condition for max.Arnold international Students Edition.Ltd. rope belt Kinematic Analysis.Thomas Bevan – C. Advanced Theory and Examples. discharge.flat belt. turbine velocities and velocity triangles. types of hydro turbines.W. Ballaney Khanna Publishers Delhi.K. work done.Fluid Mechanics II 1. III TERM WORK • Assignments • Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST IV Course Title:.Stephens.R.C Stephens Arnold international Students Edition.Srinivas Sci-tech.Hannah and R. definition of various turbine parameters like gross head. initial tension Power transmission. power transmission condition.S. • Mechanics of machines . Dynamic equivalent system to convert rigid body to two mass system with and without correction couple. REFERENCES • Dynamic of machines. efficiencies etc.impulse and reaction. • Theory of Machines.Gupta. input power output power .Elementary Theory and Examples.

seals use din centrifugal pumps. estimation of various parameters like head. determination of number of buckets. radial mixed and axial: elements of the turbine. characteristics of pumps. aerofoil theory of axial flow pumps.inward and outward flow. Impeller pumps. Characteristics of turbines governing of turbines. definition of unit quantities and specific quantities. Pumps General Classification of pumps.Troskolansky and Lazerkiewicz 1 . performance characteristics surging in compressors. Reaction Turbines Types of reaction turbines. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. discharge. efficiency etc. efficiencies etc. pressure recuperating devices similarly relations and affinity laws. Series and parallel operation of pumps. mass flow rate.positive displacement and non-positive displacement concept of system and system characteristics. self priming pumps. 2. types of reciprocating pumps. radial thrust and axial thrust and methods used to balance them. estimation of various parameters. general feature of reciprocating pumps. caviation parameter. Types and applications. trouble shooting in centrifugal pumps.types of blade profiles. Eulers equation and velocity triangles. use of air vessel Centrifugal Pump Application types. definition of design parameters like speed ratio. discharge. Similiarly relations in turbines.definition of head. REFERENCES 1. components. mixed flow and axial flow . indicator diagram. vavitation and NPSH.Pelton Turbines Components of Pelton turbine. work done and efficiency.. work done. vane pumps etc.Church and Jagdish Lal. Centrifugal pumps and blowers.radial flow. 3. and design features definition of pressure Ratio. correction factors for the head designconstant etc.. Centrifugal Compressors Types and applications.components of the pump. Positive –Displacement pumps. priming of pumps. general features of rotary pumps like gear pumps. jet ratio. Hydraulic machinery – Jagdish lal 2. Hydraulic Machines – Vasanadani 3.

Dynamic Characteristics of Measurement Systems: Standard Inputs: Step. Pressure Measurements: Pressure Standards. Laplace Transforms. Ionization Gauge. strain gauge based load cells. Acceleration Measurement and Practical Accelerometers. 4. Strain Measurement: Theory of Strain gauges. 10. Assignments 2. Order of systems. 11. Elastic Pressure Transducers viz. Transfer Functions. Strboscopic methods. Precision. Humidity Measurement: Relative humidity and different types of hygrometers. Impulse and Sinusoidal Inputs. Temperature Measurement: Thermodynamic temperature scale and IPTS. Tachogenerators. Drift. torque sensors. Hydraulic Turbines – Nechleba. Time domain and frequency domain analysis of first and second order systems. 2. Doebelin ( McGraw Hill) 1 . 5. Range. pressure cells. Pump handbook. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. Nozzle Flapper Transducer.A. 7. Stepanoff 3. Static Error. Bridge Circuits. Piezoelectric Sensors.. Static Sensitivity. Threshold. Span.J. Thermistors and Thermo couples. Capacitance type. Resistance Thermometers.Mechanical Measurements 1. TERM WORK 1. Vacuum Measurements: McLeod Gauge. Static Characteristics: Static Calibration. Accuracy. Mathematical Modelling of Physical Systems. Optical Encoders. Generalized Measurements Systems. 4. Modifying and Interfering Inputs. Mechanical Measurements. 9. 13. Significance of Measurements. Classification of Measuring Instruments. Digital Tachometers. Resolution. Hysteresis.2. Reproducibility. 3. Diaphragms and Bellows. Centrifugal and axial flow pumps. Probable Errors. LVDT.Karassik et al. Linear time invariant systems. 8. Orientation of strain gauges for force and torque measurements.O. Gauge Factor. Pyrometers. Bourdon Tubes. Types of Inputs: Desired. Calibration of pressure gauges. Temperature compensation. 12. Ramp. Measurement Systems ( Application and Design) : by E.. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Errors in Measurements: Types of Errors and Uncertainty Analysis in Measurements. 6. Displacement Measurement: Potentiometers. Measurement of angular velocity: RPM Measurement : Tachometers. Thermal Conductivity gauge. High Pressure Measurement: Bridgman Gauge.

fluid flow etc. Conduction Mechanism of hear transfer by Conduction. Unsteady state Conduction through a plane wall having no internal resistance. Principle of dimensional analysis . Effect of various parameters such as physical properties of the fluid. Fourier’s three-dimensional differential equation for Conduction with heat generation in unsteady state in the Cartesian co-ordinates. Reynolds analogy between momentum and heat transfer. Heat transfer coefficient (film coefficient)for Convection . 3.Rangan & G. Heat transfer in boiling & critical heat flux. Solutions for heat transfer through rectangular fins. Use of Heisler charts. Application of dimensional analysis to Convection for finding heat transfer coefficient. Heat pipe. Extended surfaces. cylindrical and spherical composite walls. system geometry. plane composite wall. 1 .2.S. Empirical relations for Convection .Heat & Mass Transfer 1. Types of fins and their applications . Grashoff’s Number. Effectiveness and efficiency of fins 2.R. Mechanical Engineering Measurements: A. Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers.Reynolds Number and Stanton’s Number.) Critical thickness of insulation and its importance. Lewis Buck (Marangoni Narosa Publising House) 3. Similarity between velocity profile and temperature profile. Solution of Fourier’s equation for one-dimensional steady state Conduction through isotrophic materials of various configurations such as plane wall. Sharma (TMGH) III TERM WORK 1. Heat transfer in condensation Nusselt’s theory of laminar film Condensation. Mechanical Engineering Measurements: Thomas Beckwith & N. Assignments 2. derivation of Fouriers’s three-dimensional equation is NOT included. Sawhney .K. Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:.(For cylindrical and spherical walls. Physical significance of dimensionless numbers such as Nusselt’s Number. Convection Mechanism of heat transfer by convection. ( Dhanpatrai & Sons) REFERENCES Instrumentation Devices & Systems: C. Natural and Forced convection. Radiation Mechanism of heat transfer by Radiation. Prandtl’s Number. on heat transfercoefficient.

Emissive power and Emissivity.Concept of black body and grey body.E.James R.Weity 6.Sisson Schaums Series-Mc Graw Hill International. 4. Heat Transfer.P. Elements of Heats Transfer. Electrical network analogy for radiation heat exchange between two and three grey bodies. Pressure drop in fluids across heat exchangers. 4. TERM WORK 1. 5. REFERENCES 1. Mass Transfer Mechanism of mass transfer Importance of mass transfer in engineering. 2.Boltzman law.R. Radiation heat exchange between two black bodies.Holman 2. 3. 7.S. Classification of heat exchangers. 6. Shape factors for simple geometrical shapes.Jakole and Hawkins. Heat Transfer – Oszisik 9.V. Reynolds Number and Schmiddt’s number. Steafan.Chand & Company Ltd. Basic laws of Radiations Planck’s law. Equimolal diffusion. Correction factor and effectiveness of heat exchangers.Y. Fick’s law of diffusion . Heat and Mass Transfer: R.C.Properties of shapefactor. Intensity of Radiation Radiosity.Domkundwar. Rao University Press.Shao Ti Hsu. Assignments 1 . 4. in terms of Sherwood Number . Sachdeva. TEXT BOOKS REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Kirchof’s law. Rajput. Empirical relations for mass transfer .Eckert and Drake 8. Isothermal evaporation of water into air. Heat and Mass Transfer –Prof. Fouling factor. Heat Transfer – Donald Pitts & L. Engineering Heat Transfer.C. Overall heat transfer coefficient.Arora. Heat and Mass Transfer. Steady State diffusion of gases and liquids through plane. Logarithmic Mean Temperature Difference. 5. Heat and Mass Transfer. Heat Exchangers. 3.Willey.K. Engineering Heat Transfer. Effectiveness as a function of Number of Transfer Units and heat capacity ratio 5. cylindrical and spherical walls. Heat Transfer – J. Heat Transfer – James Suvec-JIACO Publishing House. Heat and Mass Transfer. Heat Transfer-Ineropera and Dewitt. Convective mass transfer and mass transfer coefficient . Heat and Mass transfer. Wien’s displacement law and Lambert’s Cosine law.P.Yadav.

sensitivity analysis. Euclidean vector space.Resource Optimization 1. pure and mixed strategies. 2. Definition . decision options. optimal / sub optimal. job shop scheduling for two jobs n machine problem. problem formulation and optimality conditions in Vogel’s penalty and Hungarian methods of solution. Graphical method for two variables problem. manual solution of problem involving upto three iterations.2. Duality concept. matrices and linear algebra. Gauss Jordan method for solving simultaneous linear equations. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. graphical and analytical methods. vertices as promising candidates. 6. Scheduling Models Flow shop sequencing in two/three machines. and their interpretations from simplex table. Linear Programming Model Formulation. parameters and variables. saddle point. bases. primal sub optimal – dual infeasible. types of solution such as feasible / infeasible. branch and bound technique. Mathematical Models Formulation and optimization. degenerate / non degenerate. Transportation. deterministic and probabilistic problem situations. and other primal dual relations. cycling phenomenon. bounded / unbounded value and solution. Game Theory or Competitive strategies Limited to two person zero sum games. domination. sensitivity analysis for variation of one parameter at a time. objective function. Need and Scope Real life problem analysis and formulation. traveling salesman problem as a special case of assignment problem. interpretation of dual variables. manual solution of problems involving up to three iterations. 7. constraints. canonical and standard forms. simplex. 3. graphical and analytical methods. 1 . convex set of feasible solutions. Integer LP Models Gomory’s cutting plane algorithm. n job problem. 4. Duality properties. unique / alternate / infinite optimal. dual simplex method. simplex algorithm and tabular representation. transshipment and Assignment Models As special cases of LP model. LP model formulation. decision variables. dual problem formulation. 5.

instantaneous and gradual replenishment. Rpeint 1995. price breaks. discounted value of money. queue length. REFERENCES 1. Reprint 1993. Hall of India Pvt. 3. Business book publishing house. Safety stock. Seciond edition April 1989 2. & solutions) by V. Sultanchand and Sons publication. Laboratory Experiments IV MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. III TERM WORK 1. Kedarnath Ramnath and company. inventory and shortage costs for single item. Ltd. eleventh edition. Chand and Company publication. D. 2. waiting period. K. Reprint 1997. application in probabilistic real life problems II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Operations Research : H. Sixth edition.8. 4. Operations Research : S. defining objectives and scope. Operations Research Techniques for Management: B. Inventory Models Deterministic static models for ordering. organizing and interpreting information. qualities. 11. resale and operational costs. Replacement Models Equipment deteriorating with time. First edition. individual and group reports. Banergee. S. Taha. Operations Research : Hira and Gupta. Operations Research (Prob. uniform demand. 10. Sharma. Report Writing : Types. Sixth edition. Kapoor. Fourth edition. hazard rate and system performance criteria. Communication in a business organisation 2. D. 9. July 1997. backlog. 1 . Prentice. system length and time spent in system in M/M/1 system with finite and infinite system size and infinite population (no derivation). Simulation Models Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on probabilistic behavior data and random numbers. Quantitative Techniques in Management : N.Technical Writing & Presentation Skills 1. Vora. formal and informal reports. Tata Mc-GrawHill publication. policies for bulk and individual replacement. Assignments 2. Reprint 2000. Queuing / Waiting Line Models Steady state analysis for M/M/1/ / / system.

3. extraction gizmos. Course Title:. visual gizmos 2. steps in technical writing. Presentation Skills : 6. Sharma Sangeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Practices’ Oxford University Press III TERM WORK Assignments : Written One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4 Oral Participation in group discussion in class. Qualities. Technical Writing : Definition. Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill REFERENCES Meenakshi Raman. Toolbars. Entry gizmos. form layout window. tool box window. properties window. GUI standard. GUI Features of G U I. 4. Gizmo-ladden dialog boxes. Group Discussion : II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Visual Basic over view. Technical Proposals 5. Menus. Choosing words. clear communication. Goal Directed Design.Graphic User Interface + DBMS 1. Icons and graphics. Form design window. Dialog Boxes. planning GUI Design Work. Visual Interface design. Identifying visual cues. 1 . Importance. color selection. Sentences & paragraph structures. Presenting a project. Visual Basic basics Main window. project explorer window. Software design.

E-R Diagram. Null Values. Domain-Key Normal Form and Alternative Approaches to Database Design 12. and Normalization Using Multi valued Dependencies. Database Maintenance. SET operations. object linking and embedding 4. Joined Relations. E-R Model Basic Concepts. Basic Structure. Modification of Database. Views 8. Keys. Introduction to basic language. Reduction of an E-R schema to Tables 7.Line utilities. Decomposition. DDL. creating and using classes-Objects and classes-the collection class. Making component available in Visual Basic. SQL SERVER 7.Physical Architecture. Transaction Transaction Concepts.Purpose of Database Systems. Mapping Constraints. State. Serializability. SQL 9. Database programming Data base basics. Transaction Management. Query Optimization Relational Database Design. 11. Implementations of Atomicity and durability. SQL Server Command. Sharing Data and Code Working with Projects. Transaction Definition in SQL. Different types of Database Systems 6. Overall System Structure. The Relational Algebra. Views of data. Data base concepts and Systems Introduction. Extended E-R features. Visual Basic’s database tools. Design Issues. Other SQL features 10.logical Architecture SQL server administration tasks and tools – The SQL Sever Enterprise Manager Security and user administration. Database language.Client Server Programming-COM-DCOM.Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design.ODBC-ADO –RDO-OLE DB-Relational databases-the Data Object Model –forma and fields. Database Users.0 SQL Server Database Architecture. The tuple relational calculus. 5. Weak Entity set. Relational Model Structure of Relational Database. Background. 1 . Derived Relations.designing the database Program’s Main Form. Concurrent Executions. Recoverability.validation code. Views. visual basics built in collections-windows common controlsActiveX Components-creating an ActiveX server – dynamic data exchange. Design Of an E-R Database Schema. Data Models. Database Administrator. Aggregate functions. Normalization Using Join Dependencies. Nested Sub queries. The Domain Relational Calculus. Normalization Using Functional Dependencies. Storage Management.3. Data base design and performance.

K Elmagar III TERM WORK Assignments At least three of the following database application with G U I to be developed as a part of the course using Microsoft SQL server 7 and Microsoft Visual Basic Assignment No 1 : Student Mark sheet problem Assignment No 2 : Engineering admission Software Assignment No 3 : Income Tax calculation problem Assignment No 4 : salary sheet preparation Assignment No 5 : Library software Assignment No 6 : Software for student (including alumni)database management 1 . Microsoft SQL Server 7. Object Oriented MultiDatabase System. Database Systems and Concepts. Principles of Database System. 6. Alan Cooper IDG Books India REFERENCES 1. 3. C. The Essentials of User interface Design. Patrick Dalton. Korth. Ltd. Visual Basic 6 : In Record Time/ Brown. Sudarshan. MGH 2. Dreamtech Press 4.S. B P B Publication 3. Aitken—Technology Press 7.: Mable.II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 4. GUI Design for dummies. Using visual basic 6 / Reselman. IDG books. Alan Cooper IDG Books India 5. Sliberschatz. Ltd. SQL Server 2000 Black Book. Ullman. IDG Books India Pvt. Visual Basic 6 programming Bible. Date 6. Paul Whitehead. G. S.: Pruchniak PHI 2. An Introduction to Database System. Techmedia 8.0 Bjeletich. TMGH 8. Galgotia Publications 7. SQL Server 2000 Black Book Patrick Dalton. Visual Basic6 Programming Blue Book by Peter G.J. The Essentials of User interface Design. R. Henry F. Rob: Peasley. Bukhares & A. Beginning SQL Server 2000 for VB developers Willis thearon Shroff publishers 5. IDG Books India Pvt. Database Management Systems Majumdar/ A K Bhattacharyya. Omran A. Eric Smith.

transverse. Effect of flexible bearings on natural frequency. torsional vibrotary systems. Longitudinal . Response Phase Plane Method. three rotors geared system. critically damped. Conversion of multi –springs . ( Mechanical). Free Damped single degree of freedom vibration system Viscous damped system-under damped. Dunkerlay Rayleigh methods . Follower Jump Phenomenon. 9. VIBRATIONS Basic concepts of vibrations Vibrations and oscillations. causes and effects of vibrations.Differential Equation. 5. Free undamped single degree of freedom vibration system. Free Undamped Multi degree of freedom Vibration systems Hoizer. Forced single degree of freedom vibratory system Analysis of linear and torsional systems subjected to harmonic force and harmonic motion excitation(excluding elastic damper). 2. multi masses. damper. Equivalent single degree of freedom Vibration system. Damper models. Vibration measuring instruments. Classification of Vibrations.spring. non harmonic Degree of freedom . type of isolators. Rotor Dynamics Critical speed of single rotor with and without damping 10. Cam Dynamics Cam Dynamics: Mathematical Model . 8. Vibration parameters. Two rotors. multi dampers into a single spring mass and damper with linear of rotational co-ordinate system. Motions: periodic . over damped systems Logarithmic decrement. Coulomb’s damping. 1 . Tech. Formulation of differential equations by Newton Energy . non periodic. Principle of seismic instruments. Combined viscous and coulombs damping.Third Year B. 7.Lagragian . 3. 4. harmonic . 6.methods Effect of springs mass and shaft inertia on natural frequency. motion isolation. Semester : VI Course Title :-Dynamics of Machinery II 1. vibrometer. damped. static equilibrium position. mass. accelerometer undamped. Vibration Isolation Force isolation.

W. Mathematical modeling of dynamic systems Basic steps in mathematical modeling of control system components.Srineevasan. Mechanical Vibrations. Characteristics of closed loop systems Sensitivity to parameter variations. block diagram representation.P.Engines. Mechanical Vibrations. block diagram algebra.T. Mechanical Vibration Analysis. Fundamentals of Mechanical Vibration. and signal flow graphs.V.Grover 2. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 4.Gupta – New Age International Publications.Den TERM WORK 1.Rao-Addison Wesley Publishing. V.Singh-Dhanat Rai & Sons.S. Introduction to Automatic Control systems Types of control systems. disadvantages of feedback systems. 3.line engines. 4. Balancing of revolving masses Balancing of reciprocating masses . Theory of Machines – Khurmi and Gupta – Chand Publishers REFERENCES 1.P.Thompson-Prentice Hall of India Mechanical Vibrations.Tata McGraw Hill 2.Graham Kelly-Tata McGraw 5. Control system components 1 . servomechanisms and regulatory systems. 1. BALANCING Static and dynamic balancing of multi rotor system. transient response. feed forward systems etc. review of laplace transforms. 3.S. Mechanical Vibrations. Theory of vibrations with applications.In.Schaum’s outline series.Mechanical Control Systems . Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title:. Radial Engines. Mechanical Vibrations. open loop and closed loop systems.K.McGraw Hill 3.S. effect of external advantages and disturbances. transfer function. negative and positive feedback systems.11.Rao K. 2.G. Assignments: 2. Theory and Practice of mechanical vibrations J. 4.

8. hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Automatic Control Engineering: by Francis H. Polar plots. Raven. Control system classification Error constants and steady state errors to unity feedback systems 7. Assignments 2. Ogata. (Wiley Eastern Ltd) REFERENCES 2. 6. 9.J. electro mechanical systems. step response of second order systems. Root Locus Analysis of control systems. ( McGraw Hill) TERM WORK 1.M. Introduction to MATLAB Examples on Root Locus. ( Prentice Hall) 3. Root Locus Plots. Stability Analysis of Control systems Concepts of stability. Bode Plots and Nyquist Plots. Concepts of State Space Representation of Control Systems. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Root Locus Analysis Concepts of Root Locus. modeling of control system components. Basic Control Actions Effects of Integral and Derivative actions on system performance PID Controllers. 10. TEXT BOOKS 1. the Routh’s stability Criterion and Hurwitz’s stability criterion. 5. stepper motors.Linear approximations of non linear systems. Time response of control systems Time domain specifications of control systems. Modern Control Engineering : by K. construction using MATLAB. 11. Relative stability analysis Frequency Response Analysis: Bode Plots. servo motors. Nyquist Stability criterion. and Gopal . Control System Engineering: Nagrath I. necessary conditions for stability.

Air Washers. Combination of various basic processes to achieve desired room conditions for specified outside conditions. heat exchangers. Study of Performance parameters. Introduction to Electrolux Refrigeration. Various types of sensible heat factors(SHF) like Room SHF. Various controls/switches/measuring instruments used in airconditioning. Multiple evaporation. Study of refrigeration application – Household Refrigerator. Study of Psychrometers.Grand SHF. Modification in V.Effective Temperature.Course Title :-Refrigeration & Airconditioning REFRIGERATION 1. Definition of Air Conditioning 2. Magnetic Refrigeration.C. 6.kw(power)per TR. comfort. Refrigerants & their nomenclature. liquifaction of gases. Alternate refrigerants. Adiabatic mixing of air streams . By pass Factor.Summer.Chart.Effectiv SHF. compressors. Comfort Air Conditioning. Modern & Alternate Refrigeration Systems. 3. 11. Three fluid refrigeration System .H²O) 12. Performance Parameters like Tonnes of Refrigeration(TR).C . 4.C. Cascade Systems. flash intercoolers. Joule(Bell Coleman) cycle Refrigerator. Air-Conditioners. TR per KW etc. water inter coolers. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1 . Advances in A. co-efficient of performance(COP). Split A. ozone depletion potential & global warming & global warming potential GWP. AIR CONDITIONING 1. types and properties. cold storage. Absorption Refrigeration Vapour Absorption Machines(LiBr-H²O. Defiinition of Refrigeration 2. Montreol Protocol & Kyoto Protocol 7. 9. Humidifying efficiency of Apparatus Dew Point(ADP) like coil ADP. 3. Thermo electric Refrigeration. Deep freezers etc. Application of various air standard refrigeration cycles used for cooking Air-Craft cabins. Heat Pump. 10. Heating & cooling load calculation. Reversed heat engine air standard cycles: Carnot.C. Multiple compression. processes. Year Round Window A. Central A. 5. NH³ . 5. 6. Comfort Zone. Plant. Mixing of fresh air with recirculated air before & after A.C. actual vapor compression cycle comparison of VCC with air refrigeration cycles. Ice Plant. Psychrometry–Psychrometric properties . condensers & expansion devices 8.C. 7. velocity & variable velocity). flash chamber.C. comfort charts (DBT-WBT for const. Winter. Steam Jet Refrigeration. primary & secondary refrigerants. Introduction to Cryogenics. individual and multiple expansion valves . 4.. Room ADP . Vapour Compression Cycles (VCC): Carnot. Types of evaporators.

A. Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Arora. Wiley. Report of a Visit to R. Principles of Refrigeration . R. pressure .Plant.Dissociation and other losses.Engines: Four stroke and two stroke engines. TERM WORK 1. Velocity of flame propogation.Engines. R.TEXT BOOKS 1. 2. 4.I. 5.Stationery . House. HVAC . Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning – Arora.Domkundwar 6. Variable specific heat and its effect on Air Standard Cycles.crank angle diagram.C. Dhanpat Rai 3.Ballney .C. Electronic Ignition Systems delay. types of combustion chambers. Anant Narayanan .Engines. New Age Internl. Urasia Pub. Comparative study of Two stroke and Four stroke engines. Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Manohar Prasad. Tata McGraw Hill. Gupta.C. Ignition System – Battery and Magnetic Ignition Systems.C. Manuals of present day vehicles) 4. Wiley 2. Fuel Air Cycles. Different methods of Scavenging and scavenging blowers. 5. Automotive . various systems of actual Carburetor. S. Khanna 3.I. Carburetion.C. and marine engines. C. Comustion Ignition. 4. detonation. MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. Tata McGraw Hill 2. Types of engines. Assignments 2. Laboratory Experiments 3. Engines. REFERENCES 1.Tables & Charts .Dossat. Actual cycles.C.A. Basic R. Refrigeration & Air-Conditioning Khurmi. factors affecting combustion & detonation. Air standard cycles(Revision of Otta Dual & Diesel Cycle. Cycle Analysis of I.A.Tables & Charts Manohar Prasad. Types of Carburetors (refer mfg.Theory of Carburetion. 3.Internal Combustion Engines 1. Classification of I.A. Simple carburetor. 1 . Domkundwar.Mcquiston Parkeretal. Refrigerration & Air-conditioning .

C. 7. 12.Air. Types of lubricants used in I. Pressure –Crank angle diagram. individual pump.Engines. Method of determining indicated power of the engine.Engines Physical and Chemical properties of fuels. Engine Cooling Systems of Cooling. 15. High pressure fuel injection pump. Types of Lubrication Systems.Cetane No.Engines(Only introduction). 6. Necessity of Governor in Diesel engines. 13.C.I. Non-Conventional fuels for I. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS: 1. Factors affecting combustion and knocking. SAE Ratings of Lubnricants.Mathur and Sharma 1 . Fuels of I.Engines Effect of load and speed on mechanical. Determination of Octane and Cetane Nos. Water. Air/Fuel Ratio Revision Air Pollution due to engine exhaust.C.I. 8. Pollution control devices and EURO standards/Bharat Standards. Limit of Supercharging / Turbo charging 9. Stages of combustion.Octane No. Recent Developments in I. Types of combustion chambers. BMEP and Brake specific fuel consumption Heat balance test. Internal Combustion Engine.C. Knocking. General arrangements.I. Methods of Supercharging / Turbocharging Types of Superchargers / Turbochargers. Type of Nozzles.C. Introduction to CNG. 11. Rating of Fuels. LPG. Common rail.Engines. Air Pollution due to I. distributor and unit injector systems. indicated. Performance Characteristics of S. Combustion: Combustion phenomenon in C. Stratified Charge and Wankel engines. Supercharging/Turbo charging: Objectives of Supercharging /Turbo charging Effect of Supercharging / Turbo charging on power output & efficiency of engine. & C. Types of fuel injection systems viz.Engines. 10.Requirement of Fuel Injection Systems. Properties of Lubricants.& Performance No.Engines. delay period. brake thermal & volumetric efficiencies. 14.cooling . Engine Lubrication.

Basic principles of Machine Design. Design methods.E. 5.John B. Fatigue failure 8. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST Course Title :. knuckle joint.L.M.V. 3. 2. Bolted and Welded joints concentric and eccentric loading.L.2.-Morse 6. 3. Internal Combustion Engines Gills ands Smith 4. Internal Combustion Engines: Richard stone.gate mechanism 4. Internal Combustion Engines-Taylor 8. toggle screw jack.estimation of endurance limit. 12.Palgrave publications 2. Design stresses. TERM WORK 1. Asthetic and Ergonomics considerations in design. Design against fluctuating Load 6. 3. Endurance limit.Design of Machine Elements I Introduction 1. I.S. REFERENCES 1. types of fits.Behohar. Press fitted connections. 3. Internal Combustion Engines. 5.codes Preferred Series and Numbers. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals. Design for finite and infinite life. strap end connecting rod. Power Plant Engineering. Internal Combustion Engines. selection of fits Design consideration of casting and forging. Variable stresses. Design against static loads / Elements like 1. 4.Maleeve 7. fluctuating stresses 7. reversed . Principal Stresses . repeated .E. Manufacturing consideration in design Tolerance . Assignments 2. Factor of safety. 11. Internal Combustion Engine V. Cotter joint. screw presses lock.Ganesan-Tata McGraw Hill.S. Soderberg and Goodman design criteria. Internal Combustion Engines. 2.Heldt. Modes of failures .Obert. 9. Fatigue design under combined stresses. Static and fatigue stress concentration factors.Heywood. 10.P. Internal Combustion Engine. Screw Jack. 1 . Mechanical Engineering Design. Material properties and their uses in design. Theories of failure standards.

Woodroff key 15. Machine Design. shafts (excluding Crank shaft) under static and fatigue criteria. 21. Mechanical Engineering Design. Machine Design –Reshetov-Mir Publication 2. Machine Design. split muff. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER TEST 1 . Assignments 2.E. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.Bhandari. Fundamental of Machine Elements. Laminated Springs. Design of bolted joint20.-McGraw Hill. Helical compression. Design of Pressure Vessels18. 17. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. solid flange. Cylindered pressure vessels with flat and disced heads 19.Shiglay-McGraw Hill. Design of machine elements V. parallel keys.B.An Integrated Approach. Design of keys. Machine Design – Black Adams McGraw Hill 3. 2. 3. Gib-headed key.13. 14. tension springs under static and variable loads. REFERENCES: 1. Design of springs 22.Taper Keys.Pandya Shah-Charotar Publishing 4.Norton-Pearson Education Asia. power distribution. With and Without gaskets under static and fatigue ctriteria. Jaconson. Design of Couplings 16.Robert L. TERM WORK 1. flexible bush coupling.Hawrock.J. Muff. Design of shaft-power transmitting.

Bernard and Drucker. Management – a global perspective. Contributions of Taylor. 3. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. 1993 REFERENCES 2. 1977.its nature and objectives. techniques.its nature. Cases in management. management development. Fayol Gilbreth. decentralization. F. 6. H.Course Title:. Weihrich & H. language planning. 2. Organising . management synthesis. McGraw Hill. motivation and communication. TERM WORK 1. Koontz. Tata McGraw Hill. Management – Daft. 4. Leading and directing – leadership. management by objectives (MBO) and making planning effective. appraisal. The growth of management as a science. The functions of a manager. Laboratory Experiments 1 . Thomson Learning. 3.Principles of Management 1.Massie. 7. Controlling . Staffing – selection and recruitment. types of plans. Planning . Assignments 2.A. 5.departmentalization.

Interface . Horstmann. control structures. interoperability. event handling 7. Object orientation 2. June 1999. Herbert Schildt. Rick Catell.JAVA & Applications . Core Java 2: Volume I. AWT. Programming with JAVA. Gary Cornell. applets for E-transactions Servelets for ERP practices 1 . Tata McGRAWHill. The Complete Reference. Inc. Servelets TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES 1. Contemporary software paradigms-Platform independence. Maydene Fisher. Visibility control and Inheritance in Java 4. Multi threading 5. XML. Universal Data Access for the Java 2 Platform written by Seth White. Byte Code. Fifth Edition. vectors 3. scalability. New Delhi TERM WORK Java Programs for the following 1. Exception Handling in Java 6. and Mark Hapner. Applet programming 9. Java Data Base connectivity(JDBC) 8. Published by Addison Wesley Longman. Cay S. User interface.Course Title:. 3. Data types. Inventory control 5. Forecasting techniques 2. Tata McGRAW-Hill. PERT and CPM Techniques 6. Java Virtual Machine. simplex method 4. Graham Hamilton. Arrays. 1. Sequencing problems 3. Fundamentals. Statistical Quality Control Techniques 7. Packages. portability. New Delhi 4. HTML. PHI 2. JAVA 2. E Balagurusamy 2nd Edition. Swing.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING V J Technological Institute, Matunga, Mumbai 400019. B.TECH. (MECHANICAL) PROGRAMME: 102: B.TECH. ( MECHANICAL)

Class

: Final Year B. Tech. (Mechanical)

Semester : VII
S r. N o. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 4 3 3 3 3 3

302212 Design of Machine Elements 302240 Mechatronics 302250 Finite Element Method 302260 Manufacturing Planning & Control 302270 E Commerce and Engineering Economics Elective -I TOTAL

4 3 3 3 2 4 1 9

1 1 2 1 1 2 8

5 4 5 4 3 6 2 7

9 7 8 7 5 10 46

ES E 70 70 70 70 70 70

Semester : VIII
S r. N o. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 10 15 15 8 8 10 10 46 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 3 3 3 3

302280 Design of Machine Systems 302290 Power Plant Engg. 302300 Industrial Engg and ERP 302310 Cad/CAM Elective- II TOTAL

4 3 3 4 4 1 8

2 2 1 2 2 8

6 5 4 6 6 2 6

ES E 70 70 70 70 70

1

Project: Sr. Course No. Code Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theo ry) Hrs 1 402900 Project 8 See note below ● The project is evaluated in two stages. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. • The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative, interest, effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. • The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. • The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. • The project shall carry 08 credits. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. LIST OF ELECTIVES 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 402011 402020 402030 402040 402012 402050 402060 402070 402080 402090 402100 402110 402120 402130 402140 402150 402160 Automobile Engg. I Total Quality Management Welding Engineering Alternative Energy Sources Automobile Engineering II Advanced Finite Element Method Optimisation Business Process Reengineering Supply Chain Management Kinematics Synthesis of Linkages Industrial Robotics Croyogenic Engineering Enterprise Networking and Internet Computer Integrated Manufacturing Nondestructive Testing Dynamics System ,Modelling and Analysis Inventory Management and Controlled Systems 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Course Title L P T

2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 10

1

Class: Final Year B. Tech. (Mechanical) Semester: VII Sr. Course No. Code 1 Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MST ESE 4 1 5 9 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 4

302212 Design of Machine Elements II DETAILED SYLLABUS

I.

1. Design of Gears Spur, Helical, Bevel & Worm Gears 2. Design of Flexible curvature drive Flat belt, V-belt, Chain drive 3. Design of Friction clutches Single plate clutch, Multiple plate clutch, Cone clutch 4. Design of Brakes Shoe brakes, Bevel brakes 5. Design of Cam mechanism Radial translating roller follower 6. Design of Flywheel Disc flywheel, Rimmed flywheel

7. Bearings 7.1. Design of Sliding contact bearing 7.2. Selection of Rolling contact bearing 8. System Engineering Analysis to generate the data for design of system components

1

II.    

TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES Design of m/c elements Machine Design Design of Machine element Design Data Book Spott Norton Bhandari PSG Data Book

III. • •

TERM WORK Assignment Detail design & drawing of one unit

IV.

MID SEMESTER EXAM

S r. N o. 2

Course Code 30224 0 I.

Course Title

L P T C r 3 1 4 7

Mechatronics

Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15

ESE 70

ESE (Theor y) Hours 3

DETAILED SYLLABUS

1. Introduction to Mechatronics, Definition of Mechatronics, Mechatronics in factory, office and home automation. 2. Overview of Microprocessors, Micro controllers and microcomputer systems, Hardware and software, Assembly level and higher level programming. 3. Introduction to microprocessor architecture of 8085 A: Data and Address Bus, Register Array, Instruction Register and Decoder, Timing and Control Unit, ALU, Serial I/O & Interrupt Controller, Stack and Stack Pointer Register. 4. Single Chip Micro Computers and Microcontrollers and their applications. 5. Microprocessor Programming: Review of Number Systems, Instruction types, addressing modes, instruction format, instruction timings and operations, 8085 Instruction Set and its basic instructions. 6. Programming techniques with additional instructions, Counter and time delays, branching looping and indexing, stack and subroutines.

1

7. Interfacing of peripheral devices. Interfacing of Key boards, Output devices, Memory, 8255A Peripheral I/O, 8253 Programmable Interval Timer, 8257 DMA Controller. 8. Data Converters: ADC, DAC and Interfacing of Data Converters. 9. Electrical drives and actuators, Relays , Servo motors, Stepper motors etc. 10. Electro pneumatic and Electro Hydraulic Systems and their applications in industry and low cost automation. Graphical symbols used in pneumatics and hydraulics, Control Valves and Actuators, Pneumatic/ electro pneumatic circuits for cascading of linear acuators,etc. 11. PLC : Functional block Diagram, Applications and Programming, Ladder diagrams. 12. Computer Controls in Manufacturing, Adaptive Controls. 13. Case studies involving Machine Tools and Automation II. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES

TEXT BOOKS

1. Microprocessor Architecture, Programming and Applications with 8085. By R.S.Gaonkar 2. Assembly Language Programming: By L.A. Laventhal 3. Mechatronics: By HMT 4. Mechatronics. By W. Bolton 5. Pneumatic Circuits and Low Cost Automation: By Fawcett J.R. 6. Engineering Applications of Pneumatics & Hydraulics: By Ian C Turner 7. Automation, Production Systems and CIM. By Mikell P Groovar. 8. Industrial Pneumatic Controls: By Z.J Lansky, Lawrence F Schrader, JR. 9. Mechatronics System Design : By Shetty and Kolk.

1

REFERENCES 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. III. Computer graphics- Hearn & Baker Computer graphics- Foley Van Dam Mathematical elements for computer graphics - Roger & adams Procedural Elements for computer graphics- Roger. M/c Tool Design - N.K.Mehta. N/C of M/C tools –Koren. TERM WORK

Assignment Laboratory Experiments

IV.

MID SEMESTER EXAM

S Course r. Code N o. 3 30225 0

Course Title

L P T C r 3 2 5 8

Finite Element Method

Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15

ESE 70

ESE (Theory ) Hours 3

I. SYLLABUS :
Introductory Concepts : Introduction to FEM. Brief History. General FEM procedure. Applications of FEM in various fields. Advantages and disadvantages of FEM. 2. A. Differential Equations in different fields : Types of Differential Equations. Primary and Secondary Variables and types of Boundary Conditions. Matrix Algebra : Matrix operations, Gauss Elimination Method to get inverse of a Matrix, Partitioning of Matrix. Method of Elimination & Penalty Approach. Finite Difference Method : To solve 1st and 2nd order differential equations. FEM Procedure : A. Terminology : Element, types of elements, order of the element, internal and external node/s, degree of freedom, primary and secondary variables, essential boundary conditions, natural boundary conditions, homogeneous and nonhomogeneous boundary conditions, discretization, band-width, topology etc. B. General Procedure : Pre-processing, Processing and Post-processing. C. Element Matrix Equations for linear element: For various fields of Engineering. Significance of various terms, consistent units.

1

Direct Application of Element Matrix Equations (linear element) to one – dimensional problems in various Fields like : Solid Mechanics : Analysis of Stepped and Taper Bars in Horizontal and Vertical position. Structural and Thermal Effects. Mechanical Engineering: Springs, Spring-Cart systems. Torsion. Thermal Engineering : Conduction, Conduction and Convection-Fins. Fluid Flows : Fluid Network. Electrical Engineering : Electrical Circuits Diffusion : Through porous media. 4. Weighted Residual Method : To evaluate Matrix Equations by Non-weak form Type : Sub-domain Method, Galerkin Method. B. Weak form Type : Rayleigh-Ritz Method (mapped over a general linear element). Use of Lagrange’s linear shape functions and interpolation function. Numerical Integration : Newton-Cotes Method. Cartesian Co-ordinate system. Error Analysis : Sources of Error. Measures to be taken for reduction in Error II. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS Sr. no. 1 2 3 Title Finite Element Method Author Reddy J. N. Publisher McGRAWHILL Prentice Hall

Introduction to FEM in Engineering Chandrupatla, Belugundu Finite Element Method REFERENCES: Fagan

Sr. no. 1 2 3 4

Title FEM in Engg. Applied FEA FEA for undergraduates Textbook of FEAnalysis

Author Rao S. S. Segerlind Akin J. Ed P.Seshu

Publisher Pergamon Press John Wiley Academic Press Prentice Hall

1

II.

TERMWORK At least one assignment on each sub-topic. Demonstration of a FEM package : I-DEAS Master Series or ANSYS OR SOLIDWORKS -- to cover tasks like a simple Model-preparation, Mesh generation, Simulation, Postprocessing. A brief report writing is to be submitted.

IV. MID SEMESTER EXAM

Sr . N o. 4

Course Code 30226 0

Course Title

L P T C r 3 1 4

Evaluation Weightage TWA MST 15 15

Manufacturing Planning And Control

7

ESE (Theory ESE ) Hours 70 3

I.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

1. Manufacturing planning and control
MPC System, Framework, Objectives, Functions, Functional Relationship Input/Output, Payoffs, Customer Expectations, Manufacturing Improvement Plant, Production/Logistics processes, Material Flow, Management Problems. Decision Making Techniques and Supporting Database. Matching the MPC system with the needs of Firm. Requirements of Effective MPC systems. Performance Indices.

2. Material Requirements planning
MRP Requirements, Aims, Structure, Inputs Linkage with other MPC functions, MRP & MRP II. Record Processing. The Basic MRP Record, Linking the MRP Records, Technical issues. Lot Sizing, Safety Stock and Safety Lead. Time, Low Level Coding, Pegging, Firm Planned Order Releases Using the MRP System. The MRP Planner, Bottom-Up Replanning. An MRP Output. The MRP Database.

3. Master Production Scheduling Basic concepts, Purpose, Manufacturing Environment, Technique, Process of setting up and running MPS. Managing Demand, Time Fencing Stability, Rough Cut Planning, MPS Format and Logic, Managing MPS.

1

4. Capacity Planning The Roll of Capacity Planning in MPC System, Hierarchy of capacity Planning, Decisions Links to Other Systems Modules, Capacity Planning & Control Techniques, Capacity Planning using Overall Factors (CPOF). Capacity Requirements. Planning (CRP). Input/Output Control Capacity Management. Capacity Planning in MPC System. Choosing the Measures of capacity. Data Base Requirements. 5. Shop-Floor Control Framework for Shop-floor Control MPC System Linkages. The Company Environment Shop Floor Control Techniques, Basic Shop-Floor Control Concepts, Priority Sequencing Rules. Finite Loading Using the Shop Floor Control System. Matching the SFC System to the Company, Performance Measurement and Lead Time Management. 6. Purchasing Purchasing in Manufacturing Planning and Control, Breadth of the Purchasing Function. The MPC Focus. Vender relationship, Quantity Planning, Price planning, Vendor Scheduling, Uncertainty Protection, Quality Improvement Programs, Purchasing Systems and Data Base. The Procurement Functions. The Data Base, Vender Performance, Electronic Interchange (EDI), Organizational Change. 7. Just-In-Time JIT in manufacturing and Control, Major Elements of Just-in-Time. The impact of JIT on Manufacturing Planning and Control, The Hidden Factory JIT Corner stones and the Linkage to MPC. A JIT Example, Product Design Process Design, Bill of Material implications. JIT Applications. 8. Production Planning Production Planning infirm, Production Planning and Management. S.O.P. Production Planning and MPC Systems Payoffs, Routinizing Production and Game Planning, The Basic Trade-Offs, Evaluating Alternatives, Top Management Role, Functional Roles, Integrating Strategic Planning. Controlling the Production Plan, Operating Production –Planning System. 9. Demand Management Demand Management in Manufacturing Planning and Control Systems, Demand Management and Production Planning, Demand Management and Master Production Scheduling Outbound Product Flow, Data Capture, Dealing with Day-to-Day Customer Order. Demand Management Techniques, Aggregating and Disaggregating Forecasts, Make-to-Stock, Demand Management, Assemble ro Order Demand Management, Managing Demand, Organizing for Demand Management, Managing Service Levels.

1

10. Advance Concepts in Material Requirements planning Determination of Manufacturing order Quantities, Economic Order Quantities (EOQ). Periodic Order Quantities (POQ). Part Period Balancing (PPB). Determination of Purchase Order Quantities, The Purchasing Discount problem, Look Ahead Failure, Performance Comparisons, Buffering concepts, Concepts of Uncertainty, Safety Stock and Safety Lead Performance Comparisons Nervousness Sources of MRP System Nervousness. Reducing System Nervousness. 11. Advance Concepts in Scheduling A Scheduling Framework, Performance Criteria Shop Structure, Product Structure, Wok Center Capacities, Basic Scheduling Research, Static Scheduling Approaches Johnson’s Rule, The One Machine case, The Two Machine case, Assignment Models, Scheduling Priority Rules.

12. Forecasting Types, Steps, Techniques, Approaches-Moving Averages, Weighed averages, Regression Analysis, Exponential smoothening Models, Trend Projection, Casual Role of Computers in Forecasting. 13. Project Scheduling Network Design, Gantt Charts, Framework of PERT and CPM Project planning Scheduling and Monitoring through Network Control, Probability aspects 14. MPC Developments Supply Chain Development framework, Competitive drivers/challenges, cross firm MPC Design. II . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES

 TEXT BOOKS 1. Manufacturing Planning & Controls systems Thomas E.Vollman William l Berry and others Galgotia publications/T.M.H 2. Productions and Operations Management - S.N.Chary T.M.H. Publishing Company. 3. Operations Management -Joseph G. Monks, Schaum’s outline Series.  REFERENCES • • Production and Operations Management strategies and Tactics by Jay Heizer & Barry Render, Prentice Hall Material Requirement Planning by Orlicky J McGraw Hill.

1

• • • • • III.

Operations Management Problems &models by E.S.Buffa, JOHN Wiley. Introduction to Materials management by J.R.Tony and others Pearson education. Production- Inventory systems Planning & Control by Buffa E.F. and J.G. Miller. Operations Research by Hamdy H.Taha. Quantitative Techniques for managerial Decisions by L.C. Jhamb Everest Publishing House.

TERM WORK

The term work shall comprise of at least ten class assignments (problems or Class Studies) covering different topics of the syllabus & one seminar presentation report IV. MID SEMESTER EXAM Course Title L P T C r 2 1 3 5 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE (Theory ) Hours 3

Sr Course . Code N o. 5 30227 0

ESE 70

E Commerce & Engineering Economics I.

DETAILED SYLLABUS

Emergence of commerce Virtualization, globalization and intellectualization exploiting technology change. A generic business model for e-commerce; Local business drive, business map; b 2 b, b 2 c, e-commerce roles. E Commerce Application areas Retail, auctions and advice, procurement, inventory exchange and real time collaboration. Open issues Legal, technical, market issues. Engineering economics and decision-making. Demand, supply and market equiibrium. Elasticity of demand. Alternative investment decision techniques. Payback time, rate of return, net present value, DCF rate of return and annual worth methods. Replacement decisions. Depreciatio

1

Engineering Economy III.Tata McGrow Hill 2001 3. E-Commerce - Schneider & Perry. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES  TEXT BOOKS 1. Assignment Laboratory Experiments TERM WORK - D Garmo & Canada IV.Total Quality Management Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE 70 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 1 . The business of E-commerce 2. MID SEMESTER EXAM S r. Engineering Economy - Paul May James Riggs  REFERENCES 1.II. Electronic commerce 2. Thomson 2002 David Whitley. N o. 6 Course Code - Course Title L P T C r 4 2 6 1 0 Elective .

Design review and SWOT analysis. Deming wheel. Quality circles-roll. 3. quality related task. Failure Mode and Effect analysis (FMECA). 6. Solving ( PDCA ) . Stratification. Organization structure. redressal.. Cost of quality – Prevention.M. assessment. 2. methods and approaches motivation and performance appraisal. development managing vendor quality. Quality . service quality and benchmarking.Relations. failure aspects of quality. Customer focus. J. 1 . examples . characteristics. Reliability and Maintainability Study. cost reduction program and optimum cost. design review. maintainability and safety in design. Taguchi Methods.Statistical quality control tools.Quality of design and quality of conformance. T. certification and Quality Assurance. Systematic problem . Management commitement . goals. SQC . Continuous improvement . managers for quality.Data collection. failure mode and fault tree analysis. Quality culture. design.T. 12.Customer relation and satisfaction. organization. leadership concepts. 9. 5. inspection of quality. Control charts. . TQM . product standard and requirements. Systematic Problem Solving. Networks. pillar customer focus ..P. Poka-Yoke. evaluating design by test. appraisal.V.Philosophy.. company wide quality control. quality of process. and process and product audit. conformance. TQC. conducting TQM audits.F. product safety. 7. Graphs and histograms. role of senior Management . vision and mission . Scatter diagrams. Vendor. quality statement . reliability.. Organization of Quality . cuatomer complaints. Cause and effect diagram. product knowledge. Kaizen.Manual and form design for quality assurance. supervisors. Quality control. 8. Q. 10. Experimental design.Def. performance indices. quality audit. system. TQM Tools and Techniques. Quality Policy And Objectives – Need for Quality Policies .C. Designing for Quality.I. Pareto diagram.Steering committee. quality objectives . Training for Quality-Training of workers.Def. Flow charts and Flow diagrams. consolidation and analysis. checksheets and ckechlist. testing hypothesis. conformance to specifications. rating. Quality audit. Total participation . Continuous Improvement Cycle – PDCA. S. performance measures. objectives and benefits.D>. 4. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. reliability. 11.P.

DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 . REFERENCES 1. 2.SundraRaju – Tata McGraw Hill Pub.4 Two Wheel Drive and four wheel drive Transmission 1 . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Sundra Raju – Tata McGraw Hill Pub.C.S>ChitaleKhanna Pub . MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr Course . • TERM WORK Assignment The term work should consist of atleast 10 assignment based on above topics and one Seminar Presentation Report.) IX. Quality Planning Management by M. AUTOMOBILE TRANSMISSION 1. • Laboratory Experiments VIII. Quality assurance and Total quality Management by K. 2.3 Power Transmission to Wheels 1. Total Quality Managemnt by M. Feigenbaum. Total Quality Control by Armand V. VII. Code N o.1 Function of Transmission 1. Jain and A. 6 Course Title L P T C r 4 2 5 8 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 ESE 70 Elective (Automobile Engg.2 Types of Transmission 1.VI.

1 Necessity and requirement of Clutch 2. Necessity of differential Conventional and non – slip differential. Types of wheels.9 4. 3. Sliding mesh. Diaphragm Clutch..5 Power.3 Tractive force (effort) 3.2 6. rolling and gradient resistance. CLUTCHES 2. Constant velocity joints.2 Total Resistance – Vehicle speed curves for different gradient.5 4. 4.7 4. Types of gearboxes. Borg and Beck Clutch.5 Fluid Flywheel 2. Clutch Facing 2. 1 . Torque tube drive.1 5.3 4. three quarter and fully floating axles.3 Single Plate clutch. Three element and five element torque converter. 3.8 4.2. WHEEL AND TYRES Requirement of wheel and tyres.10 5.6 4. Types of live axles. Semi. spiral bevel. Parts of tyre.7 Clutch Overhaul and trouble shooting 3. acceleration and grad ability calculation. Hypoid and worm and worm wheel drive. 4. GEAR BOX Necessity of gearbox. 7.2 4. Gear selector Mechanism Epicyclic Gearbox Wilson Gear box. VECHILE PERFORMANCE 3. Hotchkiss drive. Centrifugal Clutch 2.1 4.4 4. Air. REAR AXLE AND DIFFERENTIAL Final drive. straight bevel.4 Cone Clutch.1 Resistance to motion of vehicle.2 Types Of Clutches 2. 5.4 Tractive Force – Vehicle Speed Curves for different gear ratios. Borg – warner automatic gear box Over drive Design of gear box PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINT Types of construction of propeller shaft Types of universal joints. Different Lock. 3.6 Clutch Plate . Multi Plate clutch 2. Radius rods. constant mesh gear box. Synchromesh devices synchromesh gearbox.

Compression spring bendix drive overrunning clutch drive. charging testing and maintenances of lead acid battery.B. ply-ellipsoidal. LIGHTING Lighting system wiring circuit. semifocal. Rating. Requirement of starting system. Zink air battery. Steeds. ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS Purpose of battery types of batteries. Speedometer.B. Accessories: Electric horn. 8. REFERENCES 1. 3. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. automotive Mechanics – 4th edition Joseaph Heitner 3. Automobile Engineering VOL-I . Factor affecting tyre life.Gupta Automobile Engineering-2nd edition –K. Alternator. breakdown and corrective maintenance Major and minor overhaul.K/ Ramlingam . VECHILE MAINTENANCE Preventive . oil pressure etc. Transaction of society of Automotive engineers vol.Cross ply. Head lamps: Construction and types setting and control. bifocal. Kripal Singth Automobile Engineering 2nd – edition – R. 2. Lead acid. 8th edition – Dr. wind screen wipers. Reflector. 2. flashing indicators. radial ply and bolted bias ply tyres. temperature. Dynamo operation. 1 to 6 1 . Standard bendix drive. Cut out combined current and voltage regulator. parabolic. 9. Gauges: Fuel. Motor vehicle – 4th editions – Newton.2nd edition – R. Direction indicators. Lighting switches.II . Chassis lubrication X. Tyre designations. 4. Starter motor solenoids and switches. Gupta . construction and working. Alkaline. VOL. Automobile Engineering.

brazing fluxes. 6) Study of wheel and tyres. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Solders and Soldering Welding characteristics. 1 . 4) Study of propeller shaft and universal joints. Soldering iron. Removal and fitting of axle shafts. Brazing Metallurgical aspect of brazing. capillary attraction. special technique. method of heating. 7) Study of electrical system. thermal free solder. Design of joint. Calculation of gear box gear ratios. salt bath brazing. Designing the solder joint. 8) Study of lighting system. and foreign materials in the solders alloy. metallurgy of solders. Disassembly and assembly of clutch. 5) Study of rear axle and differential. furnace brazing. and low temperature soldering. N o. 2. expanding type solders. MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr . silver solders. brazing solders. bond formation.TERM WORK • Assignment 1) Study of automobile Transmission 2) Study of clutch 3) Study of gear boxes. Testing of battery. 6 Course Code Course Title L P T C r 4 2 6 1 0 Welding Engineering Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 15 15 ESE 70 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 XII. 9) Study of vehicle mainainance. • Laboratory Experiments 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) XI. 10) Problems on vehicle performance. Resistance brazing. Removal and fitting of wheel and tyres.

expansion. bronze welding. austenite manganese steels. tool steels. basic hard facing procedure. basic treatment of welding 10. bronzes.3. Weldability of steels Plain carbon steels. 1 . cracking of welds. Metallurgical concept of weldability Temperature changes in welding. 5. methods of welding. 8. Weldability of aluminums and alloys Metallurgical behavior during welding. Design and fabrication Design for welding–types of welded joints. medium carbon steel. phosphorous bronzes. 6. stainless steels. layer sequence. contraction and residual stresses in welded structure. Principles of welding fixture design. high carbon steels. laser welding. concept of weldability& carbon equivalent. under water welding. and selection of cast iron. Weldability of cast iron & steels Gray cast iron. welding metallurgy of dissimilar metals. aluminum bronze. 7. spheroidal graphite cast iron. preparing for hard facing. Wedability copper & alloys Copper alloys. choice of methods. deposition rates. stress distribution. 4. plasma arc welding.mild steels. hard facing metallurgy. welding rods & welding methods. malleable cast iron. weldability testing. electrodes & methods of welding. and heat treatments of welds. Hard facing Types of wear. spray hard facing. welding of dissimilar metal joints on copper & copper alloys. 9. 11. high alloy steels. Special welding processes Electron beam welding.

Welding design and process 3.12. Hilton and Richard Chapman & Hall Pub. 2. XIV. George Newnes. Welding Engineers Hand Book Oates J. XIII. 1 . Welding and welding technology 2. Welding Hand Book Vol-V-American Welding Society. properties and electrode selection. Richard L. fluxes. Tata McGraw Hill Pub. Gupta & Kaushik. TERM WORK • Assignment Atleast 10 Assignments on the topics based on the above syllabus. Little. MID SEMESTER EXAM XV. Indian standards for welding electrodes. Welding engineering REFERENCES 1. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.A.

1 Centrifugal Pump 2.2 Trolley Traveling Mechanism 1.2 Gear Pump 3. Tech. Code N o.Class : Final Year B. Power Hydraulic . EOT Cranes 1. D.Kaimovich 7. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. ( Mechanical ) Semester : VIII Sr Course . Hydraulic Controls in Machine Tool. 1 30228 0 Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TW MST A 4 2 6 10 15 15 ESE (Theor ESE y) Hours 70 3 Design Of Mechanical Systems XVI. Stringer (Macmillan London) 6. 4.Pneumatic Circuits 4. Manual published By Sperry Virkers Ltd. Publication) 5. Material Handling Equipment . Goodwin (B.1 Hoisting Mechanism 1. 1 . TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS REFERENCES 1.Spivakosky & Dyachkov (Mir Publication Moscow) 4. Conveyors Design of Belt Conveyors 4.2 Determination of Specifications and selection of components for given application XVII. Conveying Machines .1Study Of Construction and Working of Components used in power hydraulic and pneumatic circuits.A. Pumps 2. Hydraulic System Analysis .3 Bridge Traveling Mechanism 2.J.Alexandrove (Mir Publication Moscow) 3. Hydraulic. B.Rudenko (Mir Publication Moscow) 2. Mechanical Handling Equipments . H.

water wall.7 2. 2 2.8 ECONOMICES OF POWER PLANT.4 Methods of controlling nitrogen oxides. Load sharing .6 2. Load cueve .1 2.Fixed cost. 1. Bubbling and circulating fluidized bed boiler. Cost of electrical energy. No Course Code Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weight T W A 15 MS ES T E 15 70 15 70 ESE (Theory Hours) 2 302290 Power Plant Engineerin g 3 2 5 8 3 I DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 MODERN THERMAL POWER PLANT 1. Effect of fluctuating Load on operation and design of power plant. Base load plant .Peak load plant.3 2.2 Steam drum .5 Regimes of fluidized bed combustion. Load factor.etc. Pressurized fluidized bed boiler.4 2.capacity factor Diversity factor. TERM WORK • • Assignment Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM Sr.Methods of meeting fluctuating load.3 Drum Level control. Design Data Book PSG Design Data Book XVIII. Steam pressure control. 1.2 2. Selection of generating equipment. 1. Tarrif methods Performance and operating characterstic of power plant.demand factor . Steam temperature control.1 Layout of modern high pressure Water Tube boiler and Power Plant.8.5 2. 1. IS: 807 IS: 3443 IS: 3777 IS: 3815 IS: 3973 9. 1 .Operating cost. IS Nos.Load duration curve.

surge tank.Rajput.1st Edition. Power plant engineering.Half time.6 4.Arora.1 4. P.Domkundwar .10 Fuel.12 Performance of gas turbine power plant 2.14 Gas turbine combustion chamber.Heavy water CANDU reactor.Run off and its measurement. Power plant engineering.1 3.3 4. 2.5 4.8 4 4.P. 2.lubrication and starting system of diesel power plant. Thermal pollution and its control.cooling. parallal flow gas turbine plant. HYDRO POWER PLANT.7 3.4 3. Gas cooled reactor. 3 3.3 3. Selection of water turbine. II TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS: TITLE 1. Power plant engineering.Flow duration curve. Reactor control. Classification of Hydro plants.2 4. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT OF POWER PLANT. Rainfall .2 3.13 Series flow. sharma. Hydrograph.4 4. Harmfull effects of power plant pollutants.5 3.Run of river plant.15 Free piston engine plant. Air pollution and its control.3 5. Mass curve and reservoire storage capacity. Nuclear reactor. Pressurised water reactor. Boiling water reactor.C.1st Edition.5 NUCLEAR POWER PLANT.K. Disposal of nuclear waste. 2. Liquid metal fast breeder reactor. 2. Essential feature of hydro plant Pumped storage plant. Types of nuclear reactions.Storage river plant.7 4.2nd Edition. Nuclear materials.11 Cycles of gas turbine power plant.16 Combined gas turbine-stem turbine plant. 5.3rd Edition Morse.DESIEL AND GAS TURBINE POWER PLANT.1 5. 3.acid rain.9 General layout of desiel power plant.2nd Edition . 1 .6 3. 2. 2.2 5. Green house effect. 2. 4. 2.Nag. 2.17 Repowering. Radioactive decay . Power plant engineering.4 5.8 5 5. Power plant engineering.

ME.S. 4 A. Identification of different types of manufacturing systems (Mass. Plant efficiency test on turbine. ORGANISATION STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOUR 1 .El-Wakil.Thomson. 6.2nd Edition-P. DETAILED SYLLABUS PART I INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 1. N o. Study of feed water treatment. Feature.Journal of Engineering for Power. 2 Power plant theory and design.E Journal of Engineering for gas turbine. Numerical problems on economics of power plant.INTRODUCTION System approach in manufacturing organization. Study of nuclear power plant. Study of hydro power plant.REFERENCES 1 Power plant engineering.M. Study of power plant pollution and control. 9. Study of diesel and Gas turbine power plant.1 . 3. 5 A. 5.J. • Labrotary Experiments 1. 7. IV MID SEMISTER TEST S r. 2. Study of coal handling and firing. 4.2. 3 The elements of nuclear power -2nd edition –Bennat. Study of ash handling system. III TERM WORK • Assignments 1 study of Modern thermal power plant.SM.plotter. 8. Job and Continuous) 1. Batch. 3 Course Code 30230 0 Course Title L P T C r 3 3 6 Evaluation Weightage TWA MS T 30 ESE (Theor y) Hours 3 ESE 70 Industrial Engineering & ERP I.2nd Edition –M.

Span of control . RQL. Recent developments (Lean .Recording time study data. cellular/group) Techniques for layout design for process ad product layouts. Work measurements . Method study : Definition. Safety . Standard time. Central limit theorem. Organization for Quality . 1. AOQL.Process chart symbol. Control chart for number of defectives(np). trial control limits.Different rating practices . Location of facilities.3 PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT Production. ATI.Selection of operator. Theories of motivation and leadership) 1. METHODS ENGINEERING & ERGONOMICS Definition and Objectives . Different types of allowances. Control chart techniques: Quality characteristics. Responsibility .Objectives and basic procedure. Total work content – in.Process chart for assemblies. Man machine chart. state of control. producers and consumers risk. Cost of Quality . Safety devices . double. Control charts of attributes:. Significance and procedures of work measurement . Out of control conditions. planning & control – Definitions and objectives.5 FACILITIES PLANNING Types of layout. Total quality management – Policies and objectives . Different timing method. Lighting. Physical environment. AQL.Definition . Inventory control – Deterministic models. AOQ.effective time method of their reduction. Line. Design of Work Place. Occupational health and hazards . Designing for quality . Process. Work content – Basic work content. Fatigue.Different techniques used in method improvement. Functional matrix relationship . range and standard deviation chart. Maynard operation sequencing training (MOST) .ASN. multiple and sequential plans. Normal time. Multiple activity chart. Authority delegation .Process chart for operator or material process chart. network .Control chart for fraction defectives(p). Hierarchy . 1 . Quality systems & Standards. Control for number of defects ( c). Control chart for number of defect per unit (u) . Ergonomics .Control chart for variables -Concepts of variation. SBU’S). Virtual . (Product. Industrial psychology. Assembly line balancing – Numerical problems. Types .analysis and critical examination of operations and development of improved methods. Break-up of an operation in to elements. Techniques of time study: Steps in making a time study . Acceptance Sampling : single. Need .Form used . 1. Ventilation. Use of micro motion and memotion study . Flow diagram. revised control limits of mean. statistical Quality Control .4 WORK STUDY. Sound.

Lean manufacturing .7 PRODUCT RELIABILITY Introduction . Selection of ERP systems. Manufacturing perspective. Different perspectives of ERP systems. Hazard Rate z( t ) . Tangible and intangible benefits. 1 .2 THE EMERGENCE OF ERP SYSTEMS Salient feature of of ERP systems. Information systems perspective. Agile manufacturing . Causes of failure .4 JUSTIFICATION OF ERP SYSTEMS Cost / Benefit analysis. KANBAN . Phases of failure . Definition .Quality function deployment .6 MODERN DVELOPEMENT IN INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING MRP-I ( Material requirement planning ) . Enterprise Resources Planning – ERP. ERP systems and management perspectives. Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP-II) 2.1. Supply chain Management . MRP-ii ( Manufacturing resources planning ) . Theory of constraints . Failure .3 ERP & SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (SCM) ERP & Business Process Reengineering (BPR) ERP & Integrated Management Systems ERP & Multiplant management ERP & Enterprise Paperless Management 2. JIT . Reliability function Derivation . 1. Push and pull production systems . challenges in their computation & subsequent measurement and associated best practices. BRP ( Business process Re engineering ) . Material requirement planning (MRP) . Measuring of Reliability . Nature of failure . Evolution of ERP. PART II ERP (ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING) 2. 2.1 INTRODUCTION What is ERP? Why ERP system is required? Managing enterprise with ERP – The new paradigm. Reliability & Hazard functions for well known distributions.

Recent trends in ERP II. TQM ( Total Quality Management ) By Besterfield iv. Kenneth M.5 ERP SYSTEM IN INDIA ERP: Perspective of Indian Industries. LangenWalter. Thomson Press v. Business process redesign A View from the inside By Ashley .2.B. Koontz. John R. • IV.Time and Motion study – Ralph M. Lucas Press/ Apics Series on resources management 6. 10th Edition.Total Quality Management – J. • TERM WORK Assignment At least five assignments on concepts. Sham . John D. Gang A. Hurtley .S. ii. Heinz Weihrich. Industrial Engineering & production Management – By Martand Telsang REFERENCES i.Work Study and Ergonomics . E-Business & ERP transforming the Enterprise Grant Norries .Hurley .H. Harold. Dhanpatrao 5. Chase. Business Process reengineering Myths & Realities By Colen Coulsan . Case studies And analysis based on the topics mentioned above. Acquilano & Jacks.Management A Global Perspective .S. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd (international Edition). Barnes 3.D. Oakland 4. . The St.Production and Operation Management. James R.ERP and beyond integrating your entire organization. Bragenza. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd 2.Apple iii. Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM 1 . Andrew Myers ( International Thomson Business Press ) III. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1. Facilities planning By M. Plant Layout .

functions of graphics package. B-rep. Bezier. 4. Hermite. Coons patch. 2. B-spline Curves. bilinear surface. CSG schemes. 3. 2. Macro statement. IGES. CAD/CAM 4.7 Hidden surface elimination: . DNC. CNC.3 2D-3D Transformations. 2.Introduction.9 Graphics standards: .8 Solid Modeling:-Introduction.2 Scan conversion: . computer for design process. Introduction The design process. Groover. Design II. Computer graphics 2. Nc procedure.2 Introduction to NC part programming. CAD/CAM 3. product life cycle & CAD/CAM. Computer graphics 2. Development of computer program for components in mechanical Engg.4 CMM & Rapid Prototyping. graphics devices. circle ellipse.Rao.5 Curves: . 2. 2. Bezier Bspline surfaces. 2. Visibiliti techniques.scan converting line.3 Introduction to computer aided part programming APT language. z-buffer. surface of revolution. non parametric curves. 2. Manual part programming.N. 2.Introduction. solid representation. Code 4 I.Introduction.6 Surfaces: . CAM 3. Nc Co-ordinate system.Sr. Basic components of Nc system. sweep surfaces.DXF.4 2D clipping & viewing:-line clipping. 2. Schaum series Ibrahim Zeid P. TEXT BOOKS & REFERENCES TEXT BOOKS 1.1 Fundamentals of NC. Course No.1 Introduction. CAD/CAM 5. Tape coding and formatting. polygon clipping. 1 . parametric. painters algorithm. 3. 3. Course Title L P T Cr Evaluation Weightage TWA MST ESE 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 302310 CAD / CAM DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. STEP 3.

Procedural Elements for computer graphics.Foley Van Dam 9.Roger.Roger & adams 10. 12. • • IV.Mehta. 11. III. Mathematical elements for computer graphics .REFERENCES 7. M/c Tool Design . TERM WORK Assignment Laboratory Experiments MID SEMESTER EXAM 1 .N. Computer graphics. N/C of M/C tools –Koren.Hearn & Baker 8.K. Computer graphics.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING 1 .

Partitioning of a matrices. Analytical and Milne Thomson method to fmd fez) from its real or imaginary parts. McGraw Hill. equation in polar coordinates. regular function. Expressions (with proofs) for dn i) L{ f f(t)} ii) L{ f(t)/ t} iii) La f( u) du} iv) L {f(t)} dtn Unit step functions. "Laplace transforms". Meerut. Evaluation of inverse Laplace transforms. "Engineering mathematics". T. Shanti narayan. Mapping: Conformal mapping. N. bilinear mapping with geometrical interpretations. Periodic function with period 2 and 21. sinh(at). Shanti narayan. ''Engineering Mathematics". Schaum's outline series. Laplace transform of!. References P. S. Adjoint of a matrix. Griha. linear. shifting properties. Chand Publishing House. Pill. crf(t). A. "Theory of function of complex variable". TMH. "Complex Variable". Matrices Types of matrices. 1988-89. Dirac functions and their Laplace transformation. Even and odd function. S. tn" eat. Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equation with one dependent variable. "Matrices". Reduction to a normal form. McGraw Hill. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. Parseval' s relations.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology Engineering Mathematics III 1 Complex Variables: Function of complex variable. Relation with Laplace transforms. Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. Pune. Wartikar. Wartikar and J. orthogonal trajectories. Heaviside. Krishna Prakasan. "Matrices". cosh(at). Elementary transformations of a matrix. Vasistha. convolution theorem. Inverse of a matrix. A V. Fourier Series and Integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. Continuity (only statement).' Sine and cosine function and their orthogonal properties. Laplace Transforms: Function of bounded variation (statement only). Vol-2. Cauchy Riemann. partial traction method Heaviside development. N. S. Second edition. 1994. derivability of a function analytic. "Element of applied mathematic". their consistency and solution. Fourier series. Laplace transform of periodic function. diricWet's theorem (only statement). Necessary condition for f (z) to be analytic (statement of sufficient conditions). Complex form of Fourier series: Introduction to Fourier integral. Volume I and Volume II. Delhi. Churchil . S. Harmonic function. Half range sine and cosine series. Chand Publishing House. Veerarajan. R. Shastri. Delhi. 2 3 4 5 1 . Tokyo.

Popular 741 op-amp specifications and performance characteristics. Voltage and Current amplification. Ideal op-amp. FET differential amplifier. Zero crossing detector.Name Of Course:. Biasing. Schmitt trigger comparator. Equivalent circuit. Instrumentation amplifier. Phase shift oscillator. Voltage controlled oscillator Comparators and Converters Op-amp used as basic comparator. high pass Butterworth and band pass filter configurations Oscillators and Converters Oscillation principle. CE. Voltage limiter. Frequency response. Successive approximation A-D converter. Operational Amplifier Applications Basic op-amp applications. DC and AC analysis. CC amplifier configurations. Monolithic A-D converters. Principle of switching regulator. Biasing. Compensating networks. FET amplifier configurations Differential Amplifier Introduction.A converter specifications and performance characteristics Voltage Regulators Fixed voltage series regulators. CB. Comparator specifications and performance characteristics. Practical power supply circuits Specialized IC applications 555 timer IC and its use as monostable and astale multivibrator. Wein bridge oscillator. Specifications and performance characteristics 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 . Analysis of integrator and differentiator circuits Active Filters First order and second order low pass. A-D and D. AD808 and 809. Op-amp with negative feedback. PWM IC voltage regulator specifications and performance characteristics. Analog to digital converter and Digital to analog converter principles. Current mirror circuit Operational Amplifier Block diagram representation. Simple remodel. Variable voltage regulator using IC 723. FET principle. AC amplifier. Open-loop configurations. Circuit configurations. Practical A-D converter with binary weighted resistors.Electronics devices and circuits 1 Review of transistors (BJT and FET) BJT principle.

Necessary and sufficient conditions. Realization of reactance functions. Condition on angle. Chain parameter. Azimuth polynomials. Loop. Positive real function. Hybrid parameter. The delay function. Bounded real function. Ladder network. Two port network.Name of Course :. Azimuth polynomials and reactance function. 7 Fundamentals of Network Synthesis Energy function passive. Reactance functions. Transmission parameter. impulse and sinusoidal input functions. Cascade connection. All pass and minimum phase function. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. Calculation of a network function form a given angle and real part Bode method. Node. 3 Network Equation in the Time Domain First and second order differential equations initial conditions. Maximally flat response Chebyshev response. Duality. 4 Laplace Transform Laplace transform and it's application to analysis of network for different input functions described above Network Functions Driving point and transfer functions. The impedance function. Constant resistance network. Net change in angle. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutset matrix.Electrical Networks 1 2 Solution of Network with Independent Sources Linear Graphs Introductory definition. Node pair equations. Planner graphs. reciprocal network. The incidence matrix A. Series and parallel permissibility of connection 5 6 Representation of Network Functions Pole zeros and natural frequencies. The angle property of a positive real function. A & B matrices. Impedance and admittance of RC network under 1 . Evaluation and analysis of transient and steady state response to step. Location of pole. The loop matrix B. ramp. The real part function. Open circuit and short circuit parameter. Magnitude and angle of function. Even and Odd pairs of a function. Interconnection of two port network. Ladder form of network.

"Electrical Networks". Prentice Hall (I) Ltd. E. Willam Hayt and Jack KemmerIy. "Engineering Circuit analysis". T. References Franklin F. Bickkart. Resistance inductance networks. Nolman Balbanian. Venvalkenberg. Kuo. third edition. Sundaram. A. John-Wiley & Sons M. "Network analysis". John-Wiley 1 .network realization. TMH. "Network analysis and synthesis".

Array Representation. Recursion: Recursive Definition and Processes. F. Third Edition. Macros. "Data Structures Using C and C++". Writing Recursive Programs. Strings. Dynamic Memory and Pointers. Ullman. Node Representation. Hopcroft and 1. Kruse. Tree-Represented Lists. International Student Edition. Second Edition. Circular and Priority Queues. Refrences Y. 1.Data Structures 1 2 Introduction in C Static and Dynamic Structures. Prentice-Hall India. D. Linked Stacks and Queues. Thomson Learning. Langsam. Insertion and Deletion of Nodes. Efficiency in Recursion. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in CH". Abstract Data Types. M. A. Queues: ADT. Augenstein and A. Linked Lists as Data Structures. Stacks: ADT. Array Implementation of Linked List. "Data Structures and Algorithms". "Data Structures and Program Design". M. Threaded Binary Tree. Tannenbaum. Aho. Addison Wesley Longman. Operations. Binary Tree Traversals. Tremble and Sorenson. Weiss. "Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C". Addison Wesley. R. Operations. Binary Tree: Binary Tree Operations and Applications. Finding and Deleting Elements. Example. Prentice-Hall India. 1. Dynamic Representation. Game Trees. Linked Lists ADT. Comparison of Dynamic and Array Representations. Tata McGraw-Hill. Representation. Representing Lists as Binary Trees. Applications of Trees: Expression Trees. M.Name of Course :. Unions. Representation. Other Lists and their Implementations. Binary Tree Representations. E. Applications. Examples. Recursion in C. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Applications. Gilberg. Files. R. Low Price Edition 3 4 5 1 . The Huffman Algorithm.

Propagation delay times. l's and 2's complement codes. Binary comparator. Field programmable gate arrays Digital Integrated Circuits Digital circuit logic levels. Truth tables. Construction of state diagram and counter design. Multiplexers as function generators. Encoder. Flip-flops. Sum of product & Product of sums. Realization of switching functions using logic gates. Octal and Hexadecimal number system and conversion. Code conversion. Design using PAL. Clocked and edge triggered flip-flops timing specifications counters asynchronous and synchronous. Arithmetic and logic units. Canonical logic forms. Multiple output functions Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic Introduction to combinational circuit. Priority encoder. Karnaugh maps. Binary arithmetic Boolean Algebra Binary logic functions. Excitation table and equations. Fan-out and 2 4 6 8 1 . three and four variable Karnaugh maps. Mixed logic combinational circuits. 5 Sequential Logic Sequential circuits. Binary address. 7 Programmable Logic Programmable logic devices. Power dissipation. Serial in serial out shift registers. Simplification of expressions. Register transfer timing considerations Sequential Circuits State diagrams and tables. Decoder. Boolean laws. Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic. DeMorgan's Theorems. Examples using flipflops. Counter design with state equations registers. Subtractor. Binary weighted codes. Binary. Simple synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis. Two. Tristate register.Digital Logic design and applications 1 Number Systems Decimal. Signed number binary order. 3 Combinational Logic Switching equations. BCD adder. Associative and distributive properties.Name of Course :. Transition table. Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques.

P. Yarbrough. Malvino. John P. TMH. "Introduction to Logic Design". C. McGraw Hill 1 . A.fan. References John M. PHI. P. M. D. "Digital logic".in. LSTTL. "Digital Principles and Applications". Bartee. Uyemura. CMOS. and ECL integrated circuits and their performance comparison. A. Leach. TTL. Morris Mano. Noise margin for popular logic families. Marcontz. McGraw Hill. Cole publishing Co. B. T. "Digital Systems Design". Thomson Learning. Brookes. "Digital Logic and Computer Design". Open collector and Tri-state gates and buffers. "Digital Computer Fundamentals".

Isomorphism. homomorphism. Paths and circuits: Eulerian. Semigroups. Applications: Solving Differential equations.Discrete Structures 1 Set Theory Sets. Hamiltonian. Pigeon-hole principle. Venn diagrams. identity and inverse. Equivalence and Partial ordered relations. Generating functions. Composition. Digraphs and Lattice Relations. Laws of set theory. Lattice Functions and Pigeon Hole Principle Defmition and types of functions: injective. Planer graphs. Ring Homomorphism. Truth tables. Manipulation of relations. Rings and Fields Rings. automorphism. Fibonacci etc. Product and quotients of algebraic structures. Graphs Defmition. Set membership of tables. 2 Logic Propositions and logical operations. Mathematical induction and Quantifiers. Groups. Normal subgroup. Power set. surjective and bijective. Equivalence. Po sets and Hasse diagram. closures. 3 Relations. Groups Monoids. paths and digraphs. Generating Functions and Recurrence Relations Series and Sequences. Properties and types of binary relations. Implications Laws of logic. Warshall's algorithm. Partitions of sets.Name of Course :. Codes and group codes. integral domains and fields. 4 5 6 7 8 1 . Recurrence relations.

S. A V. . 3 1 . Grilia. real field inner products. Science and Engineering". Rungekutta method of second and fourth order. Characteristic polynomial. Poles. Interpolation: Linear interpolation. Characteristic values and vectors. 1994. "Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis". John S. References: P. N. N. Functions of square matrix. Complex Variables Regions and Paths in Z plane. Gauss Jordan method. Cayley Hamilton theorem. Shanti Narayan. Chand Publishing House. Norm.Engineering Mathematics IV 1. residue at isolated singularity and its evaluation. Singularities. S. Simpson's 1/3rd and 3/Sth rules. 2 Matrices Vectors. Vol INol II. "Matrices". Shanti Narayan. Diagonalizable matrix. Euler's predictor-corrector method. S. PHI. ''Numerical Methods". Shastri. Residue theorem: Application to evaluate real integrals. Mathews. orthogonality. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule. Finite difference operators and difference tables. "Theory Of Functions Of Complex Variables". Salvadari and MacCraken. Solutions to system of linear algebraic equations: Gauss elimination method. Newton-Raphson method.Name of Course :. Linear independence. High order interpolation using Lagrange and Newtons methods. Gauss Siedel iteration method. V 01-2. Second edition. Delhi. Taylor's and Laurent's development. ''Numerical Method for Mathematics. Chand Publishing House. "Element of applied mathematic". Numerical Methods Errors: Types and Estimation. their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. Pune. Wartikar. Solutions to Transcendental and polynomial equations: Bisection method. Solutions to ordinary differential equations: Taylor's series method. Delhi. S. Wartikar and J. Gauss Jordan method. Minimal polynomial.

Schilling.Principles of analog and digital communication 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Introduction Introductions to signals Analysis and transmission of signals Amplitude Modulation Angle Modulation Sampling and pulse code modulation Principles of digital data transmission Emerging digital communication technologies and recent development Behavior of analog systems in the presence of noise Behavior of digital communication systems in the presence of noise Error Correcting codes. Oxford university press. TMH. Taub.Name of Course :. “Digital communications fundamentals and applications”. 1 . Lathi. Leoun W Couch. Pearson Education. Pearson Education. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”. References: • “Modern digital and analog communication systems”. B. “Principles of communication systems”. Bernard Sklar.P.

Instructions sets. cpu. Memory Organization Internal memory-characteristics. Instruction pipelining. hierarchy. 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 . The Central Processing Unit Basic instruction cycle. Serial transmission and synchronization. RISC versus CISC characteristics. subtractors. advanced dram organization. Hardwired implementation. Floating point representation. Interconnection structures. Performance characteristics of two-level memories. Register organization. External memory: magnetic disk.Computer Organization and Architecture 1 Overview General organization and architecture. Microprogrammed control. address mapping and translation. Multiple Processor Organizations Flynn's classification of parallel processing systems. Applications of microprograming. Micro Instruction format. replacement algorithms. chip logic. Semiconductor main memory .elements of cache design. Data Path Design Fixed point representation. optical memory. Structural/functional view of a computer. pci bus structure. High speed memories: associative and interleaved memories. The arithmetic and logic unit (ALU): Cmbinational and sequential ALU's. i/o. disk drive and device drivers. monitor. DMA.Name of Course:. Evolution/brief history of computers. Cache memory-. I/O modules: programmed I/O. Co-processors. raid. pipeline processors. The Control Unit Micro. Bus interconnection.operations. I/O channels and I/O processors. RISC Computers. formats and addressing. Design of basic serial and parallel high speed adders.types of ram. multiple bus hierarchies. Booth's algorithm. multipliers. Processor organization. 2 System Buses Computer components-memory. interrupt driven I/O. tape. Pipelining concepts. Input and Output Unit External devkes-: keyboard. memory module organization.

The Model. Application of Graph Structures: Shortest Path Problem. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++". Insertions and Deletions. Tannenbaum. Sartaj Sohoni “Fundamentals of `computer algorithms” Galgotia publication. Binary Tree Sort. Insertion Sort. Worst Case and Average Case Calculations of the Different Sorting Methods. General Search Trees: Multiway Search Trees. M.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology 1 Computer Technology Semester Four 307090: Analysis of algorithms Algorithm Analysis Mathematical Background. Efficiency Considerations. Straight Selection Sort. Binary Search. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Average Case and Worst Case Analyses. B. Back-Tracking Method. Ellis Horwitz. Weiss. Binary Search Tree: Implementation. Graph Graph Traversal. Gilberg. Topological Sorting. Hopcroft and 1. Big-Oh and Big-Omega Notations. D. The Time Complexity: How to Analyze and Measure. 3 4 5 1 . M. Connectivity in a Graph. Best Case. Tata McGraw-Hill. Efficiency Considerations for Sequential Search. A VL Trees Hashing: Hash Functions. Langsam. Second Edition. Thomson Learning. Heap as Priority Queue. J. Dynamic Programming. Divide and Conquer Method. R.Trees. Greedy Method. A. Ullman. Brassard and P. Prentice Hall India. B+. Interpolation Search. Hashing in External Storage. Augenstein and A. Time Complexity Calculation. Shell Sort. Bratley. References: Y. Heaps and Heapsort. M. Tremble and Sorenson. Prentice-Hall India. Euler's and Hamiltonoan Graph Algorithms Analysis of all the above Algorithms. R. "Data Structure: A Pseudocode Approach with C". Addison Wesley. Merge Sort. Low Price Edition. "Fundamentals of Algorithmics". Aho. Resolving Clashes (Open and Closed Hashing). Quicksort. Prentice-Hall India. E. Bucket Sort.Trees. Indexed Sequential Search. 2 Sorting Methods Efficiency Considerations in Sorting. International Student Edition. Basic Searching Techniques: Sequential Search. Different Sorting Methods: Bubble Sort. Best Case. Radix Sort. Minimum Spanning Tree. Kruse. Dynamic Hashing. Searching Ordered Table. Searching Methods Efficiency Considerations in Searching. Tries. "Data Structures and Program Design in C". "Data Structures and Algorithms". 1. "Data Structures Using C and C++". Addison Wesley Longman. F. G.

Causes of underdevelopment. causes creating categories of monopoly organization. 4 Functions of commercial banks. tariffs and subsidies. elasticity of demand and supply. balance of trade and payment. 5 Central Banking: Function of central banking illustrated with reference to RBI.' supply and demand for money. marketfriendly state. determinants of economic development. shortcomings and improvement. objectives and features. balanced and unbalanced. stages of growth. 2 3 Functions of money.Second Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Four 307100: Industrial Economics and Management 1 Nature and significance of economics. meaning. theory of protection. extending privatization. engineering. Competition. Devaluation. export-led-growth.meaning. 8 9 New Economic Policy: Liberalization. strategy of development-big push. monopolistic competition. 1 . appropriate technology for developing countries Demand. banking system in India. 6 Sources of public revenue. principles of taxation. price determination under perfect competition and monopoly. Price discrimination. 7 Theory of International Trade. reform of tax system. tax structure. supply. black money. multiple credit creation. globalization. Monetary policy . science. direct and indirect taxes. equilibrium of firm under competition and monopoly. monopoly. economic and non-economic factors. distribution of incidence. money price level and inflation. magnitude and consequences. foreign exchange control. critical minimum effort strategy. oligopoly. technology and their relationship with economic development.

span of management. break-even analysis. 16 Project management: Project development like cycle. Blanchard's situational leadership theory. organization and control. 11 Nature of planning. development of management thought. 15 Production management: Production planning and control. responsibilities of management to society. Project information systems. managements of sales and advertising. 12 Organization: line and staff authority relationships. present worth. Quality control and Total quality management. project planning.W. 13 14 Communication process. Tools of project management . 19 Human resource management: Function. 17 Need for good cost accounting system. contribution of F. Application of industrial psychology for selection. financial ratios. decision-making process. decentralization of delegation of authority. 18 Marketing functions. management by objectives. Annual worth and rate of 1 . Taylor. financial statements. project feasibility. Herzberg and Macgregor's theory of motivation. marketing research.CPM. media channels and barriers to effective communication Maslow. Inventory control. McClelland's achievement motivation. flat organization. machine design and man-machine systems. Henri Toylor Elton Ma'o.10 Management functions. budgeting and budgetary control. cost control techniques of financial control. System contingency approaches to management. training. PERT. 20 Engineering economics: Investment decision.

S.return methods. Prasanna Chandra. "Finance for Non-Finance Managers". Hampton David. "Project Management". Koonz and Odonne~ "Essentials of Management". V. Payback time. "Modem Economic Theory". Refrences: • N. K. "Management". 1 . Ramaswamy. Agarwal. Dewet and Warma. "Indian Economy". "Marketing Management". "Economics". Chatterji. Samuelson.

Probability mass function and density function. Poisson. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples. Co-relation. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples.tailed and two-tailed tests. x2 (Chisquare).t test.Engineering Mathematics V DETAILED SYLLABUS 1)Review of probability. Estimation of population parameters. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. Co-variance. Yate’s correction. Discrete and continuous random variables. distribution : Binomal. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Sperman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. 2) Probability. F distribution. Bivariate frequency distribution. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. Critical region. 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Degree of freedom. Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. One. Contingency table. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. Test of hypothesis. 5) Analysis of variance. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Level of significance. 1 . Central limit theorem.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Four 200035 . Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. Student’s distribution. Baye’s theorem. 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Normal. Expected value. Test of the Goulners of fit and independence of attribute. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions.

Stress Testing. Coupling And Cohesion . Recording Analysis. Who Should Own The Attribute? Who Should Own The Operations? Process And Threads. Basic Object Modeling: Multiplicity. Methods. Refining The Model. The Unified Approach Modeling. Modeling Simple Collaboration Modeling. Scalability Testing. System Testing. Functional Models. Aggregation. Links. Object Oriented Methodologies. Deponent Diagram: Modeling Source Codes. Sequence Diagram: Modeling Scenarios. Physical Databases. State Chart Diagram. Discovering Attributes. Class Diagram: Test Scenarios. Logical Database Schema. Meta Types. Interfaces. Object Modeling: Object. Component.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307110. Constraints. Object Classes. Identify Classes And Objects Of Real World Problems. Mapping Events To Object. Refactoring. Problems On Object Modeling. 3. Interfaces. TOPICS FOR EXPERIMENT Use any UML/OOAD tool and do the following: 1 . Advantages Of Object Modeling. Association. Subsystem Interface.Analysis: Problem Analysis. User Interface. Using Use Case Analysis. Grouping Constructs. Activity Diagram. Modeling Workflow. Distributed System And Embedded Systems. Why Modeling? Static And Dynamic Models. Deployment Diagram: Modeling In A C/S System. Design: Architectural Design. Problem Domain Classes. Regression Testing. Inheritance. Design Classes: Classes Visibility. Classes. Behavioral Modeling.Object Oriented Analysis and Design DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Overview Of OOL.

Porting. Ivar Jacobson. “Object Oriented Software Engineering” McGrawHill. The Data Link Layer In The Internet. 1 . Tata McGrawHill References: Simon Benett. Rambaugh. Network Hardware. Ethernet. The Mobile Telephone System. Testing. Reference Models. Andrew Haigh.Computer Network DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Robert Laganiere. Elementary Data Link Protocols. Use case realization. Change management using MAKE/SCCS utility. Sliding Window Protocols. “Object Oriented System Analysis and Design Using UML” McGrawHill.Use case diagram. Multiple Access Protocols. Stephen R.. Grady Booch. J. Cable Television. Activity diagram. BOOKS Text Books: Ali Bahrami. Ray Farmer. Rambaugh. etal. 1. Pearson Education. Schach. The Data Dink Layer: Data Link Layer Design Issues. Collaboration diagram. “Object Oriented Analysis and Design”. Network Software. “Object Oriented Modeling and Design” 1. “Object Oriented and Classical Software Engineering” Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307120. Component diagram. Example of Data Link Protocols: HDLC: High-Level Data Link Control. Lethbridge. The Public Switched Telephone Network. Wireless LANS. The Physical Layer Guided Transmission Media. Timothy C. Steve McRobb. ”The UML Users guide”.Introduction: Network Applications. Wireless Transmission. The Medium Access Sub-layer: The Channel Allocation Problem. Class diagram. J. Communication Satellites. Sequence diagram. Debugging. McGraw Hill. “Object Oriented System Development “.

Prentice Hall. B. The TCP Protocol The TCP Segment Header. “Computer Networking”.3 “. Routing Algorithms. Modeling TCP Connection Management.Ferouzan.” Computer Networks”.”An Engg. Approach To Computer Networking”. Transactional TCP. The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP.S.Tanenbaum. The Network Layer In The Internet: The IP Protocol.Comer.Ferouzan. A Simple Transport Protocol. TCP Connection Release. TCP Congestion Control. Internet Multicasting. Addison Wesley. The Application Layer: DNS: The Domain name system. Wireless TCP And UDP.Keshay. The Exterior Gateway Routing Protocol: BGP. ”Computer Networks And Internets”. TCP Connection Establishment. Congestion Control Algorithms. B. Prentice Hall Warland. Ross. Varaiya.F. Internetworking. Protocols For Gigabit Networks. Quality Of Service. The TCP Service Model. Performance Issues: Measuring Network Performance. Blue Tooth.”TCP/Ip Volume1. ATM Network: ATM Layer. Electronic Mail. ATM Signaling. “High Performance Communication Networks”. Mobile IP. ”Computer Networks”. W. Ipv6. Leon-Garcia And Widjaja. Addison Wesley 1. Tata Mcgraw Hill S.E. TCP Timer Management. TCP Transmission Policy. IP Addresses. The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues. Tata McGraw Hill References: Peterson & Davie. ”Data and Computer Communication”.F. ”TCP/IP Protocol Suit”. 4th edition. Morgan Kaufmann.Richard Stevens. Elements Of Transport Protocols. “Communication Networks”. ATM Application Layer. Kurose. Case study with Window2000/Linux Text Books: A. Morgan Kaufmann. PNNI Routing. Tata McGraw Hill 1 . The Interior Gateway Routing Protocol: OSPF. The Transport Layer: The Transport Service. Data Link Layer Switching. System Design For Better PERFORMANCE. D.Broadband Wireless. TCP: Introduction To TCP. Addison Wesley. SNMP. FAST TPDU Processing. 2nd Edition. Internet Control Protocols. 2.

7. Device Drivers Programming. I/O interfacing in 8086: Serial communication interface includes Synchronous & Asynchronous Protocols. DMA Concepts & transfer types: Study of DMA controller 8237. Interface of Coprocessor (8087) to Host (8086). 8086 Instruction Set & Programming: Addressing modes. Mixed language programming. Instruction Set in detail. types and applications: Study of Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A & Interrupt Priority Management using 8259A. IEEE 488 GPIB. Timers. Case study of PC System Architecture of 8086/88 Family: Memory organization & Architecture of 8086 family. Overview of 8086 Family. Minimum mode & Maximum mode Operation. 1 . Study of Programmable Timer 8254 & its modes. 8086 Interrupt System: 8086 Interrupt structure. Data types & formats. Study of IOP 8089. System clock (8284) & reset signal. Study of bus controller 8288 & its use in maximum mode Connection. System Timing diagrams for 8086. Address decoding & Timing Considerations. Stacks in 8087. Procedures. Handshaking Signals. Data communication includes EIA RS-232C Standard. ROM and DRAM to 8086.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307130. 8086 Hardware Design. Programming examples using DOS And BIOS Interrupts. Study of 8250 UART. buffering & latching circuits. Numeric Instruction Set. parallel communication Interface includes I/O Mapped I/O. ALP. 8087 Numeric Co-processor: 8087 NDP Architecture. Stacks. Introduction to Microcomputer Systems: Introduction to Microprocessors & its evolution.Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. its interaction with 8086. Memory System Design & I/O Interfacing: Interfacing SRAM. Strings. Memory Mapped I/O. I/O Controllers for 8086 and Data communication: Study of 8255AH Programmable Peripheral Interface & its modes. 6. ALP for 8086-8087 systems. Macros. Counters & delay.

Minimization of Automata and FSM. Multiprocessor Systems: 8086/88 based Multiprocessor systems. 2. PHI. 4. Bhurchandi. “Microprocessors and Interfacing. 1987. Gibson. Brey. Push Down Automata. DFA. Programming and Design”. Assembler Language Programming “. “The 8086/8088 Family Architecture. Tata McGraw Hill. Converting NFA to DFA. Manuals from Intel.PHI. Decision problems. 1 . Sixth Edition. Regular Grammars and Languages. Rice’s Theorem. Variations and Equivalence of TM. Parse Trees. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307140. K. FSM. Assembly Language programming”. Unsolvable problems using CFG. Church’s Hypothesis. Closure properties. Universal Turing Machine. “IBM PC. 1986. References: 1. PDA for CFG.8. Myhill-Nerode theorem. Yu-Cheng Liu. Second Edition. “IBM PC. Unsolvable problems using TM. 2000. Moore and Mealy Machines. Study of Multiprocessor configurations. Post Machine. Second Edition. Kleene’s Theorem. Tata McGraw-Hill. Study of Bus Arbiter 8289. Grammars and Languages. Ray. Pumping Lemma. Enumerable and Recursively Enumerable Languages. PHI. 4. Pumping Lemma.1999. Greibach Theorem. Post Correspondence Problem. Peter Able.Theoretical Computer Science DETAILED SYLLABUS Regular Sets And Automata Theory: Regular Sets. Closure properties. M. TM as Acceptors and Generators. PHI. Programming and Design”. TM Languages. John Uffenback. Regular Expressions. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. ”8086/8088 Interfacing. Peter Norton. Concept of Stack. NFA. B. K. 2. Bus arbitration & control using 8289. “The Intel Microprocessors”. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Glenn A. 3. Context Free Grammars And Push Down Automata: Context Free Grammars and Languages. Finite automata and Finite State Machines. B. Douglas Hall. Programming and Hardware”. Turing Machine: Construction of Turing Machine for problem solving. BPB publication. 2003. A.Undecidability: Undecidability and Halting problem. CNF and GNF.

3rd Edition.Hopcroft.Presentation and Communication Techniques 2 .C. 1997. “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”. “Introduction To Languages and the Theory of Computation“. TMH. Martin. “Introduction To Automata Theory. Peter Linz. Addison-Wesley. J.Ullman. Narosa. References: J. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 200020. Michael Sipser. Languages And Computation”.E. 2003.BOOKS Text Books: J. Thompson Learning.D. “Introduction Formal Languages and Automata“.

choosing words. Report Writing: types. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Five 307150. formal and informal. system programming etc. VC++. individual and group reports. upward and downward. multimedia programming. audience recognition.Computer Programming Lab DETAILED SYLLABUS Programming Assignments: Students will implement programs adhering to good programming practices. sentences and paragraphs... principles of Business correspondence. Problem solving assignment: This will be a mini group project to be completed within the Institute in a span of about 10 weeks.media. qualities. importance. job application and resumes. Student group should select any one stream area like database programming. network programming. 1 Lesikar and Petit. organizing and interpreting information. defining objectives and scope. Problems selected should be able to use the selected programming style and language appropriately.DETAILED SYLLABUS Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. Suggested programming style is object-oriented programming and languages may be C++. Sharma Sangeetha Technical Communication:Oxford University Press . The assignments should be approximately 10 in number and to be completed in about 5 weeks. 2 . .internal and external. java. nonverbal. Technical Writing Skills: definition. Report Writing for Business:McGraw Hill 2 Meenakshi Raman. formal and informal reports. and use the appropriate skill set to design and implement the mini project. qualities. Technical Proposals Presentation Skills Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books Recommended.

Java Compiler and Environment. Macros And Macro Processors: Macro Definition and Expansion. LEX and YACC.System Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Syntax Directed Translation. Design of Single Pass Assembler. Dynamic Linking. Design of Multi-pass Assemblers. Intermediate Code Generation. Compilation of Expressions and Control Structures. Static. Classification of Programming Language Grammars. Design of a Linker. Optimization of DFA Based Pattern Matchers. Implementation Examples: A Linker for MS-DOS. Machine Independent and Machine Independent Code Optimization.Language Processors: Fundamentals of Language Processing and Language Specification. 7.Addison-Wesley. Bootstrap Loaders. “Graded Problems in Computer science “. Language Processor Development Tools. LL (1) Parsing. Design of Macro Preprocessors. 6. Implementation Examples: MASM Assembler and SPARC Assembler. Heap Storage and Garbage Compaction. Implementation Examples: MASM Macro Processor. System Software And Machine Architecture: Introduction to Systems Programs.Smith and P. Linkage Editors. Recursive Macro Expansion.References: A. Macro Parameters. YACC Compiler-Compiler.D. Introduction to Data Formats. Top-down and Bottom-up Parsing Techniques. Recursive Descent Parsing. Conditional Macro Expansion. Design of an Absolute Loader. Nested Macro Calls. Relocation and Linking Concepts. ANSI C Macro Language.Scanning And Parsing: Introduction to Regular Expressions and Finite State Automata. Assemblers: Basic Assembler Functions. Assembler Algorithm and Data Structures. Smith . Phases of Compilation: Lexical Analysis. LALR Parsing and Operator Precedence Parsing. 2 . Syntax Analysis. Dynamic. Memory Allocation: Run time storage organization.Compilers And Interpreters: Aspects of Compilation. Loaders And Linkers: Basic Loader Functions. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307160. Static and Dynamic Binding. Interpreters. Registers and Addressing Modes for Traditional CISC Machines and RISC Machines.D.

Editors. Leland L. creation of processes. Basic concepts. SMP. The history and evolution of Operating Systems. Mutual Exclusion. Addison Wesley. 2 . Pearson Education. Windows 2000 Overview. References: 1.V. Principles of Deadlock.D. An Integrated Deadlock Strategy. Linux Process and Thread Management. J. Monitors. Aho. Concurrency. Programming Environments. Principles of Concurrency. Real-Time Scheduling. “Systems Software”.M. UNIX SVR4 Process Management. Dining Philosophers Problem. Threads. “Compilers Principles and Techniques”. Semaphores. User Interfaces. system calls. Processes. Concurrency. layered structure vs monolithic structure of O. files. Deadlock Avoidance. Deadlock Detection. Modern UNIX Systems.8. “Systems Programming”.Software Tools: Software Tools for Program Development. Operating System Objectives and Functions. Readers/Writers Problem. exit of processes. Mutual Exclusion. Ravi Sethi & J. 2002. Hardware Support. context switching. shel. 2nd Revised Edition. Process Description. Linux Scheduling. Deadlock and Starvation. UNIX Concurrency Mechanisms..J Donovan. Debug Monitors. UNIX SVR4 Scheduling. Processes: Process Model. Message Passing. Process Scheduling: Objectives. TMH. Windows 2000 Concurrency Mechanisms. Windows 2000 Thread and SMP Management. Deadlock Prevention. Dhamdhere “Systems Programming And Operating Systems”. Tata McGraw Hill. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307170. Processes and Threads. Beck. A. Mutual Exclusion and Synchronization. BOOKS Text Books: D. Characteristics of Modern Operating Systems. PCB.Operating Systems with UNIX DETAILED SYLLABUS Operating System Overview. Software Approaches. Windows 2000 Scheduling. Ullman. Multiprocessor Scheduling. Traditional UNIX Systems. comparative assesment of different scheduling algorithms. premptive vs non-premptive scheduling. Process states. Symmetric Multiprocessing. Process Control.S.

“Operating Systems” Silbershatz. File Directories. Organization of the I/O Function. Web page 2 . “Operating System Concepts”. Tags. Case Studies: Unix. Segmentation. P. I/O Management and Disk Scheduling. Peterson. process scheduling.. Design and implementation issues in paging and segmentation. A. Layered structure. RAID. UNIX and. “The Design of the Unix Operating system”. “Operating Systems: Design and Implentation”. working set model. UNIX SVR4 I/O. Windows 2000 I/O.. File Organization. “Modern Operating Systems” Milan Milenkovic. Windows 2000 Memory Management. I/O Devices. Windows NT.. Electronic Mail (Email) File Transfer Protocol (FTP). Internal representation of files. Addison Wesley. Memory Partitioning. I/O Buffering. Secondary Storage Management. J. Linux Memory Management. References: Tannenbaum. Images. Backgrounds.3. Virtual memory. page replacement algorithms. Mc Graw Hill Tannenbaum. Anchors. File Management.Memory Memory Management Requirements. implementation of processes.. Telnet.Web Technology DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Introduction to WEB Technology. Windows 2000 File System. system calls for the file system. Domain Name System (DNS). Uniform Resource Locator (URL). Prentice Hall Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307180. Record Blocking. Paging. “Operating System”. Protocols. TCP/IP. Overview. Disk Scheduling. Galvin. HTML: Introduction to Hypertext Markup Language. Word Wide Web. Disk Cache. UNIX File Management. A. interpretability BOOKS Text Books: William Stallings. Maurice J Bach. Prentice Hall. Operating System Design Issues. memory management policies. page fault handling. File Sharing.

Flat panel display. Line Drawing Algorithms: DDA algorithm. Types. Application with layers.”JavaScript for The World Wide Web”. Java Servlets. CGI Scripting with Perl. Konrad King. Internet Banking BOOKS Text Books: Kriss Jamsa. TMH 2. Using ActiveX Objects. JavaScript Forms.structure. Basic Raster Graphics Algorithm for drawing 2-D primitives: Output Characteristics: Aspect ratio. Applications: Electronics Commerce: An Introduction. Achyut Godbole . history. Client-side Forms. Cookies.Computer Graphics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Application Areas. Response. TMH References: Box .Web technology. Rajiv Sharma. Solution. Images. Connectivity with databases. JSP. Lists. Bresenham’s algorithm.”Java Servlet Programming”. Session.”Essential XML” David Whiteley. String and Arrays. Vivek Sharma. Dreamtech.3rd Edition. Pearson education Steven Holzner. Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307190. Tom Negrino and Dori Smith. Cascading style sheet. Volume I. Forms.Addison Wesley. e-shop.”Web Technologies”. Douglas E Comer. PHI Jason Hunter & William Crawford. Active Server Pages & Servlets: ASP Objects: Application. Video Display Devices: Refresh CRT. Raster scan display. Co-ordinate representation.”HTML & Web Design”. Character Formatting. Online Payment . Incorporating JavaScript in HTML.O’REILY.”Developing e-commerce Site”. Circle Generation Algorithm: Midpoint circle 2 . Frames. Forms. JavaScript.”Internetworking with TCP/IP”. XML. Control flow and functions. Color CRT monitor. Cookies. Query Strings. Color Control. JavaScript expressions. Tables. Input and Output Devices. “HTML Black Book”.”E-Commerce”. Alising and Anti-alising. Multimedia. Request. JavaScript objects. location. Server. Dynamic Web Pages: HTML/DHTML: Introduction to DHTML. Hyper linking. TMH . Microsoft Commerce Solutions .

Normalised device co-ordinates and Homogenous co-ordinates. Depth Cueing. Harrington. Light Shading: Illumination Model. rotation and scaling. Other Transformation: reflection and shear. Basic Transformations: Translation. 2-D Viewing and Clipping: Window to Viewport Co-ordinate Transformation. “Schaum’s Outlines Computer Graphics”. 2002. Polygon: Sutherland Hodgman algorithm. Composite Transformation. Shading: Constant Intensity shading. World co-ordinates. Low Price Edition. “Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics“. 2-D Geometric Transformation: Window and Viewport: Window and Viewport relationship. “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”. 2002. Clipping: Point clipping. “Computer Graphics with C version “. Phong shading. Newman and Sproll. BOOKS Text Books: Donald Hearn and M. Liang Barsky clipping. Mid-point Subdivision. Flood-fill algorithm. Hidden Surface Elimination Methods: Backface Detection. Boundary fill algorithm. 2nd Edition. 3-D Transformation: Basic Transformations: translation. Tata McGraw Hill. Gouraud shading. Curves: Spline Representation. Line: CohenSutherland algorithm. 3-D Concepts: 3-D Display Methods: Parallel and Perspective projections. Pauline Baker. 2nd Edition. Inside-outside test. TMH Xiang and Plastok. McGraw Hill Rogers. Area filling: Scan line polygon filling algorithm. Bezier Curves. Halftoning. References: Rogers and Adams. Rotation and Scaling. TMH. Scan Line Method. 3-D Viewing and Clipping. 1. “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics “. 2nd Edition. “Computer Graphics”. Area Subdivision Method. Depth or Z-buffer Method. Ray Tracing. Ellipse Generation Algorithm: Mid-point ellipse algorithm. TMH 2 . 2002. Composite Transformation. Other Transformation: Reflection and Shear. B-spline.algorithm.

The Semi structured Data Model. Concurrency Control and Recovery in Distributed Databases. Persistent Programming Languages. Constraints and Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization. Implementation Issues for Extended Type . Transactions and Concurrency controlExample of ODBMSs. and Persistence. Storage Of XML Data. Type extents and Queries.Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server Architecture: Architectures For Parallel Databases. and Type Constructors.Systems. Replication. Storage And Access methods.Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts. 2. Query Processing in Distributed Databases. An Overview of SQL3. Super classes. Tree Methods.Nested Relations and Collections. Parallelizing Individual Operations. Inheritance. Structure Of XML Data. Introduction To Data Warehousing.Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Database Design For An ORDBMS . Methods. Indexes For Text Data 6. User Defined Abstract Data Types And Structured Types. Motivation for complex data types. .O2 3. Type Hierarchies and Inheritance. Introduction To Data Mining. XML Applications. Distributed Database Concepts. Multidimensional Data Model and OLAP. Mining For Rules. Database Schema Design for OODBMS. Overview Of XML. Data Fragmentation.The Extended Entity Relationship Model And Object Model: The ER model revisited. Query processing and Optimization. Data Warehousing and Data Mining. Clustering Approaches To Data Mining. Document Schema. Databases On The Web And Semi structured Data Web Interfaces To The Web. Specialization and Generalization. OODBMS Architecture And Storage Issues. Subclasses. Sorting. Complex Objects. and Allocation techniques for Distributed Database Design. Star Schemas.Advance Database DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Querying XML Data. Joins. Parallel Query Evaluation. ORDBMS 4. Object Identity. Comparison Of RDBMS. OODBMS. An Overview of Client-Server Architecture 5. Object Structure. OQL. Applications Of Data Warehousing and Data Mining 2 . Encapsulation of Operations. Relationship Types of Degree Higher Than Two.Third Year of Bachelor of Technology Computer Technology Semester Six 307200. Implementation Issues.

7th Edition. ”fundamentals of database systems “ . Peter Rob and Coronel. Geographic Information Systems.“ database management systems”.J. BOOKS Text Books: Elmasri and Navathe. ”Introduction To Database Systems”. Johannes Gehrke . Design. Sudarshan . Longman. Spatial Databases.7. C. Active Database Concepts.Enhanced Data Models for Advanced Applications.Thomson Learning.”Database systems. McGraw-Hill References: Korth. Fifth Edition.”Database System Concepts”. Deductive Databases and Query processing. 4th Edition .Date. Addison Wesley 2 . Mobile Databases. 4th Edition.. Pearson Education Raghu Ramakrishnan. Silberchatz. Implementation and Management. McGraw-Hill. Concepts and architecture. Second Edition. Temporal Database Concepts.

Programme: B Tech (Computer Engineering) Semester VII Course Course Title Code 307210 307220 307230 307240 Advanced microprocessors Intelligent Systems Digital Signal Processing Software Engineering Elective-I Total L 4 4 4 4 4 20 Contact hours P / Total T 2 2 2 2 2 10 6 6 6 6 6 30 Cr Evaluation Weightage 10 10 10 10 10 50 TWA 15 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 Elective .I Course Code 407010 407020 407030 407040 407050 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 407060 Image Processing Pattern Recognition Mobile Computing Embedded Systems Computer Simulation and Modeling Advanced Computer Networks 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Semester VIII 307250 System Security 307260 Distributed Computing 307270 Multimedia Systems Elective-II Total 4 4 4 4 16 2 2 2 2 8 6 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 10 50 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 2 .

effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 407900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage.Elective II Course Code 407110 407120 407130 407140 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 407150 407160 Robotics Computer Vision Parallel Processing Data Warehousing and Mining Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems Software Testing 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 Project: Sr. interest. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. 2 . Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The project shall carry 08 credits. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. Course No.

Alpha AXP Implementations & Applications. Addison Wesley Press. SCSI. VESA. 2. Branch Prediction Logic. 6. Tom Shanley. Pentium V: Architectural features. Pentium IV. The Super SPARC. Integration issues BOOKS Text Books: 1. ATA. Comparative study. Memory Management. Barry Brey . Advanced RISC Microprocessors: Overview of RISC Development and current systems. PCI. Bus operation. Advanced Intel Microprocessors: Protected Mode operation of x86 Intel Family. 2. Alpha AXP Architecture. “Pentium Processor System Architecture”. PCMCIA Cards & Slots. Register Set & special Instructions. System Architectures for Desktop and Server based systems: Study of memory subsystems and I/O subsystems. Study of Pentium: Super-Scalar architecture & Pipelining. Overview of new generation of modern microprocessors. “Advanced Microprocessors”. Cache Organizations. Programming and Interfacing” 3. AGP. 3. Architecture. RAID 7. Study of Sun SPARC Family: SPARC Architecture. 5. 2 . Standard for Bus Architecture and Ports: EISA. Study of Pentium Family of Processors: Pentium I. “The Intel Microprocessors. Pre-requisite: Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. ATAPI. USB. 4. LPT. Daniel Tabak. McGraw-Hill.(307210) ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS Objective: To study microprocessor basics and the fundamental principles of architecture related to advanced microprocessors. SPARC Implementations & Applications. Pentium II. Pentium III.

4. 2. The wumpus world environment. First order logic: Syntax and Semantics. Ray and Bhurchandi. learning decision trees. Intelligent Systems: Evolution of the concept. Proportional logic. Knowledge engineering. 2. Reinforcement learning: Passive learning in a known environment. Informed search methods. Types of communicating 2 . Inductive learning.References: 1. Generalization in reinforcement learning. General ontology 6. Reasoning. Completeness 7. “Advanced Microprocessors and Interfacing”. Logic. Prerequisite: Data Structures. and Algorithms DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Programming Languages. Interfacing First Order Logic: Interface rules involving quantifiers. Structure of intelligent agents. An example proof. Multilayer feed-forward network. Building a Knowledge Base: Properties of good and bad knowledge base. Environments 3. Conditional planning 8. Representation. Using first order logic 5. Forward and backward chaining. The semantics of belief networks. TMH James Antonakos. 3. TMH Publication. Application of ANN. methodologies and techniques in design and implementation of intelligent system. Extensions and Notational variation. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. Inference in belief networks 9. Intelligent Agents: How agent should act. Practical planning: Practical planners. Badri Ram. Game playing 4. Learning in neural and belief networks: Introduction to neural networks. Learning: Learning from observations: General model of learning agents. Acting Logically: Planning. Artificial Intelligence: An overview. Agents that Communicate: Communication as action. Problem Solving: Solving problems by searching. Perceptrons. Genetic algorithms 10. Hierarchical decomposition. Pearson Education. Knowledge and Reasoning: A knowledge based agent. Intel Manuals. Uncertain Knowledge and Reasoning: Uncertainty. Representing knowledge in an uncertain domain. “The Pentium Microprocessor”. (307220) INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS Objectives: To understand and apply principles.

Pearson Education References: 1. Applications: Natural language processing. George F. “Artificial Intelligence”. Pearson Education Ivan Brakto.agents. TMH Patrick Winston. Pre-requisites: Nil 2 . System Transforms and Filters. and noninvasive medical imaging. 4.Aronson. This course aims to build concepts regarding the fundamental principles and applications of Signals. “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach” 2. 6. geophysical exploration. “Artificial Intelligence : Theory and Practice” Proceedings of the International Conference KBCS-2002. Perception. image Enhancement. 2. Robotics BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Decision Support Systems and Intelligent Systems” Ed. 5. “Artificial Intelligence: A New Synthesis”. Nillson. echo cancellations in communication systems. Struart Russell and Peter Norvig. “Artificial Intelligence”. Knowledge acquisition 12. Speech Recognition. or magnetic resonance imaging) and encompass applications such as Compact Disc player. Expert system shells. Sasikumar and Others. Nils J.Luger. Vikas Publishing House (307230) DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING Objective: Digital Signal Processing continues to play an increasingly important role in the fields that range literally from A (astronomy) to Z (zeugmatography. 3. Pearson Education Efraim Turban Jay E. Harcourt Asia Elaine Rich and Kevin Knight. A formal grammar for a subset of English 11. “Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence”. M. Explanation. Expert system: Introduction to expert system. Representing and using domain knowledge. “Artificial Intelligence: Structures and Strategies for Complex Problem Solving”.

Analysis of LTI systems in Z-domain 3. E. Frequency Analysis of Signals and Systems: Frequency analysis: Continuous time signals and Discrete-time signals.G. “Digital Signal Processing”. Quantisation effects in the computation of DFT 5. 4. “Analog and Digital Signal Processing”. Ludeman. John Wiley. Design of FIR filters using windows. Discrete–time systems. TMH.K. Structure of IIR systems. Implementation of discrete-time systems. Frequency domain characteristics of LTI systems. Rational Z-transforms. 8. Cavicchi. 3. Inverse Z-transform. Introduction to DSP co-processors: TMS 320C40/50. Analysis of discrete-time LTI systems. S. Control. “Digital Signal Processing”. “Discrete Time Signal Processing” References: 1. 5. frequency transformations. LTI system as a frequency selective filter. Pearson Education. 2. Thompson Learning. Speech. Goertzel algorithm. 7. “Digital Signal Processing”.J. and Linear phase filters. John Wiley. Jervis. Comparison of IIR and FIR filters. Proakis. PHI 2. Inverse systems and deconvolution 4. Discrete-time systems described by differential equations. Design of digital filters based on least-squares method digital filters from analogue filters. Telecommunication BOOKS Text Books: 1. J. Z-Transform: Definition and Properties of Z-transform. Oppenhiem and Schaffer. Design of Digital Filters: Design of FIR filters. Properties of FIR digital filters. Audio. Applications : Image processing. “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”.” Fundamentals Of Digital Signal Processing”. round-off effects in digital filters 6. Ifeachor. one-sided Z-transform. TMH. quantization of filter coefficients. Properties of DFT.C.DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 6. Correlation of discrete-time systems 2.W. 2 .C. S Sallivahanan. B. Properties of the Fourier transform for discrete-time signals. Linear filtering method based on DFT. Discrete Time Signals & System: Discrete–time signals. Frequency analysis of signals using DFT. Applications of FFT. “Digital Signal Processing”. FFT algorithm. Design of IIR filters from analog filters. Analog Devices. Ashok Ambardar. T. Discrete Fourier Transform: Frequency domain sampling. Mitra. L. Implementation of Discrete Time Systems: Structure of FIR systems.

Project. SCM standards. Elements of analysis model. Risk refinement. Software Quality Assurance: Quality concepts. Requirements engineering. System engineering hierarchy. 2 . SCM process. W5HH principle. Statistical software quality assurance. Software scope. RAD model. Specification. Metrics for small organizations. 10. Component-based development. Pre-requisite: Programming concepts. Risk mitigation-monitoringmanagement. SQA plan. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Requirement elicitation for software. 2. Empirical estimation models. Data modeling. System modeling. Software quality assurance. System Engineering: Computer-based systems. Metrics in the process and project domains. 5. Risk projection. product engineering. 8. Formal methods model. Make/Buy decision. 6. Software Applications. Relationship between people and effort. Linear sequential model. Software reviews. Version control. Analysis Concepts and Principles: Requirement Analysis. Product. Analysis Modeling: Introduction. RMMM plan. Earned value network. 7. Selecting software Engineering tasks. Software risks. Risk identification. Automated estimation tools. Formal approaches to SQA. People. Software reliability. Product: Evolving role of software. Integrating metrics within the software engineering process. ISO 9000 quality standards. Refinement of major tasks. Evolutionary software models. Safety risks and hazards. Metrics for software quality. Quality Movement. 9. Error tracking. Fourth generation techniques. 3. Risk Analysis and Management: Reactive versus proactive risk strategies. Software Configuration Management: Introduction. Mistake-proofing for software. Project Scheduling and Tracking: Basic concepts. Establishing a software metrics program. Software Process and Project Metrics: Measures-Metrics-Indicators. Statistical quality control. Software myths. 11.(307240) SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Objectives: Apply various software Engineering principles and methodologies while dealing with the various phases of software development. Configuration audit. Software measurement. Software project estimation. Process technology. Resources. 4. Software prototyping. Identification of objects in the software configuration. Formal technical reviews. 12. Analysis principles. Software Characteristics. Software Project Planning: Objectives. Defining a task network. Scheduling. Process Models. Defining a task set for the software project. Change control. Product and process. Process. Decomposition techniques. Prototyping model. Project plan. Process: Software Process. Status reporting. Business process engineering. Project Management: Management spectrum.

S. “Software Engineering Theory and Practice”. 2. 13. Behferooz & F. Other classical analysis methods. Analyzing alternative architectural designs. S. Component-Level Design: Structured programming. User Interface Design: The golden rules. 4. Design documentation. architectures and applications. “Software Engineering An Engineering Approach”. Mapping requirements into a software architecture. Pfleeger. Effective modular design. Transform mapping. Metrics for testing. Black-box testing. Transaction mapping. Data design. TMH. Oxford University Press 5. Basis path testing. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Mechanics of structured analysis. Design principles. Interface design activities. Refining architectural design. Software Testing Techniques: Software testing fundamentals. 3. Metrics for the design model. Validation testing. 2. “Software Engineering”. Architectural Design: Software architecture. “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”. Design Concepts and Principles: Software design and software engineering. Metrics for source code. Data dictionary. “Software Engineering”. Ian Sommerville. James Peter. 17. Jawadekar. Software Testing Strategies: Strategic approach to software testing. Behavioral modeling. W. Architectural styles. Prentice Hall of India A. Integration testing. Design model. References: 1. Design process. “An Integrated Approach To Software Engineering “. Technical Metrics for Software: Software quality. “Software Engineering”. Roger Pressman. Narosa. Task analysis and modeling. Design heuristics for effective modularity. J. Metrics for the analysis model. Test case design. Fifth Edition. Design concepts. 18. Pearson Education. Mall. User interface design. Testing for specialized environments. L. Art of debugging. System testing. Unit testing. Design evaluation. “Software Engineering Fundamentals”. Comparison of design notation. Hudson. framework for technical software metrics. Control structure testing. Pearson Education 2 . 16. Strategic issues. McGraw Hill. John Wiley 3. R. 15. Metrics for maintenance. 19. Pankaj Jalote. White-box testing. Implementation tools. 14.Functional modeling and information flow.

There is an abundance of image processing applications that can serve mankind with the available and anticipated technology in the near future. Histogram processing. Image sampling and quantization. Structure of human eye. Fast wavelet transform. Boundary 2 . Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations. Wavelet functions.Loeve (Hotelling) transform. Digital Image Processing Systems: Introduction. Spatial filtering: Introduction. Display. Subband coding. Series expansion. Arithmetic and logic operations. Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids. Redundancies: Coding. Morphological algorithm operations on gray-scale images 8. Basic relationships between pixels 2. Smoothing and sharpening filters 4. Image processing holds the possibility of developing the ultimate machine that could perform the visual functions of all living beings. Fidelity criteria. Lossy compression. IFFT. Properties of 2-D DFT. Image compression standards: Binary image and Continuous tone still image compression standards. DFT and 2D DFT. Thresholding. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing. Brightness adaptation and discrimination. Image sensing and acquisition. Image Representation and Description: Representation schemes. Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions. 3. Dilation. Region based segmentation 9. Closing. Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and Sharpening filters. 7. FFT. Hit-or-Miss transformation. Edge linking and Boundary detection. Interpixel. Communication. Error free compression. Scaling functions. Haar transform. Processing. Image compression models. Morphological Image Processing: Introduction. Opening. Optimum transform: Karhunen . Wavelet transforms in two dimensions 6.(407010) IMAGE PROCESSING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Digital Image Processing is a rapidly evolving field with growing applications in science and engineering. Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities. Image Data Compression: Fundamentals. Discrete cosine transform. Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform. Psychovisual. Walsh transform. Video compression standards. Image formation in the human eye. Slant transform. Erosion. Hadamard transform. & Computer Graphics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Storage. Homomorphic filtering 5. Morphological algorithm operations on binary images.

John Wiley 3. B. Milan Sonka. Rao. to be utilized for problem-solving in a wide variety of applications.R. Anil K.descriptors. “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”. Introduction: Machine perception. D. PHI References: 1. Analysis.Gonsales R. Chanda. Dutta Majumder. image processing. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 2. “Digital Image Processing”. (407020) PATTERN RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: This course teaches the fundamentals of techniques for classifying multidimensional data. Pearson Education 2.E. Pattern recognition systems. technical and medical diagnostics. R.C. Pre-requisite: Linear Algebra. Learning and Adaptation 2 . manufacturing. such as engineering system design. Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1.Vaclav Hlavac. psychology. PHI. “Fundamentals of Image Processing”.Woods. Design cycle. “Digital Image Processing”. William Pratt. Roger Boyle.Jain. economics. Second Edition. “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer 3. “Image Processing. Regional descriptors BOOKS Text Books: 1. N Ahmed & K.

Minimising the Perceptron criterion function. Maximum-Likelihood estimations. Hidden Markov Model 4. kn-NearestNeighbor estimation. Multicategory generalizations 6. Gramatical interfaces 7. Linear Discriminants Functions: Linear discriminant functions and decision surfaces. Hierarchical clustering 9. Generalised linear discriminant functions. Duda. “Pattern Recognition and Image analysis”. Nearest-Neighbor rule. Gramatical methods. Unsupervised Learning and Clustering: Mixture densities and Identifiability. Bias and Variance. John Wiley and Sons. PHI (407030) MOBILE COMPUTING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Recent developments in portable devices and high-bandwidth. Nonparametric Techniques: Density estimation. Discriminant functions and Decision surfaces. Normal density. Resampling for estimating statistic. Resampling for classifier design. Estimating and comparing classifiers.2. Unsupervised Bayesian learning. 2. Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Maximum likelihood estimation.5. Bayesian parameter estimation: Gaussian caseand General theory. it is widely predicted that 2 . CART. Gose. Applications of Pattern Recognition BOOKS Text Books: 1. Ho-Kashyap procedures. ubiquitous wireless networks has made mobile computing a reality. Data description and clustering criterion function for clustering. Classifiers. Discriminant functions for normal density. classification. Bayes Decision theory: discrete features 3. Hart. Matrics and Nearest-Neighbor classification 5. Non-separable behavior. Algorithm Independent Machine Learning: Lack of inherent superiority of any classifier. “Pattern Classification”. Prolems of dimentionality. Combining classifiers 8. Minimumerror rate classification. ID3. Bayesian Decision Theory: Bayesian decision theory: Continuous features. and Stock. Bayesian estimation. 2-Category linearly separable case. Indeed. C4. Johnsonbaugh and Jost. Minimum squared error procedure. Parzen windows. Nonmetric Methods: Decision tree. Relaxation procedure. Application to normal mixtures.

Alternative metrics 10. Slow start. Implications on mobility. Forward handover. Protocol architecture. New data services. Cyclic repetition of data. Basics: GEO. Optimizations. Indirect TCP. Future development. Ipv6. Mobile quality of service. Handover scenarios. Multiplexing. Telecommunication Systems: GSM: Mobile services. Functions: Wireless mobile terminal side. Applications. Reverse tunneling. Handover.11: System architecture. Sublayer. Carrier sense multiple access. Protocols. Wireless LAN: Infrared vs. Types of handover. IP packet delivery. Wireless ATM: Motivation for WATM. Procedures and Entities. Physical layer. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Dynamic source routing. Handover. Security. CDMA: Spread Aloha multiple access. Routing. Examples 6. 3. Cellular systems. Radio interface. Digital video broadcasting 7. Bluetooth: User scenarios. Polling. Mobility supporting network side. System architecture. Reference model: Example configurations. MEO. Broadcast Systems: Overview. Medium access control Sublayer. PRMA packet reservation multiple access. Signal propagation. Localization And Calling. Snooping TCP. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. Reservation TDMA. Hierarchical algorithms. BRAN. Generic reference model. Such predictions are based on the huge growth in the wireless phone market and the success of wireless data services. Channel access control. LEO. Location management: Requirements for location management. A short history of wireless communication 2. Dynamic host configuration protocol. Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP: Congestion control. Physical layer. Slotted Aloha. Infrastructure and Ad hoc Networks. Antennas. Transmission/time-out freezing. Tunneling and Encapsulation . Selective retransmission. FDMA. Digital audio broadcasting: Multimedia object transfer protocol. Handover: Handover reference model. Medium access control layer. Physical layer. Access point control protocol 9. Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC: Hidden and Exposed terminals. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals. Satellite Systems: History. Backward handover. Introduction: Applications. Transaction oriented TCP 2 . with desktop browsing the exception. Spread spectrum.This course will help in understanding fundamental concepts. 4. Handover requirements. UTRA FDD mode. Protocol architecture. Demand assigned multiple access. SDMA. Information bases And Networking. Networking. Radio access layer: Requirements. Inhibit sense multiple access. MAC layer. Agent advertisement and discovery. Classical Aloha. MAC management. UTRA TDD mode 5. Localization. Multiple access with collision avoidance. assumptions and requirements. TDMA: Fixed TDM. Link management. DECT: System architecture. Registration.within the next few years’ access to Internet services will be primarily from wireless devices. Mobile TCP. Near and Far terminals. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. Wireless ATM working group. Ad hoc networks: Routing. 8. IEEE 802. TETRA. Radio transmission. Modulation. Security. Wireless Transmission: Frequency for radio transmission. Addressing. Destination sequence distance vector. HIPERLAN: Protocol architecture. current developments in mobile communication systems and wireless computer networks. UMTS and IMT-2000: UMTS Basic architecture. Entities and Terminology. WATM services. Signals.

An overview of embedded systems: Introduction to embedded systems. The aim of this course is to make the students aware of the various applications of embedded systems. Pre-requisites: Microprocessors and C Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Nicopolitidis . YI Bing Lin . It introduces unified view of hardware and software. Hardware/Software co-design. Wireless markup language. “Mobile Satellite Communication: Principles and Trends”. K Pahlavan. “Wireless Communications and Networks” References : 1. Wiiliam Stallings. Wireless transport layer security. Wireless session protocol. Hypertext markup language.11. Jochen Schiller. World Wide Web: Hypertext transfer protocol. “Principles of Wireless Networks” 5. Wireless transaction protocol. Some approaches that might help wireless access. P. John Wiley 3. System architectures. John Wiley 4. Mobile databases. M. Introduction to IC technology. Support for Mobility: File systems: Consistency. P. Wireless datagram protocol. Examples Stacks with Wap. Wireless application environment. Richharia . Wireless telephony application. WML script. Rappaort. Pearson Education 2. Pearson Education (407040) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Embedded system tools and products are evolving rapidly. Krishnamurthy . “Wireless Communications Principals and Practices” 2. “Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures”. Wireless application protocol: Architecture. “Mobile communications”. Addison wisely . Challenges and issues related to embedded software development. Examples. Mobile agents BOOKS Text Books: 1. This course deals with various approaches to building embedded systems. “Wireless Networks”. Introduction to design technology 2 . Categories and requirements of embedded systems.

Parallel I/O ports. Case Studies of: Digital Camera. Analog interfaces. Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. Cox. mutual exclusion and inter-process communication. keypads and display units. Timers/Counters. Implementation of above concepts using C language. Daniel Lewis. TMH 2 . Serial communication interface. Implementation of above concepts using C language 5. Memory and high speed interfacing. Pearson Education References: 1. Barnett. TMH 2. Network Router. O’Cull. Case studies and Applications of embedded systems: Applications to: Communication. Pearson Education 3. Scheduling algorithms. David E. Process Control. “Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller”. Mixing C and Assembly. Study of C compilers and IDE. Models and languages for embedded software. Introduction to RTOS. “Fundamentals of Embedded Software”.2. Interfacing of data acquisition systems. Scheduling paradigms. “An Embedded Software Primer ". RTLinux BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction". “The 8051Microcontroller and Embedded Systems". Implementation of above concepts using C language 6. Various methods of interfacing. Parallel I/O interface. Standard I/O functions. Tony Givargis. “Embedded C Programming and the Atmel AVR ". Study of ATMEL RISC Processor: Architecture. Blind counting synchronization and Gadfly Busy waiting. Hardware for embedded systems: Various interface standards. Database. 4. “Embedded Systems”. Simon. Thomson Learning 5. processes. Pearson Education 3. Memory. Programming the target device 4. Embedded Software development: Concepts of concurrency. Embedded C Language: Real time methods. John Wiley 2. Frank Vahid. Serial communication. Raj Kamal. functions. Parallel port interfacing with switches. Myke Predko. Reset and interrupt . Synchronous approach to embedded system design. Interfacing of controllers. Basic design using RTOS 3. “Embedded Linux". Networking. threads. Preprocessor directives. Pearson Education. Craig Hollabaugh.

Steady state behavior of infinite population Markovian models. This course gives a comprehensive and state of art treatment of all the important aspects of a simulation study. Pre-Requisite: Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. model verification and validation. 3. both in terms of extent to which simulation is used and the range of applications. Continuous distribution. and Validation. 6. Goodness of fit tests. 10. Type of models. Introduction to Simulation: System and System environment. Discrete distribution. Techniques for generating random numbers. Verification and Validation of Simulation Model: Model building. Simulation Software: History of simulation software. Random Variate Generation: Inverse transform technique. Calibration and Validation of models. input modeling. 11. Identifying the Distribution of data. List processing. Long run measures of performance of Queueing systems. Stochastic nature of output data. Queueing Models: Characteristics of Queueing systems. Other examples of simulation. Empirical distribution. Parameter estimation. Acceptance rejection techniques 9. The field of modeling and simulation is as diverse as of man. Steps in simulation study. Object oriented simulation. Input Modeling: Data Collection. Verification of simulation models. 8. Statistical Models in Simulation: Useful statistical model. Generation of pseudo random numbers. Steady state behavior finite population model. Convolution method. 2. 4. The application of simulation continues to expand. 7. Trends in simulation software. Type of systems. General Principles: Concepts of discrete event simulation. Network of Queues. including modeling. Output analysis for steady state simulation 12. Tests for random numbers.(407050) COMPUTER SIMULATION AND MODELING (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: In the last five decades digital computer simulation has developed from infancy to a full-fledged discipline. Selection input model without data. Output Analysis for a Single Model: Types of simulations with respect to output analysis. simulation software. Desirable software features. Advantages and Disadvantages of simulation. Verification. Components of system. 5. Random Number Generation: Properties of random numbers. Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative System Design: Comparison of two 2 . General-purpose simulation packages. Measure of performance and their estimation. Poisson process. Multivariate and Time series input models. Simulation Examples: Simulation of Queueing systems. Queueing notations. Output analysis of terminating simulators.

In third part we should study Network Design. Body. Randall Sadowski. Second part Network programming is to be studied. Simulation of pert network BOOKS Text Books: 1. Simulation Programming. “System Simulation with Digital Computer”. Case Studies: Simulation of manufacturing systems. Protocols designs and analysis considering deterministic and non-deterministic approach. John Carson. Simulation of computer systems. “Discrete Event System Simulation” 2. W David Kelton. Drivers. For example he should able to consider different constraints and assume suitable data and solve the problems. Averill Law. David Kelton. W. Tag Gon Kim. Optimization via simulation. McGRAW-HILL References: 1. 13. Pre-requisites: Computer networks 2 . “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”. Not just SOCKETS but also protocols. (407060) ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: In first part. Donald W. are to be considered. “Simulation Modeling and Analysis”. Barry Nelson. Bernard Zeigler. Deborah Sadowski. McGRAW-HILL. Jerry Banks. “System Simulation”. Geffery Gordon. Comparison of several system design. Narsing Deo. Academic Press Harcourt India 5. “Simulation with Arena”. PHI 2. Herbert Praehofer. David Nicol. PHI 4. Advanced technologies like High speed Devices etc. “System Analysis and Modeling”. We expect natural thinking from student. Meta modeling.system design. Simulation of super market. Academic Press 3.

Air Access Technologies. 15. Addressing and routing design. 8. Common WAN Protocol: ATM: Many faces of ATM. Optical Networking: SONET/SDH standards. Layered reference models: The OSIRM.75 Internetworking protocol. Designing for peaks. Frame Relay: FR specification and design. Budget constraints. Traffic descriptors and parameters. 2 . Standard computer architectures. Theory of Operation. Backbone Network Design: Backbone requirements. Categories of tools.25. User connectivity. Traffic contract and QoS. Current forums. Cable Access Technologies. Accessing the Network. Network capacities. Introduction to Transmission Technologies: Hardware selection in the design process. ATM protocol operation (ATM cell and Transmission). Service aspects. Dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM). Network layer functions. Technology Comparisons: Circuits-message-packet and cell switching methods. 5. X. Delay or Latency. ATM layer (Protocol model). Control plane AAL. 4. Mature Packet Switched Protocol: ITU Recommendation X. Availability and reliability. Sub-DS3 ATM. Application layer. 6. Transport layer. 9. Addressing and Traffic control. Public network service selection. Types of design projects. Subscriber Interface and Access protocol. Classes of design tool. Access layer design. Data Communications: Business Drivers and Networking Directions : Data communication Past and future. ATM public services. 2. LLC and MAC sub layer protocol. Capacity planning and Network vision. Token Bus and FDDI. AAL Protocol model.6. Private verses public networking. Availability. Design tool. Bridge protocols. 14. Requirements Definition: User requirements. network topology and hardware. 13. SMDS and IEEE 802. Fiber Access Technologies. 3. Protocols. 12. Traditional Traffic engineering.. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the Upper Layers(TCP/IP): Background (Routing protocols). Understanding the standards and their maker: Creating standards: players and Process. Copper access technologies. Business aspects of Packet-Frame and cell switching services. Traffic Engineering and Capacity planning: Background (Throughput calculations) . Network layer (Internetwork layer). Theory of operations. Traffic sizing. High speed LAN protocols comparisons. Standard protocols. Management plane.DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Queued data and packet switched traffic modeling. Packet switching service aspects. Traffic engineering basics (Traffic characteristics). Generic packet switching network characteristics. Creating the traffic matrix. Application performance needs. Physical Layer Protocols and Access Technologies: Physical Layer Protocols and Interfaces. Traffic characteristics. Token Ring. Connectivity. 10. Reliability and Maintainability. 11. TCP/IP suite. ATM layer and cell (Definition). Advantages and disadvantages of FR. User plane overview. Time and Delay considerations. completing the access network design. PHY layer. ATM networking basics. B-ISDN protocol reference model. switched multimegabit data service (SMDS). Topologies. Traffic and Congestion control defined. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the LAN environment: Data link layers protocols. VoFR: Performance and Design considerations. Ethernet. Components of design projects. 7. Switching in the LAN environment. Access network capacity. Access Network Design: Network design layers. Network performance modeling. Performance and Design considerations.

Introduction: Security. Non-malicious program errors. Tuning the network. PHI References: 1. Method of defense 2. J.Walrand. Darren L Spohn. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. Storing and revoking keys. 3. “High Performance Communication Networks”. Vol. ( 307250) SYSTEM SECURITY Objectives of the course: Learn about the threats in computer security.S. W. Attacks.1. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Tanenbaum. Key generation. Y. D. R. A. Controls against program threats 2 . TMH 2. Public key Cryptography. Peterson & Davie. McCabe . Akhtar. S.Topologies strategies. “Computer Networks” 5. Key Management: Key exchange. Program Security: Secure programs. James D. “Computer Networks”. 6. Oxford 4. Morgan Kaufmann 3. Cipher Techniques: Problems. “Unix Network Programming”. Cryptographic key infrastructure. Operating system. Gallager. Bertsekas. Viruses and other malicious code. Cryptography: Basic Cryptography: Classical Cryptosystems. Varaiya. P. Cryptographic checksum. Computer criminals. Understand what puts you at a risk and how to control it. Digital signature. “Practical Computer Analysis and Design”. Targeted malicious code. Harcourt Asia. “Data Networks”. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Harcourt Asia. Hash algorithm. RC4. DES. Zheng. Controlling a risk is not eliminating the risk but to bring it to a tolerable level. “Data Network Design”. “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”. Stevens. Stream and block ciphers: AES.R. Pearson Education 2.

Organizational security policies. Pfleeger. Pearson Education. Proposals for multilevel security 6. TMH 3. Whitman. Ethical issues in computer society. “Security in Computing”. Example protocols: PEM. Biometrics. “Principles of information security”. Bruce Schneier. SSL. IPsec 7. Firewalls. 5. Challenge-response. 3. Legal. Security in Networks: Threats in networks. Rights of employees and employers. Multilevel database. 4. “Network Security” 2. Operating System Security: Protected objects and methods of protection. Networks and cryptography. Kaufman. C. Speciner. Control of access to general objects. Software failures. and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting programs and data. Computer crime. Eric Maiwald. Stallings. Memory address protection. Sensitive data. L. Secure e-mail. Macro Pistoia. Mattord. Physical security. “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” 2. “Java network security “. Interface. Password. References : 1. Intrusion detection systems. Risk analysis. Pearson Education 5. Case studies of ethics Books Text Books: 1. File protection mechanism. Database Security: Security requirements. Privacy. Perlman. 8. “Applied Cryptography”. Authentication: Authentication basics. Reliability and integrity.4. and S. Pearson Education. “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”. “Computer Security: Art and Science”. Network security control. Administrating Security: Security planning. John Wiley. Information and law. P. Matt Bishop. Privacy. Thomson 2 . Pfleeger.

BOOKS Text Books: 1. Introduction to Distributed System: Goals. Reliable client server communication. 5. Communication: Layered protocols. Distribution protocols. Naming: Naming entities. A. Software agent. Distributed commit. Removing un-referenced entities. J. N. Synchronization: Clock synchronization. 6. Logical clocks. 3. “Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design”. Message-oriented communication. 2. Data centric consistency models.(307260) DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING Objective: This course aims to build concepts regarding the fundamental principles of distributed systems. Distributed transactions. Remote object invocation. Coulouris. TMH 2 . CODA files system. Hardware concepts. 4. Comparison of CORBA. Access control. Distributed COM. Fault Tolerance: Introduction. Mutual exclusion. Software concepts. 10. 9. “Distributed Systems: Principles and Paradigms” 2. Global state. Election algorithms. Secure channels. Locating mobile entities. Kindberg. Consistency protocols. Pearson Education References: 1. Security: Introduction. Examples of distributed systems. “Advanced Concepts in Operating Systems”. The design issues and distributed operating system concepts are covered. Dollimore. Process resilience. Stream-oriented communication. Reliable group communication. Client centric consistency models. Case Study: CORBA. Code Migration. 7. Singhal. M. DCOM. Remote procedures call. Consistency and Replication: Introduction. and Globe. Distributed File System: Sun network file system. Processes: Threads. Servers. Clients. 8. and T. Globe. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems and Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Security management. Taunenbaum. Shivaratri. G. and Client-Server model. Recovery.

Content based navigation. Hyper media message components. Compression and Decompression: Types of compression. Data and File Format Standards: Rich text format. Gray scale. Multimedia across wireless. Full motion video 4. and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in the text section. Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems. defining objects for multimedia systems. The world-wide web. Types of multimedia systems. MPEG 3. manipulating. Creating hypermedia messages. information access. Students learn the issues involved in capturing. Storage and Retrieval Technologies: Magnetic media technology. Digital Voice and Audio. Components of multimedia systems. Distributed object models 6. Object display/playback issues 9. Integrated services. storing. RSVP 7. Organizing multimedia databases. Distributed application design issues. Audio compression. Printout technology.(307270) MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Objectives of the course: This course teaches students to collect. Cache management for storage system. Hyper media application design considerations. Architectural and Telecommunications Considerations: Specialized computational processors. Multimedia data interface standards 2. Multimedia Input/Output Technologies: Key technologies issues. application workflow design issues. Optical media. Pen input. RIFF. 2 . processing. compressing. Hyper Media Messaging: Mobile messaging. Educational applications and authoring. Industrial applications. Fractal compression. Hierarchical storage management. Television. integrated multimedia message standards. RTP. Video Conferencing. Color. JPEG. and intelligently integrate multiple media on computers. Multimedia board solutions. AVI. Multimedia Networking: Multimedia networking applications. Open hypermedia systems. Memory systems. Streaming stored audio and video. Integrated document management. User interface design. Image and video databases: Indexing and Retrieval 5. Videoon-demand. Multimedia transport across ATM networks. Still video image compression. TIFF. Hypermedia linking and embedding. Multimedia Authoring and User Interface: Multimedia authoring systems. LAN/WAN connectivity. Applications like Interactive. Video and Image display system. Video image compression. Virtual reality design. Scheduling and policing mechanisms. searching. Multimedia system architecture. Image scanners. Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes. Binary image compression schemes. indexing. MIDI. Multimedia archives and digital libraries 8. Evolving technologies for multimedia systems. Multimedia Systems Introduction: Multimedia application.

M. Multimedia systems design examples. chose. “Multimedia Communications”. Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. Academic Press. K. Kaufman 5. Kurose. “Multimedia Computing. Distributed client server operations. D. Multimedia object servers. Koegel Buford. “Multimedia Communications: Directions and Innovations”. Multi-server network topologies. Gibson. Hardcourt India 6. 2. Pearson Education. “Computer Networking”. Andheigh. Multimedia System Design: Methodology and considerations. Rao. Ross. and incorporate robots in engineering systems. Pearson Education. and Networks” 4. 2 . Milovanovic. Pearson Education (407110) ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robot manipulator control. Distributed Multimedia Systems: Components of distributed multimedia systems. J.F. Books Text Books: 1. Prabhat K. D. K. J. Steimnetz. Subrahmanian. Classification. “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques. References : 1. Pre-requisite: Exposure to linear algebra and matrix operations. Pearson Education 3. “Multimedia Database Systems”. “Multimedia Systems Design”. Communications and Applications”. Kiran Thakrar. enough to evaluate. Application. Exposure to programming in a high level language DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Distributed multimedia database.10. PHI John F. Standards. Managing distributed objects 11. 2. Free Halshall.W. K. Nahrstedt. “Multimedia Systems”.R. R.

3. Co-ordinate frames. Link co-ordination arm equation. Moments of Inertia.2. 5. Interpolated motion. 2. Segmentation (Thresholding. 3. Configuration. Gross motion. Four axis robot. Robot Vision: Image representation. “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”. Polyhedral objects. “Introduction to Robotics”. 5. Nagel. Negin. Structured Illumination. TMH. PHI. Oderey. PHI Mittal.J. Shrink operators. Notations. region labeling. Task planner simulation. “Robotics and AI”. Euler numbers. “Introduction to Robotics”. Shane analysis. J. Planning. Continuous path motion. Straight-line motion. Swell operators. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Uncertainty. workspace fixtures. Perspective transformation. Rotations. McGraw Hill 3. PHI. “Robotics and Control”. “Robotics”. Task Planning: Task level programming. 7. Space. Co-ordinates. Six axis robot). Source and goal scenes. 6. Simulation of Planer motion. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. Grasp planning. Template matching. Staughard. Pearson Education References: 1. Pick and place operations. 6. “Robotics and Mecatronics”. Gonzales and Lee. Robert Shilling. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Homogeneous. Nagrath. 2. Chmielewski. 4. 8. Specification. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. McGraw Hill Walfram Stdder. Camera calibration). Craig. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. Three-Four axis. “Industrial Robotics”. (Five-axis robot. Fine-motion Planning. Fu. 4. Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). Pearson Education Klafter. Grover. Niku. TMH 2 . “Robot Engineering”. Wiess.

Ordered –Structural matching. DETAILED SYLLABUS 9. methods and concepts which will enable the student to implement computer vision systems with emphasis on applications and problem solving Pre-requisite: Introduction to Image Processing. View class matching.(407120) COMPUTER VISION (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: To introduce the student to computer vision algorithms. Motion-based segmentation. Understanding line drawings. Split & merge. Classification of shapes by labeling of edges. Shape numbers. 13. Inverse perspective Projection. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Labeling. Data-structures. Connected component labeling. General Frame Works: Distance –relational approach. Facet Model Recognition: Labeling lines. Back-tracking. 16. Grouping. Region growing. Global vs. Models database organization. region shrinking. 14. Edge. Models database organization. 17. Extracting. Morphological operators. R. Jain. Binary Machine Vision: Thresholding. 11. Line fitting. Jean Ponce. Perspective Projective geometry. Forsyth. Local features. Gradient based operators. 2 . Boundary analysis: Signature properties. Hierarchal segmentation. Knowledge Based Vision: Knowledge representation. Matching of 2D image. Region Analysis: Region properties. Image matching : Intensity matching of ID signals. Spatial moments. “Machine Vision”. Hierarchical image matching. Mixed spatial gray-level moments. Orderedstructural matching. 15. Labeling of connected components. Consisting labeling problem. Kasturi. Area Extraction: Concepts. View class matching. Curve fitting (Least-square fitting). Hough transform. “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach” 2. 12. G. Rule-based Segmentation. Spatial operators for edge detection. Recognition Methodology: Conditioning. Control-strategies. Information integration. General Frame Works For Matching: Distance relational approach. R. Thinning. David A. Schunk. Photogrammetry – from 2D to 3D. 10. and B. McGraw-Hill. Spatial clustering. Object Models And Matching: 2D representation. Matching. Recognition of shapes. Line-Linking. Edge detection. Segmentation. External points.

Parallel sorting algorithms.Vaclav Hlavac. Circuit satisfiability. (407130) PARALLEL PROCESSING (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: Upon completion of this course students will be able to understand and employ the fundamental concepts and mechanisms which form the basis of the design of parallel computation models and algorithms. Program transformations 4. Debugging message passing parallel programs. Robert Haralick and Linda Shapiro. Roger Boyle. AddisonWesley. II. Analysis. Solving linear systems. 2. Solving diophantine equations. Histogram computation. Vol I. Array processors. Shared Memory Programming: General model of shared memory programming. Process model under UNIX 5. Model. as well as possible solutions Pre-requisite: Computer architecture. Types of operating systems. Pipelining. Algorithms for Parallel Machines: Speedup. Debugging Parallel Programs: Debugging techniques. Matrix multiplication. recognize problems and limitations to parallel systems. Complexity and cost. “Image Processing. Benchmarking parallel performance 7. Introducing collective. “Computer and Robot Vision”. Parallel reduction. Occam. Multiprocessor architecture. Introduction: Parallel Processing Architectures: Parallelism in sequential machines. Debugging shared memory parallel programs 9. Loop dependence analysis. Parallel programming models. Operating system support. Probabilistic algorithms 6. nCUBE C. Message Passing Programming: Introduction. Quadrature problem. Data Dependency Analysis: Types of dependencies loop and array dependences. Interface. Abstract model of parallel computer. Programmability Issues: An overview. Milan Sonka. 1993.References: 1. C-Linda 8. Data structures DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Memory and I/O Subsystems: Hierarchical memory structure. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 2. Software tools 3. Virtual memory 2 . Parallel Programming languages: Fortran90.

Functional and logic paradigms. and Alaghaband G. conceptual design methodologies. Cache allocation and management. Gupta.. M. McGraw Hill 2.P. D.J. Wilson G. in terms of data models. query language.V. “Parallel Programming”. “Introduction to Parallel Processing”. J. PHI 3. “Computer Architecture and Parallel Processing”. and storage techniques. Hawang Kai and Briggs F. E. Quinn. F. Jorden H.. define and characterize data mining applications. to motivate. “Parallel Computer Architecture”. A. Memory allocation and management.system. PHI 2.. TMH References: 1. Gustafson-Barsis’s law. A. Karf-Flatt metric. Isoefficiency metric BOOKS Text Books: 1. Morgan Kaufman (407140) DATA WAREHOUSING AND MINING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives of the course: The data warehousing part of module aims to give students a good overview of the ideas and techniques which are behind recent development in the data warehousing and online analytical processing (OLAP) fields. “Practical Parallel Programming”. define and characterize data mining as process. Systolic architectures. Input output subsystems 10. Singh. Amdahl’s law.. Pre-requisites: DBMS 2 . Data mining part of the model aims to motivate. Culler. Performance of Parallel Processors: Speedup and efficiency. Cache memories and management. Distributed shared memory 11. “Fundamentals of Parallel Processing” 3. Other Parallelism Paradigms: Data flow computing. Shasikumar M.

Query language. John Wiley. Languages. data quality. Data Mining Algorithms: Classification. Data Design And Data Representation: Principles of dimensional modeling. Architecture And Infrastructure: Architectural components. Association rules. Overview And Concepts: Need for data warehousing. 2 . Information Access And Delivery: Matching information to classes of users. 3. Ralph Kimball. John Wiley. 6. OLAP in data warehouse. Visualisation : Data generalization and summarization-based characterization. Web Usage mining. Designing GUI based on a data mining query language. Planning And Requirements: Project planning and management. Han. Linoff. Wiley Dreamtech. “The Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkit”. Architectures of data mining systems 8. Advanced Topics: Spatial mining. 5.H. John Wiley. M Berry and G. “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”. 6. Data Mining Primitives. Trends in data warehousing. 2. “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”. W. Data mining techniques. Mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases 7. Morgan Kaufmann References: 1. M. 3. “Mastering Data Mining”. John Wiley. Introduction: Basics of data mining. “Building the Data Warehouses”. related concepts. Clustering. Trends in data mining BOOKS Text Books: 1. Analytical characterization: analysis of attribute relevance. “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”. Knowledge Discovery : KDD Process 4. Basic elements of data warehousing. Implementation And Maintenance: Physical design process. Web Mining: Web Content Mining. 2. Pearson Education. Web Structure Mining. Data warehousing and the web. Paulraj Ponnian. Dunham. data extraction. data warehouse deployment. 2.H. Mining class comparisons: Discriminating between different classes. Systems products and research prototypes. “Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics”. Temporal mining. Infrastructure and metadata. 4. R. transformation and loading. Inmon. Dimensional modeling advanced topics. 4. Application and Trends in Data Mining: Applications. Data Mining: 1. growth and maintenance. 5. Collecting the requirements. 3. 2. 3.DETAILED SYLLABUS Data Warehousing: 1. Kimpall. and System Architectures: Data mining primitives. Additional themes in data mining. Kamber.

Learning Rules. Supervised learning. fuzzy logic systems and their applications.G. Its focus will be on the introduction of basic theory. Method of steepest descent .least mean square algorithms. 2. Learning Factors. Boltzmann learning rule. Simulated Annealing: The Boltzmann machine. Bidirectional Associative Memory. C++ DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. McCulloch and Pitts models of neuron. Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets. Fuzzification and defuzzification methods. Fuzzy controllers. Pre-requisite: Knowledge of calculus. Learning process: Error-correction learning. and basic probability and statistics are required. Hopfield networks: energy function. The extension principle. 5. Fuzzy relations. MathCad. Multilayer Perceptron: Derivation of the back-propagation algorithm. spurious states. 6. RBF learning strategies. K-means and LMS algorithms. Properties. (407150) NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: This course covers basic concepts of artificial neural networks. E. error performance . Network architectures.5. 2 . 4. Mallach. Unsupervised learning. Background in the following subjects desirable: numerical analysis (including optimization). 3. C. Single Layer Perceptron: Perceptron convergence theorem. Types of activation function. Programming skills in one of the following would be desirable: Matlab. Operations on fuzzy relations. Java. Membership functions. Operations on fuzzy sets. comparison of RBF and MLP networks. Radial Basis and Recurrent Neural Networks: RBF network structure. Introduction: Biological neurons. “Decision Support and Data Warehouse systems”. Fuzzy measures. TMH. theorem and the reparability of patterns. algorithm formulation and ways to apply these techniques to solve real world problems. Knowledge representation.

Process problems and defect rates. Building a Software Testing Strategy: Computer system strategic risk.. 2. Simon Haykin. Norosa Publishing House 3.L.. Economics of testing. 3. To provide a professional qualification widely recognized by employers. McGraw Hill Ahmad Ibrahim. Testing methodology 2 .. To provide a complete picture of the test activities and processes from requirements review to system implementation. Ross.M. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems.. & Reinfrank M. “Introduction to Applied Fuzzy Electronics”. Economics of SDLC testing. Hellendoorn H. Introduction: Defect. The business perspective for testing 2.BOOKS Text Books: 1. “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”. PHI 2. Common computer problems. IEEE Press (407160) SOFTWARE TESTING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives To improve your understanding of software testing . Structured approach to testing. Pre-requisites: Software Engineering.. 4. Driankov D. Defect Vs failures. Berkan R. PHI References: 1. To learn standard terminology. “Fuzzy Systems Design Principles”. OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”. Pearson Education Zurada J.its purpose and nature and raise your awareness of issues and constraints around testing. Yegnanarayana B. and Trubatch S. “Artificial Neural Networks”. Test strategy. customers and peers.Comprehensive Foundation”. Testing. Establishing a testing policy..C.an organizational issue. Discover good sources of information. “Neural Network a . Jaico publishers Thimothy J.

“Software Testing Techniques”. Perry. Unit testing techniques. “Testing Computer Software”. Louise Tamres. Web based systems. Building Test Document: Uses. Kaner C. Program Phase Testing. Data Warehouse 9. Workbench skills 7. Nguyen H. Functional testing and analysis 5. Off-the-self software. Design Phase Testing. Verification and validation in the software development process. Acceptance Test. Pearson Education. Software Testing Process: Access Project Management Development Estimate and Status. References : 1. Functional system testing techniques. Responsibility. Storage. Test plan documentation. Selecting and Installing Software Testing Tools: Testing tools-Hammers of testing. “Effective Methods for Software Testing”. Test Software Change. Types... Report Test Result. 2 . 4. System documentation. Software Testing Process: Cost of computer testing. Establishing a Software Testing Methodology: Introduction. Testing Software Installation. John Wiley. Execute Test and Record Results. Test analysis report documentation Books Text Books: 3. Evaluate Test Effectiveness 8. W. Requirements Phase Testing. Multi platform environment. Software testing process. “Introducing Software Testing”.3. Workbench concept.E. Testing Specialized Systems and Applications: Client/Server systems. Test Plan. Falk J. Boris Beizer.. Considerations in developing testing methodologies 4. Dreamtech 2. Determining Software Testing Techniques: Testing techniques/tool selection process. Functional and structural testing. Selecting techniques/tools. Life cycle testing concept. Structural system testing techniques. RAD. John Wiley. Security. Verification and validation. Appointing managers for testing tools 6. Selecting and using the test tools.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2 .

instantaneous and average power. mutual inductance. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. Node. Solving electrical circuits using graph theory. The loop matrix B. The R-L-C circuit. Simple RL and RC circuit. Linear Graphs: Introductory definitions: The incidence matrix A. Steady state Analysis of AC and DC circuits using Nodal.C. Characteristics of sinusoids. integral relationship for inductor. Planner graphs. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutest matrix. Loop.Compensation. Measurement of three phase power for balanced and unbalanced loads. source transformation.Second Year B.C. General and particular solutions of the equations with and without initial conditions. Concept of phasor. energy consideration. capacitor. Application of unit-step forcing function.Forced response to sinusoidal forcing function. phasor diagrams 2.Source-free parallel/series RLC circuit. 4 A. mesh loop analysis. and C. KVL.Linear transformer. Phasor relationships for R. Thevenin and Norton’s theorem to circuits having dependent sources. millman and Tellegens theorem. Application of KCL. integrating factor. Polyphase circuits. Ideal transformer. Duality. impedance and admittance. apparent power and factor. delta connections.wire system. Thevenin and Norton’s theorem. L. Network Topology and Kirchoff’s Laws. complex power three phase three.Natural and forced response. Inductor.Overdamped. Properties of exponential response. three phase Y. 2 . A & B matrices. Transients : Formations of first and second order differential equations. Dot convention. Plotting the current and voltage response under transient conditions for different inputs. Magnetically coupled circuits. Initial state of a network D. Node pair equations. Time constants. Geometrical interpretation of derivatives. Transients Sinusoidal forcing function. Initial conditions in networks. Effective values of current and voltage. Concept of dependent sources. reciprocity and substitution theorem. Semester-3. Superposition. Initial conditions in elements. Electrical SUBJECT: NETWORK ANALYSIS DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Lossless LC circuit. critical and underdamped RLC circuit.Tech. Maximum transfer therorem. Procedure for evaluating initial conditions. Source-free RL and RC circuits.

Van Valkenburag: Network analysis . Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Term work: The term work shall consist of at least five computer simulations using software such as MATLAB.. covering the whole syllabus. duly recorded and graded.E. fifth edition. duly recorded and graded as well as least five tutorials.H. 2 .E. A test shall be conducted and will carry a weightage of ten marks. 1993. Bruce Carlson: Circuits. Schaum’s Outline Series: Electrical networks. Pspice etc. 2002. M. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks.References: W. Kemmerly: Engineering circuit analysis . 1999. 1990. Eastern Economy edition. Limited. Jr. and J. Hayt. Limited. Thomson Asia Pvt. Tata McGraw Hill publication.

Load line and Modes of operation. Temperature Effects in MOSFETs. Photodiode. NPN Transistor: Forward-active mode operation. The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. Single – Stage Amplifier. Light-Emitting Diode. 2 . MOS Field-Effect Transistor. other small – Signal Parameters and Equivalent Circuits. Current-Voltage characteristics. Environmental Thermal Considerations in Transistor Amplifiers. Voltage Doubler Circuit. Common Base Amplifier. Filter. Graphical Analysis and AV Equivalent Circuit. The Three Basic Amplifier Configurations : Summary and Comparison. The PN Junction. Amplifier. Photodiode and LED Circuits. Digital Logic Gate and Amplifier. Ripple Voltage and Diode current. The Common Gate Configuration. Diode Circuits Design of Rectifier Circuits. Small Signal Hybrid –  Equivalent Circuit of the Bipolar Transistor. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT: BASIC ELECTRONICS –I SEMESTER-III DETAILED SYLLABUS Semiconductor Materials and Diodes Review of Semiconductor Materials and Properties. Clipper and Clamper Circuits. Schottky Barrier Diode. Basic BJT Amplifiers Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. DC Analysis of Transistor circuits. Hybrid –  Equivalent circuit including the early effect. Basic transistor Amplifier Configurations. Full Wave Rectification. Input Protection in MOSFET. Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch. Zener Diode. Transistor Structures. Integrated circuit biasing. Introduction to Semiconductor Diode Theory. AC Equivalent Circuits.Tech.B. Multiple-Diode circuits. Common Emitter Amplifiers. Common Collector Emitter follower Amplifier. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Other Diode Types – Solar Cell. Multistage Amplifiers. The Field Effect Transistor Junction Field-Effect Transistor. Power Considerations. Half Wave Rectification. The Bipolar Junction Transistor Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. Multistage circuits. The VMOS FET . Equivalent Circuit. Non ideal Transistor leakage currents and Breakdown. Voltage divider biasing and Bias stability. Basic transistor applications – Switch. PNP transistor: Forward-active mode operation. AC load line Analysis. Bipolar transistor biasing – Single base resistor biasing. Zener Diode Circuits. Circuit symbols and Conventions. Expanded hybrid . the Common Source Amplifier. MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. Common-Emitter circuits. Semester-3. Manufacturer’s Specifications. The Three Basic Amplifier Configuration: Summary and Configuration. Common bipolar circuits: DC analysis. The Source Follower Amplifier. Basic FET Amplifiers The MOSFET Amplifier. Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models.

Donald Schilling and Charles Belove. Pearson Education. Gordon Carpenter. duly recorded and graded as well as at least Ten computer simulations using EDA tools like PSPICE duly recorded and graded. Theodore F. 3. Electronic Design. Third edition. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. Second Edition. Electronic Devices and Circuits.Text Books: 1. Additional Reading: 1. Donald A. Fourth Edition. Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. McGraw Hill International Edition 2001. Shroff Publishers. Term Work The Term work shall consist of at least Eight laboratory experiments covering the whole of syllabus. 2002. Neamen. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks. First Indian Edition 2004 2.. Martin Roden. McGraw Hill International edition. Bogart Jr. 2 . Beasley. Sixth Edition. William Wieserman. Guillermore Rico. 1989. Jeffery S.

C. in full pitch coil Detail construction of D. efficiency & regulation calculation. Electrical Electrical Machines – I Electromechanical energy conversion (4-L) Principle of energy conversion Singly excited machine Reluctance motor Doubly excited machine Basic concepts of rotating electric machine & D.. polarity test.C. tap-changing transformer Parallel operation of transformer 3-phase Transformer (4-L) Vector groups Excitation phenomenon in transformer Transformer harmonics & oscillating neutral Switching current transient Mechanical forces (Elementary treatment) 244 .C. condition for maximum efficiency Difference in power transformer & distribution transformer. all day efficiency Autotransformer. generator (4-L) General terms Generated e. generator & its types Commutation Armature reaction D. machine Single phase transformer (15-L) Construction of core type & shell type transformer.C.Tech.C. Semester-3. working principle Equivalent circuit & phasor diagram O.B.C. shunt & series motors & their design principle Speed control Testing of D.f.m. test.C. Sumpner’s test./S. motors (15-L) EMF & torque equation Types of motors & motors characteristics Losses & efficiency Starters for D.

P. series motor. & Kothari D.Kingsley.S. Reference books: Stefen J.C.A. test on single-phase transformer. “Electrical Machinery” Khanna Publisher Nagrath I. Hopkinson’s / back-to-back test on D.C. “Electrical Machinery & power system” TMH Publications 245 . Load test on single-phase transformer. Speed control of D.phase transformer Retardation test Polarity test Starters of D. TMH Publication Bimbhra P.C. Shunt motor.LIST OF EXPERIMENTS O. motor. McGraw Hill International Edition Nasar S. Text book: A. Field’s test on D. Capman. “Electrical Machines”. Sumpner’s / back-to-back test on two transformers. TMH Publications.C. / S.C.C.. carrying weightage of 15 marks.C.C. A class test will carry weightage of 10 marks.J. Vector groups of three phase transformers. Load test on D.C. Swinbur’s test on D. “Electrical Machines”. “Electric machinery & power system fundamentals”. shunt motor. shunt motor. Parallel operation of 3.Fitzgerald & C. motor. Break test on D. Motors Term work: Term work shall consists of minimum 10 experiments duly performed & graded.E.

Solutions of Linear Algebraic equations. and polynomical regression. Roots of Equation. Absolute .(Including relevant engineering applications). the false position method. Boundary-value and Eigen value problems. Numerical integration.corrector method.(Including relevant engineering applications).the Newton-raphson method. Picard’s method of successive approximation. Bracketing methods.The Bisection method. Error propagation. Gauss. Taylor series method. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT : NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES DETAILED SYLLABUS Errors in numerical computation: Their types. Approximation – Least square approximation technique.5 condition of convergence of iterative methods. Gauss.(Including relevant engineering applications)Methods based on interpolation and finite differences.B.. Simpon’s 1/3 rule. Lagrange interpolating polynomicals.Elimination method. Runga-Kutta methods of second and fourth order.Technique. The secant method. pitfalls. Curve fitting. errors due to storage.Tech. Semester-3. Binary representation of numbers. 3. Euler’s predicator. successive approximation method.seidel method.(Including relevant engineering applications)The Trapezoidal rule. Numerical differentiation. References: 246 . linear regression. LU decomposition and matrix inversion. improvement. Floating point arithmetic. Simpon’s 3/8 rule. Open methods. Solution to ordinary differential equations.relative and percentage error. Runge –Kutta methods – Euler’s method.(Including relevant engineering applications). comparison of different methods. analysis and estimation. Gauss-Jordan method.(Including relevant engineering applications). Interpolation –Newton’s divided difference.

Raymond P. Third edition. Term Work: The term work shall consist of at least ten programs(Implemented in C) based on methods covering the whole syllabus. Sandra L. Applied Numerical methods for engineering (Using MATLAB and C0. Numerical Methods for Engineers. duly recorded and graded as well as at least five computer simulations using software like MATLAB etc. Ltd. Harris. Schilling. Tata McGraw –Hill.Seven C. 2002. Chapra. 247 . 2000. Thomosn Asia Pte. Robert J. Canale.

departmentalisation Product. Performance appraisal. Public goods and common resources. Demand and Supply.Gregory Mankiw. Banks and Money. Function. Organisation as production system. skills & roles. Central Banking and control of money supply. 1986 3) Principles of economics: N. Herzberg Mclelland's theories. Money supply. Economist as scientist and policy advisor. Text books and references : 1) Management: Richard L. Controlling and Financial Control: The control process.Daft. supply and government policies. Quality and cost controls. Empowennent. 2) Management: David R. Production and operations management.Tech. – Semester-3 – Electrical Industrial Economics and Management Introduction to economics: Ten principles of economics. Creative control. Job design for motivation. Demand. behaviour and contingency approaches. The cost of production. System theory. process and models. Micro and macro economics. Banking : Money & Functions of money. Managerial decision making : Types of decision.B. Mcgraw-Hill book Co. recruiting. zool. decision making. wage and salary administration. selecting and developing effective work force. Elasticity and its applications. Maslow. Equilibrium of firm in perfect competition. . Leadership & Motivation : Leadership functions and styles. Human Resource Planning. Externalities and market inefficiencies. monopoly and monopolistic competition. contingency view. span of managements delegation and decentralisation of authority. 16thed. II ed. Human resource management: Role of HRM.Hampton. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Nonnative and positive economics. 4) Economics: Samuelson & Nordhans. Balance of payments. Organisation Structures: Key considerations. Productivity and economic growth. Factors affecting growth. 2000 248 . levels. Inventory management. Product and service design. Economic development : Growth and development. Breaker analysis. facilities layout and location. V ed:. Exchange rates. Thomson 2002. Trade restrictions : Tariffs and quotas. qualities of effective control. budgetary control. Thomson. Management : Definition. Matrix. Financial statements and ratios. International trade : Law of comparative advantage. Functions.

Network function for one port and two port. Complex frequency and frequency response.Stability of active networks. Parallel combination of two port networks. Laplace Transform of some simple time functions. Network functions. Transforms of other signal waveforms. Initial and final value of f(t) from F(s). Complex frequency. The subject network synthesis gives the idea about concept of sythesis and stability of the given circuits and network functions. Fourier Transform Techniques. Restrictions on pole and zero locations for Driving point functions. Convolution and time response in time domain. Semester-4. FT of general periodic time functions. 249 . Calculation of network function for ladder and general networks. Convolution integral and convolution as summation. Physical significance of system function. Complex frequency plane. Shifted unit step. Electrical SUBJECT: NETWORK SYNTHESIS AND DESIGN DETAILED SYLLABUS Objectives of the course: This course attempts at analytical insight of the students which enhances their abilities to solve a large and complex problem. Solution of electrical circuits using Laplace transform. Laplace Transform Techniques.Admittance parameters. Properties of fourier transform. Complete response to periodic forcing functions. Terminal pairs or ports. Basic theorems for Laplace transform. Complete response. Waveform synthesis. Properties of Laplace transform. natural response and s-plane.B. Time domain behavior from pole-zero plot .Tech. complex form of Fourier series. Frequency response as a function of sigma. Poles and zeros of network functions. FT of some simple time functions.Use of symmetry. poles and zeros. System function and response in frequency domain.Transfer functions. hybrid parameters. impedance parameters. Two port networks. Relationship of two port variables. It also gives some fundamentals for different waveforms and their synthesis Fourier Analysis Trigonometric form.Relationship between parameter sets. ramp and impulse functions.

Driving point synthesis of LC. duly recorded and graded as well as at least three tutorials. A test shall be conducted and will carry a weightage of ten marks. Hayt. Tata McGraw –Hill publication. and J. Eastern Economy Edition. Foester and Cauer forms. 1980. W. Properties of positive real function. References: M. covering the whole syllabus. Van Valkenburg: Introduction to Modern Network Synthesis. Wiley eastern publication. Routh Hurwitz polynomials.Hall of India Pvt.E. M. Study of Chebyshev and butterworth filters. Term work: The term work shall consist of at least three computer simulations using software such as MATLAB etc. 1993. Wiley Eastern Limited. Testing of positive real functions. Prentice. Franklin F. 250 . RC and RL networks. Filters : Introduction to concepts of filters. Fifth Reprint. Limited.E.Network synthesis. Kuo: Network Analysis and Synthesis. duly recorded and graded.E. fifth edition. Kemmerly: Engineering Circuit Analysis.H. This will carry a weightage of fifteen marks. 1999. Van Valkenburg: Network analysis . Low pass and high pass filters. Jr. 1986.

instrumentation amplifier. adder. Low and high frequency considerations. transformer coupled. 6. stability. oscillator with LC feedback. Applications of OP-Amp: differentiator. Wein bridge oscillator. antilog amplifier. Semester-4. frequency response of cascade amplifiers. Multistage amplifiers: RC coupled. effect of low frequency and high frequency on coupling and bypass capacitors. Comparator. Colpitt oscillator. Large signal amplifiers: Harmonic distortion and power efficiency of Class A.Tech. direct coupled. analysis and design of different types of negative feedback. List of Experiments: 251 . Thermal considerations and design selection of heat sinks.Amp parameters like open loop / closed loop response. slew rate OP-Amp using MOS. 5. Feedback amplifiers: Feedback concept. twin T oscillator. Study of OP. integrator. positive and negative feedback. 2. Oscillators: Principle of oscillation. cascade amplifier. RC oscillator. Gain Bandwidth product. Crystal controlled oscillator. log. Topology. 4.B. BiCMOS. 7. their types. AB and C amplifiers. classification of feedbacks. Analysis and design considerations of multistage amplifiers. B. level shifter & other blocks integrated OP-Amp. ELECTRICAL SUBJECT: BASIC ELECTRONICS –II SEMESTER-IV 1. JFET. clapp oscillator. their performance. Operation Amplifiers: Differential amplifiers. Armstrong oscillator. 3. small signal analysis. effect of source and load resistance. subtractor. darlington pair. differential stage. Frequency response: General concepts. decibels. frequency Response. low frequency response characteristic. ideal feedback amplifier. high frequency response. General analysis of multistage feedback and multiloop feedback amplifiers.

Cascade amplifier and finding its parameters 4. Term Work: Each student has to appear for written test during the term. Report on experiments (at least eight from the list of suggested experiments) along with a graded answer paper shall be submitted as term work. Colpitt / Hartley oscillator. 7. Frequency response and performance parameters of two stage BJT amplifier.1. 6. It’s effect on frequency response. 3. Report on experiments will further include at least five using simulation software making a total of eight experiments. Frequency response and performance parameters of two stage FET amplifier. 252 . 2. Op-Amp as an integrator and differentiator. Current series feedback using BJT / FET. Written Test – 30 marks. The distribution of term work works will be as follows: Report on experiments – 20 marks. It’s effect on frequency response. 5. Voltage series feedback using BJT/ FET. In addition At least 5 experiments using simulation software. Class C amplifier and its efficiency. 9 10. 8. Op-Amp in inverting / non-inverting mode. RC Phase shift oscillator for different amplitude and frequency.

253 . 3. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design – Neamen Mc-Graw Hill publication. Boylestad Microelectronics – Jacob Millman & Arcin Grabel Mc-Graw Hill publication. 2. Microelectronic Circuits analysis & design – Rashid PWS Publishing Company Reference Books: 1. Electronics devices and circuit theory – Robert L. 2. Electronic devices – Floyd Pearson Education Asia publication.Text Books: 1.

new ASA & saturated synchronous reactance method Physical concepts of synchronous machines operation Operating characteristics of alternator Power flow through inductive impedance Circle diagram of synchronous machines i. MMF.M. excitation circle & power circle. rotor frequency. coil span factor etc.e.M. current & power Losses & efficiency Phasor diagram & equivalent circuit Analysis of equivalent circuit Torque slip characteristics Operating or performance characteristics No load & blocked rotor test Circle diagram Starting of 3-phase I. emf equation for full pitch & short pitch coil.c. (4-L) Terms pertaining to rotating machines. distribution factor. Rotating magnetic field Synchronous machines (20-L) Flux & MMF phasors in cylindrical & salient pole machines Phasor diagram of synchronous generator & motor Voltage regulation by EMF. Speed control of 3-phase I. Single phase induction motor (3-L) Two field revolving theory 254 . Electrical Electrical Machines – II Basic concepts of 3-phase a. pole pitch.Tech. Power factor control of synchronous motor & generator Blondel’s two reaction theory of salient pole machine Phasor diagram of salient pole machines. ZPF. Synchronizing power & synchronizing torque Physical concept of synchronizing power Synchronous machine stability Hunting & damper winding Slip test Synchronization Parallel operation of two alternators & effect of change in mechanical input & excitation on load sharing.B. flux per pole. Speed load characteristics Synchronous machine on infinite bus Starting of synchronous motor 3-Phase Induction Motor (15-L) Induction motor as transformer Flux & mmf phasors. machines. Semester-4. slip Rotor emf.

McGraw Hill International Edition Nasar S. No load & blocked rotor test on 1.C. Reference books: Stefen J.Equivalent circuit & performance.Kingsley. TMH Publication Bimbhra P.F. “Electric machinery & power system fundamentals”./ Z.P. “Electrical Machines”. Slip test on synchronous machine.J. “Electrical Machinery & power system” TMH Publications 255 .C. Text book: A. Parallel operation of two alternators Induction Generator Term work: Term work shall consists of minimum 10 experiments duly performed & graded. TMH Publications. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS O. ‘V’ curves of synchronous induction motor. No load & blocked rotor test on 3-ph induction motor.E. Load test on 3-ph induction motor. A class test will carry weightage of 10 marks. “Electrical Machines”. Speed control of 3-ph induction motor.. on synchronous machine. carrying weightage of 15 marks.C. Capman.P.C.Fitzgerald & C.S. Synchronization of alternator with infinite bus & ‘V’ curves of synchronous motor.A. & Kothari D.C. / S. “Electrical Machinery” Khanna Publisher Nagrath I.phase transformer.

B. INTRODUCTION Application of power-electronics Power semiconductor devices Control characteristics of power devices Characteristics and specifications of switches Types of power electronic circuits Design of power electronics equipment Determining of root mean square values of waveforms Peripheral effects Power modules Intelligent modules 2. ELECTRICAL SEMICONDUCTOR POWER DEVICES AND CIRCUITS 1. Semester-4. POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DIODES AND CIRCUITS Introduction Semi-conductor basics Diode characteristics Reverse recovery characteristics Power diode types Silicon carbide diodes Spice diode model Series connected diodes Parallel connected diodes Diodes with RC and RL loads Diodes with LC and RLC lodes Freewheeling diodes 3. THYRISTORS Thyristors characteristics Two transistor model of thyristors Thyristor turn on Thyristor turn off Thyristor types Series operation of thyristors Parallel operation of thyristors di/dt protection dv/dt protection 256 . POWER TRANSISTORS Bipolar junction transistors Power mosfets COOLMOS SITs IGBTs Series and parallel operations di/dt and dv/dt limitations Spice models 4.Tech.

STATIC SWITCHES Single phase ac switches Three phase ac switches Three phase reversing switches Ac switches for bus transfer Dc switches Solid state relays Microelectronic relays Design of static switches 6. M. PROTECTION OF DEVICES AND CIRCUITS Cooling and heat sinks Thermal modeling of power switching devices Snubber circuits Reverse recovery transients Supply and load side transients Voltage protection by selenium diodes and metals Current protection Electromagnetic interference References : 1) Power electronics: circuit devices and applications.5.H Rashid 2) Power electronics: converters application and design by Mohan 257 .

Presenting project based on social or technical topics. Technical Proposals : Presentation Skills : Group Discussion : Assignments : Written : One from topic 1 Two from topic 2 Two from topic 3 One from topic 4 Oral : Participation in group discussion in class. formal and informal reports. description of a product for varied audiences. defining objectives and scope. IEEE Standards of Communication and Documentation IEEE Standard for Software Unit Testing IEEE Standard for Software User Documentation 258 . Electrical Semester IV Presentation & Communication TechniqueContacts per Week (in hours) Evaluation Weightage in marksLectures : 2ESE: 50Practicals / Tutorials 2+ 2MST: 30TA: 20 Communication in a business organisation Report Writing : Types. organizing and interpreting information. qualities.Y. B. Sharma Sajeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Oxford University Press Practices’ 6. individual and group reports. writing instructions / manuals for products / processes. Books recommended : Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill Huckin & Olsen ‘Technical Writing & Professional Communication’ McGraw Hill Herta Murphy ‘Effective Business Communication’ McGraw Hill Mary Ellen Guffey ‘Business Communication’ Thomson Process & Product Meenakshi Raman. Tech. description of a process. Technical Writing : Writing definition of processes and products.Class : S.

Student’s 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. 2) Probability. V K Kapur. Probability mass function and density function. Degree of freedom. Contingency table. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions.Third Year Semester V 200040: Engineering Statistics 1)Review of probability. Estimation of population parameters. Poisson. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Bivariate frequency distribution. Test of the Goodness of fit and independence of attribute. Normal. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. Text Books: S G Gupta. S Chand & Co T Veerrajan. Statistics for Business and Economics. Expected value. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. distribution. One. distribution : Binomal. Test of hypothesis. Regression coefficients and lines of regression.tailed and two-tailed tests. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Spearman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients.t test. Level of significance. Statistics and Random Processes. Co-variance. Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples. Central limit theorem. Discrete and continuous random variables. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Critical region. Co-relation. Baye’s theorem. Probability. Yate’s correction. Tata McGraw HillR P Hooda. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. F distribution. 5) Analysis of variance: one way and two way classification 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Macmillan 259 . x2 (Chisquare). Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion.

multiplier divider. Peak detectors. RAM. I2L. Comparison of logic families. Comparator. Threshold detector zero crossing detector. Voltage follower. NMOS and CMOS gates. Voltage Regulator Series. LM336 Function generator ICs like 8038. weinbridge oscillator. NVRAM. TTL. Negative 75XX series. Inverting non-inverting amp. Free running multivibrator. TTL with CMOS. Frequency response of differentiatior and compensated differentiator. HP. OPAMP linear application. Schottky clamped TTL. DTL. CA 3059 & CA 3095. CMOS. Power control ICs like SL 440. Instrumentation amplifier. V to I and I to V converter. Shunt.303050: Integrated Circuits Logic Families RTL. ROM. Nonlinear applications of OPAMPS Precision rectifier. I2L and TTL etc. Phase shift oscillator. with floating load and ground load. PAL and PLA. The basic cell. Schmitt trigger. Active Filters. IC (3) CCD. 260 . bubble Memory. First and second order LP. Howland current source. Half wave and full wave. RAM. Compensated log Amp. 3 mode integrator. break down protection. Miscellaneous ICs like. Magnetic core memory. ECL & TTL. Switched filters. Sample and Hold circuit (performance parameters).g. Clipping clamping circuits. gyrator (simulation of inductance). All methods of conversion of analog to digital. Adder Substractor. BP & band reject filters. log amplifiers.566. temp. DAC 0808 and ADC 7107 functional diagram and description. Interfacing different families e. Tristate gate ECL. 78XX series. Antilog amplifier. Switch mode IC regulator. (2) 9809. LM335. Memories. IC bipolar. Adjustable IC regulator 723 & its applications. 555 Timer Astable and monostable multivibrator using 555 with one application of each. NMOS. AND dynamic RAM cell. thermal shutdown.

(3) Differentiator and Integrator using & 741 IC.K. (8) Adjustable voltage regulator using IC 723. OPAMP and Linear ICs by Ramakant Gaykwad-1998 2nd edition Linear ICs by Roy Choudhary Wiley Eastern – 1987 Analog / Linear ICs by N. 261 . a) V to I and I to V Converter with grounded load & floating load b) Adder Substractor. Frequency response. Free running multivibrator using IC 555 b) Wien bridge oscillator. (6) Astable and monostable multivibrator using IC 555 (7) Butterworth and chebychev filter. McGraw Hill 1998 2nd edition. 1979 Suggested List of experiments: Study of TTL and CMOS Characteristics. (5) a) Schmitt trigger.REFERENCES: Design with OPAMP analog ICs by Sergio Franco. (9) Application of any one of the miscellaneous ICs. Jog Technical publications – 1997 SCR Manual – General Electric – Prentice Hall. (4) a) Clipping clamping circuits using b) Log amp.

& mapping Inverse Z Transform 7. Z Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Z Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) Relationship with Fourier and Laplace Transform . Preprocessing of signal & sampling theory Introduction to signals & Systems ( CT and DT domain ) Definition of Signal Signal classification Signal manipulations Periodicity in CT ( Continuous Time) & DT( Discrete Time) domain Concept of a system System representations & classification Concept of Impulse Response Convolution in CT domain 3. Review of the Laplace Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Laplace Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) System transfer function Relationship with Fourier Transform & mapping Zero state & zero input responses 6. Review of Fourier Series (FS) & Fourier Transform (FT) for CT systems 4. properties and uses Amplitude & phase spectra Energy Spectral Density Power Spectral Density 5. Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) DTFT & DFT DFT Properties Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) DITFFT and DIFFFT Algorithms 262 .303060: Signal Processing Preprocessing in analog domain. Fourier Series & Fourier Transform for DT systems( DTFS & DTFT): Concept. Introduction to DT Systems Difference equation FIR & IIR systems System transfer function System realization: Direct forms.Concept of tyransducer. Cascade & parallel forms Linear and circular Convolution BIBO stabillity 8. Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems System Transfer function & Impulse response Solution of a difference equation zero input & zero state response calculations 9.

G. First Indian Impression 2000 263 . PHI publications (2000) Additional Reading : Signal Processing & Linear Systems by Lathi . Manolakis. second edition. Proakis. Wiley Publication Digital Signal Processing: Principles.G. Oxford University Press. Thomson Learning Publication.Time Signal Processing by Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. (2001) Discrete.Divide and Conquer Algorithms DFT analysis of Sinusoidal signals Limitations of DFT Text. Algorithms and applications by J.Books Signal & Systems by Haykin . PHI publications (1995) Analog and Digital Signal Processing: by Ashok Ambardar. D.

Time response Poles. 264 . Zeros. 5. Modeling in the time domain The general state-space representation Applying the state-space representation Converting the transfer function to state-space Converting from state-space to transfer function 3. & System response First order system Second order system : Introduction The general second order system Under damped second order system System response with additional poles System response with zeros Laplace transform solution of state equations Time domain solution of state equations Reduction of multiple systems Block diagrams Analysis and design of feedback system Signal flow graphs Mason's rule Signal flow graphs of state equations Stability Routh Hurwitz criterion Routh Hurwitz criterion : special cases Routh Hurwitz criterion :Additional examples Stability in state space Steady state error Steady state error for unity feedback systems Static error constants and system type Steady state error specification Steady state error for disturbances Steady state error for non unity feedback systems Sensitivity Steady state error for systems in state space 4.303071: Control System –I Modeling in frequency domain Laplace Transform review The transfer function Electric network transfer function Translational mechanical system transfer function Rotational mechanical system transfer function Electromechanical system transfer function Electrical circuit analogs 2. 6.

Powell & Abbas Emami.Ogata: Modern Control Engineering. Root locus techniques Defining the root-locus Properties of root-locus Sketching the root-locus Pole sensitivity Frequency response techniques Asymptotic Approximations: Bode plots Introduction to the Nyquist criterion Sketching the Nyquist diagram Stability via the Nyquist diagram Gain margin and phase margin via the Nyquist diagram Stability Gain margin and phase margin via the Bode-plots Relation between closed loop transient and closed loop frequency response Relation between closed loop and open loop frequency response Relation between closed loop transient and open loop frequency response Steady state error characteristic from frequency response 8. Franklin. Thomson Asia 265 . Norman S. Erononi Umez-Erononi: System dynamics and control. G.2001 2.7. 2000. John Wiley and sons (Asia) Pvt. Nise. Dorf.1998 2.Pearson Education Asia. 4 th edition(LPE) Pearson Education asia.2000 Reference Books: 1. K."Control system engineering".Naeni. Term work: Term work shall consists of at least six assignments and at least 3 computer programs/simulation carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering center syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks Text Books: 1. Bishop and R. 4th edition (LPE). R. Ltd. 8 th edition (LPE) Addison Wesley. D. J. 1st edition.3rd edition." Modern Control system "." Feedback control of Dynamic system.

The Gauss’s law of magnetic fields.Hayt. TestBooks: W. Edminister. the polarized electric field. “Schaum’s Series in electromagnetic”. voltage standing wave ratio.Mcgraw Hill. The automatic model and magnetism inside a material medium. 3rd Edition.Addition Wesley. relative and effective permitivity. Boundary conditions between conductor and dielectric. 2001. Coaxial cable and energy stored in capacitor. “Engg Electromagnetics”. Dielectric strength. line integral of magnetic field vector. Gauss’s Law. Time dependent electric and magnetic fields Maxwell’s Equations in point form. The Electric Field. current standing wave ratio. Equation of continuity.Vol-2. Magnetic Fields Forces in moving electric fields. toroid etc. the various magnetic materials. Boundary conditions at magnetic surfaces. physical significance of Maxwell’s Equations. Dielectrics. domain theory and magnetization curve. 4. the energy and forces in magnetic fields. in integral form.4th edition.The method of electric images. 2. The electric dipole. Magnetic dipole and magnetic polarization. “Elements of Engg. 3. Refernce Books: Feynmann.303080: Electromagnetic Field Electrostatics Coloumb’s Law. The analysis of parallel plate capacity with single and multiple dielectrics. point plane and sphere-sphere problem. Travelling waves in transmission lines. Current The electric current in metallic conductor. Poisson’s and Laplace equatons.1987. importance of characteristic impedance and propagation constant.”Lectures of Physics”. Magnetic scalar and vector potential. and Relationship between Electric field intensity and potential gradient.4th edition. the wave travel. permanent Magnets. conduction. character of B lines. Plane electromagnetic waves in space in pure and glossy dielectric media. N. Magnetic circuit of transformer. for static harmonic etc fields.Narayan Rao. Electromagnetics ”. convection and displacement current. Polarisation.1986. Energy and mechanical forces in electric field. self and mutual inductance. application of vector potential. Boundary conditions between two dielectrics.PHI Pub. Electric Potential. concept of power transmission in the form of study of Poynting theorem and Poynting vector.1965 266 . McGraw Hill Pub. Divergence Theorem. wave equation. concept of phase velocity and group velocity in wave travel. Electrostatic energy density. magnetic field intensity H.

Addition Wesley.CBS Pub.”Fields and wave Electromagnetics”.S.”Introduction to Electromagnetics”.Seely.1999 Corson and Brain.McGraw Hill.Chen.2nd 267 .1958 David K.2nd edition.”Electromagnetics”.

Boost. Bridge Inverters. Buck-Boost & Cuck Regulator 268 . Step-up/ Step-down Chopper Chopper Commutation Jone’s Chopper Morgan’s Chopper Switch mode regulators-Buck. Three Phase Inverters. Current Source Inverters Static Frequency Conversion Voltage Control of Inverters Harmonic neutralization of Inverters PWM Inverters Simple Application of Inverters with Motor load.Wave Converters Three Phase Full Converters Three Phase Full Converters with RL load Three Phase Dual Converter Power Factor Improvements Extinction Angle Control Symmetric Angle Control PWM control Single-Phase Sinusoidal PWM Three Phase PWM Rectifier Single Phase Semi-Converters with RL load Three Phase Semi-Converters with RL load AC Voltage Controllers Introduction Principle of On-Off Control Principle of Phase Control Single Phase Bidirectional Controllers with Resistive Loads Single Phase Controllers with Inductive Loads Cycloconverters 1) Single Phase Cycloconverters 2) Three Phase Cycloconverters 3) Reduction of Output Harmonics AC voltage Controller with PWM Control Inverters Principle of Operation Performance parameters Typical Inverters : series Inverters. Step-down Chopper. Self commutated Inverters.303090: Applied Power Electronics Controlled Rectifier Principle of Phase-Controlled Converter Operation Single Phase Full Converters. with RL load Single Phase Dual Converters Principle of Three-Phase Half. etc Chopper Principle of Chopper operation Step-up Chopper. Parallel Inverters.

second edition.AC Regulators Single Phase AC Regulator Sequence control of AC Regulator Three Phase AC Regulator AC Regulator to feed Transformers Power Supplies DC Power Supplies Switched-Mode DC Power Supplies Flyback Converter Forward Converter Push-Pull Converter Half Bridge Converter Full Bridge Converter Resonant DC Power Supplies Bidirectional Power Supplies AC Power Supplies Switched Mode AC Power Supplies Resonant AC Power Supplies Bidirectional AC Power Supplies Text Books: 1) Rashid M.” New Age International Pvt. Undeland Robbias.” Power Electronics-Converters. Devices and Application”..Ltd 1997 Reference Book: Bose B. PHI Publication. application design .Pearson Education Asia. H. “ Power Electronics-Circuits.” John Wily & Sons.” Power Electronics. 269 .1995 3) Vedam Subrahmanyam.” Modern Power Electronics and AC drives”. . second edition .2001 2) Mohan.K.

Representation of power system components Introduction 1-ph solution of balanced three phase networks. three phase line with unsymmetrical spacing Earth effect on transmission line capacitance Bundled conductors. per unit impedance diagram of a power system. double circuit lines& types of conductors used Sag calculation for supports at equal levels Sag calculation for supports at different levels Effect of wind & ice on sag 3. nuclear power plant. three phase line with equilateral spacing. Representation of loads 5. hydro.Semester VI 303101: Electrical Power System I 1.u. Mechanical design of overhead transmission line Introduction to Main components of overhead lines Introduction to Line supports. three phase line & double circuit three phase line Capacitance Potential difference between two conductors of a group of parallel conductors Capacitance of two wire line. one line diagram. Transmission line model & performance Short line model Medium line model nominal T method (ii) nominal µ § method Long line model Interpretation of long line equation 270 . single circuit. towers. solar. impedance and reactance diagram Per unit (p. method of GMD Resistance Resistance Skin effect & proximity effect 4. Basic structure of power system Conventional & non. geothermal.conventional sources of energy Thermal.) system. Transmission line parameters Inductance Definition of Inductance Inductance of a single phase two wire line Conductor type & bundle conductors Inductance of composite conductor line. wind. 2. Choice of generation unit. tidal power plant Influence of working voltage on size of feeders & distributors in DC system Choice of working voltage for transmission. Factors affecting cost of generation.

M.” Wheeler Publication. tuned power lines Equivalent circuit of a long line Surge impedance loading Power flow through transmission lines. current rating Overhead lines versus underground cables 8.1998 4. and distribution. Dhanpat Rai & Son’s 7.” Electrical Power System”. “Modern Power System Analysis. power transmission capability Method of voltage control 6. S.” PHI Publication.R.3rd edition. Second edition 1991 3. tolerable step and touch voltage.2 Earthing & safety Techniques Objective and definitions Soil resistivity .N.” Power System Analysis. grounding practices 8.” TMH Publication. Extra high voltage cables . soil resistivity Impulse behavior of earthing system Text Books: 1. Overhead insulators Types of insulators Potential difference over a string of suspension insulators Method of equalizing potential 7. Wadhawa C.1st edition 2002 5.’Electrical Power System. 8. actuial step and touch voltage Design of earthing grid. Insulated cables Insulation. capacitance of single core able Heating of cables. J. Measurement of earth resistance.Bhatnagar & Chakrabharti..2003 6. Saadat Hadi. grading of cables Insulation resistance of a cable. Gupta . B.J.” Electrical Power System. Gupta. 271 .P.” Electrical Power Generation.” TMH Publication third edition 2003 2.. Gupta B. Transmission.” S K Kataria Publication 8.Ferranti effect.Singh. weedy.” Electrical Power System. resonant grounding Method of neutral grounding . earth resistance Tolerable limit of body currents.” Wiley Eastern Ltd.L. concrete encased electrodes and tower footing. Nagrath I.. effectively grounded system.”Power System Analysis and design. Sony. B. and Kothari D.1 Neutral grounding Underground system.

Hardware I/O (Direct Memory Access) Interrupts Requirements Single level interrupt. counters and timers Code conversion. BCD arithmetic and 16 bit data operations Stack & subroutines Concept of stack and subroutines Parameter passing techniques Re-entrant and recursive subroutines. 8085 interrupt structure and operation 8259A programmable interrupt controller features and operations. Microcomputers. Testing and troubleshooting I/O interfacing circuits. Multi level interrupt.303110: Microprocessor Introduction Introduction to Microprocessors. machine cycles and T-sate. assembly and execution of assembly language programs. I/O data transfer techniques Basic interfacing concepts Interfacing input and output devices with examples. Programmable I/O . concept of wait states. Instruction and Data format Process of writing. Vectored interrupt. Memory mapped I/O and I/O Mapped I/O. 8085 Instructions Data transfer operations Arithmetic & Logic operations Branch operations Writing assembly language programs Debugging a program Programming Techniques Looping Counting and indexing. and Assembly Language Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputers Systems Microprocessor Architecture and its operation Input and output (I/O) devices. Programmable Interface Devices Features and operating modes of working of 8155 multipication device 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8254 programmable interval timer 272 . 8085 Microprocessor Architecture and Memory Interfacing The 8085 architecture Instruction cycle. I/O data transfer classification. Clock reset and buffering circuits. Interrupt driven program controller I/O. 8085 Assembly Language Programming The 8085 programming model Instruction classification. Minimum system design Memory interfacing with timing considerations.

Pal Ajit – Microprocessor.. 273 .A.”Introduction to microprocessor-Software. PHI Publication. 4th edition.Principle & application.” Microprocessor architecture. Hardware & Programming.-. Programming & application with 8085 “.Direct Memory Access(DMA) and DMA controller 8237 8279 programmable keyboard/display interface. Motor speed Control Temperature Control Traffic Light Control Stepper Motor control Text Books: Gaonkar R. 1990. Penram International (India). 2000.C.S. TMH Publication. 1983. Serial I/O and Data Communication Basic concept in serial I/O 8085 serial I/O lines Microprocessor Applications Microprocessor based Over Current relay operation D. Leventhal L.

Lag compensation c. Transient response via gain adjustment b.303072: Control System II Design specifications Relative stability Steady state accuracy (error) Transient response Frequency response characteristics Control configurations Series (cascade compensation Feedback compensation State feedback compensation Series feedback compensation Feed forward compensation Design via root locus techniques Transient response design via gain adjustment Improving steady state error via cascade compensation Improving transient response via cascade compensation Improving steady state and transient response Feedback compensation Design via frequency response a. Lead compensation d. Lag-lead compensation Design via state space Advantages of state space Analysis of the state equations Control law design for full-state feedback Selection of pole locations for good design Estimator design Compensator design: combined control law and estimator Introduction to the reference input with the estimator Integral control and robust tracking Digital control Digitization Dynamic analysis of discrete systems Design by emulation Discrete design State space design methods Hardware characteristics Analog to Digital (A/D) converters Digital to analog (D/A) converters 274 .

Wilkie.Johnson. Prentice-Hall. Ogata: Modern Control Engineering. 3rd edition. Inc B. 1996. J.Nise: Control system engineering. 3rd edition. Franklin. 4th edition (LPE). john Wiley and sons. Inc K. 8th edition. Pearson Education Asia.Kuo & F.Powell & Abbas Emami-Naeini : Feedback control of Dynamic systems. M.Golnaraghi: Automatic control systems. Katebi: Control engineering : an introductory course.D. John wiley and sons. J. 1st edition.Anti-alias prefilters The computer Word size effects Random effects Systematic effects Sample rate selection Tracking effectiveness Disturbance rejection Effect of anti alias prefilters Asynchronous sampling Text Books: G. & R. Palgrave Norman S. 275 .

SWR and Power The Smith Chart Some applications of Transmission Line Waveguides Introduction Rectangular Waveguides Transverse Magnetic(TM) Modes Transverse Electric (EM) Modes Wave Propagation in the Guide Power Transmission and Attenuation Waveguide Resonator Antennas Introduction Hertzian Dipole Half-Wave Dipole Antenna Quarter-Wave Monopole Antenna Small Loop Antenna Antenna Characteristics Antenna Arrays Text Book: 276 .303120: Wave Theory & Radiating System Maxwell’s equation Introduction Faraday’s law Transformer and Motional EMFs Displacement Current Maxwell’s Equations in Final Forms Time-Harmonic Fields Electromagnetic Wave Propagation Introduction Wave Propagation in Lossy Dielectrics Plane Waves in Lossless Dielectrics Plane Waves in Free Space Plane Waves in Good Conductors Power & the Poynting Vector Reflection of Plane Wave at Normal Incidence Transmission Lines Introduction Transmission Line Parameters Transmission Line Equations Input Impedance.

Matthew N. Oxford University Press Engineering Electromagnetics by John. O.” second edition 1995. Krons Engineering Electromagnetics by Jordans & Balmoin. Sadiku.”Elements of Electromagnetics. D. 277 .

appraisal. supply and market equilibrium. objectives. Books recommended Economics : Samuelson & Nordhaus Principles of Economics : Mankiw Essential of Management : Koontz & O’donnell Management : David R. Resource constraints and welfare maximization. Theories of demand.200050: Industrial Economics & Management Basic economic problems. Planning – its nature. span of management. Management : Definition process. Staffing – selection and recruitment. Organising – departmentalization. Market structures. management development. Positive and normative economics. The role of the state in economic activity. Hampton 278 . International trade. Controlling – its nature techniques. Leadership motivation and communication. The functions of a manager. micro and macroeconomics. delegation decentralization. Decision – making. types of plans. perfect and imperfect competition commercial and central banking. market and government failures. Nature of economics. Foreign exchange and balance of payments.

P.303130: . Oxford University Press 1998 3rd edition Dennis Roddy and John Coolen –Electronic Communication.Principles of Communication Engineering Signal Representation Types of signal Signal Spectrum Orthogonality Mean Square Wave Lagendre Polynomial Complex Fourier Spectrum Properties of Fourier Transform Convolution Theorem IEEE frequency Spectrum Modulation Techniques Amplitude Modulation and circuits Sideband transmission Frequency modulation and circuits Phase Modulation and circuits Pulse Modulation techniques Delta Modulation and adaptive delta modulation Companding Demodulation Techniques AM detection and circuit VSB detection and circuits FM detection and circuits PM demodulation and circuits Radio receivers TRF and Superhetrodyne receivers AGC methods Communication receivers and features FM receivers Propagation of Waves Reflection and refraction of Radio Waves Groundwave. line of sight waves. Prentice Hall of India 1992 3rd edition 279 . John Wiley & Sons Inc 2001 4th edition Lathi B. Sky waves Fading and echo scattering Aerials Radiation pattern form short Dipole Radiation Pattern form short ground aerial Shortwave and medium wave aerials Reference: Simon Hykin –Communication System.Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems..

Evaluation Weightage TWA 303190 303200 Power System Analysis Industrial controllers Elective . No . Evaluation Weightage TWA 303140 303150 303160 303170 303180 Advanced communication system Digital signal processing Switchgear and protection Electrical drives and control Power system design Elective-I Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 2 2 2 2 2 2 12 5 5 5 5 5 5 30 8 8 8 8 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 ESE (Theory) Hours SEMESTER – VIII Sr.B.TECH (Electrical) SEMESTER-VII Sr. 1 2 3 4 Course Code Subject L P/ T Total Cr. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code Subject L P/ T Total Cr.II Elective-III Total 4 4 4 4 16 2 2 2 2 8 6 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 MST 15 15 15 15 ESE 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 ESE (Theory) Hours 280 . No .

Course No. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). interest. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. Engineering 4 Electric Traction 4 PLC 4 Advanced microprocessor and 4 application Elective – III FACTS 4 SCADA 4 Medical electronics 4 Robotics & Automation 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 403090 403100 403110 403120 2 2 2 2 6 6 6 6 10 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 Project: Sr. 281 . The project shall carry 08 credits.V. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative.LIST OF ELECTIVES: 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 403010 403020 403030 403040 403050 403060 403070 403080 Elective – I Project Management 3 Optimization of Power Supply 3 Power Quality 3 HVDC Transmission 3 Elective – II H. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 403900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester.

Digital modulation Techniques ASK.Tech. MSK QAM. Principles of Communication Systems. microwave oscillators. Advanced Electronics Communication Systemsz. Overview of Basic information theory Concept of information.. 3rd Ed. 1987.. * Wireless cellular communication – Term work: Report on at least six experiments performed and minimum three assignments given based on the above syllabus duly graded carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 Marks. optimum filter. Haykin S. Entropies of discrete system.. DPSK. 2nd Ed. Integrator. sampling theorem.B. FSK. the various technical issues related to that system and its application. source encoding Huffman technique. * Microwave communication – transmission lines. detectors. Roddy & Collen “ Electronic Communications”. Transmission rate and channel capacity of noisy channels. McGraw Hill. Taub & Schlling.. Text Books:1. (Electrical) SEM-VII Advanced Communication (Course Code – 303140) OBJECTIVES This subject aims at giving system-oriented introduction to advancements in communication system in the areas of digital and wireless communication. PHI. QPSK. PHI. 4. John Wiley & sons. 2. satellite system link models. Efficiency and channel capacity. 4th Ed. cyclic codes and convolution codes.1995.. 3rd Ed. The orientation of the syllabus will be to discuss the system using the block diagram approach. 3. Introduction to Advanced communication techniques * Satellite communication – Orbital aspects. wave guides. Shannon’s theorem. PSK. * Optical fiber communication – type of fibers. 1998. matched filter and correlation receiver. Coding Techniques( Algorithmic approach) Linear block codes. microwave amplifier. optical source. TFM and QPRS Digital demodulation Techniques Probability of error. M-PSK. Rate of transmissionredundancy. Tomasi W. 1995 282 . Communication Systems.

Inverse Chebyshev. FIR Filter Design ♦ FIR versus IIR filters ♦ Design of FIR filters by windowing technique: -Gibb’s phenomenon -Use of different windows: rectangular. impulse invariance. Linear Phase FIR Systems ♦ Need for linear phase. Design of IIR filters ♦ The design process Methodology ♦ Different types of analog approximations: Butterworth. hanning ♦ Design of FIR filters using Frequency sampling techniques ♦ Structures for implementation: canonic and lattice 4. Review of transforms ♦ Z.B. maximum phase. VII Digital Signal Processing (Course Code – 303150) 1. Band pass & band reject ♦ System classification based on phase response as Minimum phase. triangular. DTFT. ♦ Spectral transformations ♦ Conversion techniques like bilinear transformation. DFT and FFT 2. hamming. matched Z-transform ♦ Intuitive approaches 5.transform ♦ DTFS. Quantization Effects ♦ Quantization methods ♦ Limit cycle oscillations due to Quantization ♦ Errors in frequency response due to coefficient Quantization 6 DSP processors ♦ Need for Special architecture ♦ Difference between DSP processor & microprocessor ♦ A general DSP processor 283 . Chebyshev. Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems ♦ Pole-zero diagram ♦ Frequency domain analysis using analytical & graphical techniques ♦ System classification based on pass-band as low pass. high pass. concept of phase delay & group delay ♦ Condition for Linear Phase ♦ Magnitude & phase response for Four types of Linear Phase systems ♦ Location of zeros 4. mixed phase or linear phase systems ♦ Stability Analysis ♦ Finite word-length effect on system poles 3.Tech (Electrical) Sem.

Algorithms and applications: J.Reference Books ♦ Discrete – Time Signal Processing: by Oppenheim & Schafer .G. Proakis. Thomson Learning Publication. Manolakis. G. Antoniou. (2001) ♦ Digital Signal Processing: Principles. PHI publications (1995) 284 . Tata McGraw-Hill Publication (. second edition.2001) ♦ Analog and Digital Signal Processing: by Ashok Ambardar. PHI Publication ♦ Digital Filters: Analysis Design and Applications by A. D.

Medium and High Tension Switchgear Principle of arc quenching in (a) Air Blast Circuit Breaker (ABCB) (b) Minimum Oil Circuit Breaker (MOCB) (c) Vacuum Circuit Breaker (d) SF6 Circuit Breaker. arc control devices. Contact bounces. circuit. 5. arc voltage and current waveforms in an A.2 Principle and characteristics of (a) Overcurrent Relays . 1. (d) Differential Relay. 5. expression for TRV for different values of arc resistance. 6. Low Tension Switchgear 2. Primary and backup protection.circuit breaking. etc. 5.C and A. HRC fuse. out of step relaying.B. Reactance. plug setting.2 Contact shapes and materials. advantages.6 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers.) Term Work: Term work shall consist of at least six tutorials/assignments/computer programs carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks.2 Definition of transient recovery voltage. Types of Relays 6.C. current chopping.1 Static Relays.3 Protection of Transformers. 2. protection against loss of prime mover and loss of excitation.2 Introduction to DSP based protection (only simple schemes. (b) Desirable qualities of protective relaying. Tech (Electrical) SEM-VII Switchgear & Protection (Course code – 303160) 1.4 Protection of Generators. D. 5. Pilot wire relaying.4 Ratings and specifications of circuit breakers.2 Protection of Transmission lines & feeders. (c) Distance Relay.3 Theories of arc extinction. MHO relays.1 Initiation of arc. Text Books: 285 . Principles of Circuit Braking 1. 6. 3. (b) Directional Relays. making and breaking capacities.Resistance. 5. µP based protective schemes (programming or interfacing excluded). 1. Impedance. rate of rise of TRV. Protective Relaying 4.C.5 Protection of Induction Motors against single phasing and overcurrent. 4.1 Objective of protective relaying (a) Protective zones. IDMT relays. 5.1 Relevant protection for different types of Earth faults.Time setting. 4. Buchholz relay. 1. short circuit testing. arc extinction. Power System Protection 5. Acquaintance of ISI standards.1 Different types of LT Switchgears: (a) Air Circuit Breaker (ACB): construction and working (b) Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB) and Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCB) 2. field suppression.

TMH Publication.N.. Switchgear and Protection. Static Relays.S. 2.. Wiley Eastern Ltd. Badri Ram and Vishwakarma D. 1994. 1994 Ravindranath and Chander. “Computer Relaying for Power Systems”.R. 286 . and Bhide S. 5. 1977. Rao Madhav. 4th Ed. 1st Ed. Phadke A.1. EEE 2003. Paithankar Y. PHI Publication. 1st Ed. Reference Books: GEC Relay Guide. Khanna Publication. 4. Rao Sunil S. John Wiley & sons.. 1997.G.TMH Publication. 1990. 2nd Ed. 3.G. Switchgear and Protection. and Thorp J. Fundamentals of Power System Protection. Power System Protection and Switchgear.1st Ed.

Tech (Electrical) Sem.B. VII Sub: Electrical Drives and Control (Course code – 303170) 1 Electrical Drives – An introduction • Electrical Drives • Advantages of Electrical Drives • Parts of Electrical Drives • Choice of Electrical Drives • Status of dc and ac Drives Dynamics of Electrical Drives • Fundamental Torque Equations • Speed Torque conventions and multiquadrant operation • Equivalent values of Drive parameters • Components of load torques • Natures and classification of load torques • Calculation of time and energy-loss in transient operations • Steady state stability • Load equalization Control of Electrical Drives • Modes of operation • Speed control and Drive classification • Closed loop control of Drives Selection of Motor power rating • Thermal model of motor for heating and cooling • Classes of motor duty • Determination of motor rating DC Motor Drives • Dc Motors and their performance • Starting • Braking • Transient Analysis • Speed control • Methods of armature voltage control • Ward Leonard Drives • Transformer and uncontrolled rectifier control • Controlled rectifier fed dc Drives • Control of fractional hp Motors • Chopper-controlled dc Drives Induction Motor Drives • Three phase Induction Motors • Operation with unbalanced source voltages and single phasing • Operation with unbalanced Rotor Impedances • Analysis of Induction Motor fed from non-sinusoidal voltage supply • Starting • Braking • Transient Analysis 287 2 3 4 5 6 .

Stepper Motor and Switched Reluctance Motor Drives • Brushless dc Motors • Stepper Motors • Switched (or Variable) Reluctance Motors 9 Solar and battery powered Drives • Solar panels • Motors suitable for pump Drives • Solar powered pump drives • Battery powered vehicles • Solar-powered Electrical vehicles and boats 10 Energy Conservation in Electrical Drives • Losses in Electrical Drive system • Measures for Energy Conservation in Electrical Drives • Use of efficient semiconductor converters • Use of efficient Motors • Use of variable speed Drives • Energy efficient operation of Drives • Improvement of power factor • Using a Motor of right rating • Improvement of quality supply • Use of single to three phase semiconductor converters in rural applications • Regular and preventive maintenance of motors .transformers and coupled equipments.• Speed control • Pole changing • Pole Amplitude Modulation • Stator voltage control • Variable frequency control from voltage sources • Variable frequency control from a Current source • Eddy current Drives • Rotor resistance control • Slip power recovery • Variable speed constant frequency generation • Single phase Induction Motors • Starting methods and types of Single phase Induction Motors • Braking of Single phase Induction Motors • Speed control of Single phase Induction Motors • Linear Induction Motor and its control 7 Synchronous Motor Drives • Synchronous Motors • Operation from fixed frequency supply • Synchronous Motor Variable speed drives • Starting large Synchronous Machines 8 Brushless dc Motor. 11 Electrical drive system and components • Electrical drive system • Components used for obtaining signals for interlocking and sequencing operations and protection 288 .

G. 289 .References :Fundamentals of Electrical Drives By :. K. Dubey.

velocity. surge impedance of transmission line • open end line • Short end line • Line termination through a resistance • Reflection & refraction at a T. effects of corona • Charge voltage relation 2) Symmetrical fault calculation • Short circuit of synchronous machine on no load • Short circuit of a loaded synchronous machines • Selection of circuit breaker • Algorithm for short circuit studies • Zbus formulation 3) Sequence components • Symmetrical component transformation • Phase shift in star delta transformer • Sequence impedances & network of synchronous machine • Sequence impedance of transmission lines • Sequence impedances & networks of transformers • Construction of sequence networks of power system 4) Unsymmetrical fault calculation • Various types of unsymmetrical faults • L-G. disadvantages. (Electrical) SEM-VII Sub -: Power System Design (Course code – 303180) 1) Corona • Phenomenon • Disruptive critical voltage.Tech. LL.junction 6) Lightning arrestor & surges • Lightning phenomenon • Wilson’s theory • Types of lightning arrestors 7) Design of transmission line • Introduction • Choice of voltage 290 . visual critical voltage • Power loss calculation using Peek’s formula & Peterson’s formula • Advantages . L-L. LLG with fault impedance Zf • Open conductor faults 5) Traveling waves • Traveling waves on transmission lines. L-L-G • LG.B.

Wiley Eastern Ltd. 2003 291 . and Sarma M.R.L.J. Wheeler Publishing. Electrical Power Systems. 1989.A. TMH Publication. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd. Khaparde S. Computational Methods for Large Sparse Power System Analysis. number of circuits. and Kothari D. 2) Saadat Hadi. Third Edition. Modern Power System Analysis.. Second Edition 1991..• • • • • Selection of conductor size Choice of span. TMH Publication. Power System Analysis and Design. first edition.J.1998.. Kluwer Academic Publisher. second edition.P. New York 2001.. Reference Book: 1) Soman S. Power System Analysis.. 2002 3) Wadhawa C. 2) Glover D. 4) Gupta B. Power System Analysis and Design.A.S. conductor configuration Insulation Design Selection of ground wire Evaluation of line performance 8) HVDC • Introduction • Comparison of EHV-AC & HVDC Text Books: 1) Nagrath I. An Object Oriented Approach. and Shubha Pandit.

B. Load Flow Studies • Introduction • Network Model Formulation • Formulation of YBUS by singular transformation • Load Flow Problem • Gauss-Seidel Method • Newton-Raphson Method • Decoupled Load Flow Methods • Comparison of Load Flow Methods • Control of Voltage Profile 2. Power Quality • Introduction • Harmonics in power supply • Defining quality of power 6. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Power System Analysis (Course code – 303190) 1. Interconnected System • Introduction • Grid formation 292 . Power System Stability • Introduction • Dynamics of Synchronous Machine • Power Angle Equation • Node Elimination Technique • Steady State Stability • Transient Stability • Equal Area Criterion • Numerical Equation of Swing Equation • Multi-machine Stability • Factors Affecting Transient Stability 4. Automatic Generation and Voltage Control • Introduction • Load Frequency Control (Single Area case) • Load frequency Control and Economic Dispatch Control • Two-area Load Frequency Control • Optimal (two-area) Load Frequency Control • Automatic Voltage Control • Load Frequency Control with Generation Rate Constraints (GRCS) • Speed Governor Dead-band and its Effect • Digital LF Controllers • Reactive Power Control 3 .E.

.1998 Reference Book: 3) Soman S.L.• Operation & control of an interconnected system Text Books: 5) Nagrath I. Second Edition 1991.J. Computational Methods for Large Sparse Power System Analysis. 4) Glover D. Modern Power System Analysis. TMH Publication. and Sarma M.A.J. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd. and Kothari D. and Shubha Pandit. first edition.R. Power System Analysis and Design.A. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 1989. Kluwer Academic Publisher.. 2003 293 . Wheeler Publishing. Power System Analysis and Design. An Object Oriented Approach. 8) Gupta B. Third Edition.. 6) Saadat Hadi.S. 2002 7) Wadhawa C. second edition. Electrical Power Systems. Khaparde S.P.. Power System Analysis.. TMH Publication. New York 2001.

PI and PID controller formula) 2. Controller assessment framework  Close loop stability  Disturbance rejection performance  Reference tracking performance (Proportional control.  derivative control. Integral control. (Electrical) SEM VIII Industrial Controllers (Course code – 303200) 1.E. PID controller tuning methods  oscillation or quarter amplitude Understanding PID tuning procedures  Process reaction curve PID tuning method  Sustained oscillation PID tuning  Damped decay PID tuning procedure  The relay experiment 5.B. Introduction to programmable controllers  Introduction to PLC functions o Industrial motor control circuits o Relay ladder logic circuits o Building a ladder diagram o Motor control starter circuits  Introduction to PLC components o Rack assembly o Power Supply o PLC programming units o Input output sections o Processor unit o Addressing o Relationship of data-file addresses to I/O modules 6. Fundamental PLC programming  PLC program execution 294 . Simple tuning method  Choice of controller structure  Manual tuning method  Proportional control of a system with a first order model  Proportional and Integral control of a system with a first order model  Proportional and Derivative control procedure  PID controller design by pole-placement 3. The practical aspects of PID controller  Understanding common notation for industrial PID controllers  Industrial PID control technology  The issues in implementing an industrial PID controller  Integral wind-up and anti windup circuits  Implementing the derivative term  Industrial PID controller structures  Different forms of industrial PID controllers  Reverse acting controllers  Digital PID control 4.

. Dunning G. Delmar Thomson Learning. Systems and Applications. 1st Ed. 2. : Control Engineering : An Introductory Course. 2nd Ed. Bartelt T. properly recorded and graded. Delmar Thomson Learning.2001 3..        Ladder diagram programming language Ladder diagram programming Relay logic instructions Timer instructions Counter instructions Data manipulation instructions Arithmetic operations Writing a program 7. 2001 295 . Industrial Control Electronics : Devices. Wilkie J.. Palgrave-MacMillan. Johnson M. & Katebi R.. which will carry a weightage of 15 marks & the test will carry a weightage of 10 marks. : Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers. Advanced programming PLC interfacing and troubleshooting  Introduction o Jump commands o Data manipulation  Programmable controller interfacing  Discrete I/O modules  Troubleshooting I/O interfaces  Analog I/O signals  Special purpose modules  Troubleshooting programmable controllers Term Work The term work will consist of at least 6 experiments/assignments duly performed. 1st Ed. 1997. Text Books: 1.

2nd Edition. 1. (Electrical) SEM VIII Elective . Thomson Learning. cost . 2. Project Management Knowledge areas • Project Integration Management • Project Scope Management • Project Time Management • Project Cost Management • Project Quality Management • Project Human Resource Management • Project Communications Management • Project Risk Management • Project Procurement Management 3. Philips “Project Management”. Text Books: Kathy Schwalbe. time. quality and people expectation goals related to a project.B. TMH Publication Reference Books: 296 . Introduction to Project management Definition and History.I Project Management (Course code – 403010) Lectures/week: 4 Hours Practicals/week: 2 Hours Paper: 100 Marks Duration: 3 Hours Oral : 25 Marks Term work: 25 Marks Objectives of the course: This course deals with the project management processes and their application to meet specific scope. Project Management Process:  Initiating  Planning  Executing  Controlling  Closing Term work : Term work shall consist of at least 2 case studies implemented using the tool set like Microsoft project 2000 and a test carrying a weightage of 10 marks.E. “Information Technology Project management”.

1. 2. Newtown Square. Thomson Learning B. USA.detection of network problems o Network sensitivity methods 297 . Project Management Institute .E. Pennsylvania . “A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge “( PMBOK Guide). “ Successful Project Management”. (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 Optimization of Power System (Course code – 403020) 1) Optimal System Operation • Introduction • Optimal Operation of Generators on a Bus-bar • Optimal Unit Commitment • Reliability Considerations • Optimum Generation Scheduling • Optimal Load Flow Solution • Optimal Scheduling of Hydrothermal System • Power System Security 2) Unit commitment • Introduction o Constraint in unit commitment : introduction o Spinning reserve o Thermal unit constraint o Other constraint o Hydro constraints o Must run o Fuel constraints • Unit commitment solution methods o Priority list methods o Dynamic programming solution 3) Interchange evaluation & power pools • Introduction • Economy interchange • Economy interchange evalution • Interchange evaluation with unit commitment • Multiple interchange contracts • After-the – Fact production costing • Transmission losses in transaction evaluation • Other types of interchanging • Power pools 4) Power system security • Introduction • Factors affecting power system security • Contingency analysis:. 2nd Edition. Gido and Clements.

1998.R.• o Calculation of network sensitivity o AC load flow Correcting the generation dispatch o Correcting the generation dispatch by sensitivity methods o Compensated factors o Correcting the generation dispatch using linear programming 5) An introduction to State Estimation in Power Systems • Introduction • Power system state estimation • Maximum likelihood Weighted Least.J. second edition. Modern Power System Analysis.Squares Estimation • State Estimation of an AC network • An Estimation to advanced topics in State Estimation • Application of Power System State Estimation Text Books: 9) Allen J. Thomson Asia Pte Ltd.. Wollenberg. Power System Analysis and Design.S. 2003 13) Gupta B. Third Edition. 1989 11) Saadat Hadi. Operation.Wood & Bruce F. 2002 12) Glover D.P.. first edition. Power System Analysis and Design. Power Generation.J. Wheeler Publishing. John Wiley & sons Publication 10) Nagrath I. and Kothari D. Power System Analysis. 298 .. & Control . TMH Publication. TMH Publication. and Sarma M.

Control of HVDC Systems  Basic principle of control . Converter Theory and Performance Equation  Valve characteristics. HVDC System configuration and components  Classification of HVDC links  components of HVDC transmission system. Harmonics: Analytical and experimental evaluation.E. Reactive compensation and the electric arc furnace. J. Series compensation. 3. control implementation  Converter firing control system . Reactive power compensation and the dynamic performance of transmission systems. valve blocking and bypassing  Starting and stopping .B. measurement principals and practices. The theory of load compensators. Shunt compensation. TCR-SC. (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 POWER QUALITY (Course code – 403030) • • • • • • • • • Power quality: factors defining power quality. UPFC. converter circuit  converter transformer rating. Miller B. E.-512. detail study of important causes along with their theoretical and analytical basis. Study of various compensators like TCR-FC. The theory of steady state reactive power control in electric transmission lines. multiple bridge converter. (Electrical) SEM-VII Elective – 1 HVDC Transmission (Course code – 403040) 1. Converter Faults and Protection  Converter faults  Protection against overcurrents  Overvoltage in converter stations  Protection against overvoltages. IPFC Text Books:1) Power quality By Haytt 2) Reactive Power Control by T. 4. IEEE std. 2. power flow reversal  Controls for enhancement of AC system performance 299 . Principles of static compensators. .E.

 Electric field stress.  Analysis of Electrical field intensity in Homogenous Isotropic Single dielectric and multi dielectric system. Conduction and breakdown in air and other gaseous dielectrics in electric fields. 3. Wiley.. converter fault . Kimbark E. Padiyar K.  Introduction to Numerical methods for the estimation of Electric Field Intensity. Influence of AC systems strength on AC / DC system Interaction     Short circuit ratio. forced commutation. Breakdown in solid dielectrics  Intrinsic. breakdown in non-uniform fields and corona discharges. Conduction and breakdown in liquid dielectrics  Conduction and breakdown in pure liquids  Conduction and breakdown in commercial liquids.1st Ed. HVDC Transmission Systems. Wiley Eastern Ltd. 6. reactive power and AC system strength Problem with low effective short circuit ratio (ESCR) Solution to problems associated with weak systems Effective inertia constant. Ac system fault . electronic equipments. 300 . Townsend’s criterion for breakdown in electronegative gases. 4. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II High Voltage Engineering (Course code – 403050) 1. Text Books: 1. Electrostatic Fields.  Paschen’s law.R.  Practical considerations in using gas for insulation purposes. its control and estimation.5. Townsend’s current growth equation-Primary and secondary processes. HVDC Transmission. 1991 2. 2.  Ionization processes. Responses to AC and DC system Faults  Dc Line fault. Harmonics and Filters Ac side and DC side harmonics.. Termwork Termwork shall consist of at least six experiments/assignments carrying weightage of 15 marks and a test covering the entire syllabus carrying weightage of 10 marks. 7. their control and estimation. Electro-mechanical and Thermal breakdown  Breakdown of solid dielectrics in practice  Breakdown of composite insulation  Solid dielectrics used in practice  Application of insulating materials in electrical power apparatus.. 1965 B.W.E.1st Ed..  Post-breakdown phenomena and application.

cable. transformers.L.S. circuit breakers. surge diverters.       Non-destructive testing of dielectric materials DC resistivity measurement Dielectric and loss factor measurement.  Generation of HV DC. 4. Pergamon. 1994.. 1st edition. 8. High Voltage laboratory. Earthing and its importance. Partial discharge measurements. Introduction to High Voltage Engineering. 7. 1970. high voltage motors.. HV AC and impulse voltage and currents. 2nd edition. Kuffel E. Text Books 1. HV AC and Impulse Voltage  Generation of impulse currents  Tripping and Control of impulse generators. 3. High Voltage Engineering. Kuffel E. Testing and evaluation of dielectric materials and power apparatus. Measurement of high voltage and currents  Measurement of HV DC. Pergamon. Wadhwa C. Testing of insulators. Radio interference measurement. 1984. 1995 2. 301 . High Voltage Engineering.Generation of High Voltage and Currents..Design. bushing. TMH Publication. isolators. “High Voltage Engineering” Wiley Eastern Ltd. Planning and Layout   Size and dimensions of the equipment and their layout. Naidu M. and Abdullah M.. and Kamaraju V. Term work At least 6 experiments including a report on visit to a high voltage laboratory covering the topics mentioned in the above syllabus.

B.E. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

ELECTRIC TRACTION (Course code – 403060)
1. Traction Systems Steam engine drive – Internal combustion engine drive – Electric drive – Diesel Electric traction – Mechanical transmission – Electric transmission – Types of electric transmission – Electrical transmission employing d.c generator d.c series motor – Electric transmission system employing 3 phase alternator supplying d.c traction motors – Electrical transmission employing 3 phase alternator supplying induction motors – Choice of traction systems for India. 2. Power Supply Systems for Track Electrification Historical background – Direct current system – Single phase low frequency a.c systemSingle phase high frequency a.c system – three phase low frequency system – Composite system – Kando system – Single phase to d.c system – Problems of single phase traction system – Current unbalance – Voltage unbalance – Production of harmonics – Induction effects – Electrostatic induction – Electric magnetic induction – Booster transformer – Rail connected booster transformer – Booster transformer with return feeder – Comparison between pure a.c and d.c systems. 3. Traction mechanics Units used in traction mechanics – types of services – Speed time curve – Equivalent straight line braking – Construction of speed time curve – Simplified speed time curve – Average speed and schedule speed – Traction effort – Traction effort speed characteristic - Power of traction motor – Specific energy consumption – Factors affecting specific energy consumption – Mechanics of train movement – Weight transfer due to torque exerted by traction motor – Weight transfer due to drawbar pull – Methods of reducing weight transfer – Weight transfer during braking – Coefficient of adhesion – Factors affecting slip – Influence of track on the coefficient of adhesion – Influence of electrical parts – Wheel slip detection device – Permissible speed of train on curves. 4. Power Supply Arrangements High voltage supply – Substations – Feeding post – Feeding and sectioning arrangements – Sectioning and paralleling post – Subsectioning and paralleling post – Subsectioning post – Elementary section – Miscellaneous equipment at control posts or switching stations –Major equipment at substation - Transformer – Circuit breaker – Interruptor – protection system for a.c system – Remote control centre – Functions of d.c traction substations - Major equipment of d.c substation. 5. Overhead Equipment OHE – Principles of design of OHE – composition of OHE – Height of contact wire – Contact wire gradient – Encumbrance – span length –Automatic weight tensioning temperature compensation – Stagger – Uninsulated over lap – Insulated over lap – Neutral section – Turn out – Section insulator – Isolator – System of stringing – Curvilinear OHE – Polygonal OHE – Single catenary construction – Compound catenary construction – Stitched catenary construction – Modified compound catenary – Continuous mesh catenary – Composed compound catenary – Catenary with variable dropper spacing – Effect of speed on OHE – Push up and oscillations of OHE – Clearance – OHE in tunnels – Basic sag and tension calculations- Dropper design – Dropper length for span with 302

unequal encumbrances – Use of aluminium for OHE – Recording car – Precautions for working on electrified sections – Track bonding – Earthing – Communication facilities – protection of underground installations against corrosion – Method of crossing – Overhead crossings – Cable crossings – Maintenance of OHE – OHE v/s power transmission line – Inspection of OHE – Maintenance schedule – Maintenance depots. 6. Current Collection Systems Conductor rail equipment – Current collection gear for OHE – Cable collector – Pole collector – Bow collector – Pantograph collector – Quality of current collection . 7. Traction Motors Desirable characteristics of traction motors – Straight d.c series motor – Suitability of series for traction duty – Constructional details of d.c traction motors – Series motor using undulating d.c – Suitability of shunt motor for traction duty – Single phase series motors – Behaviour of d.c armature in a.c field and commutation of series motors – Commutation – Constructional features – repulsion motor – Compensated repulsion motor – Induction motor – Variable frequency inverter employing SCR – Linear induction motor. 8. Traction Motor Control Control of d.c traction motors – Series parallel control – Shunt transition – Bridge transition – Drum control employing shunt transition – Contactor type bridge transition controller – Double series parallel control – Advantages of series parallel starting – Buck and boost method of starting and speed control – Metadyne control – tap changer control – Thyristor control – Thyristor control on a.c side – Cycle selection method of control of SCR – Thyristor control on d.c side or chopper control – Multiple unit control – Nonautomatic type master controller – Master controller for automatic acceleration – Multiple operation of locomotives. 9. Supervisory Control Advantages of remote control – Systems of remote controls – Remote control system equipment and network – Mimic diagram – Control desk for TPC – Remote control switching equipment – FMVFT – Power supply – Controlled station equipment – General principle of operation – Supervisory and alarm facilities – frequency allocation. 10. Track Circuits and Track Equipments D.C track circuit – Coded track circuit - A.C track circuit – Audio frequency track circuit – High frequency track circuit – Jemount track circuit – Aster J.E.S track circuit – Axis counting – Axle counters- Last vehicle proving – Automatic train stop – Point machine – Signals – Semaphore signals – Warner signals – Stop signals fo approach trains – Stop signals for departing trains – Coaching signals – Position of signals – shunt signals – Point indicator – Colour, light signals – Multi lamp route indicator – Junction direction indicator – Centralised traffic control. 11. Protection of Electric Locomotive Equipment and Circuits: Safety Considerations and Monitoring Introduction – Board strategy for protection – Surge protection – Overload protection of Main power circuits – Earth fault protection of power of auxiliary circuits – Protection from over voltages and under voltages – Differential current protection of traction circuits – Protection against high and low air pressure in the compressed air circuit – Temperature

303

monitoring - protection transformer by bucholz relay – Protection against accidental contact with H.T equipment – Protection against fires

References: 1. Modern Electric Traction by H.Partab, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
2. Electric Traction by J Upadhyay, S N Mahendra Allied Publishers Ltd. B.E. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

PLC (Programmable Logic Controllers) (Course code – 403070)
Syllabus 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PLC ArchitectureControllers, hardware, internal architecture, commercial PLC problems Input/Output DevicesInput devices, output devices, examples of applications programs Input/Output ProcessingSignal conditioning, remote connections, networks Ladder and functional block programmingLadder diagram, ladder functions, latching, function blocks IL,SFC and ST programming methodsInstruction lists, sequential function charts Internal relaysLadder programs, battery-backed relays, set and reset Jump and Call Timers and countersTypes of timers, off-delay timers, programming, timers with counters Shift registers

10 Data handlingArithmetic functions, closed loop control problems 11 Designing systemsProgram development, safe systems, fault finding 12 Testing and DebuggingTemperature control, valve sequencing 304

13 Programs Text Book: Programmable Logic Controllers and Industrial Automation: An Introduction By Madhuchhanda and Samarjit Sen Gupta Reference Book: 1 Programmable Logic Controllers: Programming Methods and Applications By John R. Hackworth [Old Dominion University] and Frederick D.Hackworth Jr. 2 Programmable Logic Controllers By W. Bolton, Fourth Edition

B.Tech. (Electrical) SEM-VIII Elective – II

Advanced microprocessor and application (Course code – 403080)

(1) Advanced architectures:Vonnumen and Harvard architecture, non-pipelined, super pipelined, superscalar processor, memory banking, interleaved memory, big endian and little endian, RISC and CISC processors

(2) Memory system:Virtual memory concepts, segmentation and paging, MMU, cache memory, principle of locality, cache architecture like look through, look aside, unified cache, split cache, cache organization like k-way associative, direct associative, fully associative, cache coherence.

(3) Introduction to embedded system:Features, comparison between desktop and embedded system, classification, marketing trends, selection of embedded system, types of embedded memory, various types of I/O devices like LCD, LED, keyboard, ADC, DAC, control valves, sensors, timers, and printers.

(4) Microcontroller:8051 and it’s derivatives, architecture, addressing modes, instruction sets, timers, serial port, I/O ports, interrupts, power saving, Boolean processor, 8051 programming in assembly and C language, CAN bus, SPI, I2C, flash programming of 89CX051, enhanced 8051 features in Intel 80251, Dallas HSM microcontroller.

(5) Embedded System design methodology:System development process, requirements engineering, design tradeoff, implementation integration, testing on host system, testing on target board, 8051 based software development system like KEIL, 8051 based hardware development boards.

305

(6) Applications:Microcontroller in SCADA, Xmas lights, robotic applications, tomia wall hanging mouse, temperature controller, aircraft controller, PWM motor control, ultrasonic measurement, LCD interface, small printer interface.

Books:1. Computer architecture by Stallings, Pearson publication. 2. Embedded/real time system by Prasad, Dreamtech publication. 3. Programming and customizing of 8051 microcontroller by Myke Predko, TMH

B.Tech. (Electrical) SEM VIII Elective-III

Flexible AC Transmission Systems (FACTS) (Course code – 403090)
1. Load Compensation  Reactive Power (VAR) Compensation for isolated loads  Power Factor correction  Voltage Regulation  V-Q characteristics for an inductive load  System load line  Effect of shunt capacitor / reactor bias on the system V-Q characteristic  V-Q characteristics of VAR compensators in terms of shirt circuit levels  Load balancing in 3-phase loads with parallel compensation 2. Transmission Line  Wave equation  Standing waves  Surge impedance and SIL  Voltage and current profile along unloaded line  Ferranti effect  Effect of loading on reactive power requirement 3. Voltage control  Tap changing transformers  Booster transformers  Static voltage regulators  Thyristorised series voltage injection 4. Converters and Inverters  Real and reactive power enhancement of a power system in time domain (using series and parallel configurations)  Protection of valves 5. Types of compensators  Passive and active compensators  Shunt reactor / capacitor compensators o Single o Multiple

306

o Mid-point Static compensators o Control schemes and characteristics of  FC – TCR  TCR – TSC  TSC and other combinations

6. Dynamic compensation  Introduction  Effect on stability of a power system 7. Unified Power Flow Controller (UPFC)  Basic relationships for power flow control  Synchronous voltage sources  Implementation of synchronous voltage source  Shunt compensation by synchronous voltage source o Reactive power compensation scheme  Series compensation by synchronous voltage source o Reactive series compensation  Unified power flow concept 8. Harmonics  Harmonics generated by FACTS and their mitigation  Different power quality problems that could be solved using flexible sub-systems. Term Work The term work will consist of at least 6 assignment/experiments duly performed, properly recorded and graded, which will carry a weightage of 15 marks & the test will carry a weightage of 10 marks. Text Books:

1. Miller T.J.E., Reactive Power Control in Electric Systems, Wiley Europe, 1st Ed. 1983. 2. Hingorani N.G. & Gyugyi L., Understanding FACTS: Concepts and Technology of
Flexible AC Transmission Systems, Wiley-IEEE Press, 1st Ed. 1999

B.Tech (Electrical) Sem. VIII Elective - III

SCADA (Course code – 403100) 1 SCADA System
• • • Systems used for Monitoring, Switching, & Controlling Electric Apparatus in Manned & Unmanned Sub-stations and generating stations. Functional Characteristics (master-RTU Data/Control flow.)-Strategic Benefits. Typical Equipment Functional Diagram- master station functional Block Diagram- (Both Centralized & Distributed ) Single Master Station & Single RTU, Single Master Station & Multiple RTUs, Multiple Master Stations & Multiple RTUs 307

2 Interfaces
• • • • • • • • •

• • • •

RTU Functional Block Diagram. Concept of coordinated Control systemSystem functionality – ( Bay Level & Substation level ) Master Station & Remote Station Equipments. Time Synchronization. Mechanical Interfaces Grounding Interfaces- safety or Equipment Ground, Signal or Instrumentation Circuit ground Electrical power Interfaces-Requirement of chargers, Batteries & back-up arrangements Power quality –( internal Noise, Surge withstand Capability ) Data & Control interfaces Communication Interfaces. Master station RTU links,- Block diagram Digital Data transmission, Asynchronous & Synchronous Transmission, error handling Standards., protocols –( MODbus, DNP 3.0 ) Communication media & configuration –Fibre optic Communication, Satellite Communication , LAN & WAN. Communication Application in Power Systems, Number of channels, Channel considerations, Channel switching & Redundancy. Number of RTUs per channel. RTU – : o General Features, Technical Specifications of any one type of RTU ( like NELCo, GE, SIEMENS ) o Description & function of various cards, (DI, DO, AI, AO, Power supply) o Communication Ports o Communication Protocols o Types of Transducers & IEDs.

3 Communication Management

4 Field Equipments

5 Digtal Signal Processing
• • • • • •

6 Numeric Protection

Analog to Digital Converter – Ramp Converter& successive approximation converters Sample & Hold Amplifiers , Multiplexers, A/D Conversion in protective Relays, Continuous Vs Discrete Waveforms, sampling, Digital Filtering Spectral Analysis, Digital Filtering in Protection relays Various Protective Schemes for Transformers, Generators, Motors Overload, short circuit Earth fault protection schemes. Typical application examples for REM 543. Protection Functions- Symbols & Notations as per IEEE Standards, and corresponding IEC symbol. Numeric Relay hardware Features of Numeric Relay (as applicable to REM 543/545 or any similar model)

308

7 SCADA software
• •

Main Functions, Protection functions, measurement functions, Disturbance functions , Control functions ,Condition monitoring functions, communication functions Application Software ; ( SIEMENS or any other ) Important Features.- MMI Functions, System Security, Zoning, Downloading Database from master to RTU, safety tagging, Periodic data update, Auto fault isolation, Online reporting of module failure, Time stamping of events, ladder logic implementation Picture editing , maintenance, Database Organization.

References : Telecommunication facilities for operation & maintenance of oil and gas pipeline –: IS-15655 of 2006  IEEE Std. – Defination, specification and analysis of systems used for SCADA -: IEEE Std C-37.1 of 1994  IS SCADA system for oil & gas pipe line -: IS-15654 of 2006  Digital Protection and Numerical Relays – IEE Book – Vol IV  ABB Relay Manual

B. TECH. (ELECTRICAL) Sem - VIII

Elective - III Medical Electronics (Course code – 403110)
Rationale : This subject introduces an interdisciplinary field and shall provide knowledge of the combination of Biomedical Engineering as well as the technology of instrumentation. This subject teaches application of Electronics Engineering to Medicine. DETAILED SYLLABUS : Study of Human Body Anatomy and Physiology of the human body, Body system – Skeletal, Muscular, Circulatory, Respiratory, Digestive, Excretory, Nervous, Endocrine, Reproductive. Study of the Human Cell Average Human Cell, Transport across the cell membrane and membrane potential – Na+ and K + transport, Action Potential, Electrical Equivalent Circuit of a cell. Bio-Electronics, transducers and amplifiers Electrode – Electrolyte Interface, different electrode types, Stimulating electrodes, Biomedical Amplifiers.Transducers for measurement of physiological events. Electrocardiogram

309

Origin of the heart beat and the electrical activity of the heart, the ECG and its analysis, the Einthoven Triangle, Bipolar leads, Unipolar leads, Vector cardiography, Measurement of cardiac output, ECG electrodes, ECG Amplifiers, Cardiac Arrhythmias. Bioelectric Signals Study of Characteristics of various Bioelectric Signals such as EEG, EMG, ERG, EOG and their recording. Signal Measurement • Measurement of blood pressure, blood flow and cardiac output. • Impedance Plethysmography. • Measurements in the respiratory system.

Biomedical Instruments Stimulators , Defibrillators , Pacemakers , Respirators , Bedside Monitor , Audiometer and hearing aids. Oximetry , Ear Oximeter , Pulse Oximeter , Blood Gas Analyzer, Spirometry , Pulmonary Function Analyzers. Prosthesis Introduction to Prosthesis. Electrical Safety Electrical safety of patient and medical equipment. BOOKS: Textbooks: 1. Cromwell L. Weibell and Pfeiffer, Biomedical Instrumentation and measurements, Prentice Hall of India, 1993. 2. Khandpur R. S., Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Second edition, 2003. Additional Reading: 1. Ganong W. F., Review of Medical Physiology, Prentice Hall Inc., USA, 1995. 2. Webster J. G. – Medical Instrumentation – Application and Design, Wiley and Sons Inc., Third edition, 1999. 3. Carr and Brown, Introduction to biomedical equipment technology, Fourth edition, Pearson Press, 2003. TERM WORK: 1. Term work shall consist of at least eight practicals and assignments covering the topics of the syllabus.

BE Electrical ( Sem-VIII)
310

Elective - III Robotics and Automation (Course Code: 403120)
Detailed Syllabus 1. Introduction : Introduction to robotics, components and structure of robotics, common kinematic arrangements. 2. Rigid Motions and Homogeneous Transformations : Rotations, Compositions of rotations, Properties of rotations, Homogeneous transformations, Skew symmetric matrices, Angular velocity and acceleration, Addition of Angular velocities 3. Forward Kinematics: Kinematics chains, Denavit-Hartenberg representation 4. Inverse kinematics: Kinematic decoupling, inverse position, Inverse orientation. 5. Velocity kinematics – The manipulator Jacobian: Derivation of Jacobian, singularities, inverse Velocity and Acceleration. 6. Dynamics: Euler –Lagrange equations, expression for kinetic and potential energy, equations of motions, some common configurations, Newton-Euler formulations. 7. Independent joint control: Actuator dynamics, set point tracking, drive train dynamics, trajectory interpolation, feedforward control and computed Torque. 8. Multivariable control: PD control, inverse dynamics, implementation and robustness issues, robust outer loop design. References: 1) Mark W.Spong, M.Vidyasagar, Robotic dynamics and control ,Wiley student edition – 2004. 2) Asade.H, Robot analysis and control, John Wiley – 1986. 3) Kozlowski, Krzyszfof(Ed), Robot motion and control: recent developments, Bezlin: Spinzervalag.

311

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

SECOND YEAR SEMESTER III 312

Light–Emitting Diode. B. Input Protection in MOSFET. Common Base Amplifier. Environmental Thermal Considerations in Transistor Amplifiers. Common Emitter Amplifiers. The Bipolar Junction Transistor Basic Bipolar Junction Transistor. Circuit Symbols and Conventions. The Power FET (VMOS). Diode Circuits Design of Rectifier Circuits. The Bipolar Linear Amplifier. Half Wave Rectification. Schottky Barrier Diode. NPN Transistor : Forward–active Mode Operation. Digital Logic Gate and Amplifier. MOSFET DC Circuit Analysis. Diode Circuits: DC Analysis and Models. Common Bipolar Circuits: DC Analysis. The Common Gate Configuration. Amplifier. MOS Field–Effect Transistor. Multistage Amplifiers. the Common Source Amplifier. Photodiode. AC Load Line Analysis. Full Wave Rectification. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. The Field Effect Transistor Junction Field–Effect Transistor. Basic Transistor Applications – Switch. DC Analysis of Transistor Circuits.S. Understanding Manufacturer’s Specifications. Current–Voltage Characteristics. Integrated Circuit Biasing.Y. The Three Basic Amplifier configurations: Summary and Comparison. Non ideal Transistor Leakage Currents and Breakdown. Basic FET Amplifiers The MOSFET Amplifier. PNP Transistor : Forward–active Mode Operation. Single – Stage Integrated Circuit MOSFET Amplifiers. Load Line and Modes Of Operation. Ripple Voltage and Diode Current. Introduction to Semiconductor Diode Theory. Other Diode Types – Solar Cell. Manufacturers’ Specifications. Basic BJT Amplifiers Analog Signals and Linear Amplifiers. Bipolar Transistor Biasing – Single Base Resistor Biasing. Graphical Analysis and AC Equivalent Circuit. The Source Follower Amplifier. Zener Diode. AC Equivalent Circuits. Other Small – Signal Parameters And Equivalent Circuits. Multistage Circuits. Basic MOSFET Applications: Switch. Multistage Amplifiers. Filter. The PN Junction. Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit Including the Early Effect. Temperature effects in MOSFETs. Zener Diode Circuits. Common Collector Emitter Follower Amplifier. Basic JFET Amplifiers 313 . Common–Emitter Circuits. Power Considerations. Voltage Doubler Circuit. Basic Transistor Amplifier Configurations. Small Signal Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit of the Bipolar Transistor. Photodiode and LED Circuits. Multiple–Diode Circuits. Clipper and Clamper Circuits. Transistor Structures. The Three Basic Amplifier Configuration: Summary and Configuration. Voltage Divider Biasing and Bias Stability. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electronic Circuit Analysis & Design I Semiconductor Materials and Diodes Review of Semiconductor Materials and Properties. Expanded Hybrid – π Equivalent Circuit.TECH. Temperature Effects.

McGraw Hill International edition 2001 Martin Roden . 1989 314 . Shroff Publishers. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design.Text Books: Donald A. Third edition. Electronic Design. Second edition. Neamen. Fourth edition. Gordon Carpenter. William Wieserman. McGraw Hill International edition. Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. 2002 Additional Reading: Donald Schilling & Charles Belove.

Tata McGraw Hill. Schering bridge. Srinivasan M. Principle of Power Factor & Frequency meter. A Course in Electrical & Electronic Measurements & Instrumentation. Potentiometers Principles of D. Potentiometers & their applications. Golding. P. slip. Hay’s & Anderson’s bridge. Moving Iron Instruments.C & A. Electrical Engineering Materials. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electrical Technology Measuring Instruments Review of Permanent Magnet Moving Coil (PMMC).. Extension of ranges of voltmeters and ammeters.S. 1985.. Three Phase Induction Motors Rotating magnetic field. speed control. rotor frequency. A. Dhanpatrai and Sons. development of equivalent circuit. Electrodynamometer. Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments. Ferromagnetism. medium & high resistances – Wheatstone & Kelvin bridge. 1994. 1993. Prentice Hall of India. torque equation. Magnetic Properties of Materials The magnetic dipole movement. fifth edition. Megger. Paramagnetism.K. 315 . torque – speed characteristics. Electrostatic Instruments. second edition. Ohmmeter. bridge circuits for measurement of inductance & capacitanceMaxwell’s. J. construction & principle of operation.C. characteristics & applications. diamagnetism.. L. Use of Current & Potential Transformers. Measurement of R. motor ratings.C.TECH. Text Books: Sawhney A. The origin of permanent magnetic dipoles in matter. Stepping Motors.Y`. twelfth reprint. Starting methods. and C Measurement of low. CEDT: Indian Institute of Science. Nagrath & Kothari. 1997 Dekker A. Wheeler Publishing. B. Electrical Machines. Stepper Motor Principle of working. Rectifier type Instruments. maximum torque. 1987.

magnetic dipole moment of current loop. spontaneous magnetization and curieweiss law. C. Uncertainty principle & statistical mechanics.S. magnetization from macroscopic view point. diamagnetism. density of carriers in intrinsic semiconductor extrinsic semiconductor. B. S. Complex dielectric constant of non dipolar solids. electrical conduction in semiconductor. the continuity equation. Frequency dependence of electric and ionic polarizability. John Allison: Electronic engineering semiconductors and devices. Textbooks: A. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Electronic Material Science Review of Atomic structure. atomic interpretation of dielectric constant of monoatomic gases. heat developed in a current carrying conductor. wave particle duality. collision time and mean free path electron scattering and resistivity of metals. photosensitive semiconductors. density of carriers and the position of fermilevel in extrinsic semiconductors. Dielectric constant of polyatomic molecules. photo conductive and photo emissive materials.Dakkar: Electrical Engineering Materials. origin of permanent magnetic dipoles in matter materials. Ferroelectric materials. ohm’s law and relaxation time of electrons. Semi conducting Materials: Crystal structure of semiconductor. interpretation of wave function. spontaneous ferromagnetic materials. Compensation doping. spontaneous polarization and piezo electricity. McGraw Hill International edition (II) 316 .Y. conduction process in semiconductor. superconductors. bipolar relaxation. Conducting Material: Factors affecting the resistivity of electrical materials. Dielectric properties of insulators: Static Dielectric constant polarization. Optical properties of solids: Light semiconductor interaction. absorption of light direct and indirect band gap semiconductors. Classification of magnetic materials. dielectric losses. Schrödinger wave equation. lenz’s law and induced dipole moments. quantum mechanics.S. ferrimagnetic materials. relaxation time. Prentice Hall of India.TECH. Chand and company. internal field in solids and liquids. antiferromagnetic materials. ferromagnetic domain and coercive force.J. orbital magnetic dipole moment and angular momentum. Static dielectric constant of solids. Thermal conductivity of metals.Indulkar: An introduction to Electrical Engineering Materials. Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic field.

TECH. Boundary – value problems. quadratic Interpolation. Simpson’s 1/3 rule. 2002.(including relevant engineering applications) Gauss-Elimination method – Technique. Tata McGraw Hill. Eigen value problems (concepts only). Canale.Least square approximation technique. Sandra L. Runge – Kutta methods – Euler’s method. Lagrange Interpolating polynomials. 2002 317 . Robert J. Text Books Seven C. Gauss-Seidel method. Gauss-Jordan method. Euler’s predicator-corrector method. Runga-kutta method of second and fourth order. B. Harris. Ltd. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Numerical Techniques Errors in numerical computation Error types. Raymond P.Y.Golden-section Search.S. Roots of Equations – (including relevant engineering applications) Bracketing Methods – The Bisection method..Fourth Edition. Gradient method. Simpson’s 3/8 rule Solution to Ordinary differential equations (including relevant engineering applications) Taylor series method. Linear programming . Approximation . Chapra . linear regression. Error propagation.Graphical solution and simplex method. Newton’s method. Systems of Linear Algebraic equations. Applied Numerical Methods for Engineers (Using MATLAB and C). LU decomposition and matrix inversion. improvement.(including relevant engineering applications and transportation problems) One-dimensional unconstrained .(including relevant engineering applications) The Trapezoidal rule. Thomson Asia Pte. Optimization . The False position method. Numerical differentiation (including relevant engineering applications) Methods based on interpolation and finite differences. analysis and estimation. Numerical Methods for Engineers . Picard’s method of successive approximation. pitfalls. Open Methods – The Newton-Raphson method. Multidimensional unconstrained – Direct method. Curve fitting -(including relevant engineering applications) Interpolation – Newton’s divided difference. and polynomial regression. The Secant method. Numerical Integration. Schilling . first edition.

MOS transistors review. Combinational PLDs. Digital Design Principles and Practices. binary and gray codes. Number systems and codes Positional number systems. fan – out. first edition. Subtractors. codes for detecting and correcting errors. arithmetic operations on signed numbers. integrated circuits. timing hazards – static and dynamic hazards. Combinational logic design practices Documentation standards. Logic families CMOS logic. Electrical behavior of CMOS circuits. representation of negative numbers.S. Wakerley. Binary and Hexadecimal number systems.Y. third edition updated. review of BJT. Comparators. Additional Reading: 318 . bipolar logic introduction. Edge triggered D flip–flop. fan – in. Combinational multipliers. propagation delay. TTL NAND and NOR gates. character codes. Pearson Education Singapore. T flip–flop. Boolean Algebra. Adders. S-R latch. Design using SSI and MSI devices Decoders. 2000. arithmetic operations. Parity circuits. fan – out. programmed minimization methods – Quine McCluskey minimization algorithm. multi source busses. CMOS / TTL interfacing. simple floating – point encoder. D latch. Karnaugh Maps. Three state buffers. Encoders. programmable logic devices. introduction to VHDL hardware description language. theorems. fan – in. general positional number systems conversions. Interpreting Manufacturers’ data sheets Sequential logic principles Bistable elements. digital design levels. Logic circuits Logic signals and gates. cascading comparator. ALUs. McGraw Hill International edition. Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic. CMOS logic families. power consumption.TECH. Electrical behavior of TTL circuits. combinational circuit analysis. Textbooks: John F. CMOS NAND and NOR gates. Multiplexers. Master/slave flip–flops. B. Circuit timing. software aspects of digital design. digital devices. power consumption. Introduction to Emitter – coupled logic. combinational circuit synthesis – minimization. basic CMOS inverter circuit. 2002. propagation delay. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER III Digital Design I Introduction to digital systems Analog VS Digital systems. sum of products and product of sums expressions and their minimization. Fundamentals of Digital logic with VHDL design. Latches and flip–flops. Using VHDL and PLDs Combinational circuit design examples – barrel shifter.

Singapore. Alan B. Thomson Asia Pte. first edition. Ltd. Thomson Asia Pte. 2001. Dueck. McGraw Hill International edition 2002. Introduction to logic design. Singapore.Robert K. James Bignell & Robert Donovan.. 2001. Digital Design with CPLD Applications and VHDL.. 319 . Digital Electronics. fourth edition. Marcovitz. Ltd.

design of heat sinks. Bode Plots. The Darlington Amplifier and Cascode Amplifier. Class–AB Push Pull Complementary Output Stages. Class–C Operation. Output Stage and Power Amplifiers Power Amplifiers. Sinusoidal Oscillators: The phase shift Oscillator. Feedback and Stability Introduction to Feed Back. Basic FET Differential Pair. Ideal Feedback Topologies. William Wieserman. Basic BJT Differential Pair. The Colpitts Oscillator and Hartley Oscillator. First – Order Functions. Oxford University Press.Y. Shroff Publishers. Gain Stage and Simple Output Stage. McGraw Hill International edition. Microelectronic Circuits. Classes Of Amplifiers – Class–A Operation. Phase and Gain Margins. Series–Shunt. Frequency Response: The FET. Gordon Carpenter. High Frequency Response of Transistor Circuits. Simplified BJT Operational Amplifier Circuit. Reduction of Nonlinear Distortion. Frequency Response: Transistor Amplifiers with Circuit Capacitors. Text Books: Donald A. Miller Compensation. Class–B Operation. Shunt–Series. Power Transistors – Power BJTs. Class–A Power Amplifiers. Voltage (Series – Shunt) Amplifiers. Current (Shunt – Series) Amplifiers. Shunt–Shunt Configurations. Differential and Multistage Amplifiers The Differential Amplifier. Short–Circuit and Open–Circuit Time Constants. Fourth edition. McGraw Hill International edition 2001 Martin Roden . Frequency Response: Bipolar Transistor. Nyquist Stability Criterion. Class–AB Operation. Stability of The Feedback Circuit.TECH. Two – Pole. 1998 320 . Electronic Design. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. B. Noise Sensitivity. The Stability Problem. Series–Series. S – Domain Analysis. Loop Gain. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Electronic Circuit Analysis & Design II Frequency Response of Amplifiers Amplifier Frequency Response. Second edition. Frequency Compensation Basic Theory.S. Ideal Close–Loop Gain. Trans Conductance (Series – Series) Amplifiers. Fourth edition. Power MOSFETs. 1989 Adel Sedra & Kenneth Smith. BICMOS Circuits. Neamen. The Wien Bridge Oscillator. Electronic Circuits Discrete and Integrated. and Three – Pole Amplifiers. The Tuned Circuit Oscillator. 2002 Additional Reading: Donald Schilling & Charles Belove. Third edition. Trans Resistance (Shunt – Shunt) Amplifiers. Differential Amplifier Frequency Response. Bode Plots: One – Pole. Gain Sensitivity Bandwidth Extension. System Transfer Functions. Basic Feedback Concepts. Closed Loop Frequency Response. Differential Amplifier with Active Load. Heat Sinks.

FM modulators. Thomson Asia Pte. Radio receivers: Receiver characteristics. Hierarchy. Leon W Couch. Electronic Communication Systems. Different types of AM. Equivalent Noise Temperature. Sampling Techniques – principle. Ltd. 2002. Roy Blake. TRF and Superheterodyne receivers. Propagation of waves. Principles of Communication Systems. Tata McGrawHill. Noise factor and Noise Figure. PAM. Delta modulation.. bandwidth.S. 321 . spectrum. Propagation terms and definitions. Effect of noise. Pearson Education. Herbert Taub and Donald Schilling. AM detectors. Encoding. Quantization error. PPM – generation and detection. Suppressed – carrier AM. second edition. transmitters. Digital Transmission: Quantization. Angle Modulation: Frequency modulation. PCM. demodulation.TECH. third edition. Noise in Communication systems. Non-uniform quantizing. modulator circuits. Radio wave propagation: Electromagnetic waves. Adaptive Delta modulation – transmission system. modulation and demodulation. Amplitude Modulation: DSB Full carrier AM – principles. Phase modulation. Signal-to-Noise ratio. PWM. Transmitters. Aliasing. SSB. Text Books: Wayne Tomasi. second edition. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Basics of Communication Engineering Introduction: Elements of a communication system. Digital and Analog Communication Systems. Multiplexing: TDM. sixth edition. transmitters. generation. Singapore. B. DPCM. FM detectors. ISB – Principles. Electronic Communication Systems. FDM – Principles. Receiver circuits. Pearson Education. 2001. Analog Pulse Modulation: Sampling Theorem for Low – pass and Band – pass signals – proof with spectrum. Properties of radio waves.Y.

Circuits and Networks. B. Mesh & Node Analysis Mesh & Node Analysis of circuits with independent & dependent sources. link currents. cut set & tie set. Short Circuit admittance (Y) parameters. Kemmerly & Steven M. Engineering Circuit Analysis. Gauss Elimination Technique. Transfer function. Maximum power transfer theorem. 322 . Fourier series Orthogonal basis functions. Driving point & Transfer Functions. Tree. sixth edition. Durbin. Circuit Analysis Introduction to Graph Theory. Superposition. T & Pi representation.port networks. Evaluation & analysis of Transient and Steady state responses using Classical Technique as well as by Laplace Transform (for simple circuits only). Sudhakar & S. Representation of a signal in terms of weighted Orthogonal basis functions. Mesh & Node Analysis. Linearity. Jack E. Current & Voltage Source Transformation.port network.C. Superposition & Source Transformation Linearity. Hybrid (h) parameters. H. Interconnections of two . Inter Relationships of different parameters. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Electrical Network Analysis Review D. The Fourier Transform (FT) Definition & Properties. & A. FT of basic signals. 2002. Frequency response of a system (concepts only). McGraw Hill International. Hayt. William. Duality.TECH. Inverse Transmission (A’B’C’D’) parameters. Open Circuit impedance (Z) parameters.port Networks Concept of two.C circuits. branch voltages.Y. Two . Tata McGraw Hill. Concept of poles and zeros. FT of periodic signals. Properties of Fourier series. Network Theorems Thevenin’s & Norton’s Theorem (with independent & dependent sources). Extension to periodic signal in terms of Fourier Series Representation Complex and Trigonometric Fourier series. Shyammohan. P. Calculation of weights (coefficients) in MSE sense. Time & Frequency Response of Circuits First & second Order Differential equations. thirteenth reprint. Terminated two . Power Spectral Density. Transmission (ABCD) parameters.port networks. Energy Spectral Density. Text books: A.S. initial conditions. 2000.

Davis. Oxford University Press. Van Valkenburg. Singapore. Linear Circuit Analysis. Linear Circuit Analysis. Additional Reading: Artice M. Network Analysis.Raymond A. Prentice Hall of India. 2001 M. third edition. Thomson Asia Pte. first edition. E. 323 . 2001. Ltd. DeCarlo & Pen-Min Lin. second edition..

TECH. Programming Techniques Looping. Instruction classification. Testing and troubleshooting I/O interface circuits. 8085 interrupt structure and operation. Minimum system design. Programmed I/O. Interrupt driven program controlled I/O. Arithmetic & Logic operations. Microcomputers. Memory mapped I/O and I/O mapped I/O. I/O data transfer classification. parameter passing techniques. Counting and indexing. Instruction and Data format. Reset and buffering circuits. assembly and execution of simple assembly language programs. Interfacing input and output devices with examples. 8259A programmable interrupt controller features and operation. Debugging a program.Y. B. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Principles of Microprocessor Systems Introduction Introduction to Microprocessors. Branch operations. Writing assembly language programs. 324 . machine cycles and T states. 8085 Instructions Data transfer operations. Clock. I/O data transfer techniques Basic interfacing concepts. counters and timers. Re-entrant and recursive subroutines. Testing and troubleshooting memory interface circuits. Interrupts Requirements. Multi level interrupt. Vectored interrupt. Instruction cycles. 8085 Assembly Language Programming The 8085 programming model. process of writing. Single level interrupt. Microprocessor Architecture and Microcomputer Systems Microprocessor Architecture and its operations. Concept of wait states. Stack and Subroutines Concept of Stack and subroutines. BCD arithmetic and 16 bit data operations. Input and output (I/O) devices. Software Development Systems and Assemblers. Memory interfacing with timing considerations. Code conversion.S. 8085 Microprocessor Architecture and Memory Interfacing The 8085 architecture. and Assembly Language. Hardware I/O (Direct Memory Access).

Microprocessor Architecture. programmable interval timer. Direct memory access (DMA) and DMA controller 8237. Penram International Publishing (India). Gaonkar. 8255A programmable peripheral interface. Prentice Hall of India.Programmable Interface Devices Features and operating modes of working of 8155 multifunction device. 8254. 8279 programmable keyboard/display interface. Serial I/O and Data Communication: Basics concepts in serial I/O. Introduction to emulators and logic analyzers. 1987. 325 . Microprocessor Applications: Interfacing scanned multiplexed displays and liquid crystal display. fourth edition. second edition. Programming and Applications with the 8085. 8085 serial I/O lines. interfacing matrix keyboard. 2000. Microprocessors and Programmed Logic. Textbooks: Ramesh S.

decoding binary counter states. shift registers in VHDL. 2000. 2002. state machine synthesis using transition lists. reflections and termination. third edition updated. synchronizer failure and metastability. Clocked synchronous state machine design. 2001 326 .Y. Synchronous design methodology. VHDL sequential circuit design features. Textbooks: John F.S. (ELECTRONICS) SEMESTER IV Digital Design II Sequential logic design Clocked synchronous state machine analysis. linear feedback shift register counters. structure. ring counters. first edition. Read / write memory. Sequential logic design practices Sequential circuit documentation standards. Ltd. Introduction to Xilinx XC9600 CPLD family and Xilinx XC 4000 FPGA family. MSI shift registers. serial / parallel conversion. Additional topics Computer Aided Design (CAD) tools. Stephen Brown & Zvonko Vranesic. introduction to transmission lines. use of latches and flip–flops in examples like switch de-bouncing. designing state machines using state diagrams. Dynamic RAM. Pearson Education Singapore. Digital Logic Applications and Design. Wakerley. bus holder circuit. concept of digital system reliability. Singapore. done in VHDL. Memory. McGraw Hill International edition. feedback sequential circuits. Additional Reading: John M. shift register counters. CPLDs and FPGAs Types of memory devices. Concept of design for testability. impediments to synchronous design.TECH. Design examples like a few simple machines. Shift registers. B. first edition. Johnson counters. MSI counters and applications. Static RAM. Read-Only Memory (ROM). Digital Design Principles and Practices. decomposing state machines. Fundamentals of Digital Logic with VHDL Design. Thomson Asia Pte. counters – ripple and synchronous.. Yarbrough. and traffic light controller. counters in VHDL.

Contingency table.tailed and two-tailed tests. Macmillan 306090: Electromagnetics & Wave Propagation 327 . One. Probability mass function and density function. 5) Analysis of variance: one way and two way classification 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Test of the Goodness of fit and independence of attribute. Text Books: S G Gupta. V K Kapur. Central limit theorem. Yate’s correction. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Poisson. F distribution. Student’s distribution. Estimation of population parameters. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. Baye’s theorem. Level of significance. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. Test of hypothesis. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. Statistics for Business and Economics. 2) Probability. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Co-variance. Large and Small samples : Test of significance for large samples. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Degree of freedom. distribution : Binomal. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. Statistics and Random Processes. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Spearman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. Test of significance for small samples : Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Expected value. Tata McGraw Hill R P Hooda. Critical region.THIRD YEAR 200040: Engineering Statistics 1)Review of probability. Normal. Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics. x2 (Chisquare). Bivariate frequency distribution. Co-relation. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples.t test. S Chand & Co T Veerrajan. Discrete and continuous random variables. Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. F-test of significance of the difference between population variances. Probability.

Wave impedances. Surface Impedance. Low loss radio frequency & UHF transmission lines. Guided Waves Waves between parallel planes. Electromagnetic waves Solution of free space conditions. Transmission Line parameters. Schaum series. Transmission –line theory. Additional Reading John D Krauss – Engineering Electromagnetics. Reflection at surface of a Conductive Medium. Note on interpretation of E×H. Transverse Magnetic waves (Hz≡0). Jordan & K. G. Transverse electromagnetic waves. Reflection by a perfect conductor-Normal Incidence. Characteristics of TE & TM waves.Engineering Electromagnetics. attenuation in parallel-plane guides. Transmission-line charts. Text Book E. Reflection by a perfect insulator-oblique Incidence. Radiation from a quarter-wave monopole or half-wave dipole. Basic idea of inductance & capacitance. Balmain-Electromagnetic Waves & Radiating Systems. Application to short antennas. J. C. 328 . Solution of the potential Equations. Transmission Lines Transmission Line equations. Electromagnetic field close to antenna. Impedance matching. Poynting vector & flow of power Poynting’s Theorem. Reflection by a perfect dielectric-Normal Incidence. second edition. Transmission Line examples. Power Loss in a Plane Conductor.1992. Potential functions for sinusoidal oscillations. Impedance matching by means of stub lines. UHF lines as circuit elements. Sinusoidal Time Variations. Transmission line. Average & Complex Poynting vector. The Transmission-line analogy. Uniform plane-propagation. The alternating current element (or Oscillating Electric Dipole). Circuit representation of of the parallel-plane transmission line. Uniform plane waves. Electric field & current flow within the conductor. Second Edition. The wave equation for conducting medium. 2001. Conditions at a Boundary Surface. Power radiated by a current element. Direction cosines. Tranverse electric waves (Ez≡0). Radiation Potential Functions & the electromagnetic field.Maxwell Equations: Derivation of various basic electro magnetic laws using Maxwell’s Equations. Parallel plane transmission line with loss. Tata McGraw-Hill. 1988. Edminister. Velocities of propagation. assumed current distribution. Polarization. Sine integral & cosine integral. Farfield approximation. PHI. sixth edition. Reflection by a perfect conductor-Oblique Incidence. Conductors & Dielectrics. E & H about long parallel Cylindrical conductors of arbitrary cross section. Instantaneous. McGraw-Hill. Use of Smith Chart.

Absolute stability. Polar plots. ramp and parabolic input signals. synchro transmitters. Relative stability. Mathematical modeling of systems Importance of a mathematical model. Nyquist stability criterion. summary of general rules for constructing Root– Locus. signal flow graphs. static error constants. applying the state-space representation. Frequency domain specifications. Textbooks: 329 . Root–Locus analysis of control systems. analysis of transient-response using Second order model. examples of control systems. Frequency-Response Analysis Introduction. stability analysis. relationship between time and frequency domain specification of systems. Relative stability. gain margin. Steady – state analysis of different types of systems using step. Steady – state errors. stability analysis of system using Bode plots. Transfer function and impulse response of systems. servoamplifier. Nichol’s chart and their use in stability study of systems.306100: Control Systems Introduction to control system analysis Introduction. First order system. Masan’s gain formula and its application to block diagram reduction. converting a transfer function to state-space. Introduction to State Space Analysis The general state-space representation. Transient-Response Analysis Impulse response function. second order system. Control system components DC and AC servomotors. Frequency-Response Plots Bode plots. stepper motors. closed loop control systems. resonance peak and peak resonating frequency. phase margin. Closed-Loop Frequency Response Constant gain and phase loci. Log–magnitude Vs phase plots. Steady – state Error Analysis Classification of control systems according to “Type” of systems. potientiometer. open loop control systems. Block diagrams. synchro receivers. Stability Analysis Introduction to concept of stability. Stability analysis using Routh’s stability criterion. time domain specifications of systems. Root-Locus Analysis Introduction. Root–Locus plots. synchro control transformer. converting from state-space representation to a transfer function.

Prentice Hall of India. 1997. third edition. Norma S. Automatic Control Systems. Control Systems Engineering. Control Systems Principles and Design. Kuo. third edition. 330 . Ogata. Nise. John Wiley and Sons.K. Modern Control Engineering. Tata McGraw Hill. Benjamin C. Madan Gopal. seventh edition. Prentice Hall of India. Additional reading: 1. seventh edition.

306110: Signal Processing Introduction to signals & Systems ( CT and DT domain ) Definition of Signal Signal classification Signal manipulations Periodicity in CT ( Continuous Time) & DT( Discrete Time) domain Concept of a system System representations & classification Concept of Impulse Response Convolution in CT domain Review of Fourier Series (FS) & Fourier Transform (FT) for CT systems Fourier Series & Fourier Transform for DT systems( DTFS & DTFT): Concept. properties and uses Amplitude & phase spectra Energy Spectral Density Power Spectral Density Review of the Laplace Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Laplace Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) System transfer function Relationship with Fourier Transform & mapping Zero state & zero input responses Z Transform Definition & properties of Two-sided & one-sided Z Transform Region of Convergence (ROC) Relationship with Fourier and Laplace Transform . Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) DTFT & DFT DFT Properties Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) DITFFT and DIFFFT Algorithms Divide and Conquer Algorithms DFT analysis of Sinusoidal signals Limitations of DFT 331 . Cascade & parallel forms Linear and circular Convolution BIBO stabillity Time Domain Analysis of DT Systems System Transfer function & Impulse response Solution of a difference equation zero input & zero state response calculations 8. & mapping Inverse Z Transform Introduction to DT Systems Difference equation FIR & IIR systems System transfer function System realization: Direct forms.

G. D. Prentice Hall of India. 2001 Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. Proakis. 1995 Ashok Ambardar. First Indian Impression. Prentice Hall of India. Discrete. Oxford University Press. Wiley Eastern Publication J.Time Signal Processing. second edition. Thomson Learning. 2000 Additional Reading: 1. Manolakis. 2000 332 . Analog and Digital Signal Processing.G. Algorithms and applications. Haykin.Books: S. Signal Processing & Linear Systems.Text. Digital Signal Processing: Principles. Signals and Systems . Lathi.

Programming & Applications. Programming and Interfacing. The 8051 Microcontrollers Architecture. EIA RS-232C serial interface and IEEE 488 General purpose interface.processor. Introduction to Multiprocessor systems Multiprocessor configurations. Internal Timer / counters. Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A. Data manuals 333 . Connection of I/O Controllers 8255AH programmable peripheral Interface. third edition. second edition. The 80X86 family Design. Text Books: John Uffenback. programmable D. Assembly language programming. Pearson Education Asia. Intel MCS 51 family Introduction to Single chip microcontrollers of Intel MCS 51 family. UART 8250. Introduction to mixed language programming using C and Assembly language.306120: Microprocessors and Microcontrollers Overview Overview of microcomputer systems.A. Assembly language Programming for 8086 . Data types supported by 8087. Its instruction set. Programming and Interfacing. Controller 8237. 8086 interrupt structure. Penram International (India) Douglas Hall.processor interface. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems. Timing diagram for 8086 family. Interrupt structure and priorities.8087 based systems. Data communications. 8086 / 8088 Design. Study of the 8289 bus arbiter. 2001 Kenneth Ayala. Study of its Instruction set. Memory & I/O design Memory system design for 8086 family including interface of dynamic Read/ write memory. first Indian reprint. Host and co . Design of 8086 based multiprocessor systems (without timing considerations). Architectural and operational features.parity and cyclic redundancy check. Interfacing of 8051 with EPROM programming for EPROM versions. Prentice Hall of India. Microprocessors interfacing and programming. Power saving modes. 2002 John Uffenback. serial interface.M. 8086 family minimum and maximum mode operation. Tata McGraw Hill. detailed study of maximum mode connection: study of 8288 bus controller. third edition Additional Reading: Muhammad A Mazidi. Connection of external memory. ninth Indian reprint. Error detection and correction . timing considerations for memory interfacing. 2002 Intel Corporation. Pearson Education Asia. 8087 Math Co-processor Study of architecture of 8087 floating point co. 8051 variations Intel 8086/8088 microprocessor family Architecture and organisation of 8086/8088 microprocessor family. Hardware and software principles. CPU timing and machine cycles.

micro and macroeconomics. management development. Planning – its nature. delegation decentralization. Resource constraints and welfare maximization. Controlling – its nature techniques. The functions of a manager. Leadership motivation and communication. Foreign exchange and balance of payments.200080: Industrial Economics & Management Basic economic problems. types of plans. Hampton 334 . Market structures. supply and market equilibrium. Books recommended Economics : Samuelson & Nordhaus Principles of Economics : Mankiw Essential of Management : Koontz & O’donnell Management : David R. International trade. The role of the state in economic activity. objectives. Staffing – selection and recruitment. span of management. Decision – making. Organising – departmentalization. Management : Definition process. market and government failures. Nature of economics. Theories of demand. Positive and normative economics. appraisal. perfect and imperfect competition commercial and central banking.

Enhanced guide to managing and maintaining your PC. Sam Wilson. fabricating. Digital Troubleshooting Introduction to troubleshooting digital logic. understanding and use of logic analyzers. Electronic troubleshooting and servicing techniques Volume I. 2002 Termwork: The termwork shall consist of at least four laboratory experiments on designing. 335 . power supplies. test and troubleshoot a simple digital electronic system based on a microprocessor / microcontroller.. hand soldering and wave soldering. system board. Penram Publishing (India) Pvt. system analysis. Analog Troubleshooting Electronics troubleshooting basics. (Ted) Smith. Jan Axelson. A. use of logic probes. multimedia technologies. PC Hardware PC hardware basics – how computers work. et. how software and hardware work together. Textbooks: H. Delmar publishers J. Enhanced third edition.306140: Electronics Workshop Soldering Soldering techniques. Quality hand soldering and circuit board repair. electrostatic discharge. floppy and hard drives. signal injection and signal tracing. Howard W.. working with microprocessor / microcontroller systems. de-soldering techniques. fabricate. diagnostics and statistical methods. A mini project to design. Sams publication Jean Andrews. The Microcontroller Idea Handbook. mounting components – plated through hole and surface mount technology. use of logic analysis system for troubleshooting microprocessor / microcontroller systems. stripping and tinning stranded wires. use of incircuit emulators. installing and soldering tinned wires. second edition. Course Technology – Thomson learning publishers 4. troubleshooting with meters and Oscilloscopes. troubleshooting fundamentals. testing and troubleshooting simple electronic circuits already studied. servicing close loop circuits. al. 1998. Ltd. supporting I/O devices. troubleshooting noise and intermittents. 2001.

advantages over conventional type analog voltmeters. Applications and Design. basic voltmeter. third edition Prentice Hall of India. Use of CRO in square wave testing of amplifiers.O. FET voltmeters . first edition.1975. Measurement of a). external triggering etc. use of these in phase & frequency measurements. Signal Generators : Requirement of a good laboratory type signal generator. Text books: 1. principles of operation and typical specifications of a digital voltmeter. digital displays for meters. circular time base. intensity modulation.O. Time interval measurements. Frequency Meters: Analog-schematic & operational details. Wobbler scope & its applications. fourth edition. 1990. Double beam. phase meters using flip-flops. average reading true RMS reading.b) Impedance .. Frequency time base. Electronic Measurements and Instrumentation. Digital Voltmeters: Methods of analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion.. multi trace. Digital Phase meters for entire A. Oliver Cage. 1997. limitations.D.F. Digital read-out oscilloscopes. Doebelin E. Sampling. Q meter: Principle of operation. Sources of Error. sampling type.. sensitivity considerations & calculations. Electronic Instrumentation. factors involved in selection of voltmeters. Kalsi H. Oscilloscopes: Block diagram study of C. advantages & limitations of each type. Tata McGraw Hill. Measurement Systems. tracing of diode & transistor characteristics. D.. Principles of working of an electronic meter Electronic Voltmeters: Principles of operation.S.F. range & their limitations. 1985 2. frequency ratio measurements Phase Meters: Phase measurement by voltage addition method. triggered time base. 336 . Beat frequency oscillator & its advantages. 3. McGraw Hill . peak reading. & Helfrick A. Requirement of time base . Lissagios patterns. velocity modulation. 4. c) Characteristic impedance of transmission line using Q meter. Resolution and Sensitivity of a digital meter.SEMESTER VI 306150: Electronic Measuring Instruments Introduction: Fundamentals of operational amplifier circuits. Digital Frequency meters. A.R. description of various types of DVMs with block diagrams.Stray capacitance .Tata McGraw Hill. Electronics Instrumentation & Measurement Techniques. Storage. balanced modulation type. Description of panel layout & implementation of controls. Cooper W. Dual trace. delayed time base. signal genrators.

Input Bias and Offset Currents. Voltage References And Regulators Performance Specifications. Input Offset Voltage. Peak Detectors. Current Input Instrumentation Amplifier Active Filter The Transfer function. Voltage-to-Currents Converters. Standard Second. Instrumentation Applications. high speed amplifiers. Negative Feedback. Flying capacitor techniques (LTC 1043). Current-Feedback Amplifiers. Opamps for high current. high voltage and high current designs. Maximum Ratings. Active Guard drive. Audio Filter Applications. Instrumentation Amplifier ( Three Op-amp and IC AMP-01).306160: Integrated Circuits and Applications Operational Amplifier Fundamentals Basic Op Amp Configurations. Monolithic Switching Regulators. Multivibrators using Op-Amps. Ideal Op Amp Circuits Analysis. Dynamic Op Amp Limitations Open-Loop Response. voltage followers and buffers. Closed-Loop Response. Saw tooth Wave Generator using Op-Amps. Static Op Amp Limitations Simplified Op Amp Circuits Diagram. V-F and F-V Converters. Analog Switches. Voltage References. Circuits with Resistive Feedback Current-to-Voltage Converters. IC LM 3525. Effect of Finite GBP on Filters. KRC Filters. Sensitivity. Difference Amplifier. Multiple-Feedback Filters.Order Responses. three terminal Linear Regulators and Applications. operational trans-conductance amplifiers. Monolithic Timer – NE555 with applications. Filter approximations. Effect of Finite GBP on Integrator Circuits. Monolithic Waveform Generator . generalized impedance converters. Voltage-Reference Applications. Input Offset-Error Compensation. Feedback in Op Amp Circuits. Low-Input-BiasCurrent Op Amps. voltage and power applications. Schmitt Triggers.ICL8038. Waveform Generators Sine Wave Generators using Op-Amps. Linear Regulators. Switching Regulators. IC 723 low voltage. Triangular Wave Generator using Op-Amps. Nonlinear Circuits Voltage Comparators. First-Order Active Filters. State-Variable and Biquad Filters. Comparator Applications. Low-Input-Offset-Voltage Op Amps. Transient Response. direct design. Input and Output Impedances. 337 . Sample-and-Hold Amplifiers. Current Amplifiers. Precision Rectifier(half wave and full wave). Switched capacitor filters.

General Op-Amp circuit design. Stanley. Operational Amplifiers and Linear Integrated circuits. Ltd. Delta modulation. Operational Amplifiers with Linear Integrated circuits. IC CD 4051. current mirror. small signal analysis. Thomson Asia Pte. Second edition. Dual slope ADC. Differential Amplifier. McGraw Hill International edition 2001 338 . 2001. fourth edition. Fiore. First reprint. Multiplying DAC with Applications. 2. Sergio Franco. 3. IC NE 565. 2001. Neamen. 4046. R – 2R ladder. 4. Pearson Education Asia. Successive approximation ADC. James M. Detailed circuit description and working of 741 Op-Amp. Nonlinear Amplifiers and Phase-Locked Loops Log / Antilog Amplifiers. McGraw Hill International edition. Design with operational amplifiers and analog integrated circuits. Op Amps and Linear Integrated circuits. Pearson Education Asia.. Robert Coughlin and F Driscoll. sixth edition. half flash and flash ADC. Text Books: 1. Ramp ADC. frequency response. 2002. Analog Multipliers. Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design. output stage. Phase-Locked Loops. William D. Third edition. Additional Reading: Donald A. A-D Conversion Techniques. Analog multiplexer and de-multiplexer. VCO IC NE 566. Operational Amplifier Circuit Design Introduction.D-A and A-D Converters D-A Conversion Techniques.

Television Principles Television system and standards. 2001 Skolnik . Satellite Communication Kepler’s Laws. fourth edition. MTI and Pulse Doppler radar.Satellite Communications.Hill. Antenna coupling. Spacing and frequency corrections. The composite video signal. fourth edition. 2002 Gulati . Antenna characteristics. Colour reception. Balmian . second edition. PHI. Phased array radars. Synchronizing circuits. Satellite Launching. 1999 Roy Blake . 2001 Gulati .Introduction to Radar Systems. HDTV. 2001 Kennedy. John Wiley and Sons. Blanking and Synchronizing pulses. Satellite system link models. Link equations. 1988 Jordan. McGraw .Elecromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems. UHF and microwave Antennas. Monochrome Television transmission and reception. third edition. Antenna arrays. Effects of Antenna height. New Age International (P) Limited. second edition. Multiple access. Davis . 1986 Dennis Roddy . Bostian . Text Books Wayne Tomasi . McGraw .Satellite Communication. orbits. New Age International (P) Limited. Look angles. Continuous wave Doppler radar. Ground effects. Thomson Learning.Electronic Communication Systems. Tata McGraw . Radar antenna.Colour Television Principles and Practice. Cable TV.Hill.Electronic Communication Systems. Pearson Education.Electronic Communication Systems. Orbital perturbations and Spacecraft subsystems. Special purpose Antennas. Applications of satellites. Radar performance factors. 1988 339 . MEO and Geo-stationary Radar Systems Basic principles.306170: Communication Systems Antennas The half-wave dipole.Monochrome and Colour Television. Colour transmission. 1983 Additional Reading Pratt. Satellite allocation. LEO.Hill. Direct broadcast satellite services. Horizontal and Vertical deflection circuits. Digital TV. third edition.

Manolakis. Bessel etc. concept of phase delay & group delay Condition for Linear Phase Magnitude & phase response for Four types of Linear Phase systems Location of zeros FIR Filter Design FIR versus IIR filters Design of FIR filters by windowing technique: -Gibb’s phenomenon -Use of different windows: rectangular. maximum phase . Proakis. Digital Filters: Analysis Design and Applications. second edition. D. hamming. 1995 340 .G. Spectral transformations Conversion techniques like bilinear transformation. chebyshev. elliptical. Digital Signal Processing: Principles. Antoniou. Prentice Hall of India. 2001 Ashok Ambardar. Prentice Hall of India.Time Signal Processing. 2000 A. Analog and Digital Signal Processing. matched Z-transform Intuitive approaches Quantization Effects Quantization methods Limit cycle oscillations due to Quantization Errors in frequency response due to coefficient Quantization DSP processors Need for Special architecture Difference between DSP processor & microprocessor A general DSP processor Text Books: Oppenheim and Schafer with Buck. Thomson Learning. Tata McGraw-Hill. Band pass & band reject System classification based on phase response as Minimum phase .306180: Filter Theory and Applications Frequency Domain Analysis of DT Systems Pole-zero diagram Frequency domain analysis using Analytical & graphical techniques System classification based on pass-band as low pass. Kaiser Design of FIR filters using Frequency sampling techniques Design of optimal linear phase FIR filters Structures for implementation: canonic and lattice Design of IIR filters The design process Methodology Different types of analog approximations: butterworth. 2001 J. G. triangular. hanning. mixed phase or linear phase systems Stability Analysis Finite word-length effect on system poles Linear Phase FIR Systems Need for linear phase. Algorithms and applications. high pass. . Discrete. inverse chebyshev. impulse invariance.

Addison Wesley Longman – Indian Branch. types of busses and bus arbitration. serial communication links Multiprocessor systems Introduction to Multiprocessor systems. Zaky . Instruction set.). Throughput and Response time. Preliminaries Computer Arithmetic – Number representation and Arithmetic. I/O interface – serial and parallel ports Basic Processing Unit The data path and components of Instruction Execution. DMA. Lists. addressing modes with case study for Pentium processor Input / Output Organization I/O devices types and access methods. interrupts. ROM and Flash memory. Multiplication and Division algorithms and circuits. Virtual memory – Concept . multi level caches. Performance Enhancement using pipelining – Pipelining Introduction. Connection techniques. handling cache miss . Input andOutput devices Organization. Computer Systems Organization and Architecture. Address translation. Morgan Kaufmann Publishers. FLOPs etc. Access techniques. and Queues. various bus standards.Computer Organization . Second Edition. 2002. Stacks. TLB. Computer Organization. Access techniques. paging. 2001 200030 :. Case study Memory organization RAM organization – SRAM and DRAM. I/O processors. 1998 John Carpinelli. segmentation Peripherals Storage Devices – Organization. Measuring performance (MIPs. Operation on Data structures like Arrays. Cache – mapping . Network devices – modems. Micro-programmed control. first Indian reprint. Exceptions and their handling. Cache issues Text Books Hamacher . Additional Reading Patterson & Hennessy.306190: Computer Organization Performance measure Definition. Fifth Edition. Hardwired control. addressing. Tata McGraw-Hill. Vranesic.Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 341 . Hazards. Instruction types and sequencing. Bus Organization. Floating-point representation.

Detailed Syllabus 1 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. .. defining objectives and scope. individual and group reports. importance. job application and resumes 3 Report Writing: types. formal and informal. nonverbal.internal and external. Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press 342 .media. choosing words. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition. organizing and interpreting information. formal and informal reports. principles of Business correspondence.. qualities. 4 Technical proposal 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill Meenakshi Raman . upward and downward. qualities. audience recognition. sentences and paragraphs.

TECH.SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION & EXAMINATION At B. (Electronics Engineering) (Revision 2004) Programme: B Tech (Electronics Engineering) Semester VII Course Course Title code Contact Hours L 3 3 Evaluation ESE weightage (Theory)Hours P/T Total Cr TWA MST ESE 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 2 2 2 10 6 6 6 28 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 3 3 3 306200 Basics of VLSI 306210 Instrumentation Systems 306220 Digital 4 Communication Elective I 4 Elective II 4 18 Course Code 406010 406020 406030 406040 406050 406060 Elective I & II Advanced Digital Signal Processing Biomedical Instrumentation Microcomputer System Design DSP Architectures and Systems Wireless Communication Mechatronics Contact Hours L 4 4 Evaluation ESE weightage (Theory)Hours P/T Total Cr TWA MST ESE 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 2 6 6 6 24 10 10 10 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 3 3 3 Semester VIII Course Course Title code 306230 Power Electronics 306240 Microwave & RF Circuit Design Elective III Elective IV Total 4 2 4 2 16 8 Course Code 406070 406080 406090 406100 406110 406120 406130 Elective III & IV Image Processing Process Control & Instrumentation Robotics Telecom Network Management VLSI Design Embedded Systems Data Communication & Networking 343 .

The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage.Project: Sr. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 406900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. Course No. The project shall carry 08 credits. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. 344 . The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. interest.

second edition. functional limitations of scaling. clocking strategies. Fabricious. transit time and switching speed of NMOS and CMOS inverters. second edition. Addison Wesley Publications. oxidation. 1993 3. 10 structures.Sze. standard CMOS inverter. McGraw Hill Publications. Weste Kamran Eshraghian. E. Uyemura. use of layout tools like MAGIC for integrated circuits.Basics of VLSI ( Course Code 306200) Physics of FET NMOS. PMOS. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective. metallization. basic NMOS and PMOS processes. mask generation. flatband condition.E. epitaxy ion implantation. diffusion. decoder. transistor sizing and power dissipation. FET capacitance. NAND and NOR gates. noise margin calculations. SPICE models and circuit simulation using PSPICE.D. Design of NMOS and CMOS inverters. Design of basic VLSI circuits Design of circuits like multiplexer. Design rules and layout Purpose of design rules. threshold adjustment. Interlayer contact6s. Neil H. MOSFET. John P. Flip flops. threshold voltage. S. priority encoder. Basic physical design of simple logic gates.M. Process simulation using CAD tools. stick diagrams. thermal variation. linear and saturated operation. Introduction to VLSI design. John Wiley & sons. Silicon semiconductor technology Wafer processing. 345 . butting and buried contacts. CMOS circuits and Logic Design CMOS Logic structures. Enhancement VS Depletion mode pull ups. NMOS and CMOS design rules and layout. Introduction to VLSI circuits & systems. first edition 1990 2. physical and electrical design of logic gates. short channel and hot electron effect. VLSI Technology. scaling of wires and interconnects. shift registers using MOS circuits. mobility saturation. type of scaling. enhancement and depletion mode transistor. McGraw Hill Publications. TEXT BOOKS: 1. Additional Reading : 1. Scaling Scaling of MOS circuits. MOS Inverters MOSFET aspect and inverter ratio. NMOS and CMOS gates. layout of integrated circuits.

Generalized measurement-Transfer function representation & sinusoidal transfer function. First order system. Platinum resistance thermometer. Text Books: 1. Photo voltaic cell.Types of strain gauge . Piezoelectric accelerometer.Principle of transducers. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII Instrumentation Systems ( Course Code 306210) Fundamental Concepts of Measurement and Performance Characteristics An Instrumentation System: System Configuration-Block diagram of a generalized measurement system. ramp. dynamic response of elastic transducer. Semiconductor Photo Diode. PC based Data acquisition system. Thin film pressure transducer. Photoelectric transducerPhoto Multiplier tube. Servo accelerometer. Digital pressure transducer. materials of strain gauge. Bellows. Gauging techniques. Rangan Sharma & Mani. and impulse input and frequency response. Data logger. Rotameter. Application. Vibration. temperature compensation. Temperature. LVDT. Head type flow meters.Diphragram. Thermocouple-properties. Bonded strain gauge accelerometer. digital force transducer. Second order system-. ramp. potentiometric.Different types of load cell configuration. Force and Torque. Photo transducer. Torque Measurement. types of electrical strain gauge. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Variable Reluctance type. material used for construction. Thermistors.Final B. Temperature Measurements by radiation method. theory of operation of resistance strain gauge. Data Acquisition: Generalized data acquisition system. -Voltage amplifier. “Instrumentation Devices and System”. Signal conditioners for vibration transducer output. Charge amplifier. strain gauge circuits. Effect of temperature variation. Capsule. Transducers: Classification and requirements. Variable capacitance transducer.Absorption type. Reference junction compensation. Bourdon tube. stress type.Response of a system to step. displacement transducer. Dynamic response of measurement systems. impulse input and frequency response of Second order system Dead time element. Hall effect-angular displacement transducer. and Ultrasonic flow meter. Transmission type.Classification of flow meter. deflection type Flow. Application. Anemometer. 346 . 2nd Edition. Strain.TECH. Piezoelectric transducer. Zero order system. Digital accelerometer. Thermocouple output linearizing circuits. Variable capacitance type. Digital transducer.optical pyrometer.Response of a system to step. Photo conductive cell. Solid-State Transducers Pressure. Electromagnetic type. Displacement.Classification of temperature sensors Resistance type temperature sensors.Vibration sensing devices-Velocity transducer. Multi-channel DAS.

Neubert H. “Measurement Systems-Application and Design”. “Electronic instruments and measurements”. Tata Mcgraw Hill. Press. 2. Measurement and Analysis”. 3. K. Tata Mcgraw Hill. 347 . John-Willey & Sons..Additional Reading: 1. “Instrumentation. Doebelin E. 4th Edition. 2003 4. 1987. “Instruments Transducers”.. O. Jones and Chin. Oxford Univ. 1990. 2nd edition. 2nd Edition. Nakra and Chaudhary..

Bandwidth efficiency. The Gaussian probability density. Binary transmission. maximum likelihood decoding of convolution codes. communication examples. The Rayleigh probability density. Bandwidth – S/N trade-off. Base band Detection Correlation receiver.TECH. Inter symbol Interference. Taub and Schilling –principles of communication systems-Tata Mc Graw Hill second edition Additional Reading: 348 . linear predictive vocoders Digital Modulation Techniques Digital Modulation formats. joint cumulative distribution and probability density. some Algebraic concepts-code efficiency and Hamming bound. 4. Trapped-Delay Lines equalization. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING semester VII Digital Communication ( Course Code 306220) Random Variables Review of probability theory. coding to increase average Information per bit – Huffman coding. Symon Haykin-Digital Communication John Wiley and sons (Topics 3. Cyclic codes. DS-BPSK. Channel capacity. Frequency – Hop spread spectrum. Linear block codes.FINAL B. Jamming Margin. Power spectra of discrete PAM signals. 6. probability density function. Capacity of a Gaussian channel. the concept of amount of Information. Probability of error. 7) 2. Base band M-ary PAM systems. Shannon’s Theorem. Convolution codes. Power spectra. coherent binary modulation Techniques. Base band spread spectrum system. probability distribution function. Non coherent binary modulation techniques. Equalization concepts [No Algorithms expected]. Applications of Digital modulation Techniques. Entropy. Matched filter receiver. Discrete memory less channel. Lempel Ziv coding. the central limit theorem. Spread spectrum modulation Pseudo-noise sequences. Coherent quadrature modulation Techniques. Applications Text Books: 1. Nyquist’s criteria for distortion less base band. Random variables. Base band shaping for data transmission Discrete PAM signals. Comparison of binary and quaternary modulation techniques-ary modulation. the error function. Correlative coding eye pattern. Error control coding Rationale for coding and types of codes. Information Theory Discrete messages. Detection of signals with unknown phase in noise. 5. Information rate. Average value and variance of a random variable. Processing gain.

McGraw Hill 2. 349 . Sam Shanmugam-Digital and Analog communication systems –PRISM Indian Edition.Proakis. John G. Digital Communication. Bernad Shlar. K.1. Digital communications. Pearson Education 3.

” Pearson Education. 350 . J. approach 6. S. Burrus. DaFatta. C. and H. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Advanced Digital Signal Processing ( Course Code 406010)_ 1. S. R. Manolakis. and A. and D. Wavelets: Introduction to time frequency analysis Short-time Fourier transform Wigner-Ville transform Continuous time wavelet transform Discrete wavelet transform Tiling of the time-frequency plane and wavepacket analysis Construction of wavelets. Review of Linear Algebra 3. Spectral Estimation by Classical methods The periodogram The modified periodogram Barlett. Prentice Hall. S. P. J.S.” Pearson Education.M.G. “Digital Time Signal Processing: principles. “Digital Signal Processing: A system design approach. 2001. Multiresolution analysis. G. 2. D. 5.. J. R. Proakies. Guo. Textbooks: 1. algorithms. Filtering Discrete Time random processes 4. A. 3. W.” Wiley publications. 1988.Final B. 1988.TECH. Gopinath. Spectral Factorization Minimum phase signals & systems Partial energy & minimum delay Minimum phase & minimum delay property Spectral factorization theorem 5. Sharma. “Introduction to Wavelets and Wavelets Transforms.. Multirate Digital Signal Processing: Decimation Interpolation Filter design and implementation Sampling rate conversion Application of multirate signal processing. and applications. Prentice hall. “Wavelet Transforms. P. Welch&Blackman-Tuckey. Lucas. 2006. 6. 7. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks. 2. Modern Spectral Estimation. Kay. 1998. and Hodgkiss. Introduction to frames and biorthogonal wavelets. Bopardikar. D. Rao. G.” PrenticeHall.. M. 1993. 4. Vaidyanathan.

Review of Medical Physiology. Reproductive. 2003 Additional Reading: 1. Biomedical Instrumentation and measurements. ERG. Muscular. Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation. ECG electrodes. the ECG and its analysis. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Biomedical Instrumentation ( Course Code 406020) Study of Human Body Anatomy and Physiology of the human body. 1995. Spirometry. Circulatory. EMG. Biomedical Amplifiers. Cromwell L. Measurement of cardiac output. Stimulating electrodes. Biomedical Instruments Stimulators. Khandpur R. Electrocardiogram Origin of the heart beat and the electrical activity of the heart. Respiratory. Excretory. Signal Measurement Measurement of blood pressure. Study of the Human Cell Average Human Cell. Unipolar leads. Cardiac Arrhythmias. Weibell and Pfeiffer. Oximetry. different electrode types.TECH. 2. Prosthesis Introduction to Prosthesis. Vector cardiography. F. Respirators. 351 . ECG Amplifiers. Digestive. Bedside Monitor. S. Pulse Oximeter.. Body System – Skeletal. Measurements in the respiratory system.. EOG and their recording. Audiometer and hearing aids. Electrical Equivalent Circuit of a cell. Tata McGraw Hill. blood flow and cardiac output. Bioelectric Signals Study of Characteristics of various Bioelectric Signals such as EEG. Prentice Hall of India. Bio Electrodes. Bipolar leads. Impedance Plethysmography. Ear Oximeter. USA. Prentice Hall Inc. Second edition. Pulmonary Function Analyzers.. Endocrine. the Einthoven Triangle. Action Potential. transducers and amplifiers Electrode – Electrolyte Interface. Pacemakers. Electrical Safety Electrical safety of patient and medical equipment Textbooks: 1. Defibrillators. Transport across the cell membrane and membrane potential – Na+ and K+ transport. Transducers for measurement of physiological events. Ganong W. Nervous. 1993.Final B. Blood Gas Analyzer.

Introduction to biomedical equipment technology. Third edition.2. – Medical Instrumentation – Application and Design. G. 2003. 3. Wiley and Sons Inc. Fourth edition. 352 . 1999.. Pearson Press. Webster J. Carr and Brown.

F. Universal Serial Bus (USB) Introduction to USB. The data cache and burst bus cycles. bus cycle state machine. data bus. Jan Axelson. anatomy of write hit and miss. SCSI Bus. Text Books: 1. Pentium Processor System Architecture. Addison Wesley Press. code cache organization and operation. PCI Bus Local Bus concept. Reliability and error reporting. SCSI Bus and IDE Interface. special cycles. Bulk transfer. 4. PCI I/O addressing. Introduction to Reflected wave switching. 3. Interrupt transfer. Introduction to the prefetcher. 32 and 64 Bit devices. Tom Shanley et al. Interrupt chaining. Addison Wesley Press. Interrupt acknowledge bus cycle. Address bus. Peripheral Bus Interfaces The IDE interface. Interrupt acknowledge. structure of internal data cache. bus access latency. time critical transfers. the development process. the bus cycle state machine.PC requirements. PCI Bus functional signal groups. USB transfer basics. SCSI Bus Protocol. Pentium cache overview. Tom Shanley et al. Transfer types. burst cycles. PCI System Architecture. Overview of cache operation and cache types. Arbiter. System management tools. SCSI hardware. Control transfer. bus and bus state transition.TECH. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Microcomputer System Design ( Course Code 406030) The Pentium Processor Functional units of Pentium processor. timing specifications. USB Complete. Instruction branch prediction. Pentium signals interface. Bus topology. Isochronous transfer. understanding the host and the peripheral. the floating point pipeline. Elements of a transfer. System test and initialization. Bus cycle overview.Final B. Arbitration algorithms. Introduction to internal data cache. single transfer bus cycle . Penram Publication. hidden bus arbitration. Model of an IDE Disk Drive. bus control signals. 16. PCI Bus Arbitration. Addison Wesley Press. example of arbitration between two masters. Introduction to PCI Bus operation. 2. inquire cycles. Schmidt. IDE protocol. bus master signals.pipelined and non pipelined. PCI read and write transfers. Code cache and Instruction pipeline. Communications with 8. misaligned transfers. Interrupt routing. second edition 353 . successful transfers.

Address Generator.Multiplier. ALU.H.TECH. An Overview of Motorola DSP 563XX Processors • • Text Books 1. quantization error. 2002 Additional Reading: 1. M.Venkataramani and Bhaskar. accuracy. Shifter. 1988 2.speed. parallelism. cost. Programming & Applications”. 2001 354 . Wheeler Publication. pipelining. B. Bateman & W Yates. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – DSP Architecture & Systems ( Course Code 406040) Introduction to Real Time Digital Signal Processing Review of DSP fundamentals.Final B. etc • Introduction to Digital Signal Processors Different families of processors TMS 320C6X Architecture Assembly Language Instruction Pipelining Application An Overview of ADSP 2100 and 21000 family architecture and instruction set. “Digital Signal Processors: Architecture. “Digital Signal Processing Design”. Input-output channels DSP versus Microprocessor Circular buffering Different architectures. John Wiley and sons. Tata McGraw-Hill Publication. Kuo and B. A. Fixed versus floating point DSP system design Issues involved in DSP processor design . DSP hardware elements . “Real Time Digital Signal Processing”. etc. Lee. S.

second edition 2.PACS(Personal Access Communication system). Scattering. Reverse standard channel . diffraction. Goddman. PHS(Personal Handy Phone system) Mobile data communications Specialized packet and mobile radio networks. hand. circuit switched data services on cellular Networks. Rayleigh and Riceaw distributions. Joachim Tesal. signal processing. typical call Flow sequences in GSM. interference and system capacity. ground reflection (2 ray model). The cellular concept. Raj Pandya. Wireless systems and standards Analog cellular systems: AMPS and ETACS – System overview. cell Handling. Diversity Techniques. Mobile and Personal Communications system and services. 355 . Frequency reuse. Improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems.Cordless telephones : CT2. Addison Wesley Publication 2. Radio subsystem channel types. John Wiley publication. frames structure. CDMA digital cellular standard – Frequency and channels specifications. Text Books: 1.Final B. data over low power wireless and cordless networks. Types of small scale fading. system architecture.TECH. DECT . Theodre S Rappaport : Wireless Communication – Pearson Education. David J.off strategies. Practical link budget – design using path loss models. standard. Prentice Hall of India Additional Reading: 1. Parameters of mobile multipath channels. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Wireless communication ( Course Code 406050) Introduction Introduction to wireless communication systems. wireless Personal Communications systems. N – AMPS Digital cellular systems: GSM – Services and Features. GSM cellular radio. small scale fading and multipath: small scale Multipath propagation. Mobile radio Propagation Large scale path Loss: Reflection. Air Interface. Packet switched data services on cellular networks. tracking and grade of service. forward CDMA channel.

Thomson Asia Pvt. Control system performance. Fuzzy Logic Applications in Mechatronics . Modeling and Simulation of Physical System Simulation and Block Diagrams. Fuzzy Logic Applications in Mechatronics. Piezoelectric Actuators. Examples of interfacing. Temperature . Mechatronics design process. Bolton. Mechatronic Control in Automated Manufacturing. and Tactile Sensors. Programmable Controllers.TECH. Electromechanical Coupling. Range sensors. Real . 2001 2. Kolk. Measures of System Performance. integral control. Artificial Intelligence in Mechatronics . Sensors for Motion and Position Measurement. and Controls Introduction to Signals. Ultrasonic Sensors.Time Interfacing Introduction. Mechanical Translation Systems. Velocity Control and Adaptive control. Hardware Components for Mechatronics Transducer Signal Conditioning and Devices for Data Conversion. and Controls. Second Reprint. two step mode. Installation of the Application Software. Root Locus and Bode Plots.Devdas Shetty and Richard A. proportional mode. Actuating Devices Direct Current Motor. Installation of the I/O Card and Software. Text Books: 1. Flow Sensors . control modes. Third Indian Reprint 2001 356 . Advanced Applications in Mechatronics Sensors for Condition Monitoring . Mechatronics. Active Vibration Control Using Magnetostrictive Transducers. Fluid Systems. Permanent Magnet Stepper Motor.. Torque. Mechatronics System Design. Fluid Power Design Elements. Analogies and Impedance Diagrams. Systems.W. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VII ELECTIVE – Mechatronics ( Course Code 406060) Introduction to Mechatronics Mechatronics key elements. Pearson Education Asia. Time delays. approaches in Mechatronics. Overview of the I/O Process. Systems. Fiber Optic Devices in Mechatronics.Final B.Sensing Devices . Mechanical rotational System. Closed Loop Controllers Continuous and discrete processes. Ltd. Force. Elements of a Data Acquisition and Control System. Sensors and Transducers Introduction to Sensors and Transducers. System Representation. Fluid Power Actuation. derivative control. PID controller. Controller tuning. Digital controllers. Signals. Microsensors in Mechatronics. Linearization of Nonlinear Systems. Electrical Systems.

Second Edition.Additional Reading: 1. Tata McGraw Hill. Introduction to Mechatronics and Measurement Systems. David G. Histand. 2003 357 . Alciatore and Michael B.

C. Isolation circuits using an optocoupler and transformer.(Block diagram and working. semiconductor fuses. di / dt inductor. TRIAC. motor controllers: armature voltage control of separately exited DC shunt motor. Choppers Principle of operation. important waveforms.SCR.C. second edition. Power Electronics and its applications. Half wave and full wave uncontrolled and controlled rectifier circuits With resistive load and R-L load. MCT.voltage control. Alok Jain. simple heat sink calculations. Special IC's such as TCA 785. IR compensation. Micro controller based control circuit for motor control. characteristics: . OP-Amps. Slip power recovery. UJT. Field current control.Final B. 2006.speed characteristics. torque . GTO . Motor Controllers A. Prentice Hall of India Publication. Firing scheme for 3 phase supply. Effect of freewheeling diode. parallel and bridge inverter (single phase) working. MOVs. control circuits and applications. D. Protection circuits Snubbers.C. DIAC. motor controllers: Induction squirrel cage motor control . V /F control. Types of cooling : a) natural convection b) forced air cooling c) liquid cooling d) vapour phase cooling . Output average and RMS voltages. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII Power Electronics ( Course Code 306230) Power Devices Construction. M . ratings. Additional Reading: 1.TECH. Control of wound rotor motor. SCR. 358 . Drive Circuits Using BJT. Jones chopper (working. A. Rashid.) BOOKS Text Books: 1. IGBT.(including SOA Rating) Power transistors. control circuit and applications). Cooling of semiconductor devices Basic theory . torque . important waveforms. Penram Publication. Power Inverters Series.thermal resistance. phase control circuits Using BJT. Power Electronics .speed characteristics.

359 . McGraw Hill 4.Khanchandani.B. Robbins. Modern Power Electronics. SCR Manual 6. P. General Eiectric. Power Electronics. Ned Mohan. M. Singh & K. Electrical Drives. Power Electronics.K. Power Electronics. Dubey G. Undeland. Sen. Narosa Press 5. John Wiley Publication 3. Landers.D..2. Tata McGraw-Hill.C. first edition 7. Wheeler Publication.

Rizzi . Hybrid junctions. Wave-guide terminations. Phase-shifter.Final B. Transmission line equation. Electromagnetic Field theory fundamentals-Guru and Hisiroglu. Microwave hazards.O. parametric devices. Tunnel diodes. Microwave characteristics. Rectangular and Circular wave guides. Microwave tubes Reflex klystrons.Raghuvamsi. Schottky barrier diodes. Microwave Devices and circuits-Samuel Liao . Microwave measurements VSWR. Microwave engineering passive circuits-Peter A. Microstrip lines and Co-planar wave-guides. Wave guide components Transmission line Resonators.PHI publication 4. Multi cavity Klystron. Thomson Learning publication 3. Coupled cavity TWT. Microwave system. Detectors and Mixers.Gandhi -Pargamon press publication Additional Reading 1. . Forward wave cross field Amplifiers. Power.Sisodia. traditional.John Wiley and Sons publication 2. Isolators. Noise Factor. Backward wave oscillator.S. s-parameters. Impedance. Attenuation. Helix TWT. Smith chart and its applications. Introduction to Strip lines.TECH. Microwave Engineering-David Pozar.L. Transmission line theory Circuit representation of transmission line. IMPATT diode. Text Books 1. Antenna Gain. Industrial and Bio medical applications.P. Varactor diodes. Microwave Transmission lines Co-axial line.Impedence matching techniques. Circulators. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII Microwave & RF Circuit Design ( Course Code 306240) Introduction Microwave bands. Microwave Engineering and Applications. Directional couplers. Wiley Eastern Limited publication 360 .PHI Publication 2. Attenuators. G. Rectangular and Circular cavity Resonators. Impedance and its transformation. Gunn devices. Magnetron.Sinusonoidal excitation of transmission line. Dielectric constant. Microwave semiconductor devices Point contact diodes. PIN Diodes. Basic Microwave Techniques and laboratory manual-M. Frequency.

Rosenfold and A. 2. Pearson Education. edge sharpening. slant transform.Final B. Lossy predictive coding transform coding DPCM. 3. Loss-less predictive coding. image interpretation. processing. histogram modification. C. 1 and 2.TECH. Variable length coding. Image enhancement Contrast manipulation. A. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Image Processing ( Course Code 406070) Digital image processing systems Image acquisition. Thresholding. hadamard transforms. 1986. Jain. Image compression Coding redundancy. second edition. storage. linear processing techniques. Image segmentation Detection of discontinuity. Text Books: 1. adaptation and discrimination. Walsh. DM. Prentice hall of India publication. Pratt. bit plane coding. point line and edge linking and boundary detection. digital image processing. brightness. Gonzalez & Woods. Wiley publication. Vols. frequency domain methods like low-pass and high-pass filtering. Image model Uniform and non uniform sampling and quantization. discrete cosine and sine transforms. Digital image processing. Kak.K. homomorphic filtering. hotelling transform. Discrete 2-D linear processing Superposition and convolution. communication and display. Image transforms 2-D DFT/FFT. 2002. Visual perception Structure of human eye. unitary tansforms. Haar transform. mage formation in the human eye. 4. digital image processing. noise cieaning. A. fundamentals of image processing. third edition. Prentice Hall. Psycho-visual redundancy. ADM. W. 1995. 361 .

Principles of Process Control. Programming of PLC. Delmar – Thomson Learning. Anderson N. Measurement methods of different process parameters like pressure. A. Data Logger Text Books: 1. characteristics of valves. PI and PID controllers. Prentice Hall of India. Controllers – Modes of control like ON/OFF. Second edition. pH. 2001. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Process Control Instrumentation ( Course Code 406080) Introduction to Process Control. derivative. Dunning Gary. viscosity. Introduction to Programmable Logic Controllers. Fluid flow measurement methods – Measurement of fluid density. velocity. butterfly ball valve etc.. Introduction to PLC. Third edition. integral. Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control. Multichannel DAS. Feedback Control. PLC ladder logic. valve sequencing. Pneumatic control mechanisms. Fourth edition. 2001 Additional Reading: 1. torque. 362 .Final B. drawing of ladder diagrams. pinch. Selection of a proper control mode for a given process. selection of control valves for a process. PD. proportional. Electronic and Pneumatic signal transmission. acceleration (Review). specific gravity. cavitation and flashing. Performance Characteristics of measuring systems. Chilton Company. humidity and liquid level. Johnson C. Generalized data acquisition and data distribution systems. 2. Tata McGraw Hill. electronic controllers. force. Patranabis D. Types of Processes. Control valves like globe...TECH. Process Control Instrumentation Technology. 2001. 1980 2.

TMN and OSI. security management. RMON1 and RMON2. capturing the requirements. major changes in SNMPv2. service definitions. semi formal and formal notations. Network Management tools: Network statistics management. report management. community definitions. M1. organization model. Common management information service element (CMISE) CMISE model.1). compatibility with SNMPv1.Final B. management information model. ATM MIB. scooping and filtering feature. managed object class definition. and functional model Network management applications functional requirements Configuration management. Simple network management protocol (SNMP) SNMPv1: managed networks. TNN cube. information model. remote monitoring (RMON) SMI and MIB. network management system. M2. Network Management examples: ATM integrated local management interface. common management. SNMPv3: architecture. polity based management. Information Modeling for TMN Rationale for Information Modeling. interfaces. management platform case studies : OPENVIEW. structure of management information (SMI). ATM digital exchange interface management. Addison Wesley. management information base (MIB). synchronization. functional model. association services. errors. SNMP models. Telecommunication management network (TMN) architecture Terminology.TECH. accounting management. fault management. Error correlation technology. organization model. network management model. MIB. Text Books: 1. information architecture. ALMAP. ADSL configuration management. Network Management : Principles and Practice. Pearson Education Asia publication 363 . M3. M4. digital subscriber loop (DSL) and Asymmetric DSL (ADSL) technologies. structure of management information. simple and formal approaches. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Telecommunication Network Management( Course Code 406100) Foundations Network management standards. object oriented modeling paradigm. SNMPv2: communication model. functional units. common management information protocol (CMIP) specification. SNMPv2 protocol. macros. abstract syntax notation I (ASN. applications. performance management. management service. service level management. information model. MIB security. physical architecture. encoding structure. Mani Subramanian. functional architecture. performance management.

Plevyak Thomos.2. Henry Haojin Wang. Prentice Hall of India Edition 1999. Airdarous Salah. Haojin Wang. Telecommunication Network Management. Lakshmi Raman. Haifiang Haojin Wang. Additional Reading: 1. 3. IEEE Communication Society. 364 . Prentice Hall of India. Telecommunication Network 2. Fundamentals of Telecommunication Network Management. Management: Technologies and Implementations.

John P Vyemura. Thomson learning Indian print.2002 Additional Reading: 1. General Purpose Microprocessors Overview of CPU design. Enoch O. VHDL for data paths. VHDL for general purpose microprocessors. EC-2 General purpose microprocessor. Introduction to VLSI circuits and systems. power dissipation.TECH. John Wiley & sons 2. Cohen. SRAM. CMOS gate transistor sizing. Data Paths Designing dedicated data paths. ASM charts. Control Units Construction. Counters. Ben :VHDL coding style and methodologies.E. Addison Wesley Publication 2. VHDL for Control unit. VHDL for dedicated Microprocessors. Standard Sequential Components Registers. Weste Kamran E Shraghian. larger memories. Register files. Digital logic and Microprocessor design with VHDL. 365 . charge sharing designing margining yield and reliability. Stand alone Controller. Text Books: 1. Neil H. Sizing Routing conductors. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – VLSI Design ( Course Code 406110) Circuit Characterization and Performance Estimation Resistance and capacitance estimation. EC-1 General purpose microprocessor. Hwang.Final B. Switching characteristics. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design : A system perspective. Timing issues. General data paths and their uses. Using dedicated data paths with examples. Dedicated Microprocessors Dedicated Microprocessors with examples.

Interfacing Processor. Device Drivers For Internal Programmable Timing Devices. Lists and Ordered Lists.TECH. Program Modeling Concepts For Software Development Process Modeling Processes For Software Analysis Before Software Implementation. Programming Models For Event Controlled or Response Time Constrained Real Time Programs. Software Engineering Practice in the Embedded Software Development Process Software Algorithm Complexity. Software Implementation. Interrupt Servicing (Handling) Mechanism. Unified Modeling Language (UML). Embedded Programming in C++. Direct Memory Access. ‘C’ Program Compiler and Cross-Compiler. Inter Process Communication. Stacks. Software Development Process Life Cycle and its Models. Program Elements: Macros and Functions. Program Elements: Data Types. Serial Communication Using the ‘I2C’. Context and the Periods of Context-Switching. Modifiers Statements. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Embedded Systems ( Course Code 406120) Introduction To Embedded Systems Software Embedded into a System. Programming Concepts and Embedded Programming in C and C++ Software Programming in Assembly Language (ALP) and in High Level Language ‘C’. Software Testing. Host system or Computer Parallel Communication between the network I/O Multiple Devices Using the PCI. Queues. Inter-Process Communication and Synchronization of Processes. Timer and Counting Devices. PCI -X and Advanced Buses. Deadline and Interrupt Latency. Parallel Port Device Drivers in a System. Device Drivers and Interrupts Servicing Mechanism Device Drivers. Devices and Buses For Device Networks I/O Devices.Final B. Software Project Management. Software Analysis. Loops and Pointers. Allocation of Memory To Program Segments and Blocks and Memory Map of a System. Processor Selection For an Embedded System. Software Maintenance. Memory Selection for an Embedded System. Processor and Memory Organization Structural Units in a Processor. 366 . Tasks and Threads Multiple Processes in an Application. ‘CAN’ and Advanced I/O Buses between the Network Multiple Devices. Validating and Debugging. Memory Devices. Problem of Sharing Data By Multiple Tasks and Routines. Serial Port Device Drivers in a System. Source Code Engineering Tools For Embedded C/C++. Optimization of Memory Needs. Data Structures. Software Design. Real Time Programming Issues During the Software Development Process. Memories and I/O Devices. ‘C’ Program Elements: Header and Source Files and Preprocessor Directives.

Locating. Cmpbooks Press. First Edition. OS Functions and Tasks and for Resource Management. Embedded System Design and Co-Design Issues in System Development Process.Real Time Operating Systems Operating System Services. Uses of Oscilloscopes and Logic Analyzers for System Hardware Test. Sporadic and Aperiodic Tasks. First Edition. RTOS Task Scheduling Models. 2003 Additional Reading: 1. The Software Build Process For Embedded Systems – Preprocessing. Interrupt Latency and Response Times of the Tasks as Performance Metrics. Network Operating Systems. Interrupt Routines in RTOS Environment: Handling of Interrupt Source Call by the RTOSs.1b Functions For Standardization of RTOS and Inter-Task Communication Functions. ISRs. List of Basic Actions in a Preemptive Scheduler and Expected Times Taken at a Processor. Real-Time and Embedded System Operating Systems. Performance Metrics in Scheduling Models For Periodic. Use of Software Tools for development of an Embedded system. Tata McGraw Hill. Programming and Design. First Edition. Embedded Realtime Systems Programming. Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems. Linking. Uses of Target System or Its Emulator and In-Circuit Emulator (ICE). Use of Software Tools for Development of an Embedded System. Sriram Iyer and Pankaj Gupta. Loading on the target. 2003 367 . 2003 2. Qing Li and Caroline Yao. IEEE Standard POSIX 1003. Compiling / Cross Compiling. Hardware-Software Co-Design in an Embedded System Embedded System Project Management. Text Books: 1. I/O Subsystem. Embedded Systems – Architecture. Rajkamal. Fifteen-point strategy for synchronization between the processor. Tata McGraw Hill. Issues in Embedded System Design. Design Cycle in The Development Phase for an Embedded System.

Data Link Control :Flow control. 368 . Synchronous TDM. line configuration. William A Shay – Understanding Data Communications and Networks-Thomson Learning. Transmission media. Local Area Network LAN Applications. Andrew Tenenbaum. shortest path algorithms – The Bellman – Ford algorithm. Forouzan. Transmission of ATM cells. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – Data Communication and networking (Course Code 406130) Introduction Network. Transmission modes. congestion control. Error control. control signaling. HDLC point to point protocol. Routing in circuit switching. Dijkstra’s algorithm. Transmission efficiency of ARQ protocols. 3. SS7. Leon Garcia and Widjaja. logical connections. Broadband ISDN. Prentice Hall of India. XDSL. Text Books: 1. Token Ring and FDDI.TECH. the OSI model. Wireless LAN. Topology. ISDN Protocols. Error detection-two dimensional Parity checks. time.division switches.Final B. Protocols and standards.space division switches. other routing approaches. IEEE 802. sixth edition 2. ATM Adaptation Layer. Time-space-time switches. LAN architecture. ISDN channels. third edition 2. DTE – DCE interface. User Access. Asymmetric Digital subscriber lines. William Stallings. Networks. Data Communication and Networking. CRC. categories of networks. Circuit switching : Circuit switching networks. packet network topology. Tata McGraw Hill. Frame Relay. Internetworks. Datagram and Virtual circuits. TCP/IP. Packet Switching Networks Network services and internal network operation. Frame Relay protocol Architecture. Internet checksum. LAN Bridges. ATM cells. Routing in packet networks. Bus LAN’s Ring LANs Star LANs. Computer Networks. ATM and Frame Relay ATM protocol Architecture. Communication Networks. Statistical TDM. Second edition Additional Reading 1. Tata McGraw Hill. circuit switches. Data and computer communication –Pearson Education. Multiplexing FDM. ISDN Architecture.3 Medium Access control for 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps LAN.

Chmielewski. Task planner simulation. Structured Illumination. Klafter. Nagrath. Robot Vision: Image representation. “Robotics and AI”. workspace fixtures. Euler numbers. Shane analysis. 19. Pearson Education References: 7. PHI 12. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. Nagel. Niku. “Robotics and Control”. Straight-line motion. Homogeneous. Co-ordinate frames. Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). 25. Space. TMH. Gonzales and Lee.TECH. Fu. Mittal. McGraw Hill 6. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Interpolated motion. 23. Six axis robot). Perspective transformation. Wiess. J. Continuous path motion. Link co-ordination arm equation. Rotations. Robert Shilling. Moments of Inertia. Planning. “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”.Final B. “Industrial Robotics”. 10. Pick and place operations. Uncertainty. Classification. Grasp planning. “Robotics and Mecatronics”. Four axis robot. Co-ordinates. Negin. Simulation of Planer motion. Three-Four axis. 22. 8. PHI. Configuration. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. Gross motion. “Introduction to Robotics”. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. 21. TMH 369 . Task Planning: Task level programming. Source and goal scenes. 24. ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING SEMESTER VIII ELECTIVE – ROBOTICS (Course Code 406090) DETAILED SYLLABUS 18. Swell operators. Application. region labeling. McGraw Hill 9. Specification. Camera calibration). BOOKS Text Books: 4. Oderey. Craig. 5. Grover. Polyhedral objects. Template matching.J. Shrink operators. (Five-axis robot. Fine-motion Planning. Staughard. Pearson Education 11. “Introduction to Robotics”. Notations. 20. PHI. Walfram Stdder. “Robotics”. “Robot Engineering”. Segmentation (Thresholding.

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 370 .

Expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions.S. L {tn f(t)}. Cayley Hamilton’s theorem and functions of square matrix. Linear property of Laplace. L {dn / dtn f(t)} Change of scale property: Unit step functions. Laplace transforms of standard functions such as1. Partitioning of matrix.Applied Mathematics – I Applied Mathematics – I 1 Laplace Transforms Function of bounded variation. Eigen values and Eigen vectors of square matrix. tn eat. Dirac delta functions. divergence theorem and its applications Recommended Books: 371 . coshat. Heaviside. Even and Odd functions. Complex form of Fourier series. 3 Fourier series and integrals Orthogonal and orthonormal functions. Half range expansions. Application to solve ordinary differential equations with one dependent variable. sinhat. 2 Matrices Types of matrices. Inverse Laplace Transform using linear property. rank of a matrix. Irrotational and Solenoidal field.Transform. First shifting theorem. Reduction to a normal form. Consecervative. Grren’s theorem. 4 Vector Calculus Scalar and vector point functions. partial fractions and convolution theorem.Y B. erf(t). Line integral and its properties. Directional derivative Curl and Divergence. Periodic functions and their Laplace Transforms. Stoke’s theorem. L {f(t)/t} L{ o∫t f(u) du}. Elementary transformations of matrix.TECH Name of Course :. sinat. Dirchlet's Conditions. their consistency and solution. theorems. L {f ’(t)}. cosat. Dirchlet’s theorem. second shifting theorem. Fourier series of Periodic function with period 2π and 2l. Adjoint ( Adjugate) of a matrix. Parseval’s relations. System of Homogeneous and nonhomogeneous equations. Inverse of a matrix. Fourier integral.

Tata McGraw Hill Matrices. Dr B S Grewal. Wiley Eastern Limited Engineering Mathematics for Semester III.Strength Of Material 372 . T Veerrajan. P N & J N Wartikar. A R Vasishtha Name of Course :. Khanna Publications A text book of Applied Mathematics. Erurin Kreyszig.Higher Engineering Mathematics. Pune Vidyarthi Griha Advanced Engineering Mathematics.

Term work I. B. principal stresses in shafts subjected to torsion. Junnarkar. 3 Simple theory of Bending: Flexure formula for straight beams. Euler’s formula for struts with different support conditions. uniform and tapering bars. Venant’s Principle. maximum shear stress. concept of buckling. concept of equivalent torsional and bending moments. II. Bulk modulus. Simple Theory of Torsion: Torsion of circular shafts-solid and hollow. Poisson’s ratio. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. Stress Strain Analysis: Simple stress and strain. principal axes of inertia. Strength Of Materials by Schaum’s Series. Volumetric strain. shear stress and shear strain. deformation due to self weight. III. moments of inertia about principle axes. shear force and bending moment. bending and axial thrust. Euler’s and Rankine’s design formulae. shear force and bending moment diagrams for statically determinate beams including beams with internal hinges for different types of loading. transfer theorem. moment of modulus of a section. simple problems involving application of Flexure formula. Deflection of beams: Deflection of cantilevers simply supported and overhanging beams using double integration and Macaulay’s methods for different types of loadings. St. stresses in axial members and simple beams due to impact loading. Theory of Elastic Stability by Timoshenko and Gere. Bending Moment combined with axial loads: Application to members subjected to eccentric load. Charotar Publishers. shear connectors. Strain Energy: strain energy due to axial force and bending moment. Tata McGraw Hill Book 373 2. Mechanics of Structures by S. Factor of Safety 2 Shear Force :. flitched beams Shear Stress in beams: Distribution of shear stress across plane sections used commonly for structural purposes. Stress-strain diagram. principal planes and principal stresses. Deformation of rectangular and circular. section modulus. Atleast one class test must be conducted in the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned during the evaluation of the term work. principle stresses in beams. closed-coiled helical spring under axial load. Principal stresses: General equations for transformation of stress. Struts: Struts subjected to axial loads. 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0 . determination using Mohr’s circle.1. core of a section. and atleast 6 experiments must be conducted from the list given as above in ‘list of experiments’.Fluid Mechanics And Machines Name of Course and bending moment: Axial force. At least 5 assignments consisting of minimum 5 problems in each assignment from among the 10 chapters of the detailed syllabus must be submitted along the laboratory report and test paper References: 1. relationships between rate of loading. relationship between Young’s modulus and Modulus of elasticity. stresses is shaft when transmitting power. 3.

speed control valves. Name of Course :-Theory Of Machines 374 . ram units and rotary actuators. performance curves for variable speed drives. couplings and valves Hydraulic pumps and motors Introduction.Goodwin. centre of pressure horizontal and vertical plane surfaces. direction control valves. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among the above 6 chapters. Application of energy and continuity equation for fluid flow measurement in closed conduit (No derivations. Newtonian and non-Newtonian. variation of pressure with depth. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines by Modi & Seth. At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. and laminar flow between flat parallel stationary plates. Laminar flow between parallel plates one of which is moving. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines by Ramamurtham. sequence valves and counter balance valves Oil hydraulic circuits: Introduction.L Stewart. Industrial Hydraulics Manual 5. pressure at a point in fluid. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1. variable capacity and fixed capacity types-gear. pressure compensated flow control valves. H. Fluid Mechanics and hydraulic machines 3. meter-out circuit Term Work: 1. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. fluid application to manometer. pressure compensating valves. 2. transmission of pressure in a fluid. momentum equation.Streeter and by by by by R. Larcy’s equation. Sperry & Vickers Co. Hydraulics and Pneumatics power for Production by V. basic circuit.B. only applications are to be imparted) Flow in Pipes: Laminar and turbulent flow in pipes (elementary treatment only). 4. vane and piston pumps. unloading valves. energy equation. relief valve. combination of pump and motor units Valves: Introduction. Text Books 1. thrust on plane surface. Fluid Mechanics e. A. check valve. 3. general classification of valves in circuit. their stress strain relationship (general description only).2 and Refrences: 1.Bansal. losses in bends. types of valves viz.K. continuity equation. Power Hydraulics 4. Viscous fluids. 2. forces on immersed bodies Fluid Dynamics: Various types of flow (general description only). meter-in circuit.B.L.Wylie.1 2 3 4 5 6 General Properties of fluids and fluid statics. 2. Report on laboratory experiments on the above chapters.

Cams with oscillating follower system. Static and dynamic force analysis: For linkage mechanism as applied to only slider crank chain and four bar chains with lower pairs CAMS : Introduction. analysis of velocities of mechanism using instantaneous centre method. Thomson and Dobbie mckines indicators.hammer blow and variation of tractive efforts. condition of constant velocity ratio-conjugate profiles -. Constrained kinematics Chains as mechanism. (Damped and forced vibrations are excluded). Rope brake. (Mathematical derivations. Balancing of locomotives -. 10 from dynamics section. straight line motion mechanism. types of cams. Crossby. longitudinal. multiple plate clutches and cone clutches.profiles used in Gears. Analytical technique applied to only Slides crank mechanism. interference of involutes teeth. primary balance and secondary balance. Study and analysis of single plate clutch. Gyroscope : Introduction-. degree of freedom and move ability criterion. types of brakes. engine indicators Viz. Bennet’s construction and Ritterhau’s construction. Motion characteristics of mechanisms : Velocity and acceleration analysis of mechanisms with single degree of freedom system Using graphical method. Length of path of contact. Follower motion. Static and Dynamic balancing of machines Vibrations : Introduction. types of followers.. 5 . At least four assignments consisting of four problems in each assignment from chapter No. Governors : Introduction. uniform and constant acceleration & retardation and cycloidal motion. At least one class test in the middle of the semester must be conducted and a 5 6 7 8 9 . band brakes. constant velocity.Gyroscopic couple and precision stabilization of ships and air crafts only. Instantaneous centre. belt transmission dynamometers Dynamics : Gears : Introduction. automobile steering Gears. kinematics pairs giving one. Torsional vibrations of two rotor system and three rotor system – torsional equivalent shaft – free torsional vibrations of a geared system. viz. several masses in different Planes. At least five sheets consisting of four problems in each chapter from chapter No. At least six experiments to be conducted from dynamics section and the 375 report must be Submitted along with all the assignments as stated above and test papers. on half imperial drawing sheets in kinematics section. critical or whirling speed of shaft. Inversions of single and double slider crank chains and their Applications. methods of preventing interference. layout of cam profile for specified displacement characteristics. braking of vehicles. kennedt’s theorem. Types of dynamometers.1 2 3 4 Kinematics : Basic concepts : Links. centrifugal governors—gravity controlled and spring controlled governors. transverse and torsional vibrations. types of governors. Introduction. 6 to chapter no. Introduction. balancing of reciprocating masses. under cutting. viz. 4. Dunkerly’s Empirical equation. 3. Clutches Brakes and Dynamometers. Rotary masses—serial masses in same plane.block and shoe brakes . pantograph. Simplex. band and block Brakes. and analytical problems are not to be covered in governors) Term work: 1. 1 to No. two and three degrees of freedom Kinematics chains. kinematics pairs. Prony brake. 2. arc of contact and contact ratio Turning moment diagram and flywheel Balancing Introduction. viz. free vibration. simple harmonic motions.

CAD and Production Drawing 376 .Name of Course :.

1

2 3

4

5 6

Interpenetration of solids : Cylinder to cylinder, cone to cylinder, prism to prism, prism to cylinder, pyramid to prism, pyramid to cylinder of only regular solids with axis of solids perpendicular to/or parallel to the reference planes (neglecting the axis of solids inclined to any reference plane) Auxiliary and oblique projections: Of solids using front view, top view and side views Production Machine Elements : Screwed fasteners : Thread nomenclature, forms of screw threads, V threads, Square thread, ACME, Buttress, and Whitworth. Representation of threads, Hexagonal headed bolts and nuts, square headed bolts & nuts, locking devices for nuts. Keys, cotters and pin joints : Keys such as saddle keys, sunk keys, round keys, Cotter joints such as Socket and Spigot joint, Gib and Cotter joint, Cotter and Sleeve Joint. Pin joint (Knuckle joint). Couplings : Rigid couplings, Split, Muff, and Flanged protected type, Flexible bush pin type Assembly & Detail Drawings: Machine tools parts: Machine swivel vice, pipe vice, screw jack, tailstock, tool head of shaper, Simple drill jig & milling fixture, simple press tool assembly. Bearings: Plummer block, foot step bearing, bracket with pedestal bearing. IC Engine parts : I.C. Engine connecting rod, stuffing box, and eccentric. Valves : Feed checks valve, Non Return valve, stop valve, Relief valve Computer Aided Design and Draughting: Auto-CAD commands, Editing commands, Basic Dimensioning, Creating 2-D and 3-D objects of simple machine parts Limits, fits and tolerances: Selection of tolerances, methods of placing limit dimensions, fits. Term Work 1. One sheet comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No.1 2. One sheet comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No. 2 3. One sheet of “Free hand sketches” drawn on A2 size paper comprising of at least 6 problems from chapter No. 3. 4. 2 sheets of Assembly & 2 sheets of part or detail drawing from chapter No. 4 comprising of at least 2 problems in assembly and 2 problems in part drawing. 5. 2 sheets comprising of at least 4 problems from chapter No.4 using Auto CAD. References: 1. Engineering Drawing 2. Machine Drawing by N.D. Bhatt. by N.D. Bhatt

Text Books: 1. Machine Drawing by Siddeshwara Shastri. 2. Engineering Drawing with AUTO CAD2000. by Jeyapoovan., Vikas Publications.

Name of Course:- Manufacturing Engineering I

377

1 2

3

4

5

6

7 8

Definition , need and classification of machine tools: Brief history and development , typical features, associated with cutting tools and Performance measure of machine tools Turning machines and processes: Lathes as general purpose turning machines, principle of generating surfaces, lathe. Specifications, description and functions of lathe, principle parts, back gear-all gear. drive, feed mechanism, lathe accessories, and attachments—chucks, collets, mandrel, Face plate. Lathe operations, Taper turning methods, thread cutting, cutting tools, and tool geometry. Capstan and turret lathes: Principle parts of capstan and turret lathes, difference between capstan and turret lathe, work holding devices, tool holding devices, tool dies, chasers, taps, etc. tool layout for simple components like bolt, nut, pin, shafts. Single point cutting tools: Types, geometry, materials Drilling machine and processes: Types: sensitive, upright, radial, gang, multiple spindle, automatic drilling machine, Work and tool holding devices, drilling machine operation, types and materials of drills. Twist drill nomenclature. Counter-boring-taper of counterbores. Spot facingtypes of Spot facers. Countersinking — types of countersinks. Reaming – types of reamers. Tapping—hand tap and machine tap. Machining time for drilling. Deep hole drilling (only fundamentals to be covered): Gun drills, deep hole drilling machine Reciprocating machine tools: Shaping machines : types of shapers, working of shaper machine, quick return Mechanisms, shaper operations, machining time. Planing machine: types of planning Machines, planer mechanism, feed mechanism, work holding devices, shaper vs planer. Slotting machine : types of slotting machines, quick return mechanism Milling machine : types of milling machine-- column and knee type, fixed bed type, planer type and special type, milling processes, conventional and climb milling, milling cutters, peripheral, face and shell milling cutters, geometry and materials of milling cutters, attachments and special accessories, for milling, universal dividing head, indexing method, direct, plane, compound, and differential indexing mechanisms, arbors adaptors, and collet chucks , calculations of machining time, copy milling machines. Broaching machine : Broaching process, elements of typical internal broach, types of broaches, broaching Machines— vertical, horizontal, surface, and continuous broaching vs. other processes (design of broaches omitted) Cutting off machines : Power hacksaws, band saw, and circular saw, friction saw and abrasive cutting off Machines, field of applications and limitations, tools and accessories Finishing processes : Honing: process, machine, honing stone and tools, abrasive grit size. Lapping: process, hand and machine lapping, flat, internal and external, cylindrical Lapping, lap materials, medium, vehicles. Super finishing: process, equipments, Stones, fluids. Roller burnishing—process, tools, applications References: 1. Production technology vol. II 2. Workshop technology vol. I & II 3. Production technology 4. Materials and Processes in 5. Manufacturing, Edi. 8th 6. Production Technology by by by by by Raghuvanshi. Chapman. HMT. E. Paul De Garmo,J T Black, Ronald A Kosher. R K Jain

Text Books: Metal Cutting by P.N. Rao. Elements of workshop technology Vol. II Hajara Chwdhari Manufacturing Engg. & Technology by Seropr Kalpakjian.

378

Name of Course :- Thermodynamics-I Name of Course :- Workshop Practice-III 1 Revision of Thermodynamics Concept System, Surrounding, state, Path Property, Reversible and irreversible process, thermodynamic work, heat. Temperature, thermal equilibrium. Zeroth law of thermodynamics First Law of Thermodynamics Jouel’s experiment to verify first law. First law applied to non-cyclic process. Tnternal energy as a property. Jouel’s experiment of internal energy. Equation of states of ideal gas. Universal and specific gas constant. Application of First law to non flow processes, viz. constant volume, constant pressure, constant temperature, adiabatic and polytropic processes, heat and work calculations First law of Thermodynamics applied to flow processes: Flow work, enthalpy, control volume. Application of first law to open system steady flow energy equation. Throttling process. Joule’s porous plug experiment, Joul Thomson coefficient. Work done in steady flow processes in terms of pressure and volume. Application to boiler, nozzle, condenser etc. Second law of Thermodynamics: Limitations of first law of thermodynamics. Heat engine, thermal efficiency, rversed heat engine, coefficient of performance. Carnot cycle. Kelin-Plank and Calusius statements and their equivalence. Perpetual motion machines of first and second kind. Carnot’s theorm. Thermodynamic temperature scale Entropy: Clausius inequality. Entropy, temperature-entropy diagrams. Entropy changes for an ideal gas during reversible processes. Entropy of isolated system in real process. Principle of increase of entropy. Entropy and disorder References: Term Work: 1. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. 2. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among above 10 chapters. 3. At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. 4. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1,2, and the test paper Reference Books:: 1. Thermal Engineering 2. A Course in Thermal Engineering Publications 3. Engineering Thermodynamics 4. Engineering Thermodynamics 5. Thermodynamics for Engineers 6. Thermal Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi Publications by Domkundwar, Kothandaraman Khajuria, Dhanpatrai by by by by P.K. Nag G.F.C Rogers, Y.R. Mayhew. M.L.Mathur and S.C.Gupta. Ballanney, Khanna Publication

2

3

4

5

Text Books: Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol.I, by R.Yadav 379 Thermodynamics and Heat Engines Vol. I & II by Patel & Karamchandani.

Name of Course :- Applied Mathematics – II 1 Statistics Review of measures of central tendency, measure of variation and probability, Discrete and continuous Random variable Binomial, Poisson and Normal distribution. Random sampling, sampling distribution, Standard error, Central limit theorem. Estimation of parameters, point estimation, interval estimation, confidence internal. Testing of Hypothesis, Large sample and small sample tests. ‘t’ test and ‘F’ test, Chi-square test Correlation and regression, Coefficient of correlation and Rank correlation, Regression analysis. Curve fitting, method of least square Statistical quality control and control charts Analysis of variance 2 Numerical Methods Solutions of systems of linear algebric equations. Gauss Elimation, Gauss Jordan, Crout’s (LU) method, Gauss Seidal and jacobi iteration Differential equation ,Taylor Series method, Picard method, Rungakutta method, Euler method Recommended Books: Mathematical Statistics, Kapur & Saxena Statistics, Schaum’s Series Numerical Methods for Engineers, S K Gupta Introductory methods of numerical analysis, S S Sastry

380

1

2

3

4

5

Analysis of I.C. engines: Otto, Diesel and dual combustion cycles, air standard effeicency and mean effective pressure. Study of constructionable details of I.C. engines. Four and two stroke cycle I.C. engines. S.I. and C.I. engines. Study of simple carburetor, fule pump, fuel injector and nozzle of I.C. engines. Cooling and lubrication systems of I.C. engines. Ignition syatem of S.I. engines. Governing of I.C. engines. Valve timing diagrams. Calculation of I.P, F.P. and B.P., determination of indicated and brake thermal efficiency and specific fuel consumption. Testing of I.C. engines. Heat balance sheet Air Compressors: Uses of compressed air. Classification, single stage reciprocating air compressor without clearance. Work and power calculation, isothermal and adiabatic efficiency, two stage air compressor with perfect inter cooling. Ideal intercooler pressure. F.A.D. and volumetric efficiency. Effect of clearance volume. Air motor Gas Turbines: Advantages and disadvantages of gas turbines. Constant pressure Joules cycle with isentropic and irreversible adiabatic expansion. Open cycle gas turbine, work, power and thermal efficiency. Closed cycle gas turbine, constant volume cycle gas turbine Heat Transfer One dimensional, steady state, heat transfer by conduction through plane wall, radial heat transfer by conducting through hollow cylinder and hollow sphere. Conduction through a composite plane and cylindrical wall. Heat flow by convection. Free and forced convection. Nusselt, Reynold and Prandlt number; heat transfer between two fluids separated by composite plane and cylindrical wall. Over all heat transfer coefficient. Heat exchangers. Types of heat exchangers. Log Mean Temperature Difference. Radiation heat transfer, Absoptivity, reflectivity and transmissivity. Monochromatic emissive power. Wien’s law, Stefan Boltzman’s and Kirrchoff’s Laws Refrigeration and Air Conditioning. Applications of refrigeration, relative C.O.P. and ton of refrigeration, Bell Coleman cycle or PV and T.S. diagram, C.O.P. and power calculations. Vapour compression refrigeration system. Representation on T-S and P-H diagram. C.O.P power, capacity and mass flow rate calculations, effect of dub cooling, vapour absorption system of refrigeration. Desirable properties of an ideal refrigerant. Compression of ammonia, SO2, CO2, Freon (R-11 and R-22) as refrigerants. Sudy of domestic refrigerator and water cooler. Enthalpy of moist air, Adiabatic saturation temperature. Study of mixing, sensible heating and cooling, heating and humidification, cooling and humidification, cooling and humidification Process. Representation on psychrometric chart. Calculation of capacity of cooling coil, sensible heat added, mass of water removed, capacity of heating coil, etc. applications of air conditioning processes required for winter and summer air conditioning. Central air conditioning systems, study of window air conditioner and package air conditioner Term Work: 1.Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters. At least 6 experiments are to be conducted. 2. At least five assignments comprising of minimum 5 problems in each assignment must be submitted along with the laboratory reports from among above 10 chapters. 3.At least one class test must be conducted at the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned for the evaluation of test in the term work. 4. The final report should contain all of the above as shown in 1,2, and the test paper. References: 1 Thermal Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi Publications 2. A Course in Thermal Engineering by Domkundwar, Kothandaraman Khajuria, Dhanpatrai Publications 3. Engineering Thermodynamics by P.K. Nag 4. Engineering Thermodynamics by G.F.C Rogers, Y.R. Mayhew. 381 5. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines by R.Yadav. 6. Thermodynamics for Engineers by M.L.Mathur and S.C.Gupta.

Name of Course :-Thermodynamics –II

382

Name of Course :-Engineering Design 1 2 3 Curved Members and Crane Hooks: With the following cross sections only- circular, triangular square, rectangular, T. trapezoidal (circular rings and chain links are excluded) Operational Joints : Introduction and strength of following joints : cotter joint, knuckle joint, sleeve type cotter joint, gib and cotter joint, pinned joint. Riveted Joints: Design of joints subjected to eccentric loading. Boiler joints-longitudinal and circumferential joints-single riveted, double riveted and triple riveted joints having equal/ unequal cover straps, chain and zigzag riveted arrangements, use of Indian Boiler Regulation(IBR) in design Shafts ,keys and couplings: Shafts subjected to axial, twisting and bending moments, design of square and rectangular keys, Muff coupling, split muff coupling, flange coupling, protected type flange coupling, bush pin type coupling, marine type coupling Machine Elements: Machine parts subjected to direct and eccentric loading, finding area of cross section of machine members or frames having following cross sections- circular, rectangular, box, square, triangular, T, I and trapezoidal sections only, design of rivets or bolts subjected to eccentric loading on the above types of frame fastenings. Pressure Vessels: Thick and compound cylinders, determination of wall thickness of cylinders, hoop and radial stresses, plotting hoop and radial stress distribution curves Gear Wheels: Types of gears, terminology and applications: design of spur gears, simple gear calculations based on Lewis equation, design of gears for wear and mounting of gears Design of IC Engine Parts: IC engine connecting rods, piston, crank, eccentric References: 1. .Engineering Design by Schaum’s Series. 2. Engineering Design by Keval Pujara. 3. Engineering Design by Black. 4. Engineering Design by Patel, Pandya. 5. Machine Design by R.K.Jain. 6. Engineering Design by J.E. Taylor & J.S. Wrigley. Text Books: 1. Engineering Design by Bhandari. 2. Elements of Machine Design by N.C.Pandya & C.S. Shah. 3. Design of Machine Elements by M.F. Spotts.

4

5

6 7 8

Name of Course :-Electrical And Electronics Engineering

383

384

1

2 3

4 5 6

Electromechanical Energy Conversion: Three phase induction motor: Working principle, construction, types, torque speed characteristics, equivalent circuit, starting methods of 3 phase induction motors. DC Machines, DC Generator – Working principle, EMF equation, classification. DC Motor – Working principle, torque equation, types, characteristics, speed control of DC motor, starting methods and steeper motors Digital Systems: Primary Logic: theory, simplifying and implementation of logical functions, components of digital systems Integrated Circuits and Devices: Operational Amplifiers – basics, ideal OP-OMP ratings, OP-AMP applications, linear and digital IC’s, counters, resisters, multiplexers, de-multiplexers, decoder and encoder Instrumentation and Measurements: Oscilloscope, Maxwell Bridge, Kelvin double bridges Solid State Controls and Applications: Timers and Relays, applications of silicon controlled rectifiers (SCR) in control of DC & AC motor, resistance welding (welding control with solid state circuits Microprocessors and Applications: Memory systems, Microprocessor (only 8085 Architecture and instructions), Programmable controllers, regulation of voltage and motor speed (microprocessor based, block diagram and flow chart approach only) List of Experiments: i) Characteristics of three phase induction motor ii) DC Motor Characteristics iii) Speed control of DC motors iv) Starting methods of DC motors v) Study of logic gates vi) OP- AMP applications vii) Study of counters viii) Kelvin Double Bridge ix) Application of timers x) SCR application in AC & DC motors xi) Microprocessor programming (simple programs without any interfacing circuits) xii) Study of PLC. Term Work: 1. At least one class test must be conducted in the middle of the semester and 10 marks weightage must be assigned to it during the evaluation of term work. 2. Report on laboratory experiments based on the above chapters, and at least 8 experiments must be conducted from the list given as above in the list of experiments. 3. At least 5 assignments consisting of minimum 5 problems in each assignment from among the 6 chapters must be submitted along with the laboratory report and the test papers. References: 1. Electric Machines and Transformers by Abderson Leonard D. &Jack Macneil 2. OP- Amplifier by Gayakwad 3. Microprocessor by Gaonkar 4. Digital Principle and Applications by Malvino & Leach 5. SCR by G. E. Mamal 6. Electrical Technology by Cotton 7. Electrical Machines by M. G. Say. Text Books: 1. Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory by Bolyestad & Nashelsky 2. Applied electrical Engineering Vol. IV by B.L. Theraja. 385

1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

9 10 11 12

Solidification and structure of metals Formation of solids from liquids of pure metals and alloys, ingot defects and their remedies, Single crystal and polycrystalline structure, Classification and crystal structure, unit cell, co-ordination number, atomic packing, crystallographic notations Crystal imperfection: Definition, classification, Significance, Point defects: vacancy, interstitial, impurity atoms, their formation and effects. Dislocation: Edge and screw dislocations, their significance. Surface Defects: Grain boundary, sub-angle grain boundary, stacking fault, and their significance. Dislocation generation at Frank Reed sources, significance and effects, Dislocation interactions: Sessile dislocation, multicomponent dislocation, dislocation pile up, dislocation jog, and dislocation climb Deformation: Definition, elastic & plastic deformations and their significance. Deformation in single and polycrystalline materials. Mechanism of deformation, critical resolved stress. Deformability of FCC, BCC, HCP metals, slip system Strain Hardening: Definition and significance. Dislocation theory of strain hardening. Recystalization annealing and its stages, factors affecting recystalization. Hot and cold working, their advantages, limitations and importance Alloys and Theory of Alloying: Definition and importance. Classification and characteristics of different types of alloys. Phase diagram and its importance, different types of phase diagrams and their interpretation. Eutectic, Eutectoid, Peritectic alloys, conditions of their formation and importance. Solid solutions, conditions and importance of their formation. Intermediate alloys. Types and conditions of their alloys. Types and conditions of formation with importance. Important alloys of aluminium, copper, nickel, tin and zinc, their specifications and applications Principles of heat treatment. Equilibrium transformations in iron-iron carbide systems. Non-equilibrium transformations., Time Temperature Transformations of austenite. Mechanisms of Pearlite, Bainite & Marrtensite Transformations. Principles of heat treatment of steels from T.T.T. diagram Technology of heat treatment: Significance of austensization, homogenization and controlled decomposition of Austenite. Heat treatment furnaces, salt baths and cooling media, heat treatment in controlled atmosphere Heat treatment Processes: Annealing, different annealing processes. Normalizing, Hardening, Hardening media, hardenability, its method of determination, factors affecting hardenability. Tempering, transformations in tempering, temper embrittlement, temper colors. Austempering, Martempering. Case Hardening. Carburising, Nitriding, Cyaniding, Carbonitriding Surface Hardening: Induction hardening, Flame hardening Diffusion Coating Processes. Calorising, Chromising, Siliconising, Boran diffusion coating Effects of alloying elements: Minor alloying elements. Major alloying elements. Alloy steels, tool steels, stainless steels

386

13 14

Powder Metallurgy: Powder making methods. Powder compaction, Sintering, sintering mechanism. Applications of power metallurgy Metallurgy of joining processes: Metallurgy of welding, brazing and soldering Term Work: 1. At least five assignments of topics mentioned above. Each assignment consist of 4 to 5, questions supported with A-4 sheet containing technical information,. 2. At least one report on equipment set-up and practice in industrial units. 3. At least one class test of 10 marks to be conducted in the middle of the semester and weightage should be considered while evaluating the term work. 4. The report should contain the assignments as shown in 1& 2 above, and the test papers as shown in 3. References: 1. Mechanical Metallurgy by G.E. Dieter. 2. Engineering physical Metallurgy by Y.Lakhtin 3. Applied metallurgy for engineers by E.C. Rollason. 4. Engineering Materials & Metallurgy by B.K. Agarwal. 5. Engineering Materials part I & II by R.A. Higgins. 6. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy by Sydney Avner Text Books: 1. Material Science & Metallurgy by Dr. v.D. Kodghire., Everest Publication House Pune. 2. Physical Metallurgy By V.Raghvan.

387

thread milling. truing and dressing. and hoppers for feeding Copying Lathes: NC and CNC lathes. plain.Principles of Hobbing (Kinematics omitted) . centreless grinding machines-through feed. thread grinding. tool and cutter grinders. Gear Milling. thread whirling. safety Screw Thread Cutting Machines. types of bonds. horizontal and vertical. gear lapping. Thread production process. grinding fluids. tool and tool holders. shape and sizes. magnetic tapes.horizontal. special purpose machines Unconventional machining processes (only basic principles. gear grinding. gear shaper cutter (tool geometry omitted). chutes. vertical spindle-rotary/reciprocating types. end feed. center type. typical tooling setup for simple work pieces. balancing of grinding wheels.cylindrical. grade. structure. gear burnishing Modern developments: Machining centers. artificial. screw type and Swiss type. chasersradial. Gear Hobbing. hobbing techniques. material (tool Geometry omitted). IS for marking system of grinding wheel. grinding machines. machines and application) Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM) Electrochemical Machining (ECM) Chemical Machining (CHM) Ultrasonic Machining (USM) Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM) Laser Beam Machining (LBM) Electron Beam Machining (EBM) Plasma Arc Machining (PAM) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 388 . and tangential (tool geometry omitted. magazines. single spindle and multi-spindle. special grinding machines Grinding wheels: Types of abrasives-natural.Name of Course :. grain size.Manufacturing Engineering II 1 Automats: Major classification. threading attachments. universal. special attachments. internal grinding machines. working principles and fundamentals of programming Grinding machines: Grinding Process. thread rolling. die threading and tapping. paper tape. mounting of grinding wheels. thread chasing. plunge center type. high speed drilling attachments. self opening die heads. selection of grinding wheels. CNC turning centers.) Gear Teeth Cutting Machines. bar type and chuck type. Gear finishing processes-gear shaving. hob size. chucking type. in feed.

empirical formula for estimating cutting force and power.. limitations. feed. manufacturing methods. Production technology. Carbides:-Method of manufacturing. tool life and surface finish as measures of machine ability. choice of coolant for various machining processes.S. plain and alloyed. Junenja and sekhon. feed. field of applications. 2. normal force on shear plane in terms of measurable cutting forces and shear plane angle. orthogonal cutting and oblique cutting.Bhattachrya 3. oil hardened. depth of cut. basic wedge of cutting tools. Metal Cutting by Trent. shear plane and shear plane angle. HMT Hand Book 5. tool depreciation cost. limitations.O. concept of speed. 8 9 Theory of Metal Cutting General:Common features of machining processes. mechanism of tool wear. I. specifications. effect of speed. Materials for Cutting Tools Properties required for cutting tool materials. advantages. effect of speed. 4. A. tool material and geometry on tool life. tool material and angles. cost. efficiency of machine tools. different compositions. tangential cutting force. Merchant’s theory. Wiley. material variables on cutting force. properties. feed. Cutting Forces:Gross power. Ceramics. tool regrinding cost. 2. Flank wear and crater wear. 3. tool material and angles.S. Machinability of Metals: Cutting force. effect of speed. depth of cut. cutting ration. non-production cost. limitations. 389 Text Books: Theory & Practice in Metal Cutting by Amitabh Bhattacharya. . tool change cost. feed and depth of cut. field of application and limitations. Studying chip formation References:1. types of coolants. tool life and surface finish. effect on cutting force. tool inventory cost. Coolant:Functions of coolant.. properties and field of application. machine cost. different grades. discontinuous. high speed steel. Numerical Problems. concept of specific cutting force. and material variables on surface finish. Economics of Machining:Components of machining. At least one class test. components of tool cost. Term Work 1. specific power consumption and material removal factor. Tool Life:Definition. Preliminary failure and ultimate failure. water hardened. with built up edge. Merchants modified theory. field of application. Manufacturing Science by Amitabh Ghosh & Mullick. Carbon tool steel.1 2 3 4 5 6 7. standard and special H. velocity relations. properties. Mechanics of Metal Cutting Various types of chips. Merchant’s circle of forces and expression of shear stress and strain. Surface finish:Height of feed ridges and built up edges as primary factors effecting surface finish. Ernest-Merchant equation. net power in machining. Metal cutting and machine tools. distinct6on between wood and metal chip formation. depth of cut. tool cost. Metal cutting .S.

Practical examination: Practical examination will be held for 4 hours only and shall consists of preparation of jobs in precision turning. 3. Assembly and dissembly some of machining fixture. screw cutting. milling. grinding operations. boring. One composite job consisting minimum four parts employing operations on lathe.Name of Course : Machining Science –I Name of Course:-Workshop Practice-IV 1 Machine Shop: 1. viz. drilling. 2 390 . drill jig etc. grinding etc.. screw cutting. and involving use of shaping. boring etc. milling. Assembly and dissembly of machine tool sub assembly. shaping. precision turning. 2. drilling.

T.Y B.TECH Name of Course : WORK STUDY AND ERGONOMICS 391 .

flyback timing. Mark S. recording the rating. sound (noise). evaluation techniques. introduction to standard data and synthetic time standards. H. Problems on flow diagram and process charts. equipment for basic time study. rating factors. Kjell B. 1976. References: 1. Geneva. accumulative timing. objectives. Work Measurement: Definition. McCormick. activity charts. installation and maintenance of improved methods. analysis and critical examination of existing methods and development of improved methods. Human Factors in Engineering and Design. Term Work 3 4 5 1. Work Study . standard ratings. Most Work Measurement Systems. Two assignments on rating and report of results. safety devices. the elements. use of micromotion and memomotion study.1 2 Definition: Purpose of study. selecting the job. recording the facts. application of methods engineering in office work. International Labour Office. Asia Publishing. Work sampling and production studies. selecting the work for studies. breaking the job into elements. anthropometry. Physical environment. Work Study and Ergonomics. Zandin. symbols for process charts. design of work place / equipment design. criteria affecting the choice of rating procedures. introduction of work study in an organization.. 392 . 2. process charts. Organization and methods. factors affecting the rate of working. 1995. scales of rating. occupational health and hazards. McGraw Hill. Maynard Operation Sequencing Technique (MOST). various work measurement techniques. summarizing the study. significance of work measurement. cycle graph. Steps in use of techniques of time study. 2. special timing devices and equipment. Sham. allowances. Industrial psychology. R. timing each element. lighting. Dhanpat Rai. two handed charts. Introduction to Ergonomics. calculation and application of allowances. Ralph Barnes. 3. rating procedures. introductory idea about incentives. approach to the worker. Marcel Decker Inc N. Time and Motion Study. time study forms and other equipment. Two experiments on time study of machine operations and report of results. Time Study Rating : Average and qualified worker. 1992. origin. chrono cycle graph. brief history and evolution. continuous timing. Time study: definition. stress measurement and control. Ergonomics: Safety. Flow and handling of materials. McGraw Hill. development and procedure of work measurement. ventilation.S. TEXT BOOKS : 1.Y. work study and productivity. Sanders and Ernest J. Methods Engineering: Definition and objectives of method study. methods of improvement. 2. flow diagram. problems in India in increasing productivity through work study and wage incentives.S. Bridger. 1990. fatigue. human factor in application of work study.small group activity. comparison of observed and standard ratings. presentation. 1982.

electronic and pneumatic comparators. floating carriage micrometer. limits and fits. mechanical-optical. end and wave length standards. limitations and applications of above comparators. fundamental principles and definition. definitions. optical interferometer. laser interferometer. Measurement and Gauging of Gears Types of gears. primary. secondary and tertiary standards. advantages. 3-D coordinate measuring machine. Taylor’s principle in design of GO & NO GO gauges Comparators Need for comparators and amplifying system. roughness and waviness. Fits and Tolerances Requirement of interchangeable manufacture. dedendum. gear measurement using rollers. principle. hole based and shaft based systems. circular pitch. Taylor Hobson Talysurf. 7. importance of surface condition. Rz. Standards of Measurement. base pitch. Rp. roughness standards specifying surface roughness parameters. Special Measuring Machines and Methods Profile projector. measurement of major and pitch diameters. tolerance grades IT 01 to IT 05. Introduction to metrology. gear tooth comparator. Ra. 5. allowance and tolerance. 3. band width selection. construction and operation of various comparators. definition and significance of terms. optical flats. master gears and Parkinson tester. two wire and three wire methods. Tool makers microscope 393 . gear terminology and standard proportions. monochromatic source. surface roughness symbols. Mecrin (only). pitch circle diameter. concept of flatness. need for inspection. 8. sub division of standards. surface roughness measuring instruments such as Tomlinson’s surface meter. addendum. types of fits.Name of Course :. and their applications. Limits. line.METROLOGY AND QUALITY CONTROL 1. general requirements of “GO” & “NO GO” gauging. Surface Texture Measurement Profile geometry. flatness testing. Interferometry Principles of interference. Measurement of Screw Threads Types of screw threads. RMS number. base tangent method. precision and accuracy. electrical. 4. IS 919 : 1963.. tooth thickness and width. mechanical. 6. etc. diametral pitch and module. interference patterns and their significance. 2.

Holman 4. I.W. sharp 394 . J.P. Sarma. 1987.S. force.S. G. use of these transducers for mechanical measurement (elementary treatment only). Metrology . Text Books: 1. 6.R. strain gauges. Mechanical Measurements and Instrumentation Transducers for displacement. Gupta 3. Rangan. K. Industrial Instrumentation and Control. 5. TMH. S. Practical Engineering Metrology. Instrumentation Devices and System.R. Singh. pressure and other mechanical measurements. Engineering Metrology. C.Jain 2.9. Experimental Methods for Engineers. TMH. Engineering Metrology.C. Mani. torque. Shotbolt 7.K.P. V. inductive. capacitive and piezoelectric transducers.K. 1983.

Joshi TMH 2005 4.Ostergard Name of Course :. design of stripper. Text books:1. reduction factors and redrawing limits. DESIGN OF PRESS TOOLS a) Shearing of Sheet Metal : Theory of shear action in metal cutting. bending and bottoming forces. methods of fixing punches.A. design of various types of progressive dies. bend radius. development of blank and bend allowances. clearance. trimming die and compound die. shaving die. location. load. basic types. ironing and blank holding pressures. and energy requirement with and without shear. Eary and Reed 6. punch and die radii. and bending and forming press dies. drawing.H.Jig and Fixture Design Manual: Erik Henriksen 2. thinning and ironing theory. drawing test.Donaldson 5. development of die around the strip design. rules of strip design.Fourteen steps of die Design.Kempster. on press tools.Jigs and Fixtures: P.An introduction to Jig and Tool Design: M.Advanced Die Design. strip layout for blanking. stock lifters. strip development for progressive die. clearance. design of piercing die. torque and energy considerations. single and double action presses. strippers. b) Drawing of sheet Metal : Metal forming operations. blanking die. effective utilisation of presses. stock guides. c) Bending and Forming of Sheet Metal : Metal movement in bending and forming. 3. stock stops. cutting force. design of press brake dies. d) Progressive Dies for Sheet Metal Parts : Selection of progressive dies. e) Equipment for Sheet Metal Operations : Type of presses. feeding equipment. cam stage. defects in deep drawn parts.Paquin 7. wall thickening. die block and punch block design. splitting the die block for manufacture. metal flow in drawing.Basic Tool Design. basic layout practice.Ostergard 8. pilots.2. design and selection of die sets.Tool Design 395 . stripping force. flaring holds.H. safety in press working. perforating die. design of drawing die and combination die. bridges and carriers. types of shearing operation. spring back.Tool Design :C.Press Working.

total quantity. latch and box type drill jigs and jigs for drilling combined with reaming. cam. machinability. channel. quick acting clamping mechanisms such as link. milling fixtures. cost consideration with respect to quantity. compensating for component variation. universal jig components. assembly fixtures and combined jig and inspection fixtures j) Incidence of work study on jig and fixture design and applications. electric and hydraulic devices. reference to balance. pneumatic. turning fixtures and work holding devices with expanding and contracting registers. k) Types of construction.1. mathematical analysis of forces. accuracy. multiple clamping and equalizing devices. quality and effectiveness l) Fixtures for inspection in mass production processes. clamps. stiffness and proportions. fixtures for various heat treatment processes 396 . simplicity. standardization. counter boring and spot facing. locating faces. swarf disposal. standardization of details. study of typical examples and of geometric location f) Jig and Fixture Details: Locations. h) Fixtures for Planing and shaping. stresses. including multistation and indexing types. rigidity. drill and tool guide bushes. cast. choice of cutting tool and means of guiding and supporting. quantity. Design of Jigs And Fixtures: a) Operation planning. c) Design Analysis: Selection of location and clamping faces/points. economy of motion. eccentric and interrupted thread. alternative tooling methods with respect to factors such as batch size. durability. modifications so as to assist production. broaching. grinding fixtures for cylindrical and surface grinding. etc. i) Fixture for profiling. component distortion under clamping and cutting forces. ease of operation. material. jacks and supporting devices. tapping. fabricated and welded. b) Component Analysis: Geometry. through type and rotating table type. frequency of setup. d) Line diagrams of locating and clamping system. economics and costs of alternative methods of design e) Jigs and Fixtures : Principles of design and construction with reference to interchangeability. g) Design applications of typical jigs and fixtures for given component including plate. sequencing of operations. toggle.

profile correction in all types of form tools with and without rake angle. diameter and length of hob. nomenclature of details and angles. Design of reamer. constructional features of solid tools. rake and clearance angles in drills. Constructional features of inserted blade milling cutters. counter bores and spot facers. design of form relieving. f) Face milling cutters: Solid and inserted blade type. standard set of cutters. semitoping. preshave. Form milling cutters . c) Drills : Constructional features of two fluted drills. length. size and angles of single point tools for various machining condition. carbide tipped hobs. pregrinding. pregrinding. tangential form tool. k) Gear shaper cutters. nomenclature. disc type and shank type cutters. nomenclature. b) Form Tools: Various types such as flat form tool. diameter and number of teeth. tipped tools. carbide tipped drills. rake angle. double point angle. back taper. semi topping cutters. choice of diameter and number of teeth. number of teeth. web thinning . carbide tipped and insert type. helical fluted taps. various types. number of flutes. e) Milling Cutters: Peripheral milling cutters. constructional details of inserted blades. tooth form. full topping hobs. limitations on accuracy. flute shape. etc. Design features of core drills. 397 . choice of point angle. details and angles. adjustable reamer. margin relieving. helix angle for different machining conditions. chamfer. solid. constructional details and fields of application. diameter. collapsible taps. spiral lip and special grinding to reduce the effect of chisel edge. lead. chamfer. (American nomenclature will be followed in further discussion). constructional features. d) Reamers : Constructional features of hand reamer. factors influencing the choice of shape. profile correction in form tools with rake angle. h) Taps: Hand taps and machine taps. relation between side clearance and front clearance on form tools. nomenclature. straight and helical gears.Machining Science-II  Design of Cutting Tools a) Single Point Tools: Definition of various angle of single point tool as per American. countersinks. circular form tool. i) Tools for Gear Cutting: Gear milling cutters. British and German Standards. design of thread profile. mechanically held regrindable insert type tools throw away tip type tools. selection of angles. helix angle of flutes and relief angle. Design of gear milling cutters both disc & end mill type. j) Gear hobs: design of rake profile. machine reamer. choice of helix angle.Name Of Course :. g) Broaches: Details and nomenclature. design of internal and external broaches. clearance and form of flutes. throwaway tip type face mills. expansion reamer. Design of end mills. preshave.

Tool Design. 3. Metal Cutting . 398 . TMH Metal Cutting and Cutting Tools Design . 4. A. Bhattacharya . Donaldson Production Technology . 2. Arshinov. HMT Hand Book . Central Books.References Books: 1.

simplex algorithm and tabular representation. classical problems such as crew scheduling. Taha.D. Vora. unique/alternate/infinite optimal. 1992. hazard rate and system performance criteria. conditional assignment . SD Sharma. knap sack. functional equation. Banerjee. McGraw Hill. 6) Operations Research . primal suboptimaldual infeasible and other primal-dual relations. 1982. Hamdy A. Duality concept. stage-state identification and solution of problems involving up to three stages. System. Graphical method for two variables problem. Kedar Nath Ramnath & Co. maximization.Minimization models. Optimisation. pure and mixed strategies. 1995 3) Operations Research. TMH. and their interpretations from simplex table. interpretation of dual variables. An introduction. backward and forward recursions. Northwest corner rule.Name of Course :. Simulation Models : Monte Carlo or experimenting method based on probabilistic behavior data and random numbers. sensitivity analysis for variation of one parameter at a time. Game Theory or Competitive Strategies : Limited to two person zero sum games. J. Business book publishing house. types of solution such as feasible/infeasible. Transportation & Network Models : Assignment models: Minimisation models.2005 7) Theory and Problems of Operations Research. Meerut.Sharma McMillan India.OPERATIONS RESEARCH Linear Programming Models : Formulation. 4) Quantitative Techniques in Management. Erlangian distribution in queues in series. unbounded problems. graphical and analytical methods. New Delhi.K. application in probabilistic real life problems. saddle point. and M/M/1 system with finite population (no derivation for these four cases). dual problem formulation. constraints. parameters and variables. optimal/suboptimal. Macmillan. product mix. domination. degenerate/non degenerate. Richard Bronson. 5) Operations Research. B. Queuing/Waiting Line Models: Steady state analysis for M/M/1/00/00/. Vogel’s Approximation Method. LP model formulation. waiting period in M/G/1. manual solution of problems involving upto three iterations. objective function. dual simplex method. Formulation-Flight scheduling problem Transportation model. 399 . Text Books: 1) Operations Research Techniques for Management. Assignment. cycling phenomenon. Schaum’s Outline Series. Degeneracy Dynamic Programming Models : Bellman’s optimality principle. decision variables. N. Duality properties. bounded/unbounded value and solution. Hira and Gupta. . napkin.Maximisation . G/M/1. MODI method ( u-v method). 2) Operations Research. canonical and standard forms.

casting design. recent advances in casting methods Melting and solidification : Furnaces. Different types of plastics. Doehler Fundamentals of Tool Design . structure. materials for die casting. number and layout of cavities. die materials. historical background. sand testing. blow moulding. Rao TMH 2005 Foundry Engineering. runner and in gates . pattern materials and their suitability. core boxes . importance and limitations of casting processes. Moulds for Plastic Materials. application and limitations. die-casting machine. characteristics of pattern and selection. baking and handling techniques. Design of moulds and cores.types. causes and remedies. 6. handling of molten metal. extrusion. study of plastic mounding machines Text Books: 3 4 5 1. types of sand. calendaring and other allied processes. Heine & Rosenthal. 2. Jain TMH 2005 Die Casting . types of gating and its characteristics. their characteristics. cupola. core support. Sand Casting: Tools for making sand moulds. ferrous and nonferrous foundry practice Solidification: Solidification of pure metal and alloys. their suitability. fettling and inspection of castings. Other Casting Processes: Shell moulding CO2 moulding. compression moulding. advantages. die manufacturing and heat treatment. 4. types of core boxes. processing of plastics. patterns. Core sand: characteristics and constituents. Foundry . 5. cores. risers. design of dies. gating and risering. injection moulding. thermoforming. pattern allowances. riser efficiency. moulding sand characteristics. Principles of Metal casting. Taylor Manufacturing Technology . investment casting. 3. casting defects. ASTME 1985 Metals Hand Book. P.N.Name of Course:. sprue. limitations and applications.METAL CASTING 1 2 Introduction: Casting process. P. 7. design of injection moulding dies. constituents and additives. core making. Die Casting : Types. gating and ejection systems. design of complete gating and riser system. significance.L. electric and induction furnaces. types of patterns. properties and uses. materials that can be cast. conditioning and reusing. processes. their characteristics. ASM 400 . moulding and core making machines. free solidification and solidification under force. pouring. charge calculation. pattern design. comparative study and their suitability.

. individual and group reports. principles of Business correspondence. Meenakshi Raman . . Technical proposal Presentation Skills Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books recommended: 3. formal and informal. upward and downward. formal and informal reports. qualities.internal and external. choosing words.Name of Course: Technical Communication and Presentation Skills 1 2 3 4 5 6 Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. Sharma Sangeetha “ Technical Communication – Principles & Practices” Oxford University Press 401 . qualities. importance. nonverbal. audience recognition. organizing and interpreting information. sentences and paragraphs. Technical Writing Skills: definition. defining objectives and scope.. Lesiker & Petit “ report Writing for Business “ McGraw Hill 4.media. job application and resumes Report Writing: types.

Name of Course :.M. H. In process gauging & multiple gauging Discussion of production machines. definitions and symbols. Ed. rule for adding and subtracting determining layout of tolerance chart. Process Design : Tolerance chart. Work Piece Control: Equilibrium theories. dimensional control mechanical control. finishing and identification of operations. constructing and balancing of tolerance chart. Kovan et al. interaction of product engineering with process engineering functions. selection of equipment. process pictures. Scharkas. 2. operation planning.PROCESS ENGINEERING & TOOLING 1 Product Engineering : Factors to be considered while developing the product development principles. nature of work to be performed. 2 3 4 5 402 . Mir Publication. Wiley Eastern Limited. functional surface s of the work piece. tool layout. Mir Publication. 1991. Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering. Westeman Tables for the Metal Trade . alternate processes. 3. Manufacturing Engineering . stock removal. Danilevsky. V. alternate location theory. organization chart and functions of process engineering department. tool design. tool layout for turning and other general machines. SPM and other mass production machines. Preliminary Part Print Analysis : Determining the principal processes. geometric control. 1979. selection of optimum processes. concept of location. 1973. Jutz and E. Text Books: 1. Study of manufacturing processes. purpose and use of tolerance chart. critical analysis. operation routing. tooling for automats. and cam design. Process Engineering: Eary and Johnson. 4. V. Classifying operations. determining the areas used for processing.

capabilities. concepts. analysis of productivity loss. types.) only. regulation of speed by epicyclic gear train. elementary treatment of hydrostatic slide ways. milling and shaping machines only. Design of Machine Tool Drives: Mechanical drives for providing rotational movement. basic principles. clutch as speed reducer for back gear drives. assembly. belt and cone pulley drives. features of construction and operations of basic machine tools. 1982 403 . types. maintenance. Design of Machine Tool Bearings: Journal. maintenance and mounting techniques Design of Clutches and Power Screws: Selection and application principles. design of slide ways for wear resistance and stiffness. materials of slide ways. drilling. shapes of slide ways. Wulfel Kopp tonrator positive infinitely variable (P. Introduction to machine tools. double disc transmission. geometrical test of lathe. Design of machine tool clutches Acceptance Tests on Machine Tools : Safety.P. Design of Machine Tools: Guide ways design calculations. velocity range for high speed machining.Machine Tool Design 1 . Stepless Drives :Mechanical stepless drives. design of power screws.P.Name of Course :.) and geometric progression (G. Bangalore. construction of speed diagram. References: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Machine Tool Design Handbook . Kinematic advantages of G. ergonomic and aesthetic aspects of machine tools. selection and error compensation. basic principles of selection of bearing. single disc transmission. stepped and stepless output. classification. Norton gear cone. Central Machine Tool Institute. requirements for layout of a stepped drive. Schopke drive. elementary treatment of recirculating ball screws.I. Meander’s gear cone extending the range of cone pulley drive by back gears and its ray diagram.) drive. single and special purpose (elementary treatment only).P. rolling element and hydrostatic bearings. feed boxes with gear cone and sliding key. methods of adjusting clearances in slide ways. types of slide ways. selection of range of spindle speeds. gear boxes with clutched drive preoperative gear box. general purpose. performance test. selection of values of common ratio and design of gear boxes for feed and speed having 4 to 12 speeds only using geometric progression series. series. Svetozarao variator.V. layout of speeds in arithmetic progression (A. cone disc transmission. TMH. application of slide way profiles and their combinations. extended Schopke drive and Ruppert drive. Classification of Feed Boxes: Quadrant change gear mechanism.

small group approach. quality council. internal audit. quality function. factorial and fraction factorials. quality tasks. return of investment. performance appraisal. policy. customer perception of quality. communication models and tools. 3. quality statements. surveillance audit. maintaining of certification. Training for Quality: Training of workers. fitness for use.Name of Course :-TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1. Employee Involvement : Employee motivation and quality. methods and approaches. procedures and documentation. Experimental design. certification approach. role of senior management. reliability. who is customer?. Introduction: Basic concepts and definitions. Customer Relation and Satisfaction: Origins of consumerism. parameter and tolerance design. quality cost data acquisition. quality of bought out components. vendor appraisal. product knowledge. motivation to QC. the system concept. relationship development. vendor rating. 4. 404 2. maintainability and safety in design. operator controllable defects. managing vendor quality. leadership concepts. Cost of Quality: Prevention. vendor development. awareness. team building. strategic planning. selection of tolerances. concept of zero defects. Quality Improvement: Juran trilogy. 8 Designing for Quality : Quality of design and quality of conformance. Quality Circles: Background to QC. sporadic and chronic problems of quality. design review. vendor certification. availability. consolidation and analysis. benefits of QC. corrective action. optimum cost. testing hypothesis. performance indices. examples of quality policies. orthogonal arrays. factual approach. quality objectives. cost reduction programme. benefits. Policies and Objectives: Need for quality policies. orthogonal design. product safety and reliability. service quality. appraisal and failure aspects of cost of quality. supervisors and managers for quality. Vendor Relations: Vendor assessment. customer complaints and redressal. essential precondition for successful QC.QS 9000 Elements. empowerment. evaluating design by test. manual. theories of motivation. teams. historical reviews. management controllable defects. “do it right” first time. training and motivation. Concurrent Engineering . planning for investment. 5 6 7 9 . failure mode and fault tree analysis. ISO 9000 &14000. loss function. Taguchi’s quality engineering. organizing and training for QC.

1982. SMED. The Free Press. J. QFD. Imai Masaki. R. McGraw Hill.J. 3.M. An Executive Handbook. 1986.Menon. Productivity improvement techniques..Schonberger. Total Quality Management. Quality is Free: Philip B. 5S. J. Prentice Hall.Juran. POKAYOKE. 2. TMH.M. What is Total Quality Control? The Japanese way. 9. Wonderland of Kaizen: A Total Quality Culture for Survival : Shyam Talawadekar. Quality Planning and Analysis.Schonberger. 10.G. World Class Manufacturing: The Lessons of Simplicity Applied.Crosby. World Class Manufacturing Casebook : Implementing JIT and TQC . 8. PDCA cycle. problem solving tools. The Free Press. collection of data for bench marking and its use.Gryna. 1989. Mentor/New American Library. 405 . The Free Press.H. 1987. definition and significance.J.Besterfield. 4. 1979. Prentice Hall. 1985. Japanese Manufacturing Techniques. R. D. H. TQM in New Product Manufacturing.M. 1995. 6.10 11 12 Bench Marking: Introduction. 7.Schonberger. R. 11. Customers vice. 5. F.J.Juran. The Free Press. Ishikawa K. 1992. Kaizen (Continuous process improvement through JIT) TEXT BOOKS: 1. KAIZEN: The key to Japan’s competitive Success. Juran on Leadership for Quality.

Automation : Definition. OR. material transfer devices. service units. Gates and Controls: Pneumatic logic gates: AND. classification of control systems. login control system and sequence control. hard/flexible automation. special purpose machines. introduction to the design and mode of operation of programmable logic control. commissioning and safety regulation of electro . what. Transfer Lines: Types. comparative study of different design options. stability of components and systems. electro pneumatic control and circuit design.Name of Course :. linear and rotary actuators) and basic controls. 2. control valves. concepts. control devices. frequency response analysis. cutting and non/cutting operations. electrical circuits for machine tools. basic controls and practical exercises. time relays. filters. conversion and documentation of control problems into run able PLC programme. clutches. where. Logic. 3. design and functioning of hydraulic components (hydraulic pumps. construction of pneumatic controls and circuit diagrams for conveying. feeding. linear and rotary actuators) in basic circuits. how to apply. Control System Fundamentals: Control system concepts. types of automation: low/medium/high cost. Machine Tool Automation Using Hydraulics : Operational principles and uses of hydraulic power system. applications of basic control circuits based on these gates. complex hydraulic controls. locating and orienting work pieces. proportional hydraulics. brakes. technical and economic feasibility considerations in applications. thermal relays. 5 6 7 8 406 . Low Cost Automation Using Pneumatics: Operational principles and uses of pneumatic power systems. indexing. NAND and NOR.Mechatronics 1. feed back control system elements. mathematical representation of system equations. design and functioning of pneumatic components (compressors. response characteristics of components and systems. 4. derivation of system equations. Assembly Automation: Mechanisms and devices for various operations associated with handling. proportional valves. clamping.hydraulic controls. basic control actions and industrial automatic control. characterizing features. semi/fully automated machine tools. Electrical Control Devices: Features and design principles of electrical circuits. activation technology. design principles. root locus method of analysis. storage tank. electro hydraulics. automation of machining processes.

2. C. Festo series (section 3) Industrial Hydraulics. Production Systems and CIM.TEXT BOOKS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Pneumatic Circuits and Low Cost Automation. Control of Fluid Power. Industrial Hydraulic Control. Mechanization by Pneumatic Control. REFERENCE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Vickers Manual on Hydraulics. Acherkan (section 7) Automated Assembly. Corradopoli. Peter Dransfield (section 2) Design of Machine Tools.3. Marcel Dekker Inc. Mikell Groover (sections 1.4. Hydraulics and Pneumatics for Production. Festo Series. S.J. Control System Technology. Maintenance of Pneumatic Equipment. Peter Rohner.N. Pippenger (sections 1. 1982 (section 8). Fawce.2.1 and Vol. Much.IV. Vol.7) Engineering Systems and Automatic Control. JR (sections 1. and Lawrence E.5) Automation. Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll. Vol.Verma (sections 1.K.Chemond. Pippenger and Pace.2) Machine Tool Design. Stewart. 407 .Basu(section 6) Automatic Control System.5) Fundamentals of Pneumatics. Geotfery Boothroyd. S. BOOKS Pneumatic Applications: Werner Deppert and Kurt Stoll.

5 6 7 8. inventory management and service level.S. PV chart. batch production. Kanban pull system of scheduling. financial.Name of Course :. standardization and specification. TEXT BOOKS 1. Analysis & Control. economics of scale . PPC functions: Scheduling. PPC function and its interrelationship with other functions such as marketing. progress monitoring. feedback system. Economic order quantity(EOQ). Two or three bin systems . Capacity planning. an integrated approach to the requirement planning and scheduling. critical path. Demand forecasting Methods. administrative. fixed cost . three time estimates. P systems. different elements/functions of production. seasonal variation. Quantity planning. job order scheduling. different ordering systems. Project Management: Programme evaluation and review techniques and critical path method (PERT/CPM). ABC analysis. Plant location Factors to be considered in plant location . job order .N. E. Break even chart. information system link between different functions computer applications. Time series analysis. inspections. transportation and storage. Group layout. Production range. Multiple product PV chart makebuy decision. lead time consumption rate. Selection of forecasting method. transpiration and storage. system approach. their salient features Economic Analysis of Production: Factors to be considered in product design. line balancing.Modern Production/Operations Management.Production Systems-Planning . 3. finance . Product layout . variable cost . 4. float . Buffa 2. Aggregate planning. procurement to supply process and stages. Monks J. MRP. Techniques of plant layout. probability of completion before due date . Process layout . specifications. the store’s function. Introduction Definition of production. S system . moving average method. fitting a curve .PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 1. mass production. classification. resource leveling Management Information System: Data & information. Q systems. value adding conversion process. Chary 4. codification and computerization. Material Management: Bill of material.Operation Management.G.S. Materials Systems: Demand estimation and operations budgeting. Dispatching rules.SMED. stock taking and disposal. contractual and accounting aspects. concept of Group Technology . Exponential smoothening. organisation for production systems. 9 408 . R&D . Accuracy of forecast. sourcing and purchasing procedures. 3. Inventory control. Batch size decision.Riggs 2. Fitting a straight line. JIT system .Production & Operation Management. crashing & optimum duration. Records. resources and optimum allocation .

bipartite meetings. c. individual differences and assessment related to individual. Selection. 4. safety and health. group behavior. b. human resource planning. case studies. profile of a new employee. 2. machinery for settlement. job design. chronological development. selection test procedures. laws and environment. a. role and contribution of trade unions/employee associations. social and other influencing factors. Maintenance of human resources. benefits and welfare. factors for and against. causes and resolution of conflicts. promotions. for various categories. impact of these factors on employees as individuals. Employee grievances. job description. selection from within/external sources. analysis and evaluation. emotions. technological. analytical and new-human resource management approaches. quality of work life. training for change of skills.R. Compensation and Salary Administration: Laws governing employee service conditions.INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT & H.Name of Course . Human Resource Development: a. joint consultations. necessitated by changes in factory within and outside the system. Personnel Function: Every manager’s function. role of workers education. Industrial democracy and employee participation. 3. career planning. Motivation. attitudes. Training and development. interpretation. skills and attitudes for avoiding or minimizing conflicts. relation with productivity. supervisory and managerial.D. Developments and thinking in India and other countries b. scope. Management: Definition. morale and job satisfaction. 5 6 409 . perceptions.Management of industrial relations. Regulatory mechanisms in industrial relations. historical development. conflicts and cohesion. role of scientific management in industrial environment and human relations. collective bargaining. 1. classical. individual vs. multiple skills. skills and job requirements. goals. new responsibilities. operator. Human Resource Management: Unique nature and unlimited capability of this resource. c. enlargement and enrichment. group and organization. performance appraisal. scientific. Human Behaviour: Basic processes. selection processes.

Deshpande. P. Principles of Management. 1991. Saiyadain. 1995. 1995. Managing Human Resources.S. 5. 10.Srivastava. TMH. 3. TMH. 2. McGraw Hill. TMH.Cascio. 1995. P.C.TEXT BOOKS: 1. McGraw Hill. 1992. Human Factor in Management. Organizational Behaviour. John B.Venkataratnam. Mirza S. John W. 410 . B. McGraw Hill. Human Resources Management. TMH. C. 7. 8. 4.K. A. Organisational Behaviour. 1995.Newstrom. Organizational Behaviour.S. TMH. Keith Davis.N. Rudrabasavaraj. Personnel Management and Human Resources. 1995. Uma Sekaran. Factory Administration and Management. Wayne F. Human Behaviour at Work. Text and Cases. Industrial Organization Psychology. 1995.Miner.Tripathi. Fred Luthans.Reddy. 6. 9.

TECH (PRODUCTION) Semester VII 404900 Industrial Project 1 1 20 Note** 1. Industrial Project should be of one semester duration.B. 2. Materials Management. Finance Accounting And Costing. Plastic Engineering. Contact teacher hours for project guidance-One hour per student per week. Sales And Marketing Management. Elective –I Elective –II Total Contact Hours L P/T Total 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 22 2 2 2 2 8 5 4 5 3 3 5 5 30 % Weightage Credit TWA MST ESE 8 8 8 6 6 8 8 52 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 ESE Theory Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 304260 304270 304280 - 411 . Semester VIII Course Code Course Title 304240 304250 CAD/CAM/CIM Economics.

No.ELECTIVES: Sr. Composites Materials & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Technology Course Title 412 . 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Powder Metallurgy & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Ceramics. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Entrepreneurship Development. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Supply chain Management. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Course Code 404010 404020 404030 404040 404050 404060 404070 404080 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Production Software. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Product Design. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Surface Engineering. 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Artificial Intelligence.

numerical control of machine tools. automated factory. uses of solid models. DNC. linear and circular interpolators. CAM. Roberts A. gripper technology. graphics terminal. work station. manufacturing resource planning. robot performance and evaluation. CNC machine set up. Computer Graphics Software and Data Base : Software configuration of a graphic system. sensing devices. typical application.E. etc. data base structures and content. Donald Hearn and M. software interpolation. editing solid models.D. layout.feasibility. consistency of the models. computer integrated production management system. NC languages. R. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Mikel P. computer assisted part programming. Production systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing: Mikell P.Radhakrishnan and S. Record of practical carried on CNC machine tools and their programmes. fundamental elements of CNC. parameters. PRACTICALS Report of part programming of two components in word address format using canned programming aids. plotters and other output devices. factories of the future. wire frame surfaces and solids. CAM data base. Computer Integrated Manufacture (CIM) Computer applications in manufacturing. Report on available software’s on CIM. robot programming and control. other CAD features. FMS.Zimmers PHI 2004 Numerical Control and Computer Aided Manufacturing : T. Computer Aided Manufacture (CAM) CAD hierarchy. parametric solid models. functions of graphics package. tooling . future of CAD. Solid modeling. automation and robotics. tape format and tape readers. A seminar report on any topic relating to the syllabus with a critical review of published literature (optional). parameter programming. manufacturing data base design. remote control.Rao. Record of practical carried out on CAD software. and animation. central processing unit. inventory management and material requirement planning. computer control concepts. work station design. CAM implementation and integration. selection criteria. positioning control loops. Elements of CAM system. extracting wire frame from surfaces / solids. computer aided inspection and quality control.Groover CAD/CAM/CIM: P. Emerging areas.K. cost . operator input devices.for CNC machines. components of FMS.Kundra. canned cycles. data processing unit. CAPP. and Prentice R. TMH 2003 Automation. robot application. application of computers for design. automated work piece handling.C.Subramanyan TMH 2005 REFERENCE BOOKS Computer Graphics. Flexible Manufacturing Systems (FMS). devices of NC system. CAM systems. and Blauth Programming for Numerical Control Machines. hidden line removal.CAD/CAM Handbook: Machever C. generation of solid models.Groover and Emery W. programming aids.N. Wire frame models. etc. 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 1 3 4 5 413 . CAD. incremental and absolute systems. design process. DNC system CNC system.Course Code:304240 Course Title: CAD/CAM/CIM DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Computer Aided Design (CAD) Fundamentals of CAD : CAD System definition and historical perspective. graphical programming. contouring control loops. benefits of CNC. adaptive control system. constructing the geometry. Robotics. evaluation of alternative systems. real time picture. control loops. Computer Integrated Manufacturing : Alan Weatherall. turnkey CAD. NC programming with interactive graphics. Pauline Baker : R.

4 Major areas. 1. domestic and international economy. financial statements. setting standards. 1. 2. standard cost and budgetary control.2 Sources of finance and their relative importance. fixed and variable expenses. apportionment. other expenses.Course Code:304250 Course Title: Economics. 2. variance analysis. techniques and productivity.2 Financial statements.5 Marginal costs and breakdown charges. price. markets. distribution and exchange.7 Financial markets. cost of sale. micro. natural and human resources. gross and net national product. unit cost. fund flow and cash flow analysis.3 Fund allocation. cash v/s accrual basis. 3. assets. output and operating cost. UTI. 1. income. accounting for fictitious assets and obsolescence. cost of production. 2. profit..1 Operating cost. money markets. call loan market. incentives. 3 4 414 . environment. levels of infrastructure. 2. profits and loss statements.5 Mechanics of accounting. economics of growth. budget. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Economics Economics.2 Cost ascertainment. Accounting 3. alternative uses of finance. opportunity cost. depletion and amortization. goal of finance. expenses. ends and means and their adjustment. scrap. macro. 4. total cost. markets. world bank. overhead analysis. absorption methods. variation in elements of operating cost with capacity. structures. capital and revenue expenditure. bill market. short and long term liabilities. capital expenditure and financial management. simple process costing. depreciation. free trade and protection. labour and material costs. bye-and joint products.8 Role of government. uses. classical. 3. supply and price. Costing: 4. 2. ICICI. mutual funds. utility. capital. welfare. sectoral performances. industrial policy. ledger and trial balance based on double entry book keeping. entrepreneurial ventures. etc. definition.4 Unit costing. Capital markets. factory job costing. level of employment. absorption of overheads and non-production cost. types of budget.6 Budgetary control. profit maximization and others. 4.1 Contours of finance function in business. production.7 Markets. liabilities. population. 4.3 Job costing. normal and abnormal losses in process. consumption. competition. human needs. 1. demand behaviour. short and long term capital expenditure. capital and operating income. economic problem and financial problem.3 Approaches to economics. industrial banks.9 Natural factors. objectives of corporate planning. stock markets. demand. 3. 2. Finance. general considerations. taxation and other financial incentives. quality of life. fiscal and trade policies. reserves and owners funds. nature and scope of subject. monetary.7 Balance sheets. social. Fixed and current assets. 2. concept.6 Cost planning and control. and state finance corporations. IDBI. impact of exchange rate variations on corporate financial statements. need. production rate. taxation.5 Assessment of capital needs. tools. 4. wealth. untapped and created demand.3 Accounting concepts.6 Provision in company law and other legal aspects. 3. problem of choice. balance of payment. 1. deferred revenue expenditure. monopoly and imperfect competition.5 Broad classification. 1.2 Basic concepts. project appraisal.4 Accounting for income and expenses. 4. 1. discount houses. regulated and mixed economies. Accounting And Costing. 3. limitations. waste.1 Nature and scope of subject. 4. social factors. 1.4 Capital budgeting. annual reports of business enterprises. 1. 2 Finance 2.10 Indices of economic trends.8 Corporate planning. 3. contract cost.7 Cost reduction.6 Factors influencing functioning of an economy. instruments of government policy. allocation.

Text and Cases :Prasanna Chandra. 1989. Co. book values. 14th Ed... profit incremental discounted cash flow (DCF) returns. Samuelson Tata McGraw Hill. 415 . net present value. cash flow. minimum acceptable rate. unit cost v/s varying capacity. annual capital charge. yield. 4. fixed cost v/s varying capacity. taxes and depreciation. payout periods.8 Depreciation.Khan. evaluation of replacement. unequal first cost and unequal lives. 5 6 7 4. Text and Cases Prasanna Chandra. Vikas Publication House.Pandey Vikas Publication House. Cost Accounting: Jawaharlal TMH 2002 REFERENCE BOOKS Management Accounting. PRACTICALS At least two assignments in each of the four areas. TMH.2006.1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4. 2002 Financial Management : I.L.TMH. Prasad N. rate of return. Sultan Chand Publications Fundamentals of Financial Management.11 Techniques for comparing alternatives.M. Advanced Economic Theory :M. selection in present economy.10 Comparison of alternatives. 4. methods of providing for depreciation. Cost Accounting. 4. Finance Sense. Presentation /seminar on any specialized topic contained in the above syllabus.K.Y. Syndicate Books Pub. M.K.9 Investments.Jhingan.K. discounting methods.2004. Managerial Economics: Varshneya Sultan Chand and Sons.2006 Accounting for Management: Bhattacharya S. P. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Economics: Paul A. TMH.Jain. causes and significance. accepting or nor accepting a single alternative of providing equal / unequal services.

compression. calendaring. processing and engineering properties of plastics. specifications. operational and control features. blowing. specific beneficial (or otherwise) design features vis-à-vis other materials.V. 2. 2. welding. etc. Plastics Engineering. Pergamon Press. Product Design: process. laminating etc. Processing of Thermoplastic Materials. Dies for Plastics Extrusion: M. A. Principles of Polymer Processing. composition. John Wiley and Sons.Beck.D.Crawford. Joining processes : sealing. mounting of moulds. R. E. 1980. REFERENCE BOOKS: Text Book of Polymer Science. sheets. feeding system. overflows. Centrifugal casting.Griff. etc. Von Nostrand Reinhold Co. Macmillan. sections.V.Billmeyer. Moulding processes : injection. transfer.A. additives and fillers chemistry of resins.Fenner.T. Butterworth. materials and tooling related aspects. extrusion. mounting. Design of Moulds : for injection. embossing.L. compression and transfer moulding. calendaring. PRACTICALS Design and drawing of at least three moulds / dies along with details drawing and specifications. machining.Rubin. I. Continuous extrusion processes for films. Miscellaneous processes : foaming. cooling/heating of moulds. die materials. polishing of cavities. construction and manufacturing aspects. John Wiley and Sons. Processing Equipment: for moulding. 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 416 . R. continuous casting. Casting processes : gravity. Macmillan India Publication Plastics Products Design. resins. ejection. adhesive bonding. R. 1984. A seminar report on any topic. Von Nostrand Reinhold Co. locking. raw materials finished forms. Contribution and comparatives performance of plastics in various sectors of business and economy. physical.W. 3 4 5 1 2 1 2 1. Von Nostrand Reinhold Pub.Brydson. Compression and Transfer Moulding. fabricating of moulds.C. Plastics Extrusion Technology.Course Code:304260 Course Title: Plastics Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Plastics: Definition. construction. types. manufacture.Athalye : Plastics Handbook Plastics Materials. laminating etc.Joshi. Manufacturing processes of resins and plastics. heating / cooling of dies. Finishing processes : printing. 2 Processing of Plastics: Processes based on type of material. J. inserts.S. chemical. Ilifee and Sons.Berhard. thermoforming. industrial product design and production volume. welding. mould materials. J. major units. two / three plate moulds. Design of extrusion dies for different shapes. breathers and vents. still casting.J. F.Butler. Injection Moulding Theory and Practice. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: A.

attributes of products suitable for advertising. selection of advertising copy. behaviour changes. flat allowance. product differentiation. inventory policy. Developing place Strategies : Degree of market expense. Consumers Behaviour: Basic factors affecting marketing behaviour. personal selling. family buying. pride. customer control. population. publicity and sales promotion. marketing mix. Sources of new ideas. expenses. rest. Final Consumers: Characteristics. curiosity or mystery. buying habits and practices. selecting and training of salesmen. motivation research. situation analysis. geographical location. intensive distribution. new product pricing. reciprocity. controlling coverage. setting standards. channels of distribution. size of promotional effort. Final consumer products. factors influencing its use. definition of the problem. quantitative measures. Developing a product. how research problems arise. internal company records. sales activity. Industrial goods. method of control. Pricing Objectives: Target return. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Marketing Management and the Consumer: Marketing strategies. determining market potential and sales potential. allocation of sales territories. allocating advertising over time. 2 Product Policy: Strategies for developing separate products or markets. striving. need for 417 . product. preservation of species. where they buy and why. relative costs and benefits. promotion and price. number of buyers. education of house-hold head. advantages of branding. satisfaction of senses.Course Code:304270 Course Title: Sales And Marketing Management. geographic pricing. selection of the media. basic purchasing motives. buying habits and practices. Price Policies: Under the market. place. Expenses control. shopping goods. the iceberg principle. mechanical features of media. size of advertising budget. their number and location. consumer research. factors affecting choice of distribution channel. planned obsolescence or progress. exclusive distribution. Advertising: Functions. establishing call schedules. specialty goods. measuring performance. multiple buying influence. nature of product. direct to final user. survey method. market share. selective distribution. profit maximization. prospect control. bail pricing. Sales Control Record: Salesmen control. advertising. degree of brand preference. frequency. flexible expenses. Personal Selling: Recruiting. style and fashion. Industrial Buyers: Industrial products. nature of market and consumer. buying habits and practices. Sales Performance Objectives: Setting volume objectives. research methods. 3 4 5 6 Marketing Research : Scientific methods. wholesalers. income. psychological aspects. honor plan. retailers. retailers. Buying motives. short and long term targets. packaging. nature of transportation service. rational buying. direct sales. informal investigation. above the market: specific price policies. legal restrictions on pricing. motives. gross profit. branding. experimental method. where to get more data. observation method. laying out routes. coverage on the basis of number of contacts. general characteristics. evaluation effectiveness of advertising. psychological pricing. geographic location. sociability. use of role playing in training. combination of flat and flexible. leader pricing. prestige pricing. non-economic objectives. analysis of internal data. market segmentation. planning formal research project. government or private sources. wholesalers. fashion cycle. derived and fairly inelastic demand. combining objectives. sales effort required. training in the technique of selling. the four P’s. convenience products. physiological and learned needs. probable future behaviour. fear. Promotional Policies: Variables of promotional competition. and business stability. Compensating salesmen.

Philip Kotler.Sinha. problems and analysis of cases based on the above syllabus. Principles of Marketing and Salesmanship.Chand. Marketing Management: Ramaswamy and Namakumari McMillan Publication 2004 . PRACTICALS At least Five assignments in the form of seminars. 1994.C. 418 . 2 3. Prentice Hall of India. TMH. Principles of Marketing: . psychological analysis of consumer behaviour. J.C. place pricing. S. 1 2 1 2 3 1. 12th Ed. advertising policies. Philip Kotler. Planning and Control. TMH 2006 REFERENCE BOOKS: Marketing: A Managerial Introduction. J. use of motivation research in formulating product.Marketing Management : Rajan Saksena.motivation research.2005 edition.Gandhi. Prentice Hall of India. Market Research RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Marketing Management: Analysis.

implementation and evaluation. Purchase negotiation and pricing. equipment. management information systems. fact-finding techniques. Inventory Polity. Purchasing System: Pre-purchase System. stores management and warehousing. Indenting procedures Materials Planning: Make or buy decision. Storage and material Handling Logistics Organization & Control PRACTICALS Five assignments based on these topics. Preparation and presentation of Case study.P.Chand Inventory Control Theory and practice.G..S. negotiations and purchase. Materials Control: Acceptance sampling. development of software. Stores Procedures. vendor development. Role of materials management in production organizations. One assignment using Computer Software. Warehousing And Stores Management : Purchase of Stores location and layout. role of purchasing in cost reduction value analysis in materials. transaction processing systems. quantity discounts. Purchasing of Capital Equipment. Rate and Running Contracts. CBI Pub. decision trees. product explosion. system development strategies. Ordering. decision support systems. vendor rating. Materials standardization and codification.Kapoor. information system for inventory management. 2. Transportation. vendor reliability. P. Wiley Modern Purchasing Principles and Practice. design. Import Substitution. system analysis and design. TMH Seventh edition 2005 REFERENCE BOOKS Materials Management :Bowersox TMH Sixth Edition 2001 Materials Management Systems. categories of information systems. S. tools for documenting procedures and decisions. Import Regulations and procedures Legal aspects of purchasing Public Buying : Buying procedures related to various Governmental organizations like D. Logistics Management : Genesis of Logistics – Logistics Decision on facility location. optimal stocking and issuing policies. Smith B. Tendering. variety reduction. cost reduction and value improvement. types of table entries. management of in-process inventory and finished goods inventory. Prentice Hall Focus Forecasting Computer Techniques for Inventory Control. 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 1. decision concepts. vendor certification plans. 419 . Various types of stores.Menon Third Edition Wheeler Publications 1996 Purchasing and Materials Management: Doebler and Burt . Purchasing under uncertainty vendor development and evaluation. Price forecasting and analysis. Brown R. price analysis.G. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Purchasing and Materials management: K. Post purchase activity. standardization. Stores Accounting and Stock checking Management of Scrap : Obsolete. damaged & unwanted stocks Inventory Management: Inventory models. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code:404010 Course Title: Production Software DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction : Information system development. purchasing research. 2. 2 Tools for Determining System Requirement: Basic requirements. choice and rationalization of materials. Purchase Vs Lease.Course Code: 304280 Course Title: Materials Management DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction to productivity of materials and role of materials management techniques in improving materials productivity.S&D Registration of suppliers. organization of purchasing function. Sturr & Miller.T. decision tables..

data structured diagrams. procedures and Programme specifications. translation validation. Design of Files and Use of Auxiliary Storage Devices: Basic file terminology. channels. Ind. Niques. Problem Definition & Analysis: Problem as state approach. tools drawing data flow diagrams. Problem characteristics. Problem Graphs.Ed(II) McGraw Hill Pub. Backward reasoning. scheduling. control strategies. data structured diagrams.) 4 5 420 . Weak methods. PRACTICALS Minimum three assignments on above syllabus giving more stress on system analysis. Basic Problem methods: Forward Vs. manufacturing resources planning. design of file processing in a communications environment. design of source documents.Strategy and Action. plant layout. Hill Climbing. Analysis to Design Transition: Design objectives. A. Interacting with an E. Heuristic Functions. role of knowledge. etc Additional problem solving assignments by using standard packages or software’s on above topics (minimum two). line balancing. (Example Parallel to prospector or Mycin may be considered. Underlying assumptions. Charles Parkar and Thomas Case. (LAN).. stores management. data base interactions. distributed systems. CPM . plant location. Int. Assignments will cover following areas : Sales forecasting. computer evaluation and measurement. 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2. Mitchel McGraw Hill. relationships in data. Management Information System . elements of design.3 4 5 Structured Analysis Development Strategy: Data flow analysis. 1 2 3 Course Code :404020 Course Title: Artificial Intelligence Introduction: Definition. Problem Trees Vs. elements and structures. The unification algorithms. Systems Engineering and Quality Assurance: Design of objectives. loading.I. computer assisted systems engineering (CASE).Ed. design of software and documentation. features of a data dictionary. Computer Aided System Tools: Role and benefits of tools.1989. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Analysis and Design of Information systems. methods of files organization.S. capacity planning. design of local are network. materials requirement planning. Design of Data Base Interactions: Systems development in data base. Representing simple facts in logic. types of files. networks. categories of automated tools fronted. production programme. Iind Ed-1993.Y. augmenting the representation. tools for data flow strategy. development of data flow diagrams. maintenance management. Knowledge representation Using Predicate Logic: Introduction. evolution of software. The basic of resolution. structuring the data. design of output files. Knowledge Representation & the Frame Problem. N. inventory control. search. Design of Data Communications: communications systems. program structured charts. data floor analysis and logic design in the broad area of production management. Introduction to Expert systems: Structure probabilistic reasoning. Application areas. Breadth first-Best first search. input control. Hardware and Software Selection: Determining size and capacity requirements.PERT. backup and recovery of files. James A Senn. backed and integrated tools. Direct inference Vs. Heuristic search. Production system. input validation.

Knight. Process planning. Lee McGraw Hill International REFERENCE BOOKS Robotic Technology & Flexible Automation – S. Depth First.I. Expert System – Theory & Practice – Jean Loise Ermine PHI Industrial Robotics. Material Handling . Means ends analysis.. Edelson Mc Graw Hill Introduction to Artificial intelligence – Eugene Charniak Addison Wesley. TMH A comprehensive guide to A. like Scheduling.I. Problem solving. in robotics: a) Introduction to machine vision. Technology – Applications & Management ICC 1993 CAD/CAM Robotics. Robot learning & task planning Introduction to programming in PROLOG & LISP. Deb TMH Hand Book of Expert system in Manufacturing – Rex Mauss.I. & E. AI for Machine Vision etc. Introduction to Artificial intelligence & Expert System – Patterson PHI A.Traveling Salesman & Optimum Path. Quality Control etc. . in Production Engg. Gonzalez. Chain coding for Boundary Representation. (1992) Vol. Image processing & analysis. Programming & Applications – Grover. Odrey McGraw Hill Robotics: Control. Sensing & Digitizing Function.R.: Programming Exercises in Prolog. Case studies on application of A. Sagar (TMH). Weiss. Use of predicate logic. & E. b) Robot intelligence & task planning: Introduction. (Discussion of case studies only) PRACTICALS Minimum six Exercises based on.S. II & III Juneja.6 7 8 A. Breadth First: Best First Search. Narosa Publishing . Drang. Vision & Intelligence Fu.: Levin. State space search. Problem reduction. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 421 . Technological. Representing Facts Using Logic. Application of AI & ES in various fields of Production Engg. Nagel. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Artificial Intelligence – Rich.S. Pujara. & Management.I. Jessic Keyes (McGraw Hill). Sensing. Inventory Control. Factories of the future.

2 Resources to be mobilized for entrepreneurship. Himalaya Publications. working capital. selection of equipment and other infrastructure. market survey. materials. incentives and control. Figures and Opportunities. organizing the supply of market making services. Definition. growth and dynamics of firm. significance of entrepreneurship. Vasant Desai. speculative intermediation. 3 Market making system : making market. Jr. budgeting. McGraw Hill. internal and external markets. entrepreneur as vendor. The Seven Business Crises. 1993. sources of information about products. location and layout of plant to suit local requirements. David C McClelland and David G. Planning to win. market feasibility and economic feasibility. John M. loans from financing institutions. competition threat to entrepreneur. quality feasibility. employer. institutions rendering help in selection of products such as SIST. Kuriloff. scope relevant to Indian conditions. Arthur M. Five written Assignments. co-ordination under uncertainty. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Developing New Entrepreneurs. feasibility reports. co-ordination involving public goods. costing and other related economic aspects. identifying market tastes and requirement of prospective buyers. Motivating Economic Achievement. entrepreneur as coordinator. Industrial Maharashtra: Facts. production feasibility. Entrepreneurs Development Institute of India. Product design and development. delegation.G. investment for capital equipment. Preparation of project report in a accordance with guidelines laid down by government and controlling institutions. basis for selection. and Dougless Cloud. persons. V. Co-ordination. Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation. Selection of product.Course Code: 404030 Course Title: Entrepreneurship Development DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 . plant location. decision making processes. MIDC and other state and central government institutions. market information. organization and maintaining quality specifications and standards.. Gordon Baty. How to Beat These. Ahmedabad.Hemphill. machines and methods.Winter. TMH. concept of co-ordination. Financing. Self financing. vicinity of production and marketing. Management of Small Scale Industry. bargaining tactics. middle man. Taraporewala and Sons.Patel. producer. PRACTICALS Preparation of complete feasibility report on any one product including all formalities in accordance with government and other agencies. Resources. Entrepreneurship. Starting and Managing the Small Business. 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 422 .

2 Pretreatment for Surface Coating: Degreasing. application and limitations of galvanizing. electron beam curing. sherardising. etc. 4 Electro Plating : Vat. operational parameters and electrolytes for electro plating. phosphating. base materials for polymer coating. roller coating. Seminar report based on the above syllabus using published work RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Electroplating and Other Surface Treatments. cleaning. plasma spraying. selection of paints. PRACTICALS Five assignments based on the above syllabus. types of polymer coating.D. surface coating for conduction and insulation. spray. Polymer Coating: Characteristics. catalyst drying. base metals and plating metals.Banik. aesthetics and surface finish. infrared staving. equipment for polymer coating. airless spray. automatic reverse current plating. application and limitations. Operational parameters. rumbling. Paint Coating: Types of paints. selection of polymers. dipping. Curing of Paint Coatings: air drying. equipment. Ceramic Coating: Characteristics of ceramic coating. weather resistance. brush. Miscellaneous Processes: Chemical coloring. chromating. etc. arc spraying. 1992. convention staving. pickling. dipping flow coating.Varghese. gas spraying. 3 Metal Coatings: Characteristics. types of polymers and their relative merits and demerits. UV curing. powder spraying. fluidized bed. TMH. etc.D. Newer coating processes and advances in surface technology. zinc and aluminum spraying.Course Code: 404040 Course Title: Surface Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Definition and Scope of Surface Coating : Purpose of surface coating. etc. vitreous enameling. blackening. base materials. use of extrusion. bluing. corrosion resistance. C. resistance / wear hardness. de-scaling. etc. 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 1 2 423 . productivity comparison between metal coating and electroplating. Hot dipping. chemical polishing. Metal Pretreatment. types of ceramics used for coating. methods of ceramic coating. their characteristics and properties. N. spraying. chromating. principles. barrel. 1993. lead sheathing. technology of application of paints. TMH. electrostatic spray.

User group and their background. London. 8 Design For Production: Process consideration in design – design for easy assembly – manufacturingmaintenance –convenience – operation and safety PRACTICALS 1 At least Six assignments based on above topics. Chapman and Hall. Types of Prototyping. Gorden technique. Publications. 4 Industrial Design: Concept and history of ID. sketches for leaflets and instruction. P. G. Radhakrishnan. John Wiley and Sons 1994. 5 CAD/CAM/CIM : P. 3 Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. Peter Dewhurst and Winston Knight. Role of computers for Industrial Design. 5 Engineering Design. 1968. 1993. Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd. 7 Rapid Prototyping: Principles. Project planning and administration. England.F. 1995. Design and sketching. 2 Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. Pahl and Beitzs. parametric design etc. Jr. Zimmers. College Book Centre. 2 Product Design and Development : Karl T. New York. Brainstorming. 3 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly : Geoffrey Boothroyd.Course Code: 404050 Course Title: Product Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction To Basic Engineering Design Methods: Difference between Prescriptive and Descriptive Design models.. USA. Project planning and project management. England. A systematic approach. Groover and Emory W. John Wiley and Sons 1995. methodology. and French models of design. Marcel Dekker. renderings. the Design Council. Roozenberg & Eakels. 6 Product Design and Development by Dr. New Delhi. Paritosh Vardhan Jain. Roozenberg and J. Jaipur. Inc. and Morphological techniques of creativity. by Mike Baxter. 6 Computer aided design (CAD): Modern CAD techniques. 3 Product Design.M.. role. 1994.H. Wiley Eastern Ltd. New Delhi. 2003.I.S. French. 1994. Digital assembly techniques and data management in team environments. Eakels. Synectic technique. 2 Industrial Design : Van Doran Herold. Dangayach. 2D & 3D presentation. New Delhi.H. Working in teams. Lindbeck. 1996. London. India. Mc Graw-Hill Inc. understanding of problem areas and limitations. Mc Graw-Hill Book Company. Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing : Mikell P. Subramanyan. 5 Product Presentation: Visual communication skills related to products and service. Archer.I. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: 1 Product Design & Manufacture : John R. Exploded view for products and service manuals. 2003. Analysis of ideas from various angles of design – methodologies to fit it to the user 3 Role Of Creativity In Problem Solving: Vertical and lateral thinking. Ulrich and Steven Eppinger. tools and materials. computer generated images. concept drawings. REFERENCES 1 Product Design: Fundamentals and Methods : N.. Typeface. sketches. London. 2 Product Design Procedure: Market research. 4 Engineering Design Methods : Nigel Cross. Different models of design process such as Cross. Ashish Dutt Sharma. layouts. A practical guide to systematic methods of new product development. 6 CAD/CAM. S. 1998. P. responsibility and leadership. planning and positioning of product. Springer Verlag. 1995. their applications. 4 Design for Excellence :James G Bralla. 424 . USA. : G Pahl and W Beitz.

Issues and Facts in Collaboration . Inter-modal Transportation Mode . Inventory Control.Evolution . Customer Service Strategy . Operations of Indian 3PLs Fourth-Party Logistics (4PL). and Collaborate . Transportation .Conceptual Model of Supply Chain Management . World Class Service . Evolution of Logistics Elements of Logistics Management. Integration of Lean Manufacturing and SCM.Role of Internet in SCM . Agile. Practicalities. Modes of transportation . Nature and types of Service Sector . Value added Activities. Milk Runs . Volume . Technology Component of 4PL . 3 Operations Management In Supply Chain : Introduction: Manufacturing System . Standardized Work. IT Application in SCM .Transportation Formats.Cross Docking. Demand Flow Strategy . Material Requirements Planning (MRP) .Benefits of Integrated SCM Tools . Site Selection Process. Warehousing . Industries : Classification Based on Nature of Work . Multinational Development 4 Procurement Management In Supply Chain : Introduction. Packaging. Profile of a Collaborative Company. Characteristics Measures of Forecast Error . Service Operations Optimization .VMI Business Model . Basic Idea and Framework. Growth and Expansion Strategies .Containerization . Toyota Production System. Value-added Warehousing .Issues with 425 .Multitier Supplier Partnership Logistics Management Introduction. Connect Interact. 6 Information Technology For Supply Chain Management Concept of Information Technology .Participants . Customer Service Distribution Management . Safety Stock . Mass Customization : Meaning .Strategic Approach to Outsourcing Control Measures Service Operation Management :Role and Peculiarities of Service industry . Material Handling. Type and classification of Purchases . Functionality . Transportation Management : Distribution Strategies . Location Analysis. Continuous Flow. Information Cycle in mass customization. integrate. 5. Benefits and Limitations.Just in Time (JIT)-II . Warehouse Layout & Design.Evolution of SCM Systems . Challenges and Limitations of VMI . Manufacturing Environment .Collaboration Strategy’ .Third-Party Warehousing .Pool Distribution .GPS and GIS Technology Warehousing: Types. Technology integration Strategy . Growth and Expansion . CPFR Implementations.Transport Documentation .Mass. Lean. Direct Shipping . Packaging for Logistics: Concept. Drivers of Mass Customization: Technology and Globalization . Decision Factors . Supply Chain Management for Mass Customization . Warehouse Management Systems (WMS) .Need and IT Tools for Business .Technological innovation in Services . Need .RFID Third-Party Logistics (TPL/3PL) . Requirements. Trends of Packaging.Need for Strategy SCM in The Market: A Paradigm Shift .Traditional and Modern Approach Elements in SCM 2 Demand Management In Supply Chain : Demand Planning and Forecasting. Lean Manufacturing – Evolution. Methods and Levels of Customization .Economic Order Quantity .Fixed Order interval System and Fixed Order Quantity System . Customer Order Decoupling Point (CODP ) . Value Stream.Course Code:404060 Course Title: Supply Chain Management DETAILED SYLLABUS 1 Introduction : SCM : Changing Business Environment . Operations. Outsourcing and Core Competencies -Working Models . Inventory Models . Purchasing Cycle. Demand Forecasting methods. Pull Production.and Just in Time (JIT ) Vendor Managed Inventory(VMI) . Quick Response Manufacturing.Approaches. Private Fleet . Characteristics .Evolution .Service innovation.Franchising. Warehouse (Logistics) Automation. CPFR( Collaborative Planning Forecasting Replenishment) : Concept and shift to CPFR .Key Components including GPS and GIS Technology . Customer Order Processing. Hub and Spoke Model .

2.Balanced Scorecard for SCM . Logistics Management: Bowersox TMH 2004 1 2 1 2 1. Demand Management.Sahay McMillan Publication 2000 Emerging Trends in Supply Chain Management :Ed.SCM System. E-business 7 Performance Measurement And Controls Benchmarking: Introduction and Concept Forms . Advanced Planning and Scheduling (APS). Data Warehouse. Seminar report based on the above syllabus using published work RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Supply Chain Management: A. Scope and Structure Concept of Configurability . Logistics Management :James Stock and Douglas Lambert.Gap Analysis .Model. SCOR (Supply Chain Operations Reference) Modeling Overview of a Process Reference Model SCOR Model Characteristics SCOR Analysis .Sahay McMillan Publication 2000. REFERENCE BOOKS Supply Chain Management for Global Competitiveness :Ed.S.2006.Altekar PHI Second Ed. Data Mining. 426 .B. Use of Data Mining Tools in SCM. Key Actions in Benchmarking for Best Practices .B. 3. McGraw Hill International Ed.S.2006. PRACTICALS Five assignments based on the above syllabus.S.

Powder Treatment.Screening.oxide ceramics. PRACTICALS At least Six assignments based on above topics. refractory.Course Code: 404070 Course Title: Powder Metallurgy and Ceramics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Over view of PM method of production of sintered component.S.B. particle size and size distribution.7 Powder Metallurgy : ASM 1998 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 427 .Metal bearings. Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. Sintering and consolidation: Consolidation of metal powders. Dimensional change of sintered metal compacts.Mechanical Properties.Upadhaya Cambridge International Science Publishing 1998 Fundamentals Principles of Powder Metallurgy : W.H and Mal M. silica.K. shape fundamentals. Tungsten etc). glasses. Press and tooling. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Fundamentals of Powder Metallurgy :G. thermal conductivity. cleaning. annealing. carbides. Chemicals Publishing Company Metals Handbook Vol. sintering atmosphere. Nature and structure of ceramics. Mechanical (Milling). and lubrication. thermal expansion and its anisotropy) Applications in electrical and electronics including high temperature superconductors.Cemented carbides and tools. density and porosity .Electro deposition. Dispersions strengthened materials . green strength of compacted metal powder. surface area. Second Edition .apparent density. tap density. applications 1 Powder production methods and Properties: 2 Metal production methods: Atomatization.PM porous parts.Mechanical and physical fundamentals. frictional ceramics. Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. Design limitations. Metal graphite brushes. Secondary Treatment and Quality Control of PM Materials PM Products and their Applications: Electrical and magnetic applications (Resistance welding electrode. Fabrication methods of ceramics. types and general characteristics of ceramics. PM forging. roll compaction.Introduction and major applications. physical properties (density. General properties and applications. Particle shape analysis. graphite and diamond.Cutting tool materials. Compaction and shaping: Compressibility. Hot Isostatic and cold Isostatic pressing. Characterisation of metal powder: Sampling of metal powder. Spray drying.Jones Edward Arnold Publishing First Course in Powder Metallurgy: Henry Hauser Chemicals Publishing Company REFERENCES Handbook Of Powder Metallurgy : Hausner H. cermets . production of sintering atmosphere. Ceramics. nitrides. PM Friction materials .

Silicon carbide fibre reinforced aluminium alloy. Short fibre systems. Characterisation of particular systems. etc. Dependence of properties on manufacturing route. chemical. pultrusion. Use of statistical methods to characterize fibre behaviour. Typical properties of fibre composites. filament winding. length and orientation distributions.Cutting. inter diffusion. compared with "standard" materials. glass.). electrostatic. Glass and Ceramic Matrix Systems Glasses and ceramics. autoclave. Fibre strengthening. Fibre coating to achieve compatibility with matrix. Applications. 2 Fibres Manufacturing methods. chemical resistance. stiffness and strength. mechanical properties. Silicon carbide fibre/lithium alumino silicate glass. bone. etc. Typical reinforcements and matrices. Economic aspects. prepreg and other "starting" materials. ceramics. volume and weight fraction. absorption and wetting. polypropylene and polycarbonate. weight. vapour phase transport. critical volume fraction. Short fibre reinforced Nylon 6-6. injection moulding. hot pressing and sintering. mechanical and electrical properties. RRIM. Woven reinforcements. manufacturing methods. Alumina fibres in lithium aluminosilicate glass. 4 5 Plastic Matrix Systems Thermoplastic and thermosetting resins. Silicon carbide whiskers in silicon nitride and in alumina. Naturally-occurring (cellulose) fibres. Unidirectional continuous fibre systems. Natural composites (wood. typical manufacturing defects. glass transition. Boron fibre reinforced aluminium and titanium alloys. outline of manufacturing methods. fibre flaws.. etc. Alumina fibre reinforced aluminium alloys. Mechanical and other properties of commonly used fibres . 3 Manufacture of Polymer Matrix Composites Principles of manufacturing processes (open and closed mould). typical properties. Micro mechanics theories. glass fibre/polyester. resin injection. Mechanical Testing 428 . 6 7 Engineering properties Stiffness and Strength Geometrical aspects. mechanical properties. mechanical. Carbon fibre/carbon. aramid and other organics. critical length. Particular composites. press moulding. etc. Discontinuous fibres. Failure theories for unidirectional lamina. Quality assurance. Silicon carbide fibre in silicon carbide. Particulate systems. glass fibre/polyester. drilling and other finishing operations Fibre/Matrix Interface Theories of adhesion. mechanical.1 Course Code: 404080 Introduction to Composites Course Title :Composite Materials and Technology Definitions. Carbon fibre/epoxy. Physical and chemical characteristics. Machine methods for manufacture of composites . Metal Matrix Systems Metals and alloys. centrifugal casting. Whiskers. Hybrids. carbon fibre/epoxy. solidification processes. Influence of interface on mechanical properties of composite. diffusion bonding. degradation. Measurement of interface strength.carbon. carbon fibre/PEEK. curing reactions. including: hand and spray lay-up.

Analysis and presentation of case studies from research papers. Stress analyses. tension. Details of typical bonding procedures. Case studies to illustrate reasons for failure. Influence of high and low temperatures. matrix an interface.Determination of stiffness and strengths of unidirectional composites. Repair. Use of computer programs and other methods. 9 Design and Economics Design philosophy and procedures ("systems approach"). etc. RECOMMENDED TEXT BOOKS: Introduction to Composite Materials Design: Ever J Barbero Taylor and Francis Mechanics Of Composite Materials: Robert Jones Second Edition 1999 Taylor and Francis REFERENCE BOOKS Composites and Processing Methods: Ed. Use of photo elastic. Typical standard methods. flexure and shear.Venkatesan Narosa Publications 429 . torsion bar. Economic aspects of using composites. manufacturing method. test procedures. Effect on mechanical and other properties. stress corrosion cracking. 8 Joining Advantages and disadvantages of adhesively bonded and mechanically fastened joints. compression. Simple design studies (pressure vessels. Typical strengths. 1 2 3 1 2 1 PRACTICALS At least Six assignments based on above topics. Prediction of long-term behaviour. materials selection. factors of safety.). Preparation and presentation of at least one group project with Seminar. 10 Environmental Effects Influence of moisture and other contaminants on fibre. holographic and other methods of strain measurement. design process. (Inductrial lectures).

BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY IN TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 430 .

Time series & Index Numbers. S. III & IV Course Name:-T . Torridon headingleylane. H.%. coefficient of variation – C. Textile Mathematics – Booth. skewed distribution. An outline of statistical methods for use in the Textile Industry. Distribution (Bimodal.SEM.S. 431 . Textile Testing – Booth. quartiles. Delhi. Probability – single variable Analysis of Variance Sampling – Simple – random sampling References: No. difference in mean.V. Wool Ind. Chand 2. TECH. research Association. Brearley A.01 Statistics I Measures of Central Tendency (mean. proportions. Statistical Method in research & Production Davies O. G. B. Reference 1. Newnes. Statistical Calculations for Beginners..C.Butterworths. S. Statistics. 1998 8. Chi-Square distribution & test. L. Y. 1975. . Atma Ram & Sons. Testing of Hypothesis – Large sample (mean. standard deviation. R. 4. 5. 1961. Oxford university Press. Cox D.H. ( TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) .% Calculations involved in finding C. test of significance & significance level.. correlation coefficient) Small Sample – ‘t’ test. Cambridge University Press. Saxena. Correlation Regression. Measures of dispersion (range. deciles. 7.. Oliver & Boyd Pub. Examples in statistics. Tippet L. leeds. Poisson & Normal).V. F-test and its application. median & mode). Mathematical Statistics – Kapoor & Saxena.Chambers E. The Textile Institute Manchester. London 3. 6.

7. dye method. Convolutions and Ribbon width. estimation of moisture-moisture meter. maturity coefficient. Shirley Analyser. effect of moisture content on properties of materials. neps. weight distribution curve. various parameters of fineness and its measurements Maturity of cotton fibre & its significance. Crimp of fibre – Wool. 2. significance of statistics while analyzing test results. Moisture control during testing Yarn twist. Maximum & minimum width of cotton fibre – microscopically. staple length. Regain studies in fibres 432 .Cleaning efficiency of Blowroom & Card. HVI AFIS (Advanced Fibre Information Service). applications and similar information about regenerated and synthetic fibres Principles and method of Sampling need for sampling. Sorption ratio. cumulative frequency diagram. methods of measurement. fibre length distribution. tensile testing of single fibre.Raw cotton. Shirley moisture meter. optimum twist. 3. Weight per unit length of fibres. moisture content. its technical significance. degree of thickening. classification. Study of microscope and fibre identification. Other natural fibres–wool. identification. Mehtods of fibre length measurement and associated parameters. Diff. Heat of Sorption – measurement & technical significance. regain & commercial regain.Shirley moisture meter. Lap & Sliver testing. Limited swelling. Fibre swelling. twist factor. Baer Sorter and fibre length measurement.C. 5. structure. Hysteresis curve. H. Fibre fineness. effect of twist on fabric properties. Yarn dimensions and numbering – testing methods and sampling. humidity relations of textiles.Course Name:-T . stress-strain relation (different fibres). jute: origin.S. air-flow. silk. polarizing light method. Practicals: 1. Mean fibre length (oiled plate method) and other parameters of length variation. NaOH. Fibre length and its variability measurement. Standard atmospheric conditions and its significance while testing yarns & fabrics.(Highest Spinnable Count) Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed during practicals. 8. grading & commercial assessment. factors affecting quality of fibres. relative and absolute humidity. Measurement of molecular explanation regain and probable curves. 11. fibre quality. intermediate curve. Maturity of cotton by NaoH method. Tensile testing of fibres. bundle strength-testing at various gauge lengths and analysis of results of single fibre and bundle of fibre. 9. identification. Standard and Testing atmospheric conditions. maturity ratio. hysterisis. diameter and count relation. Cotton morphology.02 Textile Physics – I Introduction to textile fibres. trash content. 4. 10. twist measurement methods. Moisture in fibres. 6. structure & growth mechanism.

Shenai. 5.03 Textile Chemistry_I Class : B. To find Barium number of mercerized cotton material. properties and applications of principle natural fibres including cotton. Hydrogen Peroxide bleaching & optical brightner treatment. scouring and bleaching of cotton materials. Chemistry of Dyes & Principles of Dyeing – Dr. chemistry. To find blend composition of polyester / cotton blend. wool. 2.Vol. Estimation of copper number of a degraded cellulosic material. Chemistry of Carbohydrates. V. Dr. scouring of wool. A.11. Chemical modifications of synthetic fibres.Dr.A. 1990. Proteins and their applications in Textiles Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practicals. Sevak Pub. silk. To determine carboxyl content of a degraded cellulosic material. polyamides. Sevak Pub. (Textiles) Contacts per Week (in Hours) Lecturers 2 Practical/ Tutorials 3 Semester III Evaluation Weightage in % ESE 60 MST 20 TA 20 Textile Fibres: Classification of textile fibres according to their origin and constitution. 6. . Swelling of fibers T . Mumbai 433 . Mumbai 2.A. Shenai. bleaching & optical brightner treatment. Reference 1. Fine structure of cotton.1996 . 4. degumming of silk. References: No. flax. 3. wool & silk. Textile Fibres . jute. Practicals : 1. acrylic and polyolefins and their properties. Technology of Textile Processing . 8. V. Process control in the above. 7. desizing. V. Desizing of a grey cotton fabric by acid. Enzyme desizing. 10. Shenai. Single stage scouring. ***Chemical principles involved in production of man-made fibres including rayons. Sevak Pub. Mercerising : Chemistry & Technology of mercersing yarn & fabric. Identification of fibres. polyesters. Preparatory processes : Principles of singeing. 9.I. Tech. Determination of size content of grey sample. Mumbai 3. Property changes and testing of mercerized material. preparatory sequences for synthetic fibrefabric and their common blends.

Saraiya & P. 1982. 6. R. V.A.T. Technology. Miles.S. Dyeing of Textile Fibres & Chemical Technology – E.. Chakravarty & S. B.A. Vaidya. 1983 Textile Printing – Edited by L. Mumbai Technology of Finishing – Dr. Shenai. Prayag.P. SDC Pub.R.I.1999 . Mumbai Production of Synthetic Fibres – A. Mumbai Technology of Dyeing – Dr. Sevak Pub.. 5. 1959. Pub. B. Pub. 1981 434 .K. VolI Part I & II. Mahajan Brothers.1988 .S. 8. Sevak Pub.Dr.A. Sevak Pub. 1979.4. Textile Association Pub. Mumbai Dyeing of Wool..R. V. Of Text.S. Shenai. S.I. New Delhi Textile Scouring & Bleaching – Trotman E.A.1994. . New Delhi Technology of Bleaching & Dyeing of Textile Fibres – R.1990 . 1988.Gupta. V. Trivedi. Mumbai Fibre Science – S. N. Mumbai Technology of Printing – Dr. 1993. U. . House. 9. New Delhi Technology & Management – H.W.A. Keshavan. Shah. Silk & Man-made Fibres – L. . Marsh.C.. Inst.A.M. 1985 An Introduction to Textile Finishing – J. Tamilnadu. Asia Pub. Sevak Pub. Shenai.C. Dharwar. Shenai. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Technology of Bleaching & Mercerising .1990 . . Ahmedabad. Prentice Hall. 7.K. V. Mishra & B.R. Trotman..

About 50 problems are to be solved. fibre retriever. Methods of cultivation and picking of cotton. Initial preparatory machinery in Blowroom. cleaning in blow room. methods used to avoid their recombination. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. influence of cylinder undercasing.Course Name:-T . Cleaning efficiency of Blowroom and idea of lap regularity and lap rejection. deflector plate. flow of material gearing. Carding : Objects of Carding. Web transferring from doffer. double licker-in etc. In the format/. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples. de-dusting units Modern Concepts in Blowroom : Use of CVT type of beaters. weighting. Sequence of machinery and opening & cleaning points for various cottons in Blowroom. and other accessories. Introduction to Shirley drafting.04 Yarn manufacture – I Fibres : Classification of man-made and natural fibres. factors affecting transfer. opening. Transfer of fibres. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfillment of the object. off-setting and web crushing. Study of Roller & Saw Gin. idea of staple fibre. General Construction & working. [b]sketches and names of parts. Study of Hopper Bale Breaker / Hopper Feeder/Porcupine – Construction. Term Work : It consists of . comb bar. Types of Card wires: On Cylinder. Different impurities or trash packed with cottons in bales. 435 . Web doffing & Coiling action: Cylinder-Flat region. Influence of frot & back plate. Irregularity due to drafting wave. according to trash content. [a]object. their merits & de-merits. effect of speeds and settings. settings.writing of experiments done in Spinning practical. Modern drafting: Various types of roller arrangement. Cotton cultivation : Climatic and soil conditions. Aerodynamic Cleaning: Aerodynamic separation of lint & trash. Bale Pluckers etc. Doffer and Licker-in. continuous filament yarn. Seed traps. Baling Process. Standard bale sizes and weights of bales from important cotton growing countries. concept of cross-rol verga. Practicals: 1. Important properties of textile fibres. Hand picking and mechanical picking methods. cylinder-doffer region. various types of flat-tops and their use. grinding and other operations like mounting of wires Card Settings: Influence on the quality and waste extracted. Different methods and their limitations. Stationary grinding surfaces. Chief varieties of cotton grown Ginning and baling : Objects of ginning. Modern developments: In licker-in region – hi-dome. Modern developments in Blowroom machinery. 2. Drawing: Construction and working of a Draw Frame. Objects and methods of modern mixing – Concept of Blenders. speed and production calculations. transfer-efficiency. Different drives & Types of cotton. new cots available. their maintenance. Saw Gin & roller gin method.. Blowroom : Mixing.

Owalekar.) ‘Cotton Spinning’ – Thornley T. etal. 8. Mumbai “Carding” – Manual of Cotton Spinning . drafts and production. Reference ‘Opening. function of various cleaning agents around licker-in.St. publication. 1981. cylinder-doffer region. settings. 10. Owalekar. Fl. Mass. 4..A. methods for controlling waste at card. Bouverie House. Lap forming mechanism 5. their settings and effect on extraction of trash at licker-in. publication. Cleaning & Picking’ – Szaloki Z. 9.R. and their bearing surface.R. Study of main carding action. Bouverie House. Virginia (U. weighting arrangement etc. Lowell.400086 “Elements of Raw Cotton & Blowroom” Khare A. 1992 “Elements of Carding & Drawing” . settings. Textile Association (India). London “Spinning Tablets Vol I to V” – Nerurkar. Manchester (U. Study of general passage of cotton through Draw Frame.3. Study of features of Shirley draft distribution.. 1965..St. 4. importance of cylinder-flat setting.. Study of Step Cleaner/Axi Flow . cylinder undercasing and its setting.Khare A. 1976.S. Charlottesville. calculations of speeds. Ernest Benn Ltd. 364-Vernum Ave. Manchester (U. Byerley W. etal. Roller diameters and roller settings – Calculations of settings on graduated draft distribution bases and carrying out full setting procedure. speed and production calculations. setting procedure. features. various constants and change places involved and their importance. Study of gearing plan.. influence of this setting on the quality of the material processed. flow of material gearing. 1. flat tops and their function. construction of flats.G. 11. Influence of tension drafts involved between doffer and final coiling. production.. No. Sai Book Publication. Buckley J. Mumbai “Manual of Cotton Spinning – Carding” – Byerley W. flow of material gearing. Textile Institute publication. Mumbai – 400028 ‘Cotton Drawing & Roving’ and ‘Cotton Combing’ – Merill G.S. setting procedure. 1965.. Sood. 1927.K. The Institute of Textile Technology.T. 7.. Study of Licker-in zone. Sai Book Publication. Buckley J. 1927. Study of general passage of cotton through Carding machine.K. Grover. Ernest Benn Ltd. Fl.. Card waste and its effect on actual and calculated draft. importance of various parts involved and their importance in the process. 6.G..R.Construction. Mumbai . Calculations of speeds. 10. actual setting procedure. 2. London “Spinning Tablets Vol I to V” – Nerurkar. factors influencing the transfer of fibres on to doffer.) ‘Blowrrom’ – BTRA Silver Jubilee Monogram.. Sood. Study of Single Scutcher . draft. 8. Shirley & Condenser cages & Calender rollers. Textile Institute publication. 6. Mumbai – 400028 436 .) ‘Cotton Spinning’ – Thornley T. Transfer of fibres from cylinder. Grover.T. Stripping & Grinding 7. 9. important organs around cylinder in the vicinity of flats.Construction. Textile Association (India). Condensation of card web and its subsequent coiling in the form of web. 3. 5. speed and production calculations.

setting of duck bill heater. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Eccentricity of sley. Beat-up mechanism. Features of modern winding machines. Over-pick & under-pick. 437 . Box loader etc. Practicals : 1. Different types of shedding. Outline of weaving process. In the format/.picking . Different Systems of warp winding. loose reed and fast reed. Types of Supply and end packages. shedding . Study and setting of side weft fork and let-off motion 7.. Passage of yarn. 4. Study of 5-wheel and 7 – wheel take-up motion with calculations and continuous take-up motion. knock off dagger. Clearers Specifications of certain non-automatic winding machines. Warp winding Package characteristics Package defects – causes and remedies Mechanisms on warp winding machines. Side weft fork motion. [b]sketches and names of parts.timing. oscillating back-rest.writing of experiments done in weaving practicals. Study of cheese and cone winding machines. Term Work : It consists of .05 Fabric Manufacture – I Introduction to different methods of Fabric formation. temple devices. Study and setting of loose reed and fast reed motion.picking force. heald reversing motions. Study of shedding motion and setting of shedding motion. 5. setting of picking bowl. Anti-crack motion. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples. 8. Negative and positive shedding tappets. brake motion. [a]object. bow-spring. Tensioners. picking shaft.. Drive. Introduction to weaving Preparatory. Timing and setting of plain nonautomatic loom. Classification of loom motions.Course Name:-T . spindle. Unifil loom winder. warp protector mechanism. Study and setting of over-pick and underpick motion. picker.let-off etc 2. 3. Automatic pirn winding.. 6. Take-up. various types and their calculations and negative let-off mechanism. Beam warping & sectional warping. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfillment of the object. picking stick. Picking & checking mechanisms. Systems of weft preparations. General study of plain power loom. About 50 problems are to be solved. Head-stock etc. Study and setting of beating motion and shuttle box. Creels. organ handle. Designing of tappets.. Factors limiting the speed of winding machines.

sectional warpers.Ormerod A. 438 . Durham (U. Practice in running a loom. “Winding. Study of pirn winding machines. Study and calculations of sectional warping machines. in piecing ends. & Mohamed M. “Conversion of Yarn to Fabric” – Lord. in piecing breaks and doffing full packages.R.) 2. “Yarn Preparation” – SenGupta R.9.H.K. pirn winders including automatic machines. Practice for running the loom (with warp & weft mending). P. 5 “Winding and Warping” – Talukdar M. Practice in operating these machines. Popular Prakashan 1963. Butterworth publication. Reference 1. refitting and setting of cheese and cone winders. beam warpers. – Merrow Technical Library. 11. Productions of machines. Warping & Sizing” – BTRA Silver Jubilee monograph series. 1963. “Modern preparation and weaving machinery” .400038 3. refitting and setting exercises on plain tappet looms. References: No. drawing-in ends and mending weft breaks.K. NOTE: Practical exercises on dismantling. Calculations of winding machines.. Dismantling. 10. 1982. Mumbai . Mumbai – 400086 4..

Honeycomb. checks and simple figured designs.woven fabrics.06 Cloth Structure-I Interlacement of warp & weft and its representation on point paper. Diamond and diaper weaves. Extra thread figuring fabrics: Extra Warp & Extra Weft. their constructions & characteristics. Construction & characteristics of derivatives of plain and twill. Twist and twill interaction. Rib and cord structures like Bedford cord and Pique. Huck-a-back & Mock-leno weaves. 439 . twill and sateen weaves. Crepe weaves. their construction & characteristics. Construction of plain. Commercial plain . Different types of drafts and peg-plans. Ornamentation of plain weave. Colour and weave effects for stripes.Course Name:-T . Combination weaves their construction and characteristics.

(TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) .SEM. Statistical Quality Control and drawing of control charts. LSD. TECH. Experimental design – Basic Experimental Designs – CRD. Single Missing value Multiple and partial co-relation regression 440 .07 Statistics II Probability – More than one cell.B. Systematic sampling techniques. RBD. Sampling – Stratified. Analysis of Variance – One-way and two-way classification. IV Course Name :-T.

Dyeing of Wool with 1:2 metal comp. Mumbai 6. curing chambers. Direct style printing of cotton and synthetic fibres-fabric printing with reactives. References: No. solubilised vat and azoics. padding mangle and jet dyeing machine. Steamers. . 7. Identification of Class of Dye on Dyed Samples. 1990 . Dyeing of cotton fabric with Solubilised Vat Colours. Finishing : Conventional finishing sequences used for cotton fabrics including starching. Mumbai 4. A.A.Dr. Sevak Pub. Reference 1. Textile Fibres . Shenai. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Reactive Dyes. 10. Dr. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Direct Dyes. Technology of Printing – Dr. reactive. Dyeing machinery such as package dyeing.A. Mumbai 2. Printing : Principles of working of flat bed and rotary screen printing machines. V. Shenai. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Azoic Dyes. polyamines & modacrylics and their common blends. driers used in various processes. 1990.A. Styles of printing. 9. water repellency. 5. 1996 . Mumbai 5. 3. Dyeing of Wool with Acid Dyes.Vol. Shenai. . jigger. Sevak Pub.Course Name :-T . 2. V. vats pigments. Evaluation of colour fastness to various agencies. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Sulphur Colours. sanforising etc.Dr. vat. Dyeing of protein fibres with various classes of dyes. Shenai. Dyeing of cotton fabric with Vat Dyes. Dyeing of Polyester with Disperse Dyes.1988 . Mumbai 3. Functional finishes for various fibre/fabrics including setting. . 4. Technology of Dyeing – Dr. calendaring. Mumbai 441 .A. Sevak Pub. Shenai. . Chemistry of Dyes & Principles of Dyeing – Dr. sulphur. 8. Sevak Pub. V. Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practicals. V.08 Textile Chemistry II Dyeing : Elementary ideas about the mechanism of dyeing. print-paste ingredients. Practicals: 1. Transfer printing. V. anti-static etc. Sevak Pub. 6. Eco-friendly concepts in wet-processing.A.1990 . Technology of Textile Processing .I. flame retardency. dispersed dyes etc. Principles of dyeing cotton with various classes of dyes such as direct. crease recovery finishes. Principles of dyeing man-made fibres such as rayons. Technology of Bleaching & Mercerising . Shenai. V. Sevak Pub. polyesters.

1985 An Introduction to Textile Finishing – J. Marsh. R. 1979. V. Mahajan Brothers..1999 .T.I. 1959. Mumbai Production of Synthetic Fibres – A. B. 1982.S.A. 1983 442 . Pub. Technology of Finishing – Dr. Of Text.Gupta.. 1993. Pub. 10.P.1994. 1988.S. Textile Association Pub. VolI Part I & II. B. Vaidya. Chakravarty & S. Silk & Man-made Fibres – L. 9. Trivedi. New Delhi Textile Scouring & Bleaching – Trotman E. Tamilnadu. 15. Mumbai Dyeing of Wool. 13.C.R. 8.I.K.. Asia Pub. S.R. House.R. Shenai. 12.7. Technology.Saraiya & P. Dharwar. Mishra & B. Sevak Pub.A. 14. Shah. Dyeing of Textile Fibres & Chemical Technology – E. Keshavan. Trotman.M.A. N. Inst. 11. Ahmedabad. Prentice Hall. .S. Prayag. New Delhi Technology & Management – H. Mumbai Fibre Science – S. New Delhi Technology of Bleaching & Dyeing of Textile Fibres – R.

measurement of fabric weight per unit area. analysis of results. influence of fibre cross-sectional shape. Shape and Dimensional stability – Effect of laundering. flexural rigidity. breaking twist Static electricity. Cloth breaking strength. atmospheric contaminants.Course Name :-T . sublimation test Appearance retention – soiling. Cloth cover factor. fabric assistance. Fabric strip-test. crease recovery. grab test. 6. compressibility of fabric. serviceability. Fabric tearing strength and bursting strength : Different Instruments. effect of crimp on fabric properties. Single thread strength (Good Brand). 443 . Fabric tensile testing results. Dielectric and electric properties of fibres – general theories. effect in textile. properties affecting flammability Garment Testing . hygral expansion Colorfastness tests – Fastness to crocking (crockmeter). Work of rupture of fabric. Influence of strain rate on tensile strength of textile material – work of rupture. 4. handle. properties and testing. skewness. Practicals: 1. drycleaning. Analysis of results: correlation between single thread. Tex number and work of rupture of yarn. Fabric dimensions. abrasion. thermal shrinkage. lea & ballistic test results. Count by lea method and lea CSP 2. EPI. air permeability – their interrelation & measurement. shear modulus. bending of fibres. experimental methods. PPI. shear strength. Thermal properties. thickness measurement. static charge generation. 5. relaxation shrinkage. crimp & crimp meter. laundering and bleaching. TIV & its measurement. torsional rigidity. single thread strength and elongation. sampling. light.Seam strength tests Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed during practicals. ballistic test. fabric bending and stiffness. Working principle & analysis of results.09 Textile Physics II Forces in various direction. 3. wear. Bursting strength of fabric. method of measurement & remedies. water. pilling. staining Safety Aspects and protective textiles – flammability testing. CRL CRE principles – machines involved for yarns & fabrics. Tensile testing by CRT. drape. modulus. perspiration (perspirometer). crimp interchange.

porosity determination.7. 10. 8. 444 . Crease recovery. 9. PPI. cloth thickness and cover factor. Tearing strength. 11. EPI. Bending length & modulus. Crimp % in fabric.

7. Super Lap & Lap Former. speed calculation. Construction and working of a speed frame. Faults & Remedies. Study of Swing motion. lap forming . Practicals : 1. 6. Construction of Spindles & Flyers for twisting and winding – Flyer & bobbin leading. 4. Truing of rollers and roller stand alignment. nips per min. lap & feed rollers. Need for preparatory process for combing – hook direction. pre-comb draft & doublings. index cycle. nippers & study of stop motions. Ribbon Lap. production. General Study of Sliver Lap Machine – Construction. Importance and calculations of various constants and corresponding change wheels. twist per inch. flow of material. step gauge. stop motions on fly frame.. top comb. Difference in yarn quality of a carded and combed yarn. Study of various types of Differential motions. 2. General study of Fly Frame – Construction. 11. Introduction to top arm drafting. Contour of cone drum and its construction. lap forming . Speed Frame : Objects of speed frame passages. cradle. detaching roller. leaf gauge. production. hank meter. gearing. Swing motion. head to head variation. waste%. Study of combing mechanisms – driving of different parts. 8. Construction of half lap.Course Name:-T . setting and speed/production calculations. 10. Construction and working of a Nasmith Comber: Drive to different parts – cylinder. Setting and timing of different parts in Comber – time diagram. nipper pivot. setting. dimensions of staff & gauge. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Roller settings. General study of Ribbon Lap Machine . Comber – gearing calculations – feed per nip. calculations of twist. Calculations related to speeds. General study of a comber – name of the parts. draft. Level of waste for different end uses. Study of fly frame creel. material flow through machine. Modern concept of lap preparation. traverse mechanism and bobbin defects. 3. Different faults & their remedies. differential speeds in speed frame. Various setting involved in changing waste (noil) percentage on comber.10 Yarn Manufacture II Combing : Objects of Combing process. drafting rollers in draw box. drafts and production in combing and speed frame. 9. gearing. Principles of differential motion & building motion. material flow through machine. References: 445 . top comb.Construction. gearing. setting and speed/production calculations. 5. change places. Construction and working of Sliver Lap. Change Places. spindle gauging. Stop motions. plain segment & quadrant setting. Stop motions. nippers. calculation of noil percentage in combing. feed roller. top comb. Study of Building mechanism on Fly Frame and related important settings. About 50 problems are to be solved. material flow through machine. Comber settings – nipper crank.

London (U. Sai Book Centre publication. 3.. 2. “Elements of – ‘Raw Cotton & Blowroom’. 1987..K. ‘Combing’ and ‘Ring Frame & Doubling’ – Khare A.K. Textile Institute publication. ‘Carding & Drawing’.R. Mumbai 400078 ‘Spun Yarn Technology’ – Oxtoby Eric. 1964. 1999-2000. Manchester (U. Butterworths publication.) 446 .1.) “Manual of Cotton Spinning – Draw Frame. Combing & Fly Frame” – Charnley F.

Fancy Weaving – K. About 30 problems are to be solved. Machine features: Creel. 1977. Study of pick finding devices. timing and setting of dobby parts. turbo mixer.V. positive dobbies. cross border dobbies. Mechanism of Cowburn and Peck Drop Box motion. Head stock. Weft mixing motions. Study of Drop Box on Zang loom. leasing. 10. beam drive. “The technology of Warp Sizing” – Smith J. Atlanta/Georgia (USA) 3. 5. 4. tape marking. saris.Course Name:-T . Different methods of drying. Left hand and right hand Keighley dobby and their methods of pegging. paper cam dobbies. 2. Talukdar 6. shirting. Size mixing equipments including pressure cookers. 4. “The Mechanism of Weaving” – Fox T. 7. Size pick-up and warp breakage rate. Comparison of various box motion systems available.) 2. Advantages and disadvantages of Drop Box and Circular Box motion. Study of Dobby and of weft mixing mechanism on Northrop dobby.. creel leasing. Pegging of dobby lattice & weaving of dobby sample-pique. Study of sizing – headstock. Drying zone and Beaming unit. gearing. etc. “Warp Sizing” – Seydel P. comb. Mechanisms of Pick & Pick and Pick at Will. Timing and setting of Keighley dobby. Aswani 5. Study. Study of positive Zang Dobby.. Factors affecting size pick-up. Study of Cowburn & Peck drop box timing & setting. cut marking motion. 9. Selection of a sizing formulae for a particular application such as suiting. Tutorial: All numerical problems related to theoretical topics will be explained and given for solving as home work which should be submitted at the end of the term. Size recipe for different fabric sorts and yarn such as spun.K.. beam driving mechanism with reference to Two Cylinder and Multi-Cylinder machines and Air Drying. Factors affecting the drying capacity of a sizing machine. References: No.B. “Sizing” – Talukdar M. 1964. Study of sizing. 1958. 3. Rotary dobbies. Sizing materials. filament. General study of various dobbies. Cam dobbies. London (U. 12. homogenisers etc. Smith publication. K.W.K. & Ajgaokar D. three-shed dobby Significance of weft patterning system. Columbine Press. lease rods. Universal Book Corpn. 8.Pattern chain design using card saving device. Practicals: 1. Study of cross-border dobbies (two/three cylinder). Study of Staubly cam dobby with pick finding. Mechanism of Weaving – Dr. 6. Classification of dobbies. slow motion. 11. cotton blended etc.11 Fabric Manufacture II Sizing: Importance of sizing process.. Mechanisms of dobby with reference to Keighley Dobby. card saving device. T. M. size box.B. Reference 1. size box. Mumbai – 400002 447 . Textile Institute.

) “Conversion of Yarn to Fabric” – Lord.K. 1986. “Principles of Weaving” – Marks R.7.R. Manchester (U. 8.H. Durham (U. & Robinson ATC. – Merrow Technical Library. Textile Institute publication. P.) 448 . & Mohamed M.K. 1982.

and Axminister Quality particulars for above. Carpets. Gauzes and Leno fabrics. 449 . Damask and Brocade. Wilton. Face to face weaving structures. Warp and weft pile (all Varieties). Lappet and swivel fabrics.Course Name:-T . Double cloths including 4 and 6 colours.Brussels.12 Cloth Structure II Backed fabrics. Elastic Tapes. Structure of Belts.

. Interscience Publication.W.W. effect of variability. – ‘Instrumental Analysis of cotton cellulose & modified cotton cellulose’.T. N.. study of orientation factor. 9) WIRA fineness tester. TECH. N. 1963 6. relation to amorphous.A. molecular structure and Tg. crystalliability of polymers. influence of fibre shape.W.E. shear modulus. transition of polymers.Y. fine structure of fibres. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . effect of gauge length. Meredith R. interpretation of patterns. Billmeyer F. – ‘Physical Methods of investigating Textiles’.. Interscience Publishers. peirce theory for composite specimen. crystalline content. effect in textiles. creep and stress relaxation.13: FIBRE CHARACTERISATION The structural requirements of fibre forming polymers. scanning) image formation. 1959 5. Models for fibre structure. Butterworth Pub.T..SEM. B. Dielectric and electrical properties of fibres. Hearle J. Gowarikar V. O’Connor R. sample preparation. 8) Maturity of cotton by polarising microscope.H. Y. Vishwanathan N. Optical properties of fibres .‘Physical Properties of Textile Fibres’. PRACTICALS: 1) Stelometer (0 and 3 mm gauge length) 2) Pressley fibre bundle strength tester. New Delhi. V Course Name:-T . magnifying and resolving power. Diachroism. Manchester. 4) Digital Fibrograph. colours due to interference of polarized light. crystallization and glass transition. 11) Planimeter and circularity disc co-efficient. Macal Dekka. Forces in various directions. U.. Static electricity. 3) Fibre rigidity modulus. 10) Moisture measurement. packing of molecules.V. N.R.refractive indices and birefringence. & Sreedhar Layadev – ‘Polymer Science’. . Viscoelasticity. estimation of crystalline/amorphous ratio. Non-Newtonian Viscosity of liquids. 1993 450 . Reference 1. 5) Projection drawing of different fibres and their diameter measurement.. bending of fibres.S. Inc. applications. 2. their origin and method of measurement.K. concept of order in polymers. – ‘Text Book of Polymer Science’.& Wiley J.. 1984 4. Mechanical properties of fibres. Morton W. & Peters R. Meredith’s formula. Wiley Eastern Ltd..X-ray diffraction. crystallinity and orientation. Textile Institute. molecular architecture. torsional rigidity. static charge generation. elastic recovery. 1972 3. flexural rigidity. Third Ed. Density and porosity of fibres. methods of measurement & remedies. effect of time for break on strength.. Introduction to electron microscopy (transmission.Y. Fibre friction and measurement.S. 6) Cross sectional study of different fibres. breaking twist. shear strength and experimental method. No.Y. 12) Micro twist determination of helical angle and diameter of yarn. – ‘Fibre Structure’. 7) Single fibre strength on Instron tensile tester. Lustre and its measurement. & Hearle J. flexibility of molecular chains. effect of crystallinity and orientation on birefringence and its measurement. Methods of investigation of fibre structure . Textile Book Pub.R. importance of amorphous phase in fibres.

Full wave rectifiers and bridge rectifiers. Multi-vibrators – Bistable. Electronic test instruments: Use of multimeter for various measurements. Half wave and Full wave rectifier circuits. Term Work: The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. and their uses in Textile Industry. Short description of simple measuring instruments such as P. 451 . zener diode. cathode-ray oscilloscope – operation and uses for various purposes in general and Textile Industry in particular. D. 7. FET & MOSFET.2001 2. New Delhi. ON-OFF timer etc. transistors as amplifier.110055 . Speed control of various types of motors. Fundamentals of Electrical & Electronic Engineering. oscillator.1974 3.Generator (Alternator) Production of single phase .L.14: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES Electrical: D. SCR . Phase lock loop circuits. Logic gates. B.M.A. Mehta V. Principal of Electronics.C. Mono-stable and Astable. New Delhi . P. Digital Principal & Application Tata Mc-Grow Hill pub. SUS.Course Name:-T . SCR – firing circuit using Phase shifting circuit. No. multi-element semi-conductor device – UJT. single phase A.).. D. motor speed control. New Delhi. Zener diode as regulator.M.Chand & Co.1991 4.C. Special semi-conductor devices – varactor. Non-sinusoidal oscillators.C. Operantial amplifier & linear integrated Circuits. A.C. Theory of special semi-conductor devices like SCR..generators . regulation. Timer circuits.working characteristics and uses. 4. Reference 1. 3.110001. Malveno Albert P. Theory of transistors – input / output characteristics. Principle and working of 3 phase induction motor.Theraja.firing circuit using UJT. Study the use of CRO.C. DIAC & TRIAC.C. PRACTICALS: 1.. Delayed OFF.motors classification . Principle and working of a single phase and three phase transformer..working . 2. biasing methods of transistors.C.characteristics and uses. Timer circuits (Delayed ON. Half wave. 8. & Leach D. Photo-electric effect and different types of photoelectric cells and their working principles. Signal Generator. Prentice Hall of India Ltd. S. Gaikawad R. 6. circuits. Multimeter etc. SBS. efficiency and all day efficiency.3 phase A. motors fractional horse power motors and synchronous motors.C. Two wattmeter method of power measurement. S.classification . 5. Electronics: Brief description of semi-conductors. measurement of active and reactive power in A.K. moving iron and hot wire instruments.Chanda & Co. Transistor characteristics. and crystal controlled oscillator.

Study of building mechanism on ring frame. measurement of staff. Study of spindles. 8. Twist flow in ring spinning . traveller (c-shape. cots and aprons. Different types of doubled & cabled yarns used in Industry.Effect of various parameters. gauge. Study of a Fancy Doubler – threading. traveler and spindles for doubler. Fancy yarns and fancy doubler. Procedure for count changing.15: YARN MANUFACTURE . Setting of top arm. Different types of drives to ring frame.III Ring Frame: Objects of ring frame. Production of yarn from a given roving – deciding the draft & twist involved. elliptical. [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfilment of the object. dray & wet doubling. and clip). Change Places. use of eccentricity meter and pressure gauge for top arm. Twist factors for different counts. Variation in yarn tension during spinning. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples done during practical. Study of various types of drafting systems on ring frame. 7. Linking ring frame to winding (requirements for winding). Term Work: Writing of experiments done in Spinning practical. building mechanism. [b]sketches and names of parts. material flow through machine.) and spindle on ring frame. threading methods. 3. Two for One twister. Winding and binding coils. settings and speed calculation. Study of spinning geometry of ring frame. Roving / Cop / Combination build. Calculations of twist. lappet.Course Name:-T . Piecing practice. gearing. 2. submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. wrapping procedure. Change Places. height setting. and doubled yarn. Construction of a Doubler. modern package building. slub forming mechanism & production of fancy yarn. SU rings etc. strength for different counts. dry & wet doubling. Setting a frame for a particular count. spiv. Objects of doubling. pneumafil. PRACTICALS: 1. 5. Study of various types of rings & traveller. ring dia. 6. Improvements in various parts and features of modern ring frame for high speed spinning. Defects in doubling process. Doubling: Preparation for Doubling. Construction and working of a ring frame. General study of a ring frame – construction. Details of creel. Study of ring rail levelling. Yarn and Package faults. Forces acting on the traveller and yarn balloon in ring spinning. Pneumafil (bonda) collection. 4. ring (conventional. Gearing calculations. Building mechanism on ring frame . Resultant of the forces acting on the traveller. Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. 452 . antiwedge. different methods of threading the yarn through doubler.chain building chainless. front roller speed and production. In the format : [a]object. thread wire setting. spindle gauging. General study of Doubling Frame – passage. strength of the yarn and twist factor. Construction of ring. spindle speed. 9. assembly winding machine – its construction & working. stop motion.

Murthy..Ltd. Vol.. Butterworth’s publication... Sai Book Centre publication. Structure & Application’ – Goswami B. The Textile Institute.K.V. 1965. 453 .. References 1 Elements of – ‘Raw Cotton & Blowroom’.G. Technology. U. ‘Carding & Drawing’. ‘A Practical guide to Ring Frame’. Wiley Interscience publication. ‘Combing’ and ‘Ring Frame & Doubling’ – Khare A.R. London. 1987. Tecoya Publication. London (U.) 5. London (U. U.A.K.. Scardino F.. 1977. ‘Two For One Twister’ – H. 4 “Manual of Cotton Spinning” – The textile Institute & Butterworth Co.S. 1990 6. Mumbai .Klein W.L. Manual of Textile Technology..) 3 ‘Textile Yarn.S.No.400078 2 ‘Spun Yarn Technology’ – Oxtoby Eric.K. Manchester. 1999-2000. Martindale J.C.

Electrical and electronic weft feeler. Weft feeler and pirn changing mechanism with reference to Northrop. Open Shed (V-shed and parallel). Cimco. Three try motion. jacquard harness with healds. [b]sketches and names of parts. Study of Double Cloth & Leno Jacquard. Study of let-off motion on Northrop. 3. 8. Ruti-B and Ruti-C looms. Ruti-B and Ruti-C type automatic looms. mounting of jacquards. 11. Sakamoto looms. Warp stop motions of Northrop. 5. Temple cutters and shuttle eye cutter. Mechanism of shuttle changing looms – non-stop changing type. Battery setting on Cimmco loom (cop changing). [c] function of each part [d]conclusion as fulfilment of the object. Three-Shed position jacquards. Cimco. General study of auto loom & Study of feelers & three try motion. Single Lift Single Cylinder. Ruti & Cimmco. Practice of Drawing-in on Jacquard loom and Card cutting. classification. 12. Study of warp stop motion on various looms and setting of Ruti warp stop motion. Mechanisms of ordinary jacquards e. 4. Harness ties and card cutting instructions. Study of Double Lift Single Cylinder & Double Cylinder Jacquard. Automatic Weaving: Pre-requisites for successful installation of automatic looms. In the format/. Double Lift Double Cylinder. submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. Electronically controlled jacquards. 6. Jacquards for Double Cloth.Course Name:-T – 16: FABRIC MANUFACTURE – III Jacquards: Introduction. Essential features. Automatic let-off. scale harness. Study of Single Lift Single Cylinder Jacquard. Study of multicolour cop-changing loom. Electrical warp stop motion. multi-shuttle weft replenishment of Northrop. center selvedge motion Term Work: Writing of experiments done in Weaving practical. Practical: 1. Study of Vicker Stafford shuttle change loom. 9. 2. High Speed Jacquard.g. Fine pitch jacquards (Vincenzi & Verdol). Centre weft fork. sectional harness. Modern Jacquards e. 10. [a]object. Leno and Terry-Pile structures. Principles of working of inverted hooks. working comber boards. Study of Cross-Border Jacquard. 7. Study of let-off motion & setting of Roper’s let-off. casting out. Double Lift Single Cylinder. Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. Types and their comparison. Study of All-Over Jacquard and Card cutting & Lacing for the same. The term work is based on satisfactory completion and submission of journal and/or samples done during practical. 454 . Principle and working of special jacquards: Cross-Border jacquards.g. 13.

Aswani Automatic Weaving – A.Wagh 455 . Sriramalu & Ajgaonkar.No. 1976 Fancy Weaving – K.T. C. Reference Weaving machine. 2. India.S.. 4. 1. Mechanisms & Management – Talukdar. Textile Institute. Ltd. 3. T. Mahajan Brothers Pvt. Marks & A. Robinson. 1998 Principles of Weaving – R. Manchester.

4. arrangement of motifs on different bases. Mixtures of coloured pigments . Methods of composing jacquard designs by geometric arrangement.square. Free hand sketching. pigment theory charts. diamond. Achromatic. Conditions to be observed in designing figured fabrics. Attributes of colour . Colour modification chart.Light theory. The chromatic circle. 3. 1. Working with Corel draw & Making of a sari design on Corel draw. contrast of hue and contrast of value. Adobe Photoshop 7 Decora. Preparation of painted designs for stripe. Secondary. Watson 456 . Corel draw 9 Manual. Comparison of units with respect to repeats. 6.Primary. Working with Corel draw: understanding Corel photo paint and Corel draw. Pigment theory of colour and its comparison with light theory. The work carried during the term should be submitted in a port folio. working with various tools. modifying sari designs on Photoshop Term Work: The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. 2.Ornamental motifs of the World. Light theory of colour. Aesthetics and colour. Tertiary and quaternary colours. Working with Photoshop & Editing Designs No. Bases of textile design . Complementary or after image of colour.Helmholtz theory. Modification of colour. complementary and High-key colour scheme. various available software packages and advantages. 2. rectangular. Demonstration of various tools. by the adaptation or reproduction of earlier designs. Kinds of contrast monochromatic contrast and polychromatic contrasts. check. Making of a sari design on Corel draw. filters. Construction of sketch designs. Colours in combination. by the conventional treatment of natural or artificial forms. Preparation of colour harmony charts. Principles of colour harmony chromatic. 7. Practice in colour mixing . Mixtures of coloured lights. Working with Photoshop: understanding the software. PRACTICALS: 1. Construction of artist design. ogee. Reference Manual.-I & II . spotted and diaper fabrics. Young . Parameters in obtaining good colour harmony. drop and satin bases. Colours in the context of fabric printing. 5. Factors influencing apparent change of colour in woven and printed designs. 4. rendering etc.successive contrast and simultaneous contrast. Effects of contrast .Course Name:-T – 17: COMPUTER AIDED TEXTILE DESIGNS AND COLOUR The elements and principles of design. point paper design for all over jacquard selection of colour and weaves. 3. analogous. Kenshiro Takami Textile Design & Colour Vol. value and chroma.Hue. Introduction to CAD/CAM system for textile designing: objectives.

pairs. power absorbed and transmitted in clutches of above types. Manchester. 7. Study of Anti frictional bearings in textile machinery.M. 5. Velocity & acceleration diagrams of linkage of four bar & slider crank mechanism.. causes and remedies. Ernest Benn Ltd. Drives to spindles of Ring spinning machine. Textile Mechanics – W.H. Mechanics for Textile Students –W. 2. Cone & collar friction. 1968 457 .Taggart 4.Course Name:-T .P. 1960. Static and Dynamic balancing of machine parts and its application in textile machines. types of dynamometers. 1977. Kinematics and dynamics of Unconventional loom sley 10. An Introduction to Textile Mechanisms – P. transverse and torsional vibrations. Selection of flat belts.A. 6. Types of gears and its application. 2. Textile Institute. Anti frictional bearings.Hantoon. Grosberg. Study of Cams in textile machinery. Identification of different types of linkage mechanisms in textile machinery. Fly wheel. Study of belts in textile machinery. V-belts and ropes. Butterworth. Study of picking and shedding tappets. 3. transmitted by gears. 9.M. balancing of reciprocating parts. Types of Cams & Followers. Textile Mechanics – K. Study of picking and shedding tappets. types of clutches.18: MECHANICS OF TEXTILE MACHINERY Links. Pulley drives. Study of clutches in textile machinery. 3. 8. constant velocity & S. Relative velocity and instantaneous method. H. London. Types of brakes and study of brakes. Study of brakes in textile machinery. No. constant acceleration. Inertia. Longitudinal. References: 1. Application for the sley driving mechanism. 4. Textile Institute. Slater. Cam profiles for linear. Kinematics and dynamics of Conventional shuttle loom sley. Practical: 1.

Participation in group discussion in class 2.Course Name . qualities.-T. Technical Proposals: Presentation Skills: Group Discussion: Assignments: Based on above topics. Presenting a project. 2. Report Writing: Types. qualities. steps in technical writing. Technical Writing: Definition. organizing and interpreting information. Lesiker & Petit ‘Report Writing for Business’ McGraw Hill. defining objectives and scope. importance. sentences & paragraph structures. Meenakshi Raman. 458 . formal and informal reports. Sharma Sangeetha ‘Technical Communication – Principles & Practices’ Oxford University Press. Oral: 1. choosing words. References: 1. individual and group reports. No.19: TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION & PRESENTATION SKILLS Communication: Communication in a business organization.

Wiley Interscience Pub.L.. Grosberg P... Moisture transmission. FAST etc). N..S. mechanics of wetting. Inter-relation between fibre and yarn properties. fabric reformation under tension.S. – ‘Structural Mechanics of Fibres. 459 . fabric structure and repellency. 7) Uster dynamate. 14) Drape meter. VI Course Name:.R.B.Y. Yarn hairiness-measurement methods and hairiness index. PRACTICALS: 1) Cloth rubbing (both motions).T ..Y. No. Introduction to bending and buckling of fabric. PMD and CV. Fabric hand . Yarns & Fabrics’.20: DESIGN OF TEXTILE STRUCTURES Yarn: Structure. 4) a) Uster evenness tester.new methods (Kawabata HES.. Kaswell E. Structure & Applications’. water repellency. jamming phenomenon. yarn diameter. Introduction to Pierce geometry for plain weave.Y. thermal transmission. 6) Air permeability of fabric. Light reflection properties of fabrics and yarns. Reference 1. Wiley Eastern Ltd.S.Wrinkle . 1977 2. Reinhold Pub. Hearle J. & Hamby D. Yarns & Fabrics’. repeated and impact stresses. 11) Yarn hairiness by microscopic method. – ‘Textile YarnsTechnology. shear and drape of fabric (descriptive).G. packing of yarn.W. Topic-wise related research Papers.SEM. Goswami B. 1988 5. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . Martindale J. its concept and assessment. & b) Single yarn testing at different gauge length. interpretation of yarn and fabric faults. 5) Water repellancy of fabric. – ‘Textile Fibres. Wiley Interscience Pub. N. practical applications.B. Grover E. elements of fibre migration. 13) Yarn friction recorder. stress-strain relation of yarns under steady stress. Lustre measurement. moisture permeability. emmissivity. specific volume and density. Causes and effects of yarn irregularity. spectrogram) and location of sources of periodic variation. 10) Thermal Insulation value. and water resistance of fabric. Comfort properties... compressibility and resilience. & Backer S.mechanics behind wrinkle resistance of fabric. Elements of yarn geometry geometry of helix and application to idealized yarn structure. limiting stress. & Scardino F. – ‘Handbook of Testing & Quality Control’. 1969 3. 2) Cloth manufacturing calculation. crimp interchange. FQI. Fabrics: Transmission properties of fabrics. TECH. Interpretation of results of irregularity tests. Crease . feel (hot/ cold) Al-am bata testing method. 9) Fabric tensile strength on (instron). Determination of periodical variation (use of irregularity spectrum. factor affecting warmth. YQI. 3) Spectrometer. 8) Water permeability of fabric. N.. 1953 4. 12) Spray test and pressure head test for fabric.

Reference 1. Running comber and calculation of improvement in combing. The Textile Institute.study of construction and operation. Unconventional spinning processes like Dref. Sir Issac Pitman and Sons Ltd. J C 4. study of DREF No. – ‘New Spinning Systems’. Bobtex. study of rotor spinning machine 12. Suitability of fibres other than cotton for modern methods of fabric manufacturing.22 : FABRIC MANUFACTURE . drawframe. Analysis of droppings under beater & waste in carding. 6. Worsted – Pitman’s Common Commodities and Industries – By Alan Brearly.wool. linen etc. London. Term Work : The term work marks are based on satisfactory completion of the journals based on the experiments performed & samples produced during practical. card. 7. self twisted yarn.T .T . Course Name:. Study of High Production Card (Platt’s).IV 460 . Preparation and spinning of fibres other than cotton . Experiment for calculation of comber waste & head to head variation. Calculation of Beater Cleaning Efficiency. Calculation of Card Cleaning Efficiency. silk. Properties of rotor spun yarns. Verification of piecing wave through Uster. 6. Textile Yarns – Technology. MODERN SPINNING: Different types of break spinning. 10. Observation of piecing wave. Structure and Applications – By B C Goswami. lint loss & trash content in droppings. Manchester.. jute. Air jet. flyframe and ringframe. 4. faciated spinning. Properties of ring spun blend yarns. 1990 2. 5. Klein W. Concept of open-end spinning. 3. F L Scardino. Study of features of high speed comber. Comparative study of the varying sequences of machines in relation to that used for cotton. LONG STAPLE SPINNING: The role of manmade fibres in the fibre market. Martindale.K. 2. Practical: 1. 5. 11. 9.). Calculation of fractionating efficiency (2 turns. Measurement of spinning geometry on Flyer Frame for front & back row and studies of types of flyer constructions. Spinning of Man-made fibres and blends on cotton system – By K R Salhotra. 3. Mechanics of blending and the various considerations during processing of blends at blowroom. effect of blend ratios and compositions on tensile properties. measures and selection of blend constituents. Jute – Fibre to Yarn . Critical evaluation of modern automated spinning machinery: Assignments: The assignment marks are based on collection of technical literature on topics assigned to the batches. U. Spun Yarn Technology – By Eric Oxtoby. submission and presentation of the data in the form of seminar. Rotor spinning machines .21: YARN MANUFACTURE – IV BLENDING: Objectives.. Heywood – By R R Atkinson. 8. London. Vol.

No. weft patterning systems. conditioning. profile reed and relay jet systems. Circular weaving machines. sequence of weft insertion. timing of air-jet looms. Assignments: The students in batches will be given the assignments on technical work related to the subjects. 3. processing parameters. Rapier drive for both rigid and flexible rapiers. requirement of air. Winding of filament yarns. Reference 461 . Study of Maxbo & Harish Air-Jet loom. modifications in creel. 4. picking mechanism and sley drive. process parameters. Warping of filament yarns. Water Jet – Requirement of water. 10. profile of pirn. swivel. Air Jet – sequence of weft insertion. warp-way multiphase weaving machines. Studies of properties of fabrics made in workshop (or) Weaving of fabric samples and their studies. Limitations of conventional looms. requisites for successful installations of unconventional looms. sizing materials. Weaving of man-made filament and blended yarns on conventional looms &unconventional looms. Fancy weaving mechanism. embroidery & braided textiles. Study of features of a silk loom. conditioning. this has to be presented batch-wise. process parameters. Making of polypropylene non-woven fabrics. Selvedges on unconventional looms. various types of texturised yarn packages. conditioning. 9.Unconventional weaving machines: Method of weft insertion – merits and demerits of each type. good sizing practices. problems in sizing filaments. confuser. problems with winding of man-made filament yarns. equipment. Weaving of filament yarns 7. warping beam faults. Along with the submission of the written script. choice of supply package. size pick-up. Interference of rapier head with warp threads. Weaving of a fabric of standard particulars. 6. Weaving of Synthetics: Winding of man-made filament yarn – machine parameters. Terry structures. Weft preparation of man-made filaments for conventional looms. Weft preparation of man-made filament yarn for unconventional looms. weft-way multiphase weaving. 5. timing on water jet looms. 2. single end sizing systems. Sequence of weft insertion. Practical: 1. Sizing of man-made filament yarns – Sizing of zero-twist flat filament yarns. lappet. 8. Choice of machines. Techno-economics of filament weaving. Multiphase looms – Advantages & Problems. Fabric defects in manmade filament woven fabrics. leno & terry. & weaving of slit yarn fabrics. creel. double plush. Warping of man-made yarns filaments – package type. Two phase weaving on Rapier. weft selector system. Sulzer – Projectile loom. package faults. Study of Rapier loom. Slit film yarns. Rapier Method of weft insertion – Gabler & Dewas systems. processing parameters. Sizing of filament yarns.

Ahmedabad – 380015 Talukdar M.K. 5. Mahajan Publishers. 3.B. NCUTE – Filament Weaving 462 . Ormerod – ‘Modern Preparation and Weaving Machinery’. Butterworth Publication. U.Aswani – Fancy Weaving Robinson & Marks – ‘Principles of Weaving’. Sriramulu & Ajgaonkar – ‘Weaving Machines Mechanism & Management.1. 1986 A.K.T. Textile Institute Publication. & Ajgaonkar D. Ahmedabad – 380015 K. U. Mahajan Publishers. 2. 6.K. Talukdar. – ‘Sizing’. 4.

– ‘Power & Industrial Electronics’. Electronic counting techniques in Textile machines. New Delhi – 110055. humidity. 110006. Co. 7. 1975 Cooper William David – ‘Electronic Instrumentation & Measuring Techniques’.K. carding machine-sliver variation control. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co.23: ELECTRONIC CONTROLS AND MICROPROCESSOR APPLICATIONS Fundamentals of Binary number system. different types of controls – Open loop. 2. 1998 Bhattacharya S.K. which they will have to refer to the technical magazines. Micro-processor control on modern machines. 1987 Kadge R. McGrawHill KOGAKUSHA Ltd. Photo cell and its applications in Textile Industry. – ‘Industrial Electronics & Controls’.K..K. card control. New Delhi. Working description of some textile process control such as Blowroom feed control. – ‘Industrial Instrumentation & Control’. temperature. pressure. proportional. – ‘Industrial Electronics’. 2000 Singh S. D/A and A/D conversion techniques. Basic ideas of process control. Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. edge feeler.. New Delhi. Transducer and its applications as sensing device. Ring spinning-yarn count control. Electronic speed control devices for textile machines. The final submission will be in the form of write-up and/or presentation. Reference Mittal G. 4. S. accuracy. the students will be given topics. closed loop and servomechanism & error detector.Chanda & Co. Ltd. Applications & Designs’.. Assignments: Based on the syllabus.. – ‘Measurement Systems. warp breakage detector. Characteristics of ON-OFF. 2001 Doebelin Garnet O. New Delhi – 110001. Micro-processor application in the textile industry machines such as Blowroom. New Delhi. 463 . weft straighter etc. No. level. flow etc.Ltd. spinning machines. Instruments required for measurement of typical variables required for process control such as speed. Assignment marks are based on this.Course Name:-T . Integral and derivative control systems. Khanna Pub. 3. Ltd. processing and finishing machines. 5. 6. 1976 NCUTE – Electronics in Textiles. 1. Chatarjee S. Pressure switches etc.. winding machines.. Prentice Hall Pub. Control loop and its components. resolution. weft finish detector.

attitude and personality. role of money. Group dynamics. approaches Communication – upwards. downwards and lateral communication. performance appraisal. group decision making techniques. References: Davis Keith – “Organisational Behaviour”. 4. Employee attitudes. Interpersonal behavior. negotiations. informal communication. transactional analysis. leadership. conflict resolution. 2. conflict. attitude and job performance. traits styles. 464 . 3. counseling. Luthans – “Organisational Behaviour”. Stress. Term Work : Presentation/Assignments by students on related topics. teams. assertive behavior. stress management.Course Name:. barriers to effective communication. No. committees.24: HUMAN FACTOR IN MANAGEMENT Organizational behavior. 1. McClelland’s achievement theory. Robbins – “Organisational Behaviour”. groups. Motivation – Maslow’s need hierarchy. situational theories. meaning. causes. Mullins – “Organisational Behaviour”. Maintenance-motivation theory. concepts.T .

use of Stirling formula and Bessel’s formula for interpolation.Veerarajan & J.25: NUMERICAL TECHNIQUES Interpolation and extrapolation: Inter polation and finite differences. 1. 465 . Simpson’s 1/3 rd rule. References: S. Simpson’s 3/8th rule. Shastry . Difference equations and its applications No. Prentice-Hall of India Private Ltd. Lagrange’s interpolation formula and Newton’s divided difference formula for unequal intervals. S.1995 T. 2.Course Name:-T . Trapezoidal rule.. Numerical differentiation and integration. Newton forward and backward interpolation formulae.Ramachandran -Theory and Problems in Numerical Methods.Introductory methods of numerical analysis.

No. atlas and locknit fabrics. Term Work : Analysis of the warp and weft knit fabrics mentioned above. interlock and purl structures. velvette. rib.Spencer 2. Yarns used in warp and weft knitting. References : 1. Calculations with respect to productions in warp and weft knitting machines. Knitting Technology .26: KNITTING Properties of Knitted fabrics. Study of Cotton's patent straight bar machine. Basic structures in warp knitting like pillar. Principles of machines and mechanisms used in weft knitting and warp knitting with particular reference to production of single jersey rib and interlock structures on weft knitting machines and tricot and raschel machines in warp knitting. Developments in warp and weft knitting machines. satin. Knitting technology . tricot.Course Name:-T . comparision with woven.Ajgaonkar 466 . Study of basic structures in weft knitting like plain.

No.SEM. VII Semester VII Sr. (TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY) . No. TECH. No.SCHEME OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATION FOR B. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code 405010 405020 405030 405040 405050 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Indian Textile Industry & Marketing 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 3 Textile composites 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 3 Textile export management Textile Machinery Maintenance Man-made Fibre Dyeing & Finishing 4 4 0 0 Course Title 4 4 8 8 15 15 15 15 70 70 3 3 467 . 1 2 3 4 5 6 Course Code 305130 305140 305045 305150 305160 305170 Contact Cr Evaluation ESE Hours weightage % (Theory) Hrs L P T TW MS ESE A T Process Control in Spinning & 3 2 5 8 15 15 70 3 Weaving Garment Manufacturing Fabric Manufacture – V Industrial Engineering Technical Textiles Technology Of Man-Made Fibre & Filament 4 3 3 4 4 0 3 0 0 0 Course Title 4 6 3 4 4 8 9 6 8 8 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 3 3 3 3 3 TOTAL Semester VIII 21 05 29 47 Sr. 1 2 3 4 5 Course Code 305030 305046 305180 305190 Course Title Yarn Manufacture – V Fabric Manufacture – VI Textile Management & Costing Textile Mill Planning Organisation ELECTIVE Contact Cr Evaluation Hours weightage % L P T TW MS ESE A T 4 3 7 11 15 15 70 4 3 7 11 15 15 70 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 & 4 0 4 8 15 15 70 4 0 ESE (Theory) Hrs 3 3 3 3 3 TOTAL Electives: 20 6 4 8 15 26 46 15 70 Sr.

468 . interest. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 405900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester.Project: Sr. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. The project shall carry 08 credits. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. Course No.

on line and off line monitoring systems. Vol 13 No 1 . Hard waste control at all stages in weaving. computation of within bobbin and between bobbin lea count variations. Study of effect of break draft in Ring frame on yarn properties.standards. Reference Process control in Spinning by A R Garde. 6. LP approach for cotton mixing. 4.) 4. norms. neps and fibre rupture. Maintenance schedules for all spinning machinery. Textile Progress.Control of loom speed. The importance of lap preparation and the technological considerations involved. Process control in weaving by M C Paliwaland P D Kimothi.Choice and the control of size pick-up. SITRA Publication End breaks in Ring Spinning. Yarn faults and package defects. collection of data . The scope. Improving weavability of the sized yarn and the control of productivity and size losses. Process control in winding.305130 Process Control in Spinning & Weaving Process control in Spinning: Steps involved in the evolution of a system for process control in spinning. PRACTICALS: 1. Control of count at various stages during processing. Control of productivity in loomshed. quality and the productivity in warping. The applications of AFIS and HVI. T A Subramanian. norms and its judgement Assessing the performance of a Blowroom and card with reference to the cleaning efficiency. Process control in warping. No.Knot quality.Minimising end breaks and stoppages. (2 turns) 5. 469 . efficient removal of yarn faults and the control of productivity. fractionating and combing efficiency. Locating and improving machines with substandard performance. 5. Study of the influence of the various factors on combing performance. ATIRA Publication. Evaluation of comber performance by the optimum waste level. 3. Measurement and analysis of productivity. Calculations on loom efficiency. Process control in sizing. 6. Importance of yarn realization . Spinning of carded yarn sample & testing of yarn properties. ATIRA Publication. efficiency and loom stops. Study of effect of traveller weight on yarn properties. BTRA Publication Quality Control in spinning. Weaving of sized carded yarn sample. Yarn Hairiness by A Barella. yarn stretch and moisture in sized yarns. the key variables. (3 turns) 2. (2 turns) 3. Sizing of the carded yarn sample. Process control in pirn winding. methodology and scope for process control in weaving. Improving the build of the pirn and the productivity. its interpretation and corrective action for the same. Control of fabric quality in weaving and inspection. 1. means to improve it by control of the end breaks in spinning.Control of end breaks. Textile Institute. Monograph series in spinning. (2 turns. tension levels. Weaving: Approach. control of waste. 2. Study of effect of twist multiplier on yarn properties. ATIRA Publication. Evaluation and control of raw material quality by the traditional methods of cotton selection and cost control.

sewing threads. Production Evaluation. Spreading of the fabric to form a lay. mechanisms and accessories. Harper Collins Publication. the sleeve draft. Unity and Rhythm. contour of garments. Individual figure analysis. Reference The technology of clothing and Manufacturing – Harold Care and Barbara Latham.1994 Inside Fashion Design – Sharon Lee Tate. Sewing practices (4 turns) 4. Sewing problems and quality control. the bodice draft. Thread properties and seam performance. testing for sewability and tailorability. Role of Fashion Designer.Planning. PRACTICALS: 1. 1. Understanding the mechanisms of sewing machine (2 turns) 3. Alternative Methods of Joining Material.seam types. hemlines. collar. Methods of cutting. Principles of proposition. fashioning. The cutting operation. drawing and reproduction of marker. Methods for drafting the basic pattern: Principles. Making of basic patterns on paper (5 Turns) 2. sleeve insertion. neck finishes. London. Balance. stitch types. sewing machine needles. paper pattern. 2. industrial forms. layout preparation. U. Inspection & Care labeling of Apparel. measuring techniques.. 1989 470 .K. figure analysis. Sources of Inspiration. Sewing : The properties of seam. Fashion Designing: Elements and Principles of fashion designing. (4 turn) No. Oxford Blackwell Scientific Publication. Sewing machinery. Stitching a bodies. waist lines. The workroom terms and definitions: pattern making tools. Methods of spreading.305140 Garment Manufacturing Introduction to Garment manufacturing: Major steps in manufacturing a garment Different types of machines & associated work aids used for woven & knitted garment manufacturing. sewing machine feed mechanism. Pattern Industry standards. Basic operations in garment manufacturing: Cutting: objectives. the skirt draft.

Knitted. 3. tapes & webbings manufacturing techniques. Polyester. Lunenschloss. air laid.305045 Fabric Manufacture – V Nonwovens : Definition. Random Laid. ultrasonic seaming. Market applications: Disposables. Difference between woven. Manufacturing of Nonwovens of Cotton. diamond braid. thermoforming. Product Development of Nonwovens. Reference Non-Woven Bonded Fabrics – J. Sheet cutting. gluing. Molding. meltblown. Tufting: Definition of tufting. Web Laying process. Albrecht. Types of bonding. 2. Web formation process . SMS (Spunbond + Meltblown + Spunbond). Selection of Fibre or polymer for nonwovens as per requirements of the end products. PRACTICALS: 1. Three dimensional braiding Narrow fabrics: Weaving machines for narrow fabrics. Tri axial braid.polymer to fabric: spunbond. Paper and nonwovens classification. Polypropylene fibres. Advantages & limitations of nonwovens. Sewing. Braiding: Two dimensional braiding: flat and circular. Mechanical and thermal bonding. Popular fibres used for nonwovens & Fibre properties. Web formation process . Perforations for easy tearing. Spun lace system. Different types of tufting elements. Development of Nonwovens from Cellulosic Fibre .fibre to fabric: carded. Hercules braid. Chemical. 1.BTRA 471 . Ribbon. Analysis & Testing of Nonwovens. Finishes to nonwovens: Converting nonwoven fabric to end products: Slitting. Nonwoven product range. Die stamping. Adding elastic. Fitting into hardware. Corrugating. Tufted. wet laid. cross laid webs. Tufting process. 2. No.W. semi-durables & durables. regular braid. Final products of tufting.

CPM. Transportation :General understanding of transportation problems. Zamb Operation Research -Taha 472 . Two Person Zero sum games and their solution. Network analysis. PERT.305150 Industrial Engineering L.P General understanding of linear programming. GameTheory: Introduction. Reference Quantitative Techniques.C.P. 1. application to Textile Industry. Productivity: Definition. Productivity Index as used in spinning. weaving .L. Terminology. 2. Formulation and Solution of LPP As applied to Textile Industry. No.Relation between machine allocation and machine efficiency. Problems on machine allocation in spinning and weaving. solution by north-west corner rule and vogue’s approximations.

Wellingdn Sears Handbook of Industrial Textiles. 473 . biodegradable. survey of technical textiles and their applications. Brief description for the manufacture and application of these devices or parts. Protection from electromagnetic radiation and static hazards. type. physical & mechanical properties. geo-Membranes. Difference between technical textiles and other textiles. No. surgical stitching threads. Fibres and fabrics used in geo-textiles. pre-formed parts. Geo-textiles – Introduction. Tyre cords Automotive Textiles: Fibres used for automotive applications – upholstery. Reference Industrial Textiles – Jarmila Seclova (Editor). Ropes and Cordages: application oriented structure and production of ropes. 3. cordages and twines. characteristics. Medical Textiles – Characteristics of materials used. reinforcement. Thermal protection: Ballistic protection. V-belt and toothed belt. Protection against micro organisms. Classification and market of technical textiles. Characteristic behaviour of an implant fibres/fabrics. use of textile components-fibre and/or fabric. Classification – bandages. safety devices. single ply and multi-ply. Conveyor Belts – Composition of belt. carpeting. 2. Filtrations: Principles of wet and dry filtrations. erosion control. road & railway work. non-wovens etc. Characteristic properties of fibres and fabrics in filtration. Method of production – weaving. implants. drainage. Functions –filtration. filters and engine compartment items. chemicals and pesticides. dressings. Encyclopaedia of Man-Made Textiles. . 4. Geo-Textiles – NWM John.305160 Technical Textiles Definition of "technical textiles". 1. Protective clothing: Defence Textiles. knitting.

305170 Technology Of Man-Made Fibre & Filament General discussion on classification & synthesis of various polymers Polymerization : types & reactions : chain growth, step growth, condensation ,addition,free radical,anionic,cationic polymerization. Techniques of polymerization : Bulk, solution, suspension, emulsion, interfacial polymerization, Commercial routes to produce Man-made Fibre raw materials e.g. Hexamethylene diamine, caprolactum, TPA, MEG, ACN etc. General discussion on spinning of man-made fibres. Melt,dry,Wet spinning : stages , speed, product –comparison, Man made fibres vs. synthetics vs .regenerated fibres, Role of various additives used in spinning dope , spinning bath for manmades. Spinning : PET :Esterification & polycondensation, DMT ,TPA routes, Melt spinning variables, structure formation during spinning, quenching & related parameters, study of catalyst used & bi-products, Industrial process for chip forming- extrusion-spin finish application- staple fibre formation, LOY,MOY,POY,HOY, High speed spinning. Melt spinning of poly-olefines. Melt spinning of polyamides. Dry spinning of acrylics & modacrylics. Fibres from addition polymers- PE, PP, PVA, PVC, Elastomeric fibres Rayon fibres : Detail study of manufacturing of regenerated cellulosic fibre with specification of raw materials, chemical principle involved in regeneration & modification, special additives, Process flow chart- significance of the steps, Coagulation & Coagulation bath composition & variables, HWM fibres, Lyocell, Cellulose acetate fibres, introduction to raw materials, reactions, manufacturing process. Introduction to manufactured fibres of High performance: Industrial, Non-conventional application. Comparison of properties of commercial fibres. Post Spinning Operation : Drawing: Necking, variables, machines, draw warping Texturing : Types, special features, uses , properties of yarn & fabric made of it. Flase twist texturing: Process, Feed material, machines. Draw texturing, air jet texturing: Process variables & yarn properties. Gear crimping, Stuffer box crimping, Knit-de-knit, Knife edge crimping. Twisting & mingling. Tow to top conversion. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Reference A Text Book of Man-made Fibre Science & Technology – Mishra S.P., New Age International Publ., New Delhi – 100002 Manufactured fibre technology – V. B. Gupta and V. K. Kothari, Chapman & Hall Publications, 1997. Manmade fibre technology (Vol. 1-3) by Mark Atlas & Cernia Textile Yarns by B. C. Goswami, J. G. Martindale & Seardino. Fundamentals of fibre formation by A. Ziabick Text book of polymer science by Billmeyer & Wiley.

474

305035 Yarn Manufacture – V Basic concepts of carding. Theories of carding action- Classical, Strang’s and Kaufman’s theory. Fibre shedding and fibre transfer efficiency. Auto levelling at card and draw frame. High Drafting systems – drafting wave, machine imperfections, roller nip movement, roller speed variation and roller slip – their causes and effect on drafted material, their measurement. Development of high drafting system – weighting on roller, top arm. Function of different elements of high drafting. Technological design changes in modern draw frame and speed frames. Ring spinning frame – forces acting on traveler, Resultant of the forces acting on the traveller, Yarn Ballooning - variation in the tension during yarn ballooning, balloon collapse, balloon control rings, moving lappets, suppressed balloon spinning. Different types of drives to ring frame, Features of modern ring frame, improvements in various parts, high speed spinning, variable speed spinning and maximum speed limitation. Yarn irregularity – causes of irregularity in drafted material, Use of Uster Imperfection Indicator, Use of Classimat. Economics of spinning – yarn strength, twist variation & yarn appearance, thicknesscompressibility and twist, end breakage rate-causes and remedies, its effect on production. Factors influencing spinning condition – ring dia., traveler wear, power, balloon height, spindle speed etc. Twist contraction & fine count limit. Twist Flow in spinning – Various parameters controlling twist flow Fibre Migration – fibre displacement in drawn & spun yarn, fibre, yarn and process factor. Yarn formation, Structure and properties- Conventional ring spun, Compact spinning, Open end rotor and friction spinning, Self twist and wrap and Twist-less spinning systems. PRACTICALS: 1. Spinning of Combed yarn samples. (6 turns) 2. Spinning of polyester/cotton blended yarn samples. (3 turns) 3. Study of effect of doubling twist direction (s/z & z/z) on doubled yarn properties.(2 turns) 4. Study of effect of doubling twist ratio on doubled yarn properties.(2 turns) No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Reference Advances in Technology of yarn production, R Chattopadhyay, NCUTE Publication. Book of papers on Spinning-Blowroom and Carding, edited by Dr A A Gupte, Dr H V S Murthy, Prof G W Joshi, NCUTE. Manual of cotton spinning.Vol 4 / Part One, The principles of roller drafting by G A R Foster. Eric Oxtoby – ‘Spun Yarn Technology’, Butterworth Publ., London, 1987. ‘Recent Advances in spinning technology’, Int. Confr.-BTRA, 1995 Goswami B.C., Martindale J.G. & Scardino F.L. – ‘Textile Yarns, Technology, Structure & Application’, Willey Interscience Pub. USA, 1977. Manual of cotton spinning by De Barr. The technology of short staple spinning, W Klein. Fundamentals of spun yarn technology, by Carl A Lawrence. Handbook of yarn Production, Peter R Lord, Woodhead Publishing Ltd. Yarn Production- theoretical Aspects, P Grosberg and C Iype, The Textile Institute Publication.

475

305046 Fabric Manufacture – VI Winding : Modern Developments in winding, Ballooning Theory of Unwinding, Optimum yarn clearing and its attainment, electronic yarn clearer. Effect of count, winding speed, balloon height, winding off radius on yarn unwinding tension. Guide distance on short term and long term tension variation during unwinding. Effect of tension variation on the properties of yarn and end packages. Calculation of yarn tension. Concept of Gain and its control with calculation. Modern electronic control system & their advantages for optimizing quality & productivity. Techno-economical aspects of winding. Warping and Sizing : Technological significance in the design developments of warping Machine with respect to creels, design, tensioners, drum design, Drive, geometrical aspects of machines. Modern Electronic control systems. Tension variation in warping and sizing. Different Stretch Zones in Sizing, Measurement and control of stretch in Sizing, Effect of Stretch on the properties of yarn and weaving efficiency. Modern Developments in Sizing, New trends in Sizing such as Foam sizing, Low liquor Sizing, Loom : Vincent’s Theory of shuttle propulsion with respect to linear cam. Factors affecting initial speed of shuttle. Retardation of shuttle on conventional loom. Energy requirements for picking, factors that prevent the increase in loom speed. Mathematical analysis of picking and checking. Picking, Spacing and its control, effect of weft count, loom timing and setting on pick spacing. Kinematics of sley, beat up force, analysis based on 4 bar linkage mechanism. Design of linear and accelerated cams. Effect of loom setting on the properties of fabrics, Cloth setting rules. Common fabric Defects. Weaving of Poplin, Denim, Tyre Cord, tapes, Kevlar, stretch yarns and other Industrial fabrics. Unconventional Weaving : Modern Developments in of Projectile, rapier, Air jet, and water jet machines. Measurement and control of tension variation on Unconventional weaving m/c. Calculations of shuttle-less weaving m/c.
PRACTICALS:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Loom erection – dismantling of various parts & motions. Loom erection - assembly of various of various mechanism. Loom erection – tuning of various parts. Loom erection – beam gaiting on loom. Study of heald displacement on heald-staggering loom. Comparative study of theoretical & actual production cheese winding machine. Picker displacement study. Winding & unwinding study. Study of depth of shed & interference with shuttle. Measurement of power on plain loom for different motions. Study of warp tension – static & dynamic. Applications of oscilloscope for picking timings.

Reference Lord P.R. & Mohamed M.H. – ‘ Conversion of yarn into fabric’ Merrow technical library, Durham-U.K., 1982 ‘Warping & sizing’ – BTRA silver jubilee monograph series, Mumbai – 400086 Paliwal M.C. – ‘ Process Control in Weaving’, ATIRA, silver jubilee monograph, Ahmedabad-380015, 1983. Greenwood K. – ‘Weaving-control of fabric structure’, Merrow tech library, Durham-U.K., 1975 Marks R. &Robinson A.T.C. – ‘ Principles of Weaving’, Textile Inst. Publ., ManchesterU.K., 1986 Talukdar, Sriramulu & Ajgaonkar – ‘Weaving Machines, Mechanisms & Management’, Mahajan Publ., Ahmedabad-380015

476

305180 Textile Management & Costing Mill Management : Personnel Department of Mill & its function – Organisational structure, patterns, communication. Selection, recruitment, training, skill analysis training (SAT), Labour laws, labour welfare activities, methods of wage remuneration, wage determination process, job evaluation, payment by results, motivation, financial & non-financial incentives, disciplinary action – warning, showcause notice, suspension and dismissals, retrenchment & VRS Modernisation – purpose & process, selection of machines, detailed technical analysis, method of selection on the basis of – rate of return, pay-back period, discounted cash flow New Projects – Introduction, plant location, production plan and first projections, detailed analysis. Buildings – Introduction, construction, effects of process and material flow. Textile Industry: Growth, Problems & government policy. Costing : 1. Introduction, costing - its importance & use, Cost classification, Total cost analysis. 2. Job Costing – Introduction, process of job costing, numerical problems. 3. Marginal Costing & break even analysis – Introduction, break even charts & terms associated. P/v ratio – marginal cost equation, contribution and its use in decision making, P/v graph. Numerical problems. 4. Standard costing – Introduction, application of standard cost, standard hour and its use, advantages of standard costing, variance and their application, numerical problems. 5. Store Routine – Function of stores, procedure for material procurement, effective stores management, ABC analysis, basic inventory models, stock evaluation, F1Fo – L1Fo methods, numerical problems. 6. Balance sheet – Structure of balance sheet, introduction to ratio analysis, important ratios, their computation and interpretation, simple numerical analysis on ratio analysis.

No. 1. 2. 3. 4.

Reference Varma D.S. – ‘Textile Mill Planning & Organisation’, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. Publ., Delhi – 110006, 1964 Arora C.P. – ‘Refrigeration & Airconditioning’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1981. Singh S.K. – ‘Industrial instrumentation & Control’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1987. Kulkarni M.G. – ‘Textile Manufacturing’, Current literature Co. Pvt. Ltd., Malhotra House, Mumbai – 400001, 2001

477

305190 Textile Mill Planning & Organisation Selection of suitable site for textile mill, small scale industry, type of area. Preparation of organisation for spinning / weaving mill. (one carded, one combed and one blended organisation to be taken in the class.). Students are required to prepare more organisations using – slow speed, semi high and high production machines. Choice of machinery & its specification for different counts & blends. Principles of machinery lay-outs and different flow plans of material for spinning / weaving department. (students are required to prepare different plans). Different categories of labour required in various section of spinning / weaving departments. Work allotment of machines to direct labour. Production related workload for indirect labour. Idea of productivity calculations of spinning / weaving mill and factors affecting productivity. Approach to need based modernisation. Basic ideas of process control and norms used in spinning / weaving mill. (The norms are required to be discussed in the class and amongst the students). Material handling in spinning / weaving department. Labour welfare provisions, type of building construction- single or multi storied, fire prevention provisions, safety provisions, humidification and air-conditioning provisions, ventilation & air changes.

(#) – The contents are same for both spinning & weaving
No. 1. 2. 3. 4. Reference Varma D.S. – ‘Textile Mill Planning & Organisation’, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. Publ., Delhi – 110006, 1964 Arora C.P. – ‘Refrigeration & Airconditioning’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1981. Singh S.K. – ‘Industrial instrumentation & Control’, Tata McgrawHill & Co., New Delhi, 1987. Kulkarni M.G. – ‘Textile Manufacturing’, Current literature Co. Pvt. Ltd., Malhotra House, Mumbai – 400001, 2001

478

ELECTIVES : 405010 Indian Textile Industry & Marketing
Indian textile industry – history, growth, some recent problems about location, exports, modernization, profitability and cost. Govt. policy towards textile industry. Recent trends in cotton production, marketing of cotton in India and the role of co-operative and other agencies. Decentralised sector, its importance in textile industry, growth and problems of handloom and power loom industry. Textile labour, characteristics, trade union movement and industrial relations in textile industry. Labour legislations, important provisions of factory act, Bombay industrial relation act. Payment of wages act, minimum wage act, employee state insurance act, provident fund act and employee family pension schemes, payment of bonus and gratuity act. The core concept of marketing, marketing management, production, product, selling, marketing concepts, marketing strategies. Consumers buying behaviour, factors affecting consumer behaviour, buying decision process. Marketing mix, product management, new product development, pricing, pricing methods, channel of physical distribution, their functions, distribution in textile industry, Promotion, advertising, personal selling, sales promotion. Marketing research, scope, process, methods.
No. 1. Reference

Ormerod A. – ‘Management of Textile Production’,

479

405030 Textile Export Management Textile export marketing: Introduction - Marketing Terms - International Marketing Environment - Entry to foreign markets - Strategies - Support Institutes to facilitate exports – Market research and its planning - Groupings of Countries -IMF - World Bank - Export Correspondence and Pricing - Electronic Trade - Theories of Trade - Trade Cycles - Mechanics of protection - Balance of Payment - Channels of Distribution - Export of projects and services etc. Finance: Basic concepts of foreign exchange - Methods of International Payment Settlement International Commercial Terms - Letter of Credit - Exchange Control Regulations for imports and exports - Export Financing - Pre-Shipment finance - Post Shipment Finance - EXIM Bank of India - ECGC - Demand Guarantees and Standby Letter of Credit - Forfeiting and Factoring - Case Studies etc. Export Documentation: Introduction - Exim policy - customs act - other acts relating to export/import - formalities for commencing - customs formalities - export documentation – project exports - export of services export of excisable goods - import documentation - clearance of import goods - 100% export oriented units - export processing zones - special economic zones - duty drawback procedure export/import by post customs house agents - import of different products - import/export incentives - import licenses etc. Export Logistics: Shipping & Marine Insurance Terminology - General Info on Shipping - Types of Containers and Ships - Containerization - Marine Insurance - Air Transportation - Bill of Lading/Air Way Bill/Sea Way Bill - Maritime Fraud - Packaging Introduction - Mechanical tests - Climatic tests - Stretch Wrapping - Cushioning materials - Shrink packaging - packaging cost - Lab testing - International Care labeling code etc.

No. 1. 2. 3.

Reference Asia and World Textiles – Textile Institute. The Textile Industry: Winning Strategies for the New Millennium. Foreign Exchange Markets by Coyle Brian .Graham

480

405020 Textile Composites Introduction: Definition of composites. Classification of composites. Introduction to Textile Composites. Applications of composite materials. Fibres for composites: Various types of fibres used for composite materials and their properties. Fibre-matrix interface. Thermosetting resins. Thermoplastic matrix. Methods of preparations for fibres used as composite materials. Carbon fibres, precursors, carbonization, graphatisation. Structures and properties of high modulus fibres, glass & other inorganic fibres. Composites based on carbon & glass fibres and other inorganic fibres. Composites based on aromatic polyamides.Technology of fabrication, analysis and performance of composites. Textile Composite Manufacturing Techniques: Open mould processes: Hand lay-up, Spray – up, Vacuum bag, filament winding, centrifugal casting. Closed mould processes: Hot press moulding, compression moulding, injection moulding, pultrusion, cold press moulding, resin injection, reinforced reaction injection moulding. Natural fibre Composites: Necessity of natural fibre composites, fibres used for natural fibre composites, applications of natural fibre composites.

No. 1. 2.

Reference Homgu Tatsuya & Phillips Glyn – ‘New Fibres’, Woodhead Pub. Ltd., England,2001 Derek Hull – “An introduction to composite materials” Cambridge University press.

481

405040 Textile Machinery Maintenance Need for maintenance – types of maintenance practices and concepts, planned & unplanned maintenance, , corrective & design maintenance, routine and preventive maintenance Tribology – study of friction, lubrication and wear of moving parts in the machine. Types of bearing, their choice and maintenance Types of lubricants, their properties and applications. Work Study in maintenance, making schedules, planning of maintenance work, recording maintenance activities, control of wastage. Cost of maintenance work – direct & indirect cost, reduction of wastage for economizing. Maintenance Department – functions & power of staff, importance of communication with other departments, , duties of plant engineer 4 Maintenance of some important equipment – PIV, reeves gears, differential gears, cone drum drives, cams & their lubrication, building mechanism on Fly & Ring Frames, oil-submerged and sealed lubrication, pneumatic valves, pressure reducing valves, electronic and electrical installations, control panels & their maintenance, lubrication for crank & arm system, care, maintenance & lubrication of oscillating/vibrating part.

No. 1. 2.

Reference Ratnam T.V., Ramchandran M. & Narayanaswami G. – ‘Maintenance Management n Spinning’, Published by SITRA, Coimbatore Durgesh Chandra – ‘Design-out Maintenance & Instrument Aids’ Universal Book Corpn., Mumbai

482

405050 Man-made Fibre Dyeing & Finishing Chemistry & Mechanism of Dyeing man-made fibres with various dye classes Dyeing of polyester-cotton blends, dyeing of polyester-wool blends, dyeing of texturised polyester. High temperature dyeing equipment such as pressure jiggers, beam dyeing machine, jet dyeing machine, machinery used for washing, soaping of dyed material. Dyeing of Nylon, mechanism of dyeing with acid dyes, high temperature dyeing, low temperature dyeing of nylon-cellulosic blends, nylon-wool blends. Dyeing machinery for nylon yarn and fabric. Selection, chemistry & application of auxiliaries used in dyeing such as levelling agents, swelling agents & solvents. Correction of dyeing. Dyeing of acrylic fibre, mechanism of dyeing with cationic dyes. Dyeing of unmodified & modified polypropylene, dyeing of polyvinyl alcohol, polyurethane, cellulose acetate fibres. Printing of synthetics with particular reference to transfer printing. Screen printing machines. Heat setting of synthetic fibres. Finishing of synthetic fibre materials, optical whitening, mechanism of whitening action, application to polyester and polyester/cotton blend fibre, application to nylon fabric, application to acrylic fabrics, acrylic/cotton blends and acrylic/wool blends, application to cellulose acetates. Efficiency of fluorescent brightening agents. Anti-pilling finishes. Durable press finishes, silk like polyester, anti-static finishes, spin finishes, soil releasing finishes, flame retardant finishes. Energy conservation techniques and energy audit in process house.

No. 1. 2. 3.

Reference Datye K.V. & Vaidya A.A. – ‘Chemical Processing of Synthetic Fibres and Blends’, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y., 1984 Shenai V.A. – ‘Technology of Textile Finishing’, Vol.X, Sevak Pub.Mumbai, 1999 Shenai V.A. – ‘Chemistry of Textile Auxilieries’, Vol.V, Sevak Pub., Mumbai, 2002

483

Programme: B Tech (Information Technology)
Course Code Course Title L Semester III 200033 308010 308020 308030 308040 308050 Contact hours P/T Total Cr Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE ESE (Theory) Hours

Engineering Mathematics III Electronics Devices and Circuits Electrical Network Foundation of Information Technology Digital Logic Design and Application Discrete Structures Total

3 3 4 3 3 3 19

1 2 2 2 2 1 10

4 5 6 5 5 4 29

7 8 10 8 8 7 48

10 10 10 10 10 10

15 15 15 15 15 15

75 75 75 75 75 75

3 3 3 3 3 3

Semester IV 200034 308060 308070 308080 308090 308100

Engineering Mathematics IV Principles of Analog and Digital Communication Computer Organization and Architecture Data structures and Algorithms Information Theory and Coding Industrial Economics and Management Total

3 3 3 3 4 3 19

1 2 2 3 2 10

4 5 5 6 6 3 29

7 8 8 9 10 6 48

10 10 10 10 10 10

15 15 15 15 15 15

75 75 75 75 75 75

3 3 3 3 3 3

484

Complex form of Fourier series: Introduction to Fourier integral. linear. Meerut. diricWet's theorem (only statement). Linear dependent and independent of rows and columns of a matrix over a real field. sinh(at).Detailed Syllabus: IT-301: Applied Mathematics III 1 Complex Variables: Function of complex variable. Periodic function with period 2 and 21. Dirac functions and their Laplace transformation. "Theory of function of complex variable". Cauchy Riemann. Second edition. 2 Fourier Series and Integrals: Orthogonal and orthonormal functions expression for a function in a series of orthogonal functions. N. • Shanti narayan. Pill. Continuity (only statement). crf(t). Griha. Even and odd function. Delhi. "Matrices". Parseval' s relations. ''Engineering Mathematics". Mapping: Conformal mapping. Detailed Syllabus: • 485 . 1994. Relation with Laplace transforms. Half range sine and cosine series. Krishna Prakasan. Evaluation of inverse Laplace transforms. N. Chand Publishing House. equation in polar coordinates. Application to solve initial and boundary value problems involving ordinary differential equation with one dependent variable. "Engineering mathematics". tn" eat. "Element of applied mathematic". Wartikar and J. Fourier series. their consistency and solution. Delhi. Volume I and Volume II. • "Laplace transforms". Expressions (with proofs) for dn i) L{ f f(t)} ii) L{ f(t)/ t} iii) La f( u) du} iv) L {f(t)} dtn Unit step functions. • A. Necessary condition for f (z) to be analytic (statement of sufficient conditions). derivability of a function analytic. Inverse of a matrix. Wartikar. Heaviside. Partitioning of a matrices. R. regular function. Tokyo. shifting properties. TMH.' Sine and cosine function and their orthogonal properties. • Churchil . S. Matrices: Types of matrices. McGraw Hill. orthogonal trajectories. convolution theorem. • Shanti narayan. Laplace transform of periodic function. Pune. Analytical and Milne Thomson method to fmd fez) from its real or imaginary parts. Laplace Transforms: Function of bounded variation (statement only). Reduction to a normal form. partial traction method Heaviside development. Veerarajan. Vasistha. System of homogeneous and non homogeneous equations. Laplace transform of!. Chand Publishing House. A V. References: 3 4 P. Harmonic function. Adjoint of a matrix. Shastri. Vol-2. Elementary transformations of a matrix. • T. "Complex Variable". S. 1988-89. S. "Matrices". cosh(at). Schaum's outline series. McGraw Hill. bilinear mapping with geometrical interpretations. • S.

486 .

487 .

Ideal op-amp. Simple remodel. A-D and D. . PHI Publishers. high pass Butterworth and band pass filter configurations. "OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits". Voltage limiter. Circuit configurations. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky "Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory". FET principle.IT-302: Electronics devices and circuits 1 Review of transistors (BJT and FET): BJT principle. Biasing. Comparator specifications and performance characteristics. Gayakwad. Roy Choudhary and Shail Jain. FET differential amplifier. Variable voltage regulator using IC 723. 488 • J. PWM IC voltage regulator specifications and performance characteristics. CC amplifier configurations. Current mirror circuit. "Linear Integrated Circuits". • Robert L. Practical A-D converter with binary weighted resistors. New Age International Publishers. References: 4 5 6 7 8 9 • Ramakant A. Instrumentation amplifier. Sergio Franco. "Op Amps and Linear Integrated Circuits". CB. AC amplifier. Principle of switching regulator. Phase shift oscillator. Oscillators and Converters: Oscillation principle. Active Filters: First order and second order low pass. Frequency response.A converter specifications and performance characteristics. Schmitt trigger comparator. Successive approximation A-D converter. CE. Pearson Education Asia. AD808 and 809. Voltage Regulators: Fixed voltage series regulators. Op-amp with negative feedback. Voltage and Current amplification. Analog to digital converter and Digital to analog converter principles. M. Eighth Edition. Specialized IC applications: 555 timer IC and its use as monostable and astale multivibrator. "Operational Amplifiers and Analog Integrated Circuits". Open-loop configurations. DC and AC analysis. McGraw Hill International Edition. FET amplifier configurations 2 Differential Amplifier: Introduction. Wein bridge oscillator. Practical power supply circuits. Thomson Learning. Operational Amplifier Applications: Basic op-amp applications. 3 Operational Amplifier: Block diagram representation. • D. Equivalent circuit. Specifications and performance characteristics. Compensating networks. Zero crossing detector. Monolithic A-D converters. Fiore. Analysis of integrator and differentiator circuits. Biasing. Voltage controlled oscillator Comparators and Converters: Op-amp used as basic comparator. Popular 741 op-amp specifications and performance characteristics.

P. Programmable logic arrays and programmable array logic. Thomson Learning. TMH. Uyemura. Fan-out and fan. Field programmable gate arrays. • T. DeMorgan's Theorems. • John P. Truth tables. Subtractor. Sequential Logic: Sequential circuits. • A. "Digital Logic and Computer Design". Encoder.IT-305: Digital Logic design and applications 1 Number Systems: Decimal. Excitation table and equations. Boolean laws. Tristate register. Signed number binary order. Binary arithmetic. Arithmetic and logic units. TTL. Multiplexers as function generators. Octal and Hexadecimal number system and conversion. Register transfer timing considerations. Mixed logic combinational circuits. Clocked and edge triggered flipflops timing specifications counters asynchronous and synchronous. Karnaugh maps. Noise margin for popular logic families. Quine-McCluskey minimization techniques. Malvino. LSTTL. P. Simple synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuit analysis. PHI. Leach. l's and 2's complement codes. three and four variable Karnaugh maps. Canonical logic forms. CMOS. Binary address. Serial in serial out shift registers. Binary comparator. • D. "Digital Systems Design". • M. Construction of state diagram and counter design. Code conversion. Binary weighted codes. "Introduction to Logic Design".in. McGraw Hill. Propagation delay times. Cole publishing Co. and ECL integrated circuits and their performance comparison. 3 4 5 6 7 Programmable Logic: Programmable logic devices. Multiple output functions. References: • John M. Combinational Logic: Switching equations. 8 Digital Integrated Circuits: Digital circuit logic levels. Transition table. A. Realization of switching functions using logic gates. "Digital Principles and Applications". Design using PAL. B. "Digital logic". Two. McGraw Hill. Open collector and Tri-state gates and buffers. BCD adder. Examples using flipflops. Sum of product & Product of sums. C. Marcontz. Bartee. "Digital Computer Fundamentals". Analysis and Design of Combinational Logic: Introduction to combinational circuit. Decoder. 489 . Power dissipation. Counter design with state equations registers. Binary. Sequential Circuits: State diagrams and tables. Flip-flops. Priority encoder. Yarbrough. Associative and distributive properties. Simplification of expressions. Brookes. Morris Mano. 2 Boolean Algebra: Binary logic functions.

Detailed Syllabus: 490 .

Resistance inductance networks. Open circuit and short circuit parameter. Azimuth polynomials. The incidence matrix A. ramp. Loop. Even and Odd pairs of a function. E. Necessary and sufficient conditions. Two port network. Magnitude and angle of function. Network Functions: Driving point and transfer functions. Interconnection of two port network. Positive real function. Azimuth polynomials and reactance function. Series and parallel permissibility of connection. 3 4 5 Fundamentals of Network Synthesis: Energy function passive. Sundaram. Realization of reactance functions. • Willam Hayt and Jack KemmerIy. Ladder network. Planner graphs. Node pair equations. The delay function. Net change in angle. The impedance function. Representation of Network Functions: Pole zeros and natural frequencies. Bounded real function. The angle property of a positive real function. TMH. • Nolman Balbanian. John-Wiley & Sons • M. Node. Venvalkenberg. References: • Franklin F. The loop matrix B. Network Equation in the Time Domain: First and second order differential equations initial conditions. "Electrical Networks". "Network analysis and synthesis". Chain parameter.rm of network. A. Constant resistance network. impulse and sinusoidal input functions. Transmission parameter. Hybrid parameter. Impedance and admittance of RC network under network realization. third edition. Reactance functions. The real part function. reciprocal network.IT-303: Electrical Networks 1 Solution of Network with Independent Sources 2 Linear Graphs: Introductory definition. Prentice Hall (I) Ltd. Calculation of a network function form a given angle and real part Bode method. John-Wiley & Sons 491 . All pass and minimum phase function. T. "Network analysis". Kuo. Location of pole. Evaluation and analysis of transient and steady state response to step. Duality. Fundamental cutsets and fundamental Tiesets. Laplace Transform: Laplace transform and it's application to analysis of network for different input functions described above. Relationship between sub matrix of A and B cutsets and cutset matrix. A & B matrices. Maximally flat response Chebyshev response. "Engineering Circuit analysis". Bickkart. Condition on angle. Cascade connection.

Paths and circuits: Eulerian. Semigroups. K. 2 Logic: Propositions and logical operations. Truth tables. Pigeon-hole principle. C. References: 4 5 6 7 8 • • • • • • Joe Mott. McGraw Hill. 3 Relations. Applications: Solving Differential equations. Seymour Lipschutz and Marc Lars Lipson. Partitions of sets. Product and quotients of algebraic structures. New Age International Publication. Recurrence relations. Aln Doerr and K. International Edition. Normal subgroup. identity and inverse. Laws of set theory. paths and digraphs. Po sets and Hasse diagram. "Discrete Mathematics for Computer Scientists and Mathematicians". closures. McGraw Hill.Detailed Syllabus: IT-304: Discrete Structures 1 Set Theory: Sets. Planer graphs. "2000 Solved Problems in Discrete Mathematics". Venn diagrams. Equivalence and Partial ordered relations. Functions and Pigeon Hole Principle: Definition and types of functions: injective. automorphism. L. "Foundations of discrete mathematics". Mathematical induction and Quantifiers. Groups: Monoids. Warshall's algorithm. Codes and group codes Rings and Fields: Rings. Implications Laws of logic. Galgotia. Lattice. Fibonacci etc. Isomorphism. Digraphs and Lattice: Relations. 492 . Equivalence. Set membership of tables. Joshi. "Discrete mathematical structures". Generating functions. McGraw Hill. Composition. Trembley and Manohar. Groups. "Elements of Discrete mathematics". "Applied Discrete structure for computer Science". Second Edition. Manipulation of relations. Levasseur. Generating Functions and Recurrence Relations: Series and Sequences. D. integral domains and fields. homomorphism. Ring Homomorphism. Abraham Kandel and Theodore Baker. PHI. Power set. Graphs: Defintion. surjective and bijective. Hamiltonian. Liu. Properties and types of binary relations.

Detailed Syllabus: Detailed Syllabus: 493 .

Search engines. Electronic. Servers and Clients. • Rajaraman V. Services provided by the Internet. Uniform Resource Locator. Wireless Application Protocol and Devices. Vikas. Classification The basics Computer System: Hardware CPU. Hypertext link. Software development life cycle and Software quality. Generations. Application and System software. Need for Information. Internet Applications: E-Commerce: Data ware housing. Tech-media Publishers. Rainer. • Turban. Computer History. Internet Protocols: SMTP and PPP.mail. Data Concepts and Data Processing. Data Representation-Number System. storage Media. S. voice over Internet. Multimedia tools and applications. Gateways. Geographical information system.IT-305: Foundations Of Information Technology 1 Information concept & Processing: Definition of Information. • Alexis Leon & Mathews Leon. "How the Internet works". Signal sampling. Multimedia on Internet: Audio. Digital modulation. Role and Categories system software. TCP / IP communication Protocol. Program Development Strategies: Personal computing. Routers. Models of Cryptography. Network access Protocols-Bus and Ring. Multiplexing of signals. Firewalls. Video and Animation on Web.Potter "Introduction to Information Technology" • Preston Gralla. Application software. Data Communication and Computer Networks: Issues in Data Communication. Viruses. References: • D. "Introduction to Computer" • Morris Mano "Computer Organization" • Hamacher" Computer Organization" 494 . Internet (IP) Addresses. Applications. Value of Information. Internet Service Providers. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Internet Security: Security threats to E-commerce. Software Definition. Overview of program development methodologies. JAVA and HTML. Overview of computer Networks. File organization and types. New Age International Publishers. Fourth generation languages. Peripherals. Quality of Information. Categories and levels of Information in Business Organization. Characteristics. World Wide Web. Data mining. 2 Introduction to Computer Concepts: Need for computer literacy. Fundamentals of Cryptography. "Information Technology". Internet Technology: Internet structure and components. Yadav. "Fundamentals of Information Technology". Fundamentals of ISDN.

Detailed Syllabus: Course code: Course Name 1 2 3 Refrences: Text Books: 495 .

S. Functions of square matrix. PHI. Shanti Narayan. real field inner products.Detailed Syllabus: IT – IV semester IT-401: Applied Mathematics IV 1 Complex Variables: Regions and Paths in Z plane. "Matrices". Shastri.N. S. N. Shanti Narayan. Chand Publishing House. S. "Theory Of Functions Of Complex Variables". 1994. Interpolation: Linear interpolation. their properties for Hermitian and real symmetric matrices. Solutions to ordinary differential equations: Taylor's series method. Chand Publishing House. Wartikar and J. A V. Simpson's 1/3rd and 3/Sth rules. Characteristic values and vectors. Newton-Raphson method. Characteristic polynomial. Gauss Siedel iteration method. Rungekutta method of second and fourth order. Solutions to Transcendental and polynomial equations: Bisection method. 2 Matrices: Vectors. ''Numerical Methods". Euler's predictor-corrector method. Science and Engineering". "Element of applied mathematic". Mathews. Taylor's and Laurent's development. Solutions to system of linear algebraic equations: Gauss elimination method. References: • • • • • • P. "Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis". V 01-2. Minimal polynomial. Norm. High order interpolation using Lagrange and Newtons methods. Finite difference operators and difference tables. Cayley Hamilton theorem. Salvadari and MacCraken. 3 Numerical Methods: Errors: Types and Estimation. ''Numerical Method for Mathematics. Residue theorem: Application to evaluate real integrals. Pune. Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule. Gauss Jordan method. orthogonality. residue at isolated singularity and its evaluation. . Grilia. Gauss Jordan method. Linear independence. Wartikar. Poles. Delhi. Second edition. Diagonalizable matrix. Singularities. Vol INol II. Delhi. John S. 496 . S.

Oxford university press. References: • “Modern digital and analog communication systems”. Leoun W Couch. TMH. Pearson Education.P. B. Bernard Sklar. 497 .IT-402: Principles of analog and digital communication 1 Introduction 2 Introductions to signals 3 Analysis and transmission of signals 4 Amplitude Modulation 5 Angle Modulation 6 Sampling and pulse code modulation 7 Principles of digital data transmission 8 Emerging digital communication technologies and recent development 9 Behavior of analog systems in the presence of noise 10 Behavior of digital communication systems in the presence of noise 11 Error Correcting codes. Pearson Education. Schilling. • • • “Principles of communication systems”. “Digital and Analog Communication Systems”. Taub. “Digital communications fundamentals and applications”. Lathi.

"Computer System Arcbitecture". Cache memory-. RISC versus CISC characteristics. Serial transmission and synchronization. Micro Instruction format. "Computer Arcbiteeture aud Logie Desigu". Semiconductor main memory . Pipelining concepts. I/O channels and I/O processors. The arithmetic and logic unit (ALU): Combinational and sequential ALU's. Microprogrammed control. monitor. Prentice Hall/ Pearson Education Asia. Interconnection structures. "Computer Organization and Architecture". DMA. formats and addressing. 2 System Buses: 3 4 5 Computer components-memory. Applications of microprograming. Register organization. memory module organization. CPU. Moris Mano. Processor organization. Booth's algorithm. Mc-Grew Hill. interrupt driven I/O. 8 Multiple Processor Organizations Flynn's classification of parallel processing systems. John P. optical memory. Structural/functional view of a computer. External memory: magnetic disk. PCI bus structure. multiple bus hierarchies.elements of cache design. 498 . raid.operations. RISC Computers. Hardwired implementation. I/O. Co-processors. Bartee.types of ram. PHI. "Computer Organization". TMH. "Computer Organization'" Mc-Grew Hill Thomas C. Evolution/brief history of computers. References: • • • • • • William Stallings. High speed memories: associative and interleaved memories. PHI. Instructions sets. disk drive and device drivers. The Central Processing Unit Basic instruction cycle. 6 The Control Unit Micro. Bus interconnection. V. Data Path Design Fixed point representation. chip logic. address mapping and translation. Design of basic serial and parallel high speed adders. 7 Input and Output Unit External devices-: keyboard. "Computer Architecture and Organization". Performance characteristics of two-level memories. I/O modules: programmed I/O. Floating point representation. pipeline processors. tape. Third Edition. Memory Organization: Internal memory-characteristics. hierarchy. Hayes. advanced dram organization. Fifth Edition. replacement algorithms. multipliers. subtractors. Carl Hamacher and Zaky. Instruction pipelining.IT-403: Computer Organization and Architecture 1 Overview: General organization and architecture. Tannenbaum.

499 .

500 .

BratIey. Basic Searching Techniques: Sequential Search. J. D. J. Prentice Hall India. The Time Complexity: How to Analyze and Measure. Operations on Graph. Divide and Conquer Method. Heap as Priority Queue. Tannenbaum. Binary Tree Representations: Node Representation. "Data Structures Using C and C++". Hashing: Hash Functions. Gilberg. References: 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 • • • • • • • • Y. Binary Tree Traversals. Unions. Back-Tracking Method. Second Edition. Prentice-Hall India. The Huffinan Algorithm. Big-Oh and Big-Omega Notations. Dynamic Hashing. Efficiency Considerations. Strings. Array Implementation of Linked List. General Search Trees: Multiway Search Trees. Applications. Weiss. Representation. Array Representation. Representing Lists as Binary Trees: Finding and Deleting Elements. Quicksort. "Data Structures and Program Design in C". Dynamic Programming. R. Tremble and Sorenson. Stacks: ADT. Binary Tree Sort. Linked Stacks and Queues. "Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++". Time Complexity Calculation: Best Case. M. Insertions and Deletions. Langsam. "Data Structures and Algorithms". Searching Methods: Efficiency Considerations in Searching. G. Algorithms: Greedy Method. TreeRepresented Lists. Ullman. Circular and Priority Queues. 2 Algorithm Analysis Mathematical Background. Merge Sort. Operations. The Model. Interpolation Search. International Student Edition. Sorting Methods: Efficiency Considerations in Sorting. Binary Search Tree: Implementation. Worst Case and Average Case Calculations of the Different Sorting Methods. B. Queues: ADT. Different Sorting Methods: Bubble Sort. Linked Lists as Data Structures. Other Lists and their Implementations. Representation. Binary Search. E. "Data Structures and Algorithms" Tata McGraw-HilI. Lists: Abstract Data Types. Ellis Horwitz. Bucket Sort. Hashing in External Storage. Sartaj Sohoni “Fundamentals of `computer algorithms” Galgotia 501 publication .IT-404: Data Structures and Algorithms 1 Introduction in C Static and Dynamic Structures. Brassard and P. Binary Tree: Binary Tree Operations and Applications. Efficiency Considerations for Sequential Search. Addison Wesley.Trees. A. Applications. Thomson Learning Aho. Examples. F. Heaps and Heapsort. Augenstein and A. Resolving Clashes (Open and Closed Hashing). Straight Selection Sort. Low Price Edition. Indexed Sequential Search. Examples. Average Case and Worst Case Analyses. Addison Wesley Longman. Linked Lists: ADT. Kruse. Dynamic Memory and Pointers. Dynamic Representation: Insertion and Deletion of Nodes. Graph as a Data Structure: Representation and Construction of a Graph. "Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C". Macros. Hopcroft and J. M. Best Case. Operations. Files. "Fundamentals of Algorithmics". Radix Sort. Shell Sort. Searching Ordered Table. Insertion Sort. Comparison of Dynamic and Array Representations. Prentice-Hall India R. M.

Public Key Algorithms. References: 4 • • • • • Bruce Schneier. Richard Wells. Linear Block Codes. Compression Algorithms. Dictionary Based Compression. Huffinan Coding. Vera Pless. 3 Compression Algorithms Optimal Compression. "Elements of Data Compression". Coding Schemes. Lossy Compression schemes. "Applied Cryptography: Protocols. Redundancy. 2 Cryptographic Techniques Cryptographic Techniques: Cryptographic Protocols. Convolution codes. Information Content. P . One way function. Adaptive Huffinan Compression. Stream Cyphers. Cyclic Codes. NP . Error Control Coding Coding for reliable digital transmission and storage. Public Key Cryptography. Encrypting data for storage/communication. Error Correcting Codes. Image Compression using DCT. Algorithms: Block Cypher Modes. Error Checking codes. Public Key Management. Algorithms and Source code in C". Entropy and Uncertainty.IT-405: Information Theory and coding 1 Introductory Concepts Information Theory: . John Wiley and Sons. Prime Number Generation. Types of codes. 502 . Pearson Education. Number Theory. Discrete Probability. NP Complete. RLE. Sliding Window Compression. One way hash function. Complexity Theory: Computational complexity. Speech Compression. Error Trapping. Block Algorithms. “Information Theory coding and cryptography” TMH. Random Number Generation. LZW. Rate of a language. Multiple Encryption. Introduction. John Wiley and Sons Ranjan Bose. Chinese Remainder Theorem. Statistical Modelling. Adam Drozdek. Thomson Learning. 1994. "Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes". Data Encryption Standard ( DES ). Keys and Keys Management. “Applied coding and information theory for engineers”. Decoding for cyclic codes. Modular Arithmetic: Fermat's Little Theorem.

monopoly. tax structure. media channels and barriers to effective communication 14 Maslow. Henri Toylor Elton Ma'o. 5 Central Banking: Function of central banking illustrated with reference to RBI. 7 Theory of International Trade. 2 Demand. 9 Causes of underdevelopment. distribution of incidence. balance of trade and payment. System contingency approaches to management. tariffs and subsidies. Taylor. Blanchard's 503 situational leadership theory. Price discrimination. objectives and features. shortcomings and improvement. decentralization of delegation of authority. Herzberg and Macgregor's theory of motivation. supply. technology and their relationship with economic development. Monetary policy . development of management thought. stages of growth. Devaluation. price determination under perfect competition and monopoly. globalization.IT-406: Industrial Economics and Management 1 Nature and significance of economics. appropriate technology for developing countries. determinants of economic development. elasticity of demand and supply. equilibrium of firm under competition and monopoly. engineering. foreign exchange control.' supply and demand for money. market-friendly state. principles of taxation. meaning. decision-making process. science. exportled-growth. flat organization. strategy of development-big push. 12 Organization: line and staff authority relationships. 3 Functions of money. contribution of F. extending privatization. 4 Functions of commercial banks.W. reform of tax system. 10 Management functions. direct and indirect taxes. black money.meaning. oligopoly. critical minimum effort strategy. 11 Nature of planning. management by objectives. Competition. McClelland's achievement motivation. theory of protection. 6 Sources of public revenue. monopolistic competition. span of management. causes creating categories of monopoly organization. balanced and unbalanced. multiple credit creation. banking system in India. . 8 New Economic Policy: Liberalization. responsibilities of management to society. magnitude and consequences. money price level and inflation. 13 Communication process. economic and non-economic factors.

Contingency table.200035. Normal. Co-relation. Test of significance of the difference between the means of two samples. i) ii) iii) iv) Test of significance of the difference between sample proportion and population proportion. Student’s distribution. C) F-test of significance of the difference between population variances.tailed and two-tailed tests. Central limit theorem. Karl Pearson’s Coefficient and Sperman’s Rank Co-relation coefficients. Co-variance. 2) Probability. 3) Sampling theory : Sampling distribution. (Expectation) Moments and moments generating functions. Fitting of the straight line and parabolic curve. F distribution. Test of hypothesis. x2 (Chisquare). Degree of freedom. One. Expected value. Critical region. Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population means. Large and Small samples : A) Test of significance for large samples. 5) Analysis of variance. 504 .t test. Yate’s correction. 4) Fitting of curves : Least square method. Poisson. B) Test of significance for small samples : i) ii) iii) Test of significance of the difference between sample mean and population mean. Discrete and continuous random variables. Level of significance. Test of significance of the difference between the sample proportions. Estimation of population parameters. distribution : Binomal. Baye’s theorem. Regression coefficients and lines of regression. D) Test of the Goulners of fit and independence of attribute.Engineering Mathematics V DETAILED SYLLABUS 1)Review of probability. Relation between Raw moments and Central moments. Test of significance of the difference between means to two small samples drawn from the same normal population Paired. Probability mass function and density function. 6) Statistical quality control and control charts. Bivariate frequency distribution.

Modeling Simple Collaboration Modeling. Problem Domain Classes. Why Modeling? Static And Dynamic Models. Mapping Events To Object. User Interface. 4. The Unified Approach Modeling. Problems On Object Modeling. Grouping Constructs.Analysis: Problem Analysis. Recording Analysis. Regression Testing. 5. Modeling Workflow.Introduction: Overview Of OOL. Using Use Case Analysis. 8. Constraints. Association.Object Modeling: Object. Discovering Attributes.Class Diagram: Test Scenarios. Coupling And Cohesion . Activity Diagram.Design Classes: Classes Visibility. Interfaces.Object Oriented Analysis and Design DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Refining The Model. 6. Behavioral Modeling. State Chart Diagram. Logical Database Schema.Deployment Diagram: 505 . Physical Databases. System Testing. 7. Object Oriented Methodologies. Functional Models. Identify Classes And Objects Of Real World Problems. Aggregation. Stress Testing. Subsystem Interface.Sequence Diagram: Modeling Scenarios. Methods. Meta Types.308110. Classes. 4. Refactoring.Deponent Diagram: Modeling Source Codes. Who Should Own The Attribute? Who Should Own The Operations? Process And Threads.Design: Architectural Design. 2. Object Classes. Inheritance. Component.Basic Object Modeling: Multiplicity. Links. Advantages Of Object Modeling. 10. 9. Scalability Testing. Interfaces.

“Object Oriented Modeling and Design” 5. Understanding and Classification of P. 4. Grady Booch. TM as Acceptors and Generators. DFA. Robert Laganiere. NP. “Object Oriented and Classical Software Engineering” 308140.1. Distributed System And Embedded Systems. Converting NFA to DFA. 3. etal.Automata Theory DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 4.Turing Machine: Construction of Turing Machine for problem solving. J. Complexity: Time and Space Complexity of a problem.Regular sets and Automata Theory: Regular Sets Regular Grammars and Languages: Regular Expressions. Ivar Jacobson. McGraw Hill.Modeling In A C/S System. PDA for CFG. Ali Bahrami. FSM. 3. Pumping Lemma. Stephen R.Context Free Grammars and Push down Automata: Context Free Grammars and Languages: CNF and GNF. Pumping Lemma. Parsing: Parse trees and Ambiguity. Top down parsing (recursive descent parser). Rambaugh. “Object Oriented Analysis and Design”.2and 3. Closure properties.. Bottom up parsing (SLR). Moor and Mealy machines. Grammars and Languages. 4. Timothy C. Classification of Languages.Chomsky Hierarchy and Parsing: Types of grammars: Chompsky hierarchy Types 0. Notations Ω. Text Books: 2. Ray Farmer. 5. Schach. 506 . “Object Oriented Software Engineering” McGrawHill. Push Down Automata: Concept of Stack. Rambaugh. Steve McRobb. Andrew Haigh. Θ and Ο. Minimization of Automata and FSM. Pearson Education. “Object Oriented System Analysis and Design Using UML” McGrawHill. Closure properties. Tata McGrawHill References: 2. 3. NP Hard and Co-NP problems. ”The UML Users guide”. “Object Oriented System Development “. Operator precedence parser. Simon Benett. Definition. 2. J. Lethbridge. Finite Automata and Finite State Machines: NFA.

Ullman.Peter Linz. Martin. 507 . Internet Control Protocols. Routing Algorithms.The Medium Access Sub-layer: The Channel Allocation Problem. Wireless Transmission. “Introduction to Languages and Theory of Computation “. The TCP Service Model. Wireless LANS. J.Hopcroft. The Network Layer In The Internet: The IP Protocol. The Internet Transport Protocols: UDP. TCP Connection Establishment.The Data Dink Layer: Data Link Layer Design Issues. J. 4. Sliding Window Protocols. Quality Of Service. Elements Of Transport Protocols. Blue Tooth. 308120. Addison-Wesley. J. TCP Connection Release.The Network Layer: Network Layer Design Issues.The Transport Layer: The Transport Service. The Mobile Telephone System. “Introduction Formal Languages and Automata“. Example of Data Link Protocols: HDLC: High-Level Data Link Control. 3. 5. Reference Models. Elementary Data Link Protocols. A Simple Transport Protocol. References: 1. Broadband Wireless. 6. Network Hardware. Network Software. Communication Satellites. The TCP Protocol The TCP Segment Header. Narosa. McGraw Hill. “Introduction to the Theory of Computation”. Internetworking. 3. The Interior Gateway Routing Protocol: OSPF.Introduction: Network Applications. 7. Data Link Layer Switching. Cable Television. The Exterior Gateway Routing Protocol: BGP. Thompson Learning.D.Computer Network DETAILED SYLLABUS 2. The Public Switched Telephone Network.The Physical Layer Guided Transmission Media. The Data Link Layer In The Internet. Congestion Control Algorithms. Ipv6.C. Internet Multicasting. Multiple Access Protocols. 2. Mobile IP.E. IP Addresses. TCP: Introduction To TCP. Languages and Computation”. Ethernet. “Introduction to Automata Theory.BOOKS Text Books: 1.Michael Sipser.

Richard Stevens. TCP Congestion Control. B. Protocols For Gigabit Networks. B.F.ATM Network: ATM Layer. Addison Wesley Leon-Garcia And Widjaja. 4.”TCP/Ip Volume1. Prentice Hall Warland. Tata McGraw Hill References: Peterson & Davie. 2nd Edition. Transactional TCP.”An Engg. 508 . SNMP. 3. 10. 9. D. Tata Mcgraw Hill S. ”TCP/IP Protocol Suit”. A.” Computer Networks”. Varaiya. 8. Wireless TCP And UDP.S. Tata McGraw Hill 2. 6. ”Data and Computer Communication”.Tanenbaum. 9. Electronic Mail.F.Ferouzan.E. 2. TCP Timer Management. “Computer Networking”. Kurose. Morgan Kaufmann.Comer. Approach To Computer Networking”.Modeling TCP Connection Management. 7. ATM Signaling. “High Performance Communication Networks”. System Design For Better PERFORMANCE. Ross.Keshay. 2.Case study with Window2000/Linux BOOKS Text Books: 1. ATM Application Layer. 4th edition. PNNI Routing. “Communication Networks”. 8.Ferouzan. W. FAST TPDU Processing. Addison Wesley.3 “. ”Computer Networks And Internets”. TCP Transmission Policy. Prentice Hall. Addison Wesley. Performance Issues: Measuring Network Performance. ”Computer Networks”. 5. Morgan Kaufmann.The Application Layer: DNS: The Domain name system.

System Timing diagrams for 8086. Memory Mapped I/O. 5. Case study of PC System 2. Introduction to Microcomputer Systems: Introduction to Microprocessors & its evolution. I/O interfacing in 8086: Serial communication interface includes Synchronous & Asynchronous Protocols. Mixed language programming. Instruction Set in detail. Minimum mode & Maximum mode Operation.Microprocessors DETAILED SYLLABUS 2. 6. 3. System clock (8284) & reset signal. 8086 Hardware Design. Study of 8250 UART. Study of Programmable Timer 8254 & its modes. ALP. DMA Concepts & transfer types: Study of DMA controller 8237. Handshaking Signals. Strings. Study of bus controller 8288 & its use in maximum mode Connection. Device Drivers Programming. Overview of 8086 Family. Data communication includes EIA RS-232C Standard. Programming examples using DOS And BIOS Interrupts. 509 . Address decoding & Timing Considerations. parallel communication Interface includes I/O Mapped I/O. ROM and DRAM to 8086. Stacks. 8086 Interrupt System: 8086 Interrupt structure. Timers. I/O Controllers for 8086 and Data communication: Study of 8255AH Programmable Peripheral Interface & its modes. IEEE 488 GPIB. 4. Memory System Design & I/O Interfacing: Interfacing SRAM. types and applications: Study of Programmable Interrupt Controller 8259A & Interrupt Priority Management using 8259A. Counters & delay. Macros. Procedures. 8086 Instruction Set & Programming: Addressing modes. Architecture of 8086/88 Family: Memory organization & Architecture of 8086 family.308130. buffering & latching circuits.

Study of IOP 8089.PHI.7. “The 8086/8088 Family Architecture. ”8086/8088 Interfacing. “IBM PC. Multiprocessor Systems: 8086/88 based Multiprocessor systems. Gibson. 3. Assembler Language Programming “. Interface of Coprocessor (8087) to Host (8086). Peter Able. BOOKS Text Books: 1 1. 1986. 8087 Numeric Co-processor: 8087 NDP Architecture. Study of Multiprocessor configurations. Glenn A. Programming and Hardware”. 510 . “Microprocessors and Interfacing. 8. Second Edition. Programming and Design”. Yu-Cheng Liu. Data types & formats.1999. Second Edition. its interaction with 8086. ALP for 8086-8087 systems. Study of Bus Arbiter 8289. John Uffenback. PHI. 2. Tata McGraw-Hill. PHI. Douglas Hall. 4. Stacks in 8087. Numeric Instruction Set. Programming and Design”. Bus arbitration & control using 8289. 1987.

6. K.. importance..References: 3. formal and informal reports. M.media.internal and external. individual and group reports. Manuals from Intel. 1 Lesikar and Petit. Sharma Sangeetha Technical Communication:Oxford University Press . PHI. 3 Report Writing: types. Tata McGraw Hill. qualities. formal and informal. Assembly Language programming”. “IBM PC. B. Sixth Edition. principles of Business correspondence. audience recognition. 2003. 4 Technical Proposals 5 Presentation Skills 6 Group Discussion Assignments: Written One assignment each from topics 1 to 4 Oral One presentation One group discussion Books Recommended. . 200020. BPB publication. Peter Norton. organizing and interpreting information. choosing words.Technical Writing & presentation Skills DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. nonverbal. Brey. Ray. sentences and paragraphs. qualities. “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”. upward and downward. B. Bhurchandi. 2000. defining objectives and scope. 4. job application and resumes. Communication in a Business Organisation: Channels. 2 Technical Writing Skills: definition. A. 5. Report Writing for Business:McGraw Hill 2 Meenakshi Raman. 511 . K. “The Intel Microprocessors”.

Suggested programming style is object-oriented programming and languages may be C++. “Graded Problems in Computer science “.Smith and P. system programming etc. References: A. Problem solving assignment: This will be a mini group project to be completed within the Institute in a span of about 10 weeks. The assignments should be approximately 10 in number and to be completed in about 5 weeks. Programming Assignments: Students will implement programs adhering to good programming practices. 2.D. multimedia programming. 512 . Problems selected should be able to use the selected programming style and language appropriately. java. network programming. and use the appropriate skill set to design and implement the mini project.D. Smith . Student group should select any one stream area like database programming. VC++.AddisonWesley.308150.Computer Programming Lab DETAILED SYLLABUS 1.

Digital Certificates. Web Server. Color Control. Payment System Security. Three Tier architectures. Business Strategy. Web page structure. Element of E-commerce. Servlets. Introduction to Firewalls. Application with layers. Java Server Pages (JSP). Cryptography. 4. 7. Routing. Domain Name Systems (DNS). 3. Images. Internet Banking. TCP/IP. Gateways. Active Server Pages (ASP): Objects. Introduction: Introduction to Web Technology. Control flow and functions. IMAP. CGI Scripting with Perl. history. Character Formatting.Internet Technology and Applications DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Images. JavaScript Forms: Managing frames in JavaScript. IP addresses and Uniform Resource Locator (URL). HTTP Protocol. Security: Electronic Commerce security issues. Common tags. Telnet. JavaScript expressions. Business to Business Electronics Commerce (B to B). Lists. Dynamic Web pages: Need & Technology. CGI. JavaScript. Cascading style sheet. MIME. location. 5. Establishing a Secure business on the Web. Backgrounds. rlogin. Multimedia. Secure Electronics Transaction (SET). FTP. Protocols. Frames. Business to Consumers Electronics Commerce ( B to C). Anchors. TFTP. POP. Web store. ClientServer Model. String and Arrays. Email: SMTP. Web Security. XML. Client Side Programming (JavaScript. Internet Communication: Web architectures. HTML: Introduction to Hypertext Markup Language. Using Databases on web. Online Security: Secure Socket Layer (SSL). 513 . JavaScript objects. Transactions. Intranets & Internet architecture. Online Payment. E-Business. Queries & Forms. ActiveX Controls and its objects. Digital Signature & Authentication protocol. Application: Introduction to E-Commerce. Hyper linking. Electronics Data Interchange (EDI). Incorporating JavaScript in HTML. XML): Client-side Forms. e-business. ASP: Introduction to Servlets and Applets in Java. XSL and other markup languages. World Wide Web. Tables. 2. 6.308160. Cookies.

” Cryptography and Network Security”. Minimum). 3. Loaders. ” Essential of ASP for professionals”. Achyut Godbole . 4. 2. TMH Publications. 4. Practical on HTML Consisting of Tags. Study. Kriss Jamsa. Douglas E Comer. 3rd Edition. Assignments on Web Technology. Build web store / e-commerce application. Installation and Configuration of WEB server.TOPICS FOR EXPERIMENT 1. Jason Hunter. Macros: Macro Definition. ” JavaScript for The World Wide Web”. William Crawford. Dreamtech Press. 2. Animation (6 Practical. 2. Images. Expansion. 7. Assemblers: Single and two pass. Practical on JavaScript. 3. 5.”HTML & Web Design”. References: 1. Web technology. Rajiv Sharma. 3. TMH Publication. Loaders and Linkers: Linking and Relocation. TMH Publication William Stallings. Links. Microsoft Commerce Solutions. 514 . Preprocessor. ”HTML Black Book”. 2. Box. BOOKS Text Books: 1. 4.System Study and Operating System DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. CGI/Perls. Java.”Essential XML” David Whitely. 6. Vivek Sharma. 3. Pearson Education. Self Relocation. Steven Holzner. ” Web Technologies”. 308170.” Servlet Programming”. PHI. Java Servlets ( 5 Practical Minimum). Lovejoy. 5. Pearson Education Publication. Konrad King. ” Developing e-commerce Site”. O’REILY. (Minimum 2). Conditional Expansion. 5. Macro Call.”e-Commerce “.”Internetworking with TCP/IP”. Design of Linkers. Tom Negrino and Dori Smith. Volume I. Addison Wesley. Frames. Tables.

Silberschatz. Process: Definition. Producer Consumer problem. Segmentation. 3. Table Management. “Operating Systems”. Multiprogramming. Process Scheduling: Objective. 8. Paging. Case Studies: Dos. TMH References: 1. 11.Tannenbaum . 6. 13. Nutt . Batch Processing. 4. Virtual Memory. Multitasking. Monitors. 2. Gagne. Pearson Education 515 . File operation. 5. File Sharing. Time Sharing. John Wiely. Critical section. Devices: Types. 2. TMH William Stallings . Milan MilenKovic. BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Operating Systems”.M. Data Structures. 3.S. Prevention. Recovery. Access and Security. D. System calls. Detection.Operating Systems”. 9. File Management: File type and Attribute. Access. Structure. Memory Management: Fixed and variable partition. Schedulers. Scheduling Algorithms.4. Dhamdhere . A. Directory Allocation of disk space. Control. Peterson’s Solution. Banker’s Algorithm 10. Operating System: Functions. 12. Galvin. 7. Preemptive versus Non-preemptive Scheduling. Avoidance. Message passing. Segmentation with Paging. Inter Process Communication: Race condition. Error Handling. 4.“Operating Systems” . Tata Macgraw-Hill. Semaphores. “System programming And Operating System”. Deadlocks: Condition. Drivers. Pearson Education Dietel . Compilers: Introduction to phases.“Modern Operating Systems” .“Systems Programming”. Windows. John Donovan . “Operating System concepts “. UNIX. Mutual Exclusion.

9. File Design. Spiral. Delphi Method of Cost Estimation 5. 7. Monitoring and Managing the Risk. Project Scheduling: Task Definition. Data Design: ERD. 2. Menu Design. Requirement Elicitation. Requirement Tractability. 516 . Empirical Model. Morgan Kaufman. COCOMO Model. Change Control. Project Tracking and Control. File Organization and Access Method for Different Applications. Design-concepts: Design Principles and Modular Approach: Coupling & Cohesion. Mathematical Verification and Validation of Specifications. Feasibility Study. Process: Introduction. DFD. Cost/ Benefit Analyses. Methodology and Tools. Software Configuration Management: Baselines. Processes.Software Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Data Dictionary. 3. Steven S Muchnick . Algebraic Specification. Interface design: User Interface Design: Input Validations. Software Project Planning: Project Initiation. Requirement Engg: Requirement Gathering for small/medium /large Scale Projects. Processes Model: Classic Life Cycle. Developing Solution Strategy. Characteristics and Components of SRS: format of SRS (IEEE STD. Form Design. Projection. Data Modeling. 6. 8. Subsystem Interface Design. Requirement Validation.). 10. Prototyping. Effort Estimation.CFD for Real Time Systems. RAD and Object Oriented Model. Reviews. Incremental. Configuration Audit.“Compiler Design implementation”.5. Requirement Specification Languages. Analysis: Principles of Analysis: Elements of Analysis Model. Defining a Problem. Project Estimation: LOC Based Technique. Tools for SCM. 308180. Project Management: Risk Analysis: Identification. Version Control. Assessment. Information Flow. Function Modeling. 4. Formal Specification. FP Based Estimation. Model based Specification.

Benchmarking. Architectural Design: Structured Chart. Post Implementation Review. Test Plan.11. Testing the Documentation. Defect Tracking System.1. 13. “Software Engineering”. Limitations of Testing Methods. Maintainability. Black Box Testing. and CTRL SPEC. Testing Web Based Systems. 5. Defensive Programming. Narosa 517 . 12. Hardware and Software Acquisition. 15. Testing C/S Application. Testing: Explain Dynamic and Static Testing Methods. Exception Handling. Maintenance: Log. “Software Engineering “. Libraries and Test Cases. Testing Batch Processing System Identification and Experiment with White Box Testing. FDD. Training Conversion. Metrics. ISO Standards. Testing RAD Models. Software reliability and quality assurance: Reliability Matrices. Process Quality SEI’s CMM Levels. Design Metrics. Procedural design: Program Design Language (PDL). Pearson Education. Process Activation Table (PAT) for Real Time/Embedded Systems. Quality Metrics. 14. References: 1. McGraw Hill. Factors to Reduce Maintenance Cost. 6th edition. Implementation: Plan. 5th edition. Roger Pressman. Pankaj Jalote. Program Specifications (P-SPEC). Quality Reviews Software Standards. Documentation Standards. BOOKS Text Books: 4. Ian Sommerville. Fault Avoidance Exception Handling. “Software Engineering”. 16.

Recoverability.Introductory Database Concepts: Introduction to Data Processing. Assertions. 3rd and 4th Normal Form. Concurrent Executions. Constraints. Relational-Database Design: First Normal Form. Data abstraction and Data Independence. 9. Nested Queries. Referential Integrity. Multiversion Schemes. Drawbacks of File Systems. Database System Structure. 3. Functional Dependencies. Aggregate Functions.Entity-Relationship Model: Basic Concepts. Integrity and Security: Domain Constraints. Transactions: Transaction Concept. 4. Null Values. Entity-Relationship Diagram.Database Systems DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. SQL: Background. Dynamic SQL. Desirable Properties of Decomposition.308190. Transaction Management.Relational Model: Concept of a Relation: Primary and Secondary Keys. Set Operations. Database Languages. Complex Queries. Embedded SQL. Other SQL Features. Overview of Files and File Systems. Recovery System: 518 . Database Users and Administrators. Weak Entity Sets. Transaction State. Extended E-R Features. Data Models. DDL. Foreign Keys. 7. The Relational Algebra and Extended RelationalAlgebra Operations. Triggers. Authorization in SQL. Multiple Granularity. Transaction Definition in SQL. Modification of the Database. Boyce–Codd Normal Form. Triggers and Assertions in SQL. Implementation of Atomicity and Durability. Deadlock Handling. Basic Structure. 5. Mention of other Normal Forms. Database Systems Vs File systems. Security and Authorization. Decomposition. Structure of Relational Databases. Database Modification. Views. Implementation of Isolation. Serializability. 6. Design of an E-R Database Schema. Pitfalls in Relational-Database Design. Design Issues. Validation-Based Protocols. Reduction of an E-R Schema to Tables. 2. Concurrency Control: Lock-Based Protocols. Concept of a Database. Formation of Queries. Stored Procedures and Functions. 8. Views. Insert and Delete Operations. Weak Levels of Consistency. Timestamp-Based Protocols.

.O2. Fifth Edition. C.Failure Classification. 7th Edition. 2002. Raghu Ramakrishnan. Recovery and Atomicity. Specialization and Generalization Category. Shadow Paging. J. Comparison Of RDBMS. Storage And Access methods. OQL. Subclasses. Example of ODBMSs. Object Structure. “Database Systems Design. 4th Edition. Persistent Programming Languages. Peter Rob and Coronel. Superclasses. Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented Concepts. Type Hierarchies and Inheritance. Type extents and Queries. Recovery with Concurrent Transactions. ORDBMS. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Korth. Silberchatz. The Extended Entity Relationship Diagram: Motivation for complex data types. McGrawHill. Implementation and Related Issues for Extended Type Systems. 3. Encapsulation of Operations. Methods. Log-Based Recovery. Implementation and Management”. “Fundamentals Of Database Systems”. Object Identity. and Persistence. Date “ Introduction to Database Systems”. Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Characteristics Of ORDBMS. 2. 12. Buffer Management. 2. 11. Sudarshan. Third Edition 519 . Storage Issues. Query processing. Thomson Learning. Constraint and Characteristics of Specialization and Generalization. Storage Structure. An Overview of SQL3. and Type Constructors. OODBMS. 10. Database Design For An ORDBMS: Nested Relations and Collections. Addison Wesley. Database Schema Design For OODBMS. Addison Wesley. “Database System Concepts”. Johannes Gehrke “Database Management Systems”. and Inheritance. McGrawHill. Elmasri and Navathe. 4th Edition. References: 1.

Bilateral Z Transform. the Region of Convergence. Comparison of IIR and FIR Filters.308200. Properties of FIR Digital Filters. Basic Realization. 3.Z.Properties . Fourier Representation of Finite Duration Sequences: The Discrete Fourier Transform. Fourier Transform Theorems.Properties. 7. FFT algorithms for an N composite number. 2. Proakis J. General Computational considerations in FFT algorithms. Linear Convolution using the DFT. 520 . Linear Time Invariant Systems. Sampling in Time and Frequency Domain.G. 4. Block Diagram & the Signal Flow Graph.Discrete Hilbert Transform: Real and Imaginary part Sufficiency for Causal Sequences. Hilbert Transform Relations for the DFT and the Complex Sequences.Transform L: Definition and Properties. Two Dimensional DFT.Discrete Time Signals & System: Discrete Time Signal: Sequences. 2001.Digital Filter Design Techniques: Design of IIR Digital Filters from analogue filters. Decimation in Time algorithms. 1997.. Basic Structures for IIR and FIR Systems. (PHI).Discrete Fourier Transform: Representation of Periodic Sequence: The Discrete Fourier Series. Symmetry properties of the Fourier Transform. Design of FIR Filters using Windows. Chirps Z Transform algorithm. Inverse Z – transform.Realisation of Digital Linear Systems: Introduction. Classification. Its Properties. “Introduction to Digital Signal Processing”.Computation of the Discrete Fourier Transform: Goertzel Algorithm.. “Discrete Time Signal Processing”. Discrete Time System. Oppenhiem. Schaffer. Decimation in Frequency algorithms. Z transform properties. Frequency Domain Representation of Discrete Time Signals and Systems. Discrete Time Fourier Transform. 5.Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. 2. Linear Phase Filters. BOOKS Text Books: 1. Minimum Phase Condition. (PHI). 6.

"Digital Signal Processing: A Computer Based Approach". 4. S Sallivahanan et al.. PHI 3.K. 2000. Johnson J. 2002. TMH 2. "introduction To Digital Signal Processing".. “Digital Signal processing”. 521 . Ashok Ambardar..References: 1.R. Mitra S. (Thompson Learning). (TMH). “ Analog and Digital Signal Processing”.

Programme: B Tech (Information Technology) Semester VII Course Code 308210 308220 308230 308240 - Course Title Computer Simulation and Modeling Mobile Computing Image Processing Management Information Systems Elective-I Total L 4 4 4 4 4 20 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 10 Total 6 6 6 6 6 30 Evaluation weightage Cr TWA MST ESE 10 15 15 70 10 10 10 10 50 15 15 15 15 -15 15 15 15 -70 70 70 70 -- ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 -- Elective I Course Code 408010 408020 408030 408040 408050 408060 Course Title L 4 4 4 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 3 3 Programming with components Pattern Recognition Speech Reorganization Embedded Systems Advanced Database System Advanced Computer Networks 522 .

Semester VIII Course Code 308250 308260 308270 - Course Title L 4 4 4 4 16 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 2 8 Total 6 6 6 6 24 Cr 10 10 10 10 40 Data Warehousing and Mining. Multimedia Systems Project management Elective-II Total Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 15 15 15 15 70 70 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 3 Elective II Course Code 408110 408120 408130 Course Title L 4 4 4 Contact hours P/T 2 2 2 Total 6 6 6 Cr 10 10 10 Evaluation weightage TWA MST ESE 15 15 70 15 15 70 15 15 70 ESE (Theory) Hours 3 3 3 408140 408150 408160 Robotics Computer Vision Geographical Information System Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems Software Testing Information Security 4 2 6 10 15 15 70 3 4 4 2 2 6 6 10 10 15 15 15 15 70 70 3 3 523 .

Code 1 • Course Title Project L P T 408900 Cr TW MS ESE ESE A T (Theory) Hrs 8 See note below • • • • The project is evaluated in two stages. The project shall carry 08 credits. The first stage assessment shall have 25% weightage. The grade for the project shall be declared only after second stage evaluation. effort and sincerity shown by the student during the entire project work. Another 25% weightage shall be given for the initiative. The first stage evaluation shall be done at the end of pre-final semester by a Committee of Institute faculty (at least two faculty members including project guide). Course No. The first stage evaluation is to be carried out after a minimum of 12 weeks of work. 524 .Project: Sr. The project report should be submitted in the prescribed format at least three weeks prior to the end of final semester or by the prescribed date and second stage assessment can be done in the last week of semester. interest. The Project Guide along with an external examiner shall do the second stage evaluation at the end of final semester. The second stage assessment shall have 50% weightage.

List processing. Simulation Software: History of simulation software. Queueing notations. The field of modeling and simulation is as diverse as of man. Discrete distribution. The application of simulation continues to expand. 20. including modeling. simulation software. Random Number Generation: Properties of random numbers. Components of system. Calibration and Validation of models. Simulation Examples: Simulation of Queueing systems. Trends in simulation software. Input Modeling: Data Collection. Output Analysis for a Single Model: Types of simulations with respect to output 525 . 17. Acceptance rejection techniques 22. 16. Verification. model verification and validation. 19. Object oriented simulation. Statistical Models in Simulation: Useful statistical model. Identifying the Distribution of data. Network of Queues. Introduction to Simulation: System and System environment. Multivariate and Time series input models. 21. Selection input model without data. Continuous distribution. 23.(308210) COMPUTER SIMULATION AND MODELING Objective: In the last five decades digital computer simulation has developed from infancy to a full-fledged discipline. Random Variate Generation: Inverse transform technique. Steady state behavior of infinite population Markovian models. Advantages and Disadvantages of simulation. 18. Type of models. Convolution method. Generation of pseudo random numbers. Steps in simulation study. Tests for random numbers. both in terms of extent to which simulation is used and the range of applications. Parameter estimation. Goodness of fit tests. and Validation. 24. Type of systems. General-purpose simulation packages. Verification of simulation models. Long run measures of performance of Queueing systems. Empirical distribution. General Principles: Concepts of discrete event simulation. Other examples of simulation. 15. Desirable software features. Queueing Models: Characteristics of Queueing systems. Techniques for generating random numbers. This course gives a comprehensive and state of art treatment of all the important aspects of a simulation study. Verification and Validation of Simulation Model: Model building. Steady state behavior finite population model. Poisson process. input modeling. Pre-Requisite: Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS 14.

Optimization via simulation. McGRAW-HILL. ubiquitous wireless networks has made mobile computing a reality. Geffery Gordon. David Kelton. Meta modeling. W. Jerry Banks. current developments in mobile communication systems and wireless computer networks. Donald W. Indeed. David Nicol. Randall Sadowski. Simulation of computer systems. it is widely predicted that within the next few years’ access to Internet services will be primarily from wireless devices. Stochastic nature of output data. Comparison and Evaluation of Alternative System Design: Comparison of two system design. “Simulation Modeling and Analysis”. “System Analysis and Modeling”. “Discrete Event System Simulation” 4. Academic Press 8. Bernard Zeigler. 26. (308220) MOBILE COMPUTING Objective: Recent developments in portable devices and high-bandwidth. This course will help in understanding fundamental concepts. Such predictions are based on the huge growth in the wireless phone market and the success of wireless data services. “Simulation with Arena”. PHI 9. Herbert Praehofer. Comparison of several system design. PHI 7. John Carson. Case Studies: Simulation of manufacturing systems. Deborah Sadowski. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. W David Kelton. Simulation of super market. Simulation of pert network BOOKS Text Books: 3. “System Simulation with Digital Computer”. McGRAW-HILL References: 6. “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”. Tag Gon Kim.analysis. Barry Nelson. with desktop browsing the exception. Measure of performance and their estimation. “System Simulation”. Output analysis of terminating simulators. Narsing Deo. Body. Averill Law. Output analysis for steady state simulation 25. 526 . Academic Press Harcourt India 10.

Transaction oriented TCP 22. Medium access control layer. Some approaches that might help wireless access. Functions: Wireless mobile terminal side. Future development. Handover: Handover reference model. Protocols. Handover. Telecommunication Systems: GSM: Mobile services. Support for Mobility: File systems: Consistency. Addressing. Tunneling and Encapsulation . Examples Stacks with Wap. Hypertext markup language. Sublayer. Security. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. SDMA. CDMA: Spread Aloha multiple access. Multiple access with collision avoidance. Medium Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC: Hidden and Exposed terminals. Wireless telephony application. Physical layer. 14. Mobile agents 527 . Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP: Congestion control. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP: Goals.DETAILED SYLLABUS 12. IP packet delivery. Wireless LAN: Infrared vs. Snooping TCP. Ipv6. Classical Aloha. Satellite Systems: History. Protocol architecture. Handover. Introduction: Applications. World Wide Web: Hypertext transfer protocol. Basics: GEO. Polling. Hierarchical algorithms.11: System architecture. Physical layer. Forward handover. 15. Mobile databases. TDMA: Fixed TDM. Selective retransmission. Examples. HIPERLAN: Protocol architecture. Mobile quality of service. Agent advertisement and discovery. Destination sequence distance vector. Reservation TDMA. Radio interface. Link management. Networking. Slow start. Wireless markup language. Channel access control. Cyclic repetition of data. Protocol architecture. Backward handover. Wireless transaction protocol. PRMA packet reservation multiple access. Location management: Requirements for location management. Wireless transport layer security. IEEE 802. Implications on mobility. Handover requirements. UMTS and IMT-2000: UMTS Basic architecture. Routing. Dynamic source routing. Signal propagation. Modulation. MAC management. 19. Generic reference model. DECT: System architecture. Wireless session protocol. Indirect TCP. Spread spectrum. Inhibit sense multiple access. Bluetooth: User scenarios. Wireless datagram protocol. Entities and Terminology. Optimizations. Slotted Aloha. MAC layer. Digital audio broadcasting: Multimedia object transfer protocol. Wireless application protocol: Architecture. Signals. WATM services. System architectures. MEO. System architecture. assumptions and requirements. Registration. Wireless ATM: Motivation for WATM. Radio transmission. Examples 17. Fast retransmit/fast recovery. Ad hoc networks: Routing. Infrastructure and Ad hoc Networks. Information bases And Networking. Reverse tunneling. Physical layer. Handover scenarios. TETRA. Reference model: Example configurations. Antennas. A short history of wireless communication 13. Applications. FDMA. Wireless Transmission: Frequency for radio transmission. Broadcast Systems: Overview. UTRA FDD mode. WML script. Types of handover. UTRA TDD mode 16. Localization And Calling. Mobile TCP. Cellular systems. Localization. Wireless application environment. Carrier sense multiple access. Multiplexing. Radio access layer: Requirements. Access point control protocol 20. Digital video broadcasting 18. Dynamic host configuration protocol. Procedures and Entities. Alternative metrics 21. New data services. Medium access control Sublayer. LEO. Transmission/time-out freezing. Mobility supporting network side. Demand assigned multiple access. Wireless ATM working group. Near and Far terminals. BRAN. Security.

John Wiley 9. Krishnamurthy . John Wiley 8. Nicopolitidis . Rappaort. K Pahlavan. “Wireless Networks”. “Wireless Communications Principals and Practices” 7. Addison wisely . “Wireless and Mobile Network Architectures”. “Principles of Wireless Networks” 10.BOOKS Text Books: 1. Richharia . “Mobile Satellite Communication: Principles and Trends”. YI Bing Lin . “Mobile communications”. Wiiliam Stallings. Pearson Education 528 . “Wireless Communications and Networks” References : 6. Pearson Education 2. P. P. Jochen Schiller. M.

Morphological algorithm operations on gray-scale images 18. Closing. Image Enhancement in the Frequency Domain: Frequency domain filters: Smoothing and Sharpening filters. Brightness adaptation and discrimination. Image Segmentation: Detection of discontinuities. Subband coding. Image Data Compression: Fundamentals. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS 10. Walsh transform. IFFT. Properties of 2-D DFT. Optimum transform: Karhunen . Image Representation and Description: Representation schemes.Loeve (Hotelling) transform. Wavelet functions. Communication. Error free compression. Erosion. Introduction to Computer Graphics: Geometry and line generation. Series expansion. Discrete wavelet transforms in one dimensions. Boundary descriptors. Hadamard transform. Scaling functions.(308230) IMAGE PROCESSING Objective: Digital Image Processing is a rapidly evolving field with growing applications in science and engineering. Hit-or-Miss transformation. Histogram processing. 17. Interpixel. Graphics primitives. Morphological Image Processing: Introduction. Transformations 11. Image Enhancement in the Spatial Domain: Gray level transformations. Redundancies: Coding. Image processing holds the possibility of developing the ultimate machine that could perform the visual functions of all living beings. Haar transform. DFT and 2D DFT. Morphological algorithm operations on binary images. Lossy compression. Image compression models. Thresholding. Wavelet transforms in two dimensions 16. Smoothing and sharpening filters 14. 13. Discrete cosine transform. Video compression standards. Image Transforms (Implementation): Introduction to Fourier transform. Dilation. Region based segmentation 19. Fidelity criteria. Wavelets and Multiresolution Processing: Image pyramids. Slant transform. Psychovisual. Regional descriptors 529 . Homomorphic filtering 15. Storage. Image compression standards: Binary image and Continuous tone still image compression standards. Image formation in the human eye. Digital Image Processing Systems: Introduction. Image sensing and acquisition. Basic relationships between pixels 12. Edge linking and Boundary detection. There is an abundance of image processing applications that can serve mankind with the available and anticipated technology in the near future. Fast wavelet transform. Structure of human eye. Image sampling and quantization. Spatial filtering: Introduction. Arithmetic and logic operations. FFT. Opening. Processing. Display.

Rao.E.Vaclav Hlavac. PHI References: 4. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 6. “Orthogonal Transforms for Digital Signal Processing” Springer 7. “Computer Graphics”. McGraw Hill 6.Gonsales R. Analysis.R. N Ahmed & K.Woods. “Digital Image Processing”. Roger Boyle. Jain. Second Edition. Milan Sonka. Pearson Education 5. “Digital Image Processing”.BOOKS Text Books: 4. “Image Processing. Chanda. PHI 530 . B. Harrrington.C. William Pratt. R. S. “Fundamentals of Image Processing”. D. John Wiley 5. Anil K. “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”. Dutta Majumder.

4. Olson. evaluate the MIS control and maintain the system. determine information needs determine information sources. RDBMS and Telecommunication. TMH. organize for implementation. MIS organization within company. .H. 7. 6. computer hardware & software. aim of detailed design. Information Technology: A manager’s overview. develop the files test the system. the systems view of business. set systems objective. Advanced Concepts in Information Systems: Enterprise Resources Management(ERP). computer related acquisitions. early system testing. train the operating personnel. systems approach. Decision support and decision making systems. Davis and M. project management of MIS detailed design . document the detailed design revisit the manager user. Management information and the systems approach. Jawadekar. cut-over. hardware and tools propose and organization to operate the system. 2. determine the degree of automation of each operation. DBMS DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. prepare the conceptual design report. Gordon B. develop procedures for implementation. Foundation of Information System: Introduction to Information System and MIS. develop alternative conceptual design and select one document the system concept. 2. “Management Information System”. C R M . Supply Chain Management. DBMS. managerial overviews. 531 . Service sector BOOKS Text Books: 1. inputs outputs and processing. sketch the detailed operating sub systems and information flow. 3. W. software. Applications: Applications of MIS in Manufacturing sector.S. McGraw Hill. inform and involve the organization again. Pitfalls in MIS development . Detailed System Design: Inform and involve the organization. Conceptual System Design: Define the problems. 5. develop forms for data collection and information dissemination. Procurement Management System. establish system constraints. identify dominant and trade of criteria. Implementation Evaluation and Maintenance of the MIS: Plan the implementation. define the sub systems. document the system. “Management Information System”. acquire floor space and plan space layouts.(308240) MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM Objectives: To enable students to understand the role and importance of information system Pre-requisites: Computer fundamentals.

Rainer. Post. Laudon. “Management Information System” Turban.C. John Wiley D. 3. “Management Information System”. O’Brien. Pearson Education. 532 . “Management Information System”. J. Anderson. 6. Goyal. 4. 5.A. D. “Information Systems”. K. TMH.V. 2. Steven Alter. J.P. Macmillan G. TMH.References: 1.P. Potter. Laudon.L. “Introduction to Information Technology”. “Management Information System”.

Interface in COM-DCOM: Introduction to interfaces. 2. Overview of CORBA. Object oriented system architecture. Classes and servers. Aim of this subject to study and learn COM and use COM to deploy such systems successfully. Optimizations. VC++. 9. CORBA Services: Services for object naming.(408010) PROGRAMMING WITH COMPONENTS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives of the course: COM addresses software design in a very pragmatic way. Structure of CORBA IDL. Instead of providing a solution based on almost religious academic dogma of object oriented programming. Object Web: web technologies interfacing with distributed objects over client server and distribute architecture. Introduction to object oriented systems: Preview of Object-orientation. persistent object service and CORBA security service. Dynamic linking. Event. distributed objects in CORBA. concurrency control services. Overview of COM/DCOM and of an open doc. Enterprise java beans. CORBA’s self-describing data. 533 . architectural features. 6. OMG. 11. Pre-requisites: C++. Transaction service features. Component Object Model (COM) introduction: Com as better C++ software distribution. OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Object lifecycle. Overview of Object Web. CORBA: Introduction and concepts. Run time polymorphism. Interface and IDL. COM is mostly widely used object model for developing distributed and concurrent systems. Introduction to DCOM. Reasons to distribute for centralized objects. Query interface types and properties. method invocations static and dynamic: IDL (Interface Definition Language) models and interfaces. lifecycle management. Class emulation. Java Programming. JAVA Interface: JNI interface with C++. Concept of distributed object systems. Mapping objects to locations. Classes and Objects in COM-DCOM: Introduction. Optimizing query interface. Classes and IDL. Interface definition language (IDL). 7. multi tier system architectures. Overview of java. Separating interface and COM implementation. client-server system architecture. Enterprise Java Beans 10. Introduction to distributed objects: Computing standards. 5. Object services and dynamic composition. CORBA components. COM’s design takes into account both human nature and capitalism. 8. 3. Design of object oriented system architecture and component technology compound document. Using COM interface pointers. Code sharing and reuse. 4. Apartments: Cross-apartments access. CORBA interface repository.

Jacobson. Pearson Education 7. “Essential COM”. References: Tom Valesky. Pearson Education. “Enterprise Java Beans”. 8. Pearson Education.BOOKS Text Books: 6. Rambug. Pearson Education 534 . Don Box. Booch. “Essential COM”. “COM and CORBA side by side”. Jason Pritchard.

Bias and Variance. CART. Gramatical methods. Estimating and comparing classifiers.(408020) PATTERN RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: This course teaches the fundamentals of techniques for classifying multidimensional data. C4. Generalised linear discriminant functions. 2-Category linearly separable case. Pre-requisite: Linear Algebra. Ho-Kashyap procedures. Multicategory generalizations Nonmetric Methods: Decision tree. to be utilized for problem-solving in a wide variety of applications. Non-separable behavior. Classifiers. Maximum-Likelihood estimations. Resampling for estimating statistic. Gramatical interfaces Algorithm Independent Machine Learning: Lack of inherent superiority of any classifier. Minimum squared error procedure. technical and medical diagnostics. Design cycle. Data description and clustering criterion function for clustering. Normal density. Pattern recognition systems. Hidden Markov Model Nonparametric Techniques: Density estimation. kn-Nearest-Neighbor estimation. Discriminant functions for normal density. image processing. psychology. Relaxation procedure. Parzen windows. Hierarchical clustering Applications of Pattern Recognition 535 .5. classification. economics. Bayesian estimation. Prolems of dimentionality. Unsupervised Bayesian learning. such as engineering system design. Minimumerror rate classification. Learning and Adaptation Bayesian Decision Theory: Bayesian decision theory: Continuous features. Matrics and Nearest-Neighbor classification Linear Discriminants Functions: Linear discriminant functions and decision surfaces. Discriminant functions and Decision surfaces. manufacturing. Bayesian parameter estimation: Gaussian caseand General theory. Nearest-Neighbor rule. Application to normal mixtures. Bayes Decision theory: discrete features Maximum-Likelihood and Bayesian Parameter Estimation: Maximum likelihood estimation. Resampling for classifier design. Combining classifiers Unsupervised Learning and Clustering: Mixture densities and Identifiability. Minimising the Perceptron criterion function. ID3. Probability and Statistics DETAILED SYLLABUS Introduction: Machine perception.

Hart. and Stock. PHI 536 . Gose. John Wiley and Sons. “Pattern Recognition and Image analysis”. Johnsonbaugh and Jost. “Pattern Classification”.BOOKS Text Books: Duda.

Implementation issues for HMMs. HMM system for isolated word recognition Speech Recognition Based On Connected Words Models: General notations for the connected Word-Recognition problem. Speech recognition in adverse environment. reception. Time Alignment and Normalization. Representing speech in time and frequency domains.(408030) SPEECH RECOGNITION (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: Develop an understanding of the relationship of vocal tract shapes and physical acoustics to the acoustic speech signal. The three basic problems for HMMs. Performance analysis and recognition enhancements. Distortion Measures-Perceptual Considerations. Extensions to hidden Markov Models. The Speech Signal: Production. Multiple candidate strings. Template training methods. Incorporation of spectral dynamic features into distortion measures. Large Vocabulary Continuous Speech Recognition. Task Oriented Applications Of Automatic Speech Recognition 537 . Speech Recognition System Design And Implementation Issues: Application of source coding techniques to recognition. the use of software objects as components in a larger software system. Design and implement digital filters to synthesize speech and code speech at a low bit rate. Vector quantization. Brief history of speech recognition research. and Acoustic-phonetic characterization: The speech production system. Pattern Comparison Techniques: Speech detection. Types of HMMs. Connected digit recognition implementation. Pre-requisites: Digital Signal Processing DETAILED SYLLABUS Fundamentals Of Speech Recognition: Introduction. Linear predictive model for speech recognition. Implement speech analysis and speech synthesis modules using object-oriented software programs. using techniques such as class derivation. Auditory based Spectral analysis model. Discriminative methods in speech recognition. The level building algorithm. The paradigm for speech Recognition. Use a spectrum analyzer to relate the acoustic speech signal to acoustical processes. Speech Sounds and features. The two level dynamic programming algorithm. Template adoption to new talkers. Theory And Implementation Of Hidden Markov Models: Discrete time Markov processes. Segmental K-Means training procedure. The one pass algorithm. Grammar networks for connected digit recognition. Approaches to automatic speech recognition by machine. Spectral-Distortion Measures. Signal Processing And Analysis Methods For Speech Recognition: The bank-of-filters front-end processor. out line. Distortion Measures-Mathematical Considerations.

L. Pearson Education. “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”. 538 . Gold and N. Jurafsky and J. Rabiner and B.BOOKS Text Books: 1. D. “Speech and Audio Signal Processing”. Morgan.H. “Speech and Language Processing”. Juang. “Digital Processing of Speech Signals”. John Wiley. References: B. 2. L R Rabiner and RW Schafer. Pearson Education. Pearson Education. Martin.

Introduction to design technology 8. Mixing C and Assembly. Parallel port interfacing with switches. Network Router. Study of ATMEL RISC Processor: Architecture. Process Control. Challenges and issues related to embedded software development. Blind counting synchronization and Gadfly Busy waiting. Categories and requirements of embedded systems. Scheduling algorithms. Preprocessor directives. Interfacing of controllers. Parallel I/O interface. Serial communication. functions. Parallel I/O ports. Synchronous approach to embedded system design. Memory. It introduces unified view of hardware and software. Models and languages for embedded software. processes. threads. Implementation of above concepts using C language. mutual exclusion and inter-process communication. Introduction to RTOS. Timers/Counters. Implementation of above concepts using C language 12. Reset and interrupt . Study of C compilers and IDE. Networking. keypads and display units. Serial communication interface. Analog interfaces. Interfacing of data acquisition systems. Case Studies of: Digital Camera. Case studies and Applications of embedded systems: Applications to: Communication. Basic design using RTOS 9. Introduction to IC technology. The aim of this course is to make the students aware of the various applications of embedded systems. Hardware/Software co-design. Programming the target device 10. Memory and high speed interfacing. RTLinux 539 . Pre-requisites: Microprocessors and C Programming DETAILED SYLLABUS 7. Standard I/O functions. Implementation of above concepts using C language 11. Embedded Software development: Concepts of concurrency. Embedded C Language: Real time methods.( 408040) EMBEDDED SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objective: Embedded system tools and products are evolving rapidly. Various methods of interfacing. Scheduling paradigms. Database. An overview of embedded systems: Introduction to embedded systems. Hardware for embedded systems: Various interface standards. This course deals with various approaches to building embedded systems.

At the end of the course students should be able to: gain an awareness of the basic issues in objected oriented data models. Pearson Education References: 6. Myke Predko. Cox. DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Constraints and characteristics of specialization and Generalization. apply the knowledge acquired to solve simple problems Pre-requisites: Database Systems. David E.BOOKS Text Books: 4. Pearson Education 6. “Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller”. Simon. “Embedded Linux". familiarize with the data-warehousing and data-mining techniques and other advanced topics. Daniel Lewis. Subclasses. Tony Givargis. Motivation for complex data types. OOAD. Inheritance. Raj Kamal. Craig Hollabaugh. TMH (408050) ADVANCED DATABASE SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: To study the further database techniques beyond which covered in the second year. “Embedded C Programming and the Atmel AVR ". Muhammad Ali Mazidi and Janice Gillispie Mazidi. O’Cull. “An Embedded Software Primer ". and thus to acquaint the students with some relatively advanced issues. User defined abstract data types and structured types. 9. Barnett. Specialization and Generalization. Thomson Learning 10. 540 . John Wiley 7. learn about the Web-DBMS integration technology and XML for Internet database applications. “Embedded Systems”. The Extended Entity Relationship Model and Object Model: The ER model revisited. Pearson Education. Super classes. TMH 5. “The 8051Microcontroller and Embedded Systems". Frank Vahid. “Fundamentals of Embedded Software”. “Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction". Pearson Education 8.

6.Nested relations and collections. Deductive databases and Query processing.2. Structure of XML data. OQL. Silberchatz. and type constructors. Example of ODBMS Object Relational and Extended Relational Databases: Database design for an ORDBMS . The semi structured data model. “Introduction To Database Systems”. “Fundamentals of Database Systems”. Querying XML data. Replication. Object structure. “Database System Concepts”. Concepts and architecture. 3. BOOKS Text Books: 1. 3. Implementation issues for extended type. Storage and access methods. 2. “Database Management Systems”. McGraw-Hill. Object identity. Object-Oriented Databases: Overview of Object-Oriented concepts. Implementation and Management”. Elmasri and Navathe. Parallelizing individual operations. Systems comparison of RDBMS. Geographic information systems. Thomson Learning. ORDBMS Parallel and Distributed Databases and Client-Server Architecture: Architectures for parallel databases. 4. OODBMS architecture and storage issues. Relationship types of degree higher than two. Mobile databases. Query processing and Optimization. “Database Systems. Joins. Johannes Gehrke. Complex objects. An overview of SQL3. An overview of Client-Server architecture Databases on the Web and Semi Structured Data: Web interfaces to the Web. Sorting. Design. 5. and allocation techniques for distributed database design.J. Spatial databases. Database schema design for OODBMS. Pearson Education 2. Indexes for text data Enhanced Data Models for Advanced Applications: Active database concepts. C. Methods. and Persistence. Overview of XML. Korth. Parallel query evaluation. Peter Rob and Coronel. Sudarshan . Type extents and queries. Query processing in distributed databases. Concurrency control and Recovery in distributed databases.Date. XML applications. Longman. Document schema. Raghu Ramakrishnan. Storage of XML data. Transactions and Concurrency control. Persistent programming languages. McGrawHill References: 1.. Implementation issues. Data fragmentation. Encapsulation of operations. Pearson Education 541 . Distributed database concepts. OODBMS. Temporal database concepts. Type hierarchies and Inheritance.

20. Accessing the Network. 21. Application layer. Not just SOCKETS but also protocols. Traffic descriptors and parameters. 19. Second part Network programming is to be studied. Optical Networking: SONET/SDH standards. ATM layer (Protocol model). 542 . Performance and Design considerations. Common WAN Protocol: ATM: Many faces of ATM. Data Communications: Business Drivers and Networking Directions : Data communication Past and future. Mature Packet Switched Protocol: ITU Recommendation X. Current forums. Copper access technologies. Fiber Access Technologies. Control plane AAL. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the LAN environment: Data link layers protocols. Management plane. ATM networking basics. VoFR: Performance and Design considerations. Common Protocols and Interfaces in the Upper Layers(TCP/IP): Background (Routing protocols). User connectivity. 25. Token Ring. PHY layer. Ethernet. LLC and MAC sub layer protocol. Understanding the standards and their maker: Creating standards: players and Process. In third part we should study Network Design. TCP/IP suite. Standard protocols. We expect natural thinking from student. Drivers.25. Sub-DS3 ATM. Traffic and Congestion control defined. 18.(408060) ADVANCED COMPUTER NETWORKS (ELECTIVE-I) Objectives: In first part. 23. Bridge protocols. ATM protocol operation (ATM cell and Transmission). Simulation Programming. B-ISDN protocol reference model. Transport layer. Pre-requisites: Computer networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 16. Token Bus and FDDI. ATM public services. Addressing and routing design. Cable Access Technologies. Frame Relay: FR specification and design. Introduction to Transmission Technologies: Hardware selection in the design process. Advantages and disadvantages of FR. Physical Layer Protocols and Access Technologies: Physical Layer Protocols and Interfaces. Air Access Technologies. Dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM). 22. Standard computer architectures. Traffic contract and QoS. User plane overview. are to be considered. Advanced technologies like High speed Devices etc. Switching in the LAN environment. 24. Theory of operations. AAL Protocol model. For example he should able to consider different constraints and assume suitable data and solve the problems. ATM layer and cell (Definition). Network layer (Internetwork layer). Layered reference models: The OSIRM. Protocols designs and analysis considering deterministic and non-deterministic approach. 17.

Walrand. Delay or Latency. BOOKS Text Books: Darren L Spohn.S. “Unix Network Programming”.Theory of Operation. 29. Components of design projects. Topologies. P. Morgan Kaufmann Y. “Computer Networks”. Tuning the network. Topologies strategies. completing the access network design. 28. Connectivity. Availability and reliability. Application performance needs. Technology Comparisons: Circuits-message-packet and cell switching methods. “Practical Computer Analysis and Design”. PHI References: W. James D. Capacity planning and Network vision. Business aspects of Packet-Frame and cell switching services.. S. McCabe . “Computer Networks” Peterson & Davie.R. Budget constraints. Access layer design. Network performance modeling. network topology and hardware. 30. Zheng. Design tool. Classes of design tool. Traffic Engineering and Capacity planning: Background (Throughput calculations) . switched multimegabit data service (SMDS).75 Internetworking protocol. “High Performance Communication Networks”. R. Akhtar. Stevens. Queued data and packet switched traffic modeling. Gallager. Bertsekas. Access Network Design: Network design layers. Time and Delay considerations. Service aspects. Pearson Education J. 27. Categories of tools. 26. Availability. Public network service selection. Subscriber Interface and Access protocol. Varaiya. “Data Networks”. X. Oxford A. Types of design projects. Traditional Traffic engineering. Traffic characteristics. TMH D. Addressing and Traffic control. SMDS and IEEE 802. Traffic engineering basics (Traffic characteristics). 543 . Access network capacity. Reliability and Maintainability. Vol. Harcourt Asia. Protocols. Private verses public networking. Creating the traffic matrix. Packet switching service aspects. “Networks for Computer Scientists and Engineers”. Network layer functions.1. Harcourt Asia. Requirements Definition: User requirements. “Data Network Design”.6. Network capacities. Generic packet switching network characteristics. Backbone Network Design: Backbone requirements. Designing for peaks. Traffic sizing. Tanenbaum. High speed LAN protocols comparisons.

Visualisation : Data generalization and summarization-based characterization. Additional themes in data mining. Dimensional modeling advanced topics. Web Mining: Web Content Mining. Pre-requisites: DBMS DETAILED SYLLABUS Data Warehousing: 7. related concepts. Data warehousing and the web. conceptual design methodologies. and System Architectures: Data mining primitives. Advanced Topics: Spatial mining. to motivate. define and characterize data mining applications. Query language. Architectures of data mining systems 16. in terms of data models. data warehouse deployment. Infrastructure and metadata. Association rules. Overview And Concepts: Need for data warehousing. Web Structure Mining.(308250) DATA WAREHOUSING AND MINING Objectives of the course: The data warehousing part of module aims to give students a good overview of the ideas and techniques which are behind recent development in the data warehousing and online analytical processing (OLAP) fields. Knowledge Discovery : KDD Process 12. Web Usage mining. 12. Clustering. and storage techniques. 13. Systems products and research prototypes. define and characterize data mining as process. Mining descriptive statistical measures in large databases 15. Data mining techniques. 11. Data Mining Primitives. Basic elements of data warehousing. 9. Information Access And Delivery: Matching information to classes of users. Data mining part of the model aims to motivate. OLAP in data warehouse. Temporal mining. Trends in data mining 544 . Languages. Introduction: Basics of data mining. data extraction. growth and maintenance. Architecture And Infrastructure: Architectural components. query language. Analytical characterization: analysis of attribute relevance. 10. Trends in data warehousing. 11. Designing GUI based on a data mining query language. Application and Trends in Data Mining: Applications. Data Mining Algorithms: Classification. Mining class comparisons: Discriminating between different classes. 8. Data Design And Data Representation: Principles of dimensional modeling. transformation and loading. 14. 10. Implementation And Maintenance: Physical design process. Collecting the requirements. Data Mining: 9. Planning And Requirements: Project planning and management. data quality.

John Wiley. Morgan Kaufmann References: 6. Inmon. “Building the Data Warehouses”. 10. “Decision Support and Data Warehouse systems”. Paulraj Ponnian. Kamber. 545 . John Wiley. M.G. Kimpall. 6.H. 7. 8. E. 5. Ralph Kimball. “Data Warehousing Fundamentals”. “Data Mining Concepts and Techniques”. “Mastering Data Mining”. 9. Wiley Dreamtech. TMH. Han. Mallach. “The Data Warehouse Lifecycle toolkit”. “Data Mining Introductory and Advanced Topics”.H. R. John Wiley. M Berry and G. Linoff. W. John Wiley. “The Data Warehouse Toolkit”. Pearson Education. Dunham.BOOKS Text Books: 4.

The world-wide web. Multimedia board solutions. Full motion video 15. Image and video databases: Indexing and Retrieval 16. Industrial applications. AVI. Binary image compression schemes. Multimedia transport across ATM networks. Virtual reality design. Multimedia system architecture. Integrated document management. Scheduling and policing mechanisms. application workflow design issues. Multimedia Application Design: Multimedia application classes. User interface design. Digital Voice and Audio. Image scanners. Pen input. Hierarchical storage management. Computer Networks DETAILED SYLLABUS 12. 21. MIDI. Data and File Format Standards: Rich text format. Distributed application design issues. Organizing multimedia databases. and retrieving various kinds of continuous media in the text section. Multimedia Authoring and User Interface: Multimedia authoring systems. Multimedia across wireless.(308260) MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Objectives of the course: This course teaches students to collect. Storage and Retrieval Technologies: Magnetic media technology. Video image compression. integrated multimedia message standards. Video and Image display system. Printout technology. Audio compression. 546 . Memory systems. Streaming stored audio and video. Distributed object models 17. Television. Gray scale. Applications like Interactive. MPEG 14. Hyper media message components. TIFF. RTP. Multimedia archives and digital libraries 19. Videoon-demand. and intelligently integrate multiple media on computers. Content based navigation. Multimedia Systems Introduction: Multimedia application. defining objects for multimedia systems. information access. Fractal compression. Creating hypermedia messages. Pre-requisites: Operating Systems. JPEG. Cache management for storage system. Distributed Multimedia Systems: Components of distributed multimedia systems. Multimedia data interface standards 13. searching. Open hypermedia systems. Components of multimedia systems. Video Conferencing. Hyper Media Messaging: Mobile messaging. Evolving technologies for multimedia systems. Optical media. Color. Multimedia Networking: Multimedia networking applications. processing. Types of multimedia systems. compressing. RIFF. Hyper media application design considerations. RSVP 18. Still video image compression. Object display/playback issues 20. Students learn the issues involved in capturing. Compression and Decompression: Types of compression. storing. LAN/WAN connectivity. indexing. manipulating. Integrated services. Architectural and Telecommunications Considerations: Specialized computational processors. Educational applications and authoring. Hypermedia linking and embedding. Multimedia Input/Output Technologies: Key technologies issues.

Steimnetz. “Multimedia Systems Design”. Pearson Education. Hardcourt India 12. “Multimedia Communications: Directions and Innovations”. Distributed multimedia database. Pearson Education. PHI John F. Standards. Kaufman 11. M. Prabhat K.Distributed client server operations. “Multimedia Computing. Multimedia object servers. Rao.F. Multimedia System Design: Methodology and considerations. K. “Multimedia Communications”. R. Kiran Thakrar. “Multimedia Communication Systems: Techniques. Milovanovic. Subrahmanian. “Multimedia Systems”. “Computer Networking”. D. 6. Andheigh. Kurose. Pearson Education 9. K. References : 7. Gibson. Managing distributed objects 22. Communications and Applications”. Free Halshall. Pearson Education 547 . Multimedia systems design examples. J. J. “Multimedia Database Systems”. and Networks” 10. 8. K. Ross.W.R. Nahrstedt. Koegel Buford. Academic Press. Books Text Books: 5. Multi-server network topologies. D.

Information monitoring. Phase c: Execution. Management schedule reserve. System development in large Government programs. ISO 9126. Project management system.(308270) PROJECT MANAGEMENT Objectives: This course will help to identify key areas of concern and uses of measurement for project management. understand where measurement is used from the perspective of a generic management process Pre-requisite: Software Engineering DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Identification. Risk Management: Basic concepts. Project cost accounting and MIS. Cost estimating and system development cycle. Goals. PDM networks. Project Management: Introduction. Importance. Control emphasis. System development in Industrial and service Organization. Performance analysis. 7. Scope and work definition. Project proposals. Assessment. Critical path. Computer based tools. Cost estimating and budgeting: Cost estimating. GERT. PERT. CPM. Variance limits. and System methodologies. Cost schedules and forecasts. Resource allocation. Contract administration. Budgeting using cost accounts. Need. Phase A: Conception. 5. Project reporting. 548 . Applying computer based PMS. Traditional cost control. Systems Development Cycle: Early stages: Life cycle. use measurement to support decision making. Organizations. Project organization structure and responsibilities. Project evaluation. 6. Performance index monitoring. Project environments. Project Control: Control process. Development cycle. management. 3. Web based Project management. Software quality measures. Implementation stage. Systems. Internal and external project control. Scheduling. Project contracting. Constraints in systems development. Cost accounting systems for project control. Planning and scheduling charts. Evolution. Control problems. define indicators based upon what a project manager would want to know. 4. Cost escalation. Project Management Information System: Functions of PMIS. Controlling changes. Representative Computer –based PMIS. Project master plan. Computer –based PMIS. Phase D: Operation. Scheduling and time based networks. Elements of budgets and estimates. Response planning. Cost estimating process. Systems and Procedures: Planning fundamentals: Planning steps. Network scheduling and PDM: Logic diagram and network. Software Quality: Introduction. Project 9. 8. 2. Middle and Later stages: Phase B: definition.

J. Closing and contracts. 11. Jalote. Organization design by differentiation and integration. Termination: Terminating the project. Task forces. R. Cotterell. Informal organization. PHI 2. Project roles. M. John Wiley 2. Project extension. and Teams. K. Matrix organization. TMH References: 1. Hughes. J. BOOKS Text Books: 1. “Software Project Management in Practice”. Managing participation. “Software Project Management”. Project expeditors and co-coordinators. Pearson Education 549 . Crane. Formal organization structure. R. Responsibility and Authority. Quality function deployment. termination responsibilities.. Techniques to enhance software quality 10. P. Team work and conflict. Wysocki. liaison roles. Organization Behavior: Project Organization structure and integration: Organization structure. “IT Project Management”. “Project Management for Business and Technology”. Concurrent engineering. D.Beck Jr. Phillips. “Effective Project Management”. M. Requirements of project organizations. TMH 3. Integration of subunits in projects.External standards.B. B. Nicholas.

Homogeneous. Swell operators. Three-Four axis. “Introduction to Robotics”. Planning. Perspective transformation. Gross motion. Configuration. Application. Pearson Education 550 . Template matching.(408110) ROBOTICS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: The goal of the course is to familiarize the students with the concepts and techniques in robot manipulator control. Six axis robot). Grasp planning. McGraw Hill 9. Source and goal scenes. 28.J. 27. Pre-requisite: Exposure to linear algebra and matrix operations. “Robotics”. 8. Co-ordinates. 32. 31. Robot Vision: Image representation. Direct Kinematics: Dot and cross products. Exposure to programming in a high level language DETAILED SYLLABUS 26. Gonzales and Lee. PHI. Notations. BOOKS Text Books: 7. Camera calibration). Six axis robot (Inverse kinematics). Task Planning: Task level programming. Specification. Straight-line motion. 29. Link co-ordination arm equation. Uncertainty. and incorporate robots in engineering systems. Shane analysis. Simulation of Planer motion. Interpolated motion. Co-ordinate frames. Task planner simulation. 33. Space. chose. Robert Shilling. J. Inverse Kinematics: General properties of solutions tool configuration Five axis robots. Classification. (Five-axis robot. workspace fixtures. Principles of NC and CNC Machines. Euler numbers. enough to evaluate. Robotic Manipulation: Automation and Robots. region labeling. Shrink operators. Polyhedral objects. Segmentation (Thresholding. Pick and place operations. Craig. Fu. Moments of Inertia. Four axis robot. Rotations. “Fundamentals of Robotics-Analysis and control”. Continuous path motion. Structured Illumination. Workspace analysis and trajectory planning work envelop and examples. 30. Fine-motion Planning.

Walfram Stdder. Klafter. Niku. Pearson Education 17. TMH 551 . “Robotics and Control”. McGraw Hill 15. Oderey. Mittal. PHI 18. “Robotics and AI”. Negin.References: 13. Nagrath. Grover. Wiess. Nagel. “Robotics and Mecatronics”. TMH. “Introduction to Robotics”. 16. “Industrial Robotics”. PHI. Chmielewski. Staughard. “Robot Engineering”. 14.

Spatial clustering. Matching. General Frame Works For Matching: Distance relational approach. Global vs. Models database organization. Labeling. Models database organization. Area Extraction: Concepts. 41. Orderedstructural matching. Facet Model Recognition: Labeling lines. Motion-based segmentation. DETAILED SYLLABUS 34. Spatial moments. Control-strategies. Object Models And Matching: 2D representation. David A. Edge detection. Connected component labeling. Recognition Methodology: Conditioning. Information integration. Matching of 2D image. Data-structures. 40. 42. methods and concepts which will enable the student to implement computer vision systems with emphasis on applications and problem solving Pre-requisite: Introduction to Image Processing. Spatial operators for edge detection. region shrinking. “Computer Vision: A Modern Approach” 552 . 38. Hierarchical image matching. Jean Ponce. Gradient based operators. Region Analysis: Region properties. Morphological operators. Labeling of connected components. Region growing. Image matching : Intensity matching of ID signals. General Frame Works: Distance –relational approach. Perspective Projective geometry. Shape numbers. Inverse perspective Projection. Hierarchal segmentation. Hough transform. Split & merge. Consisting labeling problem. Line-Linking. Recognition of shapes. Edge. Local features. Back-tracking. 36. Line fitting. Photogrammetry – from 2D to 3D. Ordered –Structural matching. 35. Knowledge Based Vision: Knowledge representation. View class matching. Mixed spatial gray-level moments. External points. Grouping. Rule-based Segmentation. BOOKS Text Books: 3. Extracting. Binary Machine Vision: Thresholding. 37.(408120)COMPUTER VISION (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: To introduce the student to computer vision algorithms. Segmentation. Thinning. Understanding line drawings. Forsyth. Boundary analysis: Signature properties. Curve fitting (Least-square fitting). 39. Classification of shapes by labeling of edges. View class matching.

R. Kasturi. Term work should consist of at least 10 practical experiments and two assignments covering the topics of the syllabus. Vol I. Milan Sonka. “Computer and Robot Vision”. II. Jain. ORAL EXAMINATION An oral examination is to be conducted based on the above syllabus. Robert Haralick and Linda Shapiro. G.Vaclav Hlavac. McGraw-Hill. R. “Machine Vision”. and B. AddisonWesley. 553 . Analysis. References: 3. 1993. Roger Boyle. TERM WORK 1. “Image Processing.4. Schunk. and Machine Vision” Thomson Learning 4.

Generation of information product. Evolution of GIS. Maps And GIS: Map scale. Geographic data standards. Trend surface analysis. Map projection. Vector geographic data representation. Attribute data for Thematic mapping 3. Principles of Cartographic design in GIS. Human computer interaction and GIS. Coordinate systems. Data Modeling: Digital Terrain Modeling. GIS Project Design And Management: Software engineering as applied to GIS. Spatial data error management. System analysis and study of user requirement. Introduction To GIS: Introduction. Data processing. Gravity models. procedures and applications of the exciting and rapidly expanding field of Geographical Information Systems. Database and Database management System. Component of GIS. Classes of map. 7. Computer programming concepts DETAILED SYLLABUS 1. Descriptive statics. 554 . GIS project planning. Data quality assessment. Analysis and visualization. System maintenance and support. Spatial autocorrelation. Relationship between Data representation and Data analysis. 2.(408130) GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives: This course is designed to provide an introduction to and an understanding of the basic concepts. Definition of GIS. GIS Issues And Future Of GIS: Issues of implementing GIS. System implementation. 5. Acquisition of digital terrain data.Neighbor analysis. Spatial modeling. Geographic database design methodology. Approaches to digital terrain data modeling. Pre-requisites: Image processing. Spatial framework for mapping locations. 6. Analysis And Visualization: Raster based GIS data processing. Data Quality And Standards: Concepts and definition of data quality. GIS application software design methodology. Topographic mapping. Raster geographic data representation. Geographic data standards and GIS development. Component of geographic data. Visualization of geographic information. Digital Representation Of Geographic Data: Technical issues to digital representation of data. Quadrat counts and Nearest. Vector based GIS data processing. Mapping process. Object oriented geographic data representation. Trend of GIS development. 8. GIS Data Processing. GIS applications and GIS users. 4.

PHI 2. Ian Heywood. Sarah Cornelius. “Introduction to Geographic Information Systems”. “Principles of Geographical Information System”. “Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information Systems”. R. Person Education 2. Steve Carver. Albert K. “An Introduction to Geographical Information System”. McDonnell.W. C. Lo.P. TMH References: 1. A. Kang-Tsung Chang.BOOKS Text Books: 1. Yeung. Oxford Press 555 . Peter A Burrough.

MathCad. Simon Haykin. “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”. C. Bidirectional Associative Memory. Membership functions. 7. Programming skills in one of the following would be desirable: Matlab. Fuzzy controllers. 9. error performance . Multilayer Perceptron: Derivation of the back-propagation algorithm. Its focus will be on the introduction of basic theory. Operations on fuzzy sets. “Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems. Jaico publishers Thimothy J. Hopfield networks: energy function.Comprehensive Foundation”. Method of steepest descent .(408140) NEURAL NETWORKS & FUZZY SYSTEMS (ELECTIVE-II) Objective: This course covers basic concepts of artificial neural networks. The extension principle. Fuzzification and defuzzification methods. and basic probability and statistics are required. Properties. theorem and the reparability of patterns. McGraw Hill Ahmad Ibrahim. PHI 556 . Radial Basis and Recurrent Neural Networks: RBF network structure. Learning process: Error-correction learning. RBF learning strategies. 12. Network architectures. Pearson Education Zurada J. Operations on fuzzy relations. McCulloch and Pitts models of neuron. 8. Supervised learning. Knowledge representation. Learning Rules. Pre-requisite: Knowledge of calculus. Introduction: Biological neurons. Unsupervised learning. “Neural Network a . Boltzmann learning rule. Single Layer Perceptron: Perceptron convergence theorem. Fuzzy measures. 6. algorithm formulation and ways to apply these techniques to solve real world problems. comparison of RBF and MLP networks.M. K-means and LMS algorithms. 11. Simulated Annealing: The Boltzmann machine. Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy sets. spurious states.. Learning Factors. fuzzy logic systems and their applications.least mean square algorithms. Background in the following subjects desirable: numerical analysis (including optimization). 8. Types of activation function. C++ DETAILED SYLLABUS 7. “Introduction to Applied Fuzzy Electronics”. Fuzzy relations. Java. Ross. BOOKS Text Books: 5. 10.

. “Artificial Neural Networks”.References: 4. Yegnanarayana B.L.. Norosa Publishing House 6. & Reinfrank M. “Fuzzy Systems Design Principles”.. IEEE Press 557 .C. and Trubatch S. PHI 5. Hellendoorn H.. Driankov D. Berkan R. “An Introduction to Fuzzy Control”..

Building Test Document: Uses. Testing Software Installation. Structured approach to testing. Testing methodology 12. Report Test Result. Verification and validation. Security. RAD. Functional system testing techniques. Multi platform environment. Responsibility. To learn standard terminology. Software Testing Process: Access Project Management Development Estimate and Status. Software Testing Process: Cost of computer testing. Selecting and Installing Software Testing Tools: Testing tools-Hammers of testing. Types. Economics of SDLC testing. Building a Software Testing Strategy: Computer system strategic risk. Determining Software Testing Techniques: Testing techniques/tool selection process. Off-the-self software. Functional and structural testing. Software testing process. Workbench skills 16.(408150) SOFTWARE TESTING (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives To improve your understanding of software testing . Program Phase Testing. The business perspective for testing 11. Process problems and defect rates. Test Plan. Acceptance Test. Common computer problems. OOAD DETAILED SYLLABUS 10. Verification and validation in the software development process. Requirements Phase Testing. System documentation. Design Phase Testing. customers and peers. Selecting and using the test tools. Evaluate Test Effectiveness 17. Storage. Discover good sources of information. Appointing managers for testing tools 15. Execute Test and Record Results. Data Warehouse 18. Economics of testing. Testing Specialized Systems and Applications: Client/Server systems. Selecting techniques/tools. Considerations in developing testing methodologies 13. Test strategy. Unit testing techniques. Web based systems. To provide a complete picture of the test activities and processes from requirements review to system implementation. Functional testing and analysis 14. Test plan documentation. Defect Vs failures. Workbench concept. Test analysis report documentation 558 . Pre-requisites: Software Engineering. Testing.its purpose and nature and raise your awareness of issues and constraints around testing. Test Software Change. Establishing a Software Testing Methodology: Introduction. Structural system testing techniques. Introduction: Defect. To provide a professional qualification widely recognized by employers. Life cycle testing concept. Establishing a testing policy.an organizational issue.

8. Louise Tamres... John Wiley.E. “Testing Computer Software”. Dreamtech 4. Perry. “Software Testing Techniques”. “Introducing Software Testing”. Kaner C. Nguyen H. Boris Beizer. References : 3. “Effective Methods for Software Testing”. John Wiley. 559 .Books Text Books: 7.. Pearson Education. W. Falk J.

“Security in Computing”. “Principles of information security”. “Cryptography And Network Security: Principles and practice” 7. Mattord. Legal. Whitman. Pfleeger. Non-malicious program errors. Method of defense 10. File protection mechanism. Memory address protection. Organizational security policies. and S. Pfleeger. Pearson Education. Computer crime. Physical security. Macro Pistoia. Network security control. Networks and cryptography. P. TMH 9. “Network Security : A Beginner’s Guide”. Password. Example protocols: PEM. Database Security: Security requirements. Understand what puts you at a risk and how to control it. Sensitive data. Authentication: Authentication basics. SSL. C. 12. Privacy. Interface. Controlling a risk is not eliminating the risk but to bring it to a tolerable level. Control of access to general objects. “Java Network Security “. Introduction: Security. Operating system. Perlman. Computer criminals. Targeted malicious code. Intrusion detection systems. Information and law. and Ethical Issues in Computer Security: Protecting programs and data. Pre-requisites: Computer Networks. Multilevel database. Attacks. Pearson Education. Firewalls. Proposals for multilevel security 13. Eric Maiwald. Operating System Security: Protected objects and methods of protection. DETAILED SYLLABUS 9. Privacy. Controls against program threats 11. 5. Biometrics. Ethical issues in computer society. Pearson Education 10. Thomson 560 .(408160) INFORMATION SECURITY (ELECTIVE-II) Objectives of the course: Learn about the threats in computer security. Reliability and integrity. Stallings. “Computer Security: Art and Science”. Speciner. “Network Security” 8. Rights of employees and employers. Viruses and other malicious code. Program Security: Secure programs. Administrating Security: Security planning. Risk analysis. Matt Bishop. Software failures. References : 6. Kaufman. Secure e-mail. L. 15. Challenge-response. Case studies of ethics Books Text Books: 4. IPsec 14. Security in Networks: Threats in networks.